TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2 4 , 2015

Registration No. 333- 207816

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 1
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Turning Point Brands , Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
 
2100
 
20-0709285
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 
(IRS Employer
Identification Number)
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, Kentucky 40229
(502) 778-4421
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Lawrence Wexler
Chief Executive Officer
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, Kentucky 40229
(502) 778-4421
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
With a Copy to:
David Zeltner
Brett Nadritch
Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP
28 Liberty Street
New York, NY 10005
(212) 530-5301
James W. Dobbins
General Counsel
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, KY 40229
(502) 778-4421
Howard B. Adler
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
1050 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036
(202) 955-8500

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(C) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer
o
 
Accelerated filer
o
Non-accelerated filer
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)(2)
Amount of
Registration Fee (3)
Common Stock, par value $0.01
$
125,000,000
 
$
12,587.50
(4)

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).
(2) Includes common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common stock.
(3) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(4) $10,070 of this amount was previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 2 4 , 2015

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

          Shares


Common Stock

Turning Point Brands , Inc.

This is the initial public offering of our common stock, $0.01 par value per share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $     and $     per share. We have applied to list our shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “TPB.”

We are an emerging growth company (an “Emerging Growth Company”) as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
Per Share
Total
Initial Public Offering Price
$
       
 
$
       
 
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
$
 
 
$
 
 
Proceeds to Turning Point Brands, Inc. (before expenses)
$
 
 
$
 
 

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional      shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. We refer to this option as the “overallotment option.”

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about             , 2015, through the book-entry facility of The Depository Trust Company.

Sole Book-Running Manager

FBR

The date of this prospectus is      , 2015.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of any other information that others may give you. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. You should not assume that the information appearing in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate as of any date other than the respective dates of such documents. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the U.S. are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus includes industry data and forecasts derived from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, such as Management Science Associates, Inc. (“MSAi”) and Nielsen Holdings, N.V. (“Nielsen”). Third-party industry and general publications, research, surveys and studies generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of the included information, we believe that this information is reliable. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Similarly, we believe our own internal estimates and research have a good faith basis but they have not been verified by any independent source.

MSAi administers a proprietary information system that captures sales from approximately 1,000 wholesalers to over 250,000 retailers. Unless otherwise indicated, data for market share, category rank, industry ranking and other metrics that describe the position of our products and product categories is derived from MSAi data. In addition, we also provide estimates of market size for certain of our product categories throughout this prospectus. Management estimates the size of each category using external sources, such as information from the Alcohol Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (the “TTB”), MSAi, industry manufacturer price lists as well as other data, including its estimates of MSAi’s coverage of the total segment when deemed necessary or appropriate by management.

Throughout this prospectus we use the term “Equivalent Unit” or “EQ unit” to describe our market share of certain product categories in which we compete, which is also how MSAi reports data.

The following table provides a definition of an Equivalent Unit for each of these product categories.

Product
MSA i Unit of Measurement
MSA i Equivalent Unit (EQ Unit)
TTB Reported Category
Chewing Tobacco
1 pound
1
Yes
Moist Snuff
1 pound
1
Yes
Cigarette Paper
1 booklet
1
No
Cigars
1 stick
1
Yes
Electronic Cigarettes
1 electronic cigarette
1
No
Cartomizers
1 cartomizer
1
No
Liquid Vaporizers
1 vaporizer
1
No
Tobacco Vaporizers
1 tobacco vaporizer
1
No
E-liquids
1 milliliter
1
No
MYO Cigar Wraps
1 cigar wrap
1
No
Pipe Tobacco
1 pound
1
Yes

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TRADEMARKS

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

We regard our patent, trademarks, service marks, domain names and similar intellectual property as important to our success, and we rely on patent, trademark and copyright law, trade secret protection, and confidentiality or license agreements with our customers, employees, partners, suppliers and others to protect our proprietary rights. Our primary trademarks, which we own, include “ Beech-Nut ”, “ Trophy ”, “ Havana Blossom ”, “ Durango ” and “ Stoker’s ”, as well as “ Zig-Zag ” in connection with tobacco products only, all of which are registered in the U.S. with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. We have the right to market V2Cigs ® branded products in the U.S. and Zig-Zag ® cigarette papers and related products in North America under exclusive licenses. We also own numerous internet domain names related to several of our trademarks, including Zig-Zag ® , Trophy ® , Stoker’s ® , Durango ® and Beech-Nut ® . Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , “Selected Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial and Other Information ” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those financial statements, before investing in our common stock.

References in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our Company” or similar terms refer to Turning Point Brands , Inc. and its subsidiaries. References to “ TPB ” refer to Turning Point Brands , Inc., not including any of its subsidiaries. We were incorporated in 2004 under the name North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. On November 4, 2015, we changed our name to Turning Point Brands, Inc.

Throughout this prospectus, we refer to our voting common stock as our “common stock” and our non-voting common stock as our “non-voting common stock.”

Unless otherwise noted, references to information being “as adjusted or “on an as adjusted basis” mean such information is presented after giving effect to the Stock Split and Conversion (each as defined herein) and references to information being “as further adjusted or “on an as further adjusted basis” giv e effect to the Conversion and Stock Split as well as this offering and the anticipated use of proceeds therefrom, as well as the other transactions described under “Use of Proceeds.”

Overview

We are a leading independent provider of Other Tobacco Products (“OTP”) in the U.S. We sell a wide range of products across the OTP spectrum, including moist snuff, loose leaf chewing tobacco, premium cigarette papers, make-your-own (“MYO”) cigar wraps and cigar smoking tobacco, cigars, liquid vapor products and tobacco vaporizer products. We do not sell cigarettes. We estimate that the OTP industry generated approximately $10.0 billion in manufacturer revenue in 2014. In contrast to manufactured cigarettes, which have been experiencing declining sales for decades based on data published by the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (the “TTB”), the OTP industry is demonstrating increased consumer appeal. For instance, according to Management Science Incorporated (“MSAi”), OTP consumer units shipped to retail increased by approximately 2% from 2013 to 2014.

Our portfolio of brands includes some of the most widely recognized names in the OTP industry, such as Zig-Zag ® , Beech-Nut ® , Stoker’s ® , Trophy ® , Havana Blossom ® , Durango ® , Our Pride ® and Red Cap ™. The following table sets forth the market share and category rank of our core products and demonstrates their industry positions:

Brand
Product
TPB Segment
Market Share (1)
Category Rank (1)
Stoker’s ®
Chewing Tobacco
Smokeless Products
15.1%
#1 discount / #2 overall
Beech-Nut ®
Chewing Tobacco
Smokeless Products
4.4%
#3 premium
Stoker’s ®
Moist Snuff
Smokeless Products
2.3%
#6 discount / #7 overall
Zig-Zag ®
Cigarette Papers
Smoking Products
31.4%
#1 premium
Zig-Zag ®
MYO Cigar Wraps
Smoking Products
76.6%
#1 overall
V2 ®
E-cigarettes
NewGen Products
7.0%
#5 overall
Zig-Zag ®
E-liquid
NewGen Products
4.7%
#6 overall
(1) Market share and category rank data for all products are derived from MSAi data as of July 11, 2015.

We currently ship to in excess of 900 direct wholesale customers with an additional 240 secondary, indirect wholesalers in the U.S. that carry and sell our products. As of July 11, 2015, our products are available in over 176,000 U.S. retail locations which, with the addition of retail stores in Canada, brings our total North American retail presence to an estimated 200,000 points of distribution. Our sales team targets widespread distribution to all traditional retail channels, including convenience stores, where over 60% of all OTP volume is currently sold according to MSAi data, achieving product availability in each of the top ten convenience store chains in the U.S. as of July 11, 2015. We achieved net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014 of $150.5 million and $200.3 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, our Adjusted EBITDA was $38.8 million and $48.8 million, respectively, and we had net income of $6.8 million and a net loss of $29.4 million, respectively.

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Since 2005, we have transitioned from a traditional OTP provider with significant in-house manufacturing and limited outsourced manufacturing to a leaner, asset-light sourcing and marketing model, with a strategy that relies on outsourced product manufacturing and supply relationships and increased use of information technology and market analytics, which together allow us to maintain relatively low levels of capital expenditures compared to market participants with more significant manufacturing operations. For example, we have formed long-lasting relationships with some of the most well-known names in the industry, including an 18-year relationship with Bolloré, S.A. (“Bolloré”) – the trademark holder for Zig-Zag ® – for the exclusive rights to purchase and sell Zig-Zag ® cigarette paper and accessory products in the U.S. and Canada. In 2008, we partnered with Swedish Match NA, a subsidiary of Swedish Match AB (“Swedish Match”) for the manufacture of all of our loose leaf chewing tobacco products. We have a 2-year relationship with JJA Distributors LLC (“JJA”) for the sourcing of our cigars and cigarillos and a 7-year relationship with Durfort Holdings, S.A. (“Durfort”) for the sourcing of our MYO cigar wraps, each of which are marketed under the Zig-Zag ® tobacco brand. More recently, we have established a relationship with VMR Products, LLC (“VMR”) for the exclusive supply and distribution of VMR’s V2Cigs ® (“ V2 ® ”) brand of liquid vapor products and tobacco vaporizer products to retail outlets throughout the U.S.   

We have a successful track record of rapidly commercializing new products and leveraging the value of our existing brands into new OTP categories. For example, in our smokeless products category, we leveraged our Stoker’s ® brand legacy in loose leaf chewing tobacco (the #2 loose leaf chewing tobacco brand in the U.S.), to create our Stoker’s ® moist snuff, which was introduced in 2009 using value-sized, 12 oz. tub packaging as opposed to the industry standard 1.2 oz. can. By the end of 2014, Stoker’s ® had grown to be among the fastest growing moist snuff brands in the U.S., based on pounds sold, as reported by MSAi. We believe that Stoker’s ® moist snuff is poised for continued strong growth and, in the second half of 2015, introduced a traditional 1.2 oz. can of Stoker’s ® moist snuff. This smaller packaging will allow us to expand our presence from the approximately 26,000 retail stores that carry the large tub by targeting the over 145,000 convenience stores (which sell 75% of all moist snuff tobacco (“MST”) volumes) for which our current large tub footprint is less commercially viable.

We have a portfolio of widely recognized brands with significant customer loyalty and an experienced management team that possesses long-standing industry relationships and a deep understanding of the OTP industry. However, we have historically been capital constrained by high leverage – our total long-term debt was $310.4 million as of September 30, 2015 – and as a result we believe our brands, management and our management’s relationships are underutilized. Notwithstanding our high leverage, our management team has grown net sales from $147.5 million in 2009 to $200.3 million in 2014. We have identified additional opportunities to grow revenue, including the launch of new products and expanding our distribution and salesforce. We also believe there are meaningful opportunities to grow through acquisitions (for which we could use cash or our stock) and joint ventures. We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to reduce our leverage, which will give us the flexibility to pursue these opportunities, facilitating our strategy of increasing revenue and our share of the OTP market. Additionally, because we expect our reduced leverage in combination with our asset-light model and attendant minimal capital expenditures to improve our cash flow, we intend to initiate the payment of a quarterly dividend of between 1.0% and 1.25% of our market capitalization (amounting to an annual dividend of approximately 4.0% to 5.0% of our market capitalization), commencing with the first full fiscal quarter after completion of this offering.

Our Industry

We currently compete in three distinct markets within the OTP industry: (i) the smokeless products market, which includes loose leaf chewing tobacco and moist snuff, (ii) the smoking products market, which includes cigarette papers, MYO cigar wraps and related products as well as cigars, MYO cigarettes and traditional pipe tobacco, and (iii) the new generation (“NewGen”) products market, which includes liquid vapor products, tobacco vaporizer products and other products without tobacco and/or nicotine.

We believe that the OTP industry is characterized by non-cyclical demand, relative brand loyalty, consistent profit margins, and the ability to generate consistent cash flows. In addition, the smokeless and smoking products markets have meaningful barriers to entry as a result of, among other things, applicable regulation, and relatively defined channels of distribution. In contrast to the traditional cigarette market that is in decline, the OTP industry has areas of significant growth, such as for moist snuff, liquid vapor products and cigarillo cigars.

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

Large, Leading Brands with Significant Scale

We have built a portfolio of leading brands with significant scale that are well recognized by consumers, retailers and wholesalers. Our Zig-Zag ® , Stoker’s ® , and Beech-Nut ® brands are each well established and date back 115 years, 75 years, and 118 years, respectively. In 2014, Zig-Zag ® , Stoker’s ® , and Beech-Nut ® together generated approximately $175.0 million, or 80.3%, of our total gross sales. Specifically:

Zig-Zag ® is the #1 cigarette paper brand in terms of retail dollar sales in the U.S. as measured by Nielsen Convenience and the #1 MYO cigar wraps brand.
Stoker’s ® is the #2 loose leaf chewing tobacco brand and among the fastest growing MST brands in the industry.
Beech-Nut ® is the #3 premium brand in the loose leaf chewing tobacco segment.
V2 ® is the #5 e-cigarette brand.

The Zig-Zag ® brand has long-standing brand recognition. The Stoker’s ® brand is seen as an innovator in both the loose leaf chewing tobacco and in the moist snuff markets. The Beech-Nut ® brand has a long and enduring name in premium loose leaf chewing tobacco.

Successful Track Record of New Product Launches and Category Expansions

We have successfully launched new products and entered new product categories by leveraging the strength of our brands. For example:

In 2009 we extended the Zig-Zag ® tobacco brand into the MYO cigar market and captured a 50% market share within the first two years. We are now the market share leader for MYO cigar wraps, with over a 75% share.
We leveraged the proud legacy and value of the Stoker’s ® brand to introduce a first-of-its-kind 12 oz. MST tub, which was not offered by any other market participant. Through the five years ending December 31, 2014, Stoker’s ® MST was among the fastest growing moist snuff brands in the industry based on pounds sold.
In 2013, we recognized the growing popularity of e-cigarettes and partnered with VMR to secure the retail “bricks and mortar” rights to distribute their popular V2 ® brand. We believe that with V2 ® , which is now the #5 e-cigarette brand, we are well positioned to capitalize on the emerging vapor category growth in traditional retail.

We strategically target product categories that we believe demonstrate significant growth potential and for which the value of our brands are likely to have a meaningful impact. As we continue to evaluate opportunities to extend our product lines or expand into new categories, we believe that our track record and existing portfolio of brands provide growth advantages.

Extensive Distribution Network and Effective Sales Organization

We have taken important steps to enhance our selling and distribution network and our consumer marketing capabilities, while keeping our capital expense requirements relatively low. We service our customer base with an experienced salesforce of approximately 120 professionals who possess in-depth knowledge of the tobacco industry. On average, each sales employee has over 14 years of tobacco-related experience as of September 30, 2015. We have also adopted a data-driven culture supported by leading technology, which enables our salesforce to analyze changing trends and effectively identify evolving consumer preferences. In particular, we have subscribed to a robust sales tracking system provided by MSAi that measures all OTP product shipments by all market participants on a weekly basis from approximately 1,000 wholesalers to over 250,000 retail stores in the U.S. As the initial sales effort is critical to the success of a product launch, we believe that our experienced salesforce, expansive distribution network and our market analytics put us in a strong position to execute new product launches in response to evolving consumer and market preferences.

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Long-standing, Strong Relationships with an Established Set of Producers

As part of our asset-light operating model, we built long-standing and extensive relationships with leading, high-quality producers. In 2014, our five most important producers were:

Bolloré, which provides us with exclusive access to the Zig-Zag ® cigarette paper and accessories brand for the U.S. and Canada;
Swedish Match, which manufactures all of our loose leaf chewing tobacco;
VMR, which provides us with the exclusive supply of V2 ® branded electronic cigarettes, e-liquids, and vaporizers in the U.S.;
Durfort, from which we source our MYO cigar wraps; and
JJA, from which we source our Zig-Zag ® branded cigarillos.

By outsourcing over 87% of our production and manufacturing to a select group of producers with whom we have strong relationships, we are able to maintain low overhead and minimal capital expenditures, which together drive our margins.

Experienced Management Team

With an average of 23 years of consumer products experience, including an average of 19 years in the tobacco industry, our senior management team has enabled us to grow and diversify our business while improving operational efficiency. Members of management have previous experience at other leading tobacco companies, including Altria Group, Inc. (formerly Philip Morris), Liggett & Myers Tobacco Company (now Liggett Group, a subsidiary of Vector Group ltd), Swedish Match, American Brands, Inc., and U.S. Smokeless Tobacco Company (a subsidiary of Altria). Notably, Lawrence Wexler, our President and CEO, brings over 20 years of experience from Altria Group, Inc., where he held various leadership positions within the finance, marketing, planning, manufacturing and sales departments. Our senior leadership has embraced a collaborative culture, in which all of our combined experience is leveraged to assess opportunities and deliver products that consumers demand.

Growth Strategies

We adopted the following strategies in order to drive growth in our business and to enhance stockholder value:

Grow Share of Existing Product Lines, Domestically and Internationally

We believe that there are meaningful opportunities for growth within the traditional OTP market. We maintain a robust product pipeline and plan to strategically introduce new products in attractive, growing OTP segments, both domestically and internationally. For example, in addition to our successful launch of Stoker’s ® smaller 1.2 oz. MST cans, we believe there are opportunities for new products in the MST pouch, cigar and MYO cigar wrap markets.

In 2014, less than 5% of our revenues were generated outside of the U.S. Having established a strong infrastructure and negotiated relationships across multiple segments and products, we intend to pursue an international growth strategy to broaden sales and strengthen margins. For example, we have begun to introduce our moist snuff tobacco products in South America and expect to begin rolling out our Primal ® brand internationally by the end of 2015. To support our international expansion, we intend to pursue a dual path of introducing our own products and brands as well as partnering with other industry leaders to improve market access and profitability.

Expand into Adjacent Categories through Innovation and New Partnerships

We continually evaluate opportunities to expand into adjacent product categories, by leveraging our portfolio or through new partnerships. In 2009, we leveraged the Zig-Zag ® brand and introduced Zig-Zag ® MYO cigar wraps with favorable results, and we now command the #1 market share position for that product. Recently, we expanded our Zig-Zag ® MYO cigar wraps through the introduction of the Zig-Zag ® ‘Rillo TM size cigar wraps, which are similar in size to machine made cigarillos, the most popular and rapidly growing cigar type. In addition, in 2015, we negotiated the worldwide exclusive distribution rights to an herbal sheet material that does not contain tobacco or nicotine, affording us the opportunity to sell on a global basis an assortment of products that meet new and emerging consumer preferences. We intend to continue to identify new adjacent categories for which we are able to leverage our existing brands and partnerships and expand in a cost effective way.

4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continue to Grow a Strong NewGen Platform

The OTP category is continually evolving as consumers actively seek out new products and product forms. Given this market demand, we have developed our NewGen Product platform, which we believe will serve new and evolving consumer demands across multiple product categories. Core products within our existing NewGen segment include:

E-cigarette and vapor products, including liquids,
Tobacco vaporizers, which heat rather than combust the smoking material,
Herbal smoking products, which contain no tobacco or nicotine, and
Shisha-related products, including tobacco- and nicotine-free fruits and gels designed to be used in a traditional Shisha pipe.

Among these categories, we believe that the emerging liquid vapor segment may present the greatest growth opportunity as it allows each consumer to customize their experience by being able to choose both flavor and nicotine level. Although the liquid vapor segment is in its infancy, we believe that when properly commercialized, it may be highly disruptive to the traditional cigarette industry and emerge as a significant segment of the OTP market. We have established a firm foothold and are well positioned in the traditional retail liquid vapor space, with a 7% EQ unit market share, or #5 market rank, of closed system e-cigarettes under the V2 ® brand. We have also observed a growing interest among consumers for tobacco vaporizer products and believe the Zig-Zag ® brand equity will be a valuable competitive advantage in this emerging segment.

We believe that the categories within our NewGen segment are poised to be the key industry growth drivers in the future, and we are well-positioned to capitalize on this growth.

Strategically Pursue Acquisitions

We believe there are meaningful acquisition opportunities in the OTP space and actively evaluate opportunities to expand our brand and product portfolio through strategic acquisitions. Our strategy will focus on identifying acquisitions that strengthen our current product offerings or enable category expansion in potential high growth areas. In order to allow us to pursue this strategy, we have secured a commitment from Standard General Master Fund L.P. for a $50.0 million bridge financing line of credit (the “SG Credit Line”) that may only be used for acquisitions that are approved by Standard General L.P. (together with the funds that it manages, “Standard General”) in its sole discretion. Although we have no commitments or firm agreements for any material acquisitions at this time, we will continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities as they may arise.

We have a strong track record of enhancing our OTP business with strategic and accretive acquisitions. For example, our acquisition of the North American Zig-Zag ® cigarette papers distribution rights in 1997 has made us the #1 cigarette paper brand in the U.S. in terms of retail dollar sales as measured by Nielsen. Perhaps more importantly, we own the Zig-Zag ® tobacco trademark in the U.S. and have leveraged this asset effectively, with over 50% of our total 2014 Zig-Zag ® - branded sales under our own Zig-Zag ® marks, rather than those we license from Bolloré.

Maintain Lean, Low-Cost Operating Model

We have successfully transitioned our business model to a leaner, asset-light manufacturing and sourcing model, with a strategy of maintaining low capital requirements, outsourced relationships, and increased utilization of market and consumer analytics. In 2014, approximately $190.2 million of our gross sales, or 87%, were from outsourced production operations and our capital expenditures have ranged between $700,000 and $2.7 million per year over the last 5 years. We believe that our asset-light model allows us to achieve favorable margins while generating strong EBITDA and our market analytics allow us to efficiently and effectively address evolving consumer and market demands. In addition, our relationships allow us to quickly enter new OTP markets as management is able to focus on brand building and innovation. We intend to continue to optimize our asset-light operating model as we grow in order to maintain a low cost of operations and healthy margins.

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ownership Structure

The following chart displays our ownership structure after giving effect to the Stock Split, the Conversion, this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom:


(1) Unless otherwise indicated, all of our subsidiaries are wholly-owned.
(2) Standard General owns        shares of our common stock and        shares of our non-voting common stock. Our non-voting common stock is identical to our common stock, with the exception of voting rights. Holders of non-voting common stock have rights to share in the earnings, losses, dividends and distributions to which holders of our common stock are entitled. Our non-voting common stock is convertible into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may give consideration to converting the shares of non-voting common stock into common stock at any time after the completion of this offering. Standard General also holds warrants to purchase        shares of our common stock (the “Standard General Warrants”). The Standard General Warrants were issued in January 2014, have an exercise price of $0.01 and an expiration date of January 13, 2021.
(3) In January 2014, we granted certain of our stockholders that qualified as “accredited investors” under the Securities Act of 1933 (as amended, the “Securities Act”) rights to purchase our 7% senior PIK toggle notes due 2023 (the “7% Senior Notes”) and warrants (the “Intrepid Warrants”) to purchase common units of our subsidiary, Intrepid Brands LLC (“Intrepid Brands”). The Intrepid Warrants issued in the rights offering represent the right to acquire 11,000,000, or approximately 40%, of the common units of Intrepid Brands on a

6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fully-diluted basis. The Intrepid Warrants have an exercise price of $1.00 per common unit, were exercisable beginning January 21, 2014 and expire on December 31, 2023. We expect to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to repurchase for cash at least 85% of the outstanding Intrepid Warrants, and all 7% Senior Notes that remain outstanding following the Conversion. See “—IPO Related Transactions.”

(4) In August 2014, Intrepid Brands adopted the Intrepid Brands LLC 2014 Option Plan (the “Intrepid Option Plan”). As of September 30, 2015, 1,350,485 options were issued and outstanding under the Intrepid Option Plan (the “Intrepid Options”). We expect to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to repurchase the Intrepid Options as permitted under the terms of the Intrepid Option Plan. Following this offering we will own at least 94% of the common units of Intrepid on a fully diluted basis.

IPO Related Transactions

Amendment of First Lien Credit Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend and restate our first lien credit agreement (as amended and restated, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”) to provide additional flexibility to pay dividends to our stockholders as more fully described under “Dividend Policy.” After giving effect to this offering, the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement will be $157.1 million.

Stock Split

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will increase our total authorized number of shares of capital stock and effect a        to        stock split (the “Stock Split”) of our common stock and non-voting common stock. Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus gives effect to the Stock Split.

Conversion

As of September 30, 2015, we had $57.9 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate PIK Toggle Notes due 2021 (the “PIK Toggle Notes”) outstanding, all of which were held by Standard General and $12.1 million aggregate principal amount of our 7% Senior Notes outstanding, which were held by, among others, Standard General and certain of our executive officers. Standard General has agreed to exchange 50%, or approximately $28.9 million aggregate principal amount, of the PIK Toggle Notes for     shares of our common stock (equivalent to a conversion price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares in this offering) and Standard General and certain executive officers that hold our 7% Senior Notes have agreed to exchange approximately $10.6 million of the 7% Senior Notes for     shares or our common stock (equivalent to a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price of the shares in this offering), immediately prior to completion of this offering. We refer to this as the “Conversion.” All PIK Toggle Notes and 7% Senior Notes that remain outstanding following the Conversion (plus accrued and unpaid interest from September 30, 2015) will be redeemed for cash with a portion of the proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Transactions—Conversion and Stock Split.”

7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves risks associated with our business, regulatory and legal matters. This is not a comprehensive list of risks to which we are subject, and you should carefully consider the risks described in “Risk Factors” and the other information in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our common stock.

Declining sales of tobacco products, and expected continuing decline of sales, in the tobacco industry overall.
Our dependence on a small number of third-party suppliers and producers.
The possibility that we will be unable to identify or contract with new suppliers or producers in the event of a supply or production disruption.
The possibility that our licenses to use certain brands or trademarks will be terminated, challenged or restricted.
Failure to maintain consumer brand recognition and loyalty of our customers.
Substantial and increasing U.S. regulation and taxation, particularly by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”).
Possible increases in tobacco-related taxes and the commencement of taxation on NewGen products.
Our significant amount of indebtedness.
Intense competition and our ability to compete effectively.
Contamination of our tobacco supply or products.
Infringement on our intellectual property.
Concentration of business with large customers.
Departure of key management personnel or our inability to attract and retain talent.
Our ability to pay dividends.

Our Principal Stockholders

Standard General will own       % of our common stock after giving effect to the Stock Split, the Conversion and this offering, on a fully-diluted basis (including the right to acquire an additional       shares upon exercise of the Standard General Warrants). Standard General will also own 100% of our issued and outstanding non-voting common stock following this offering (which will be convertible into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis at the sole discretion of our board of directors). Standard General is a New York-based investment firm that manages event-driven opportunity funds. Standard General was founded in 2007 and has been an SEC-registered Investment Adviser since 2009. Standard General primarily manages capital for public and private pension plans, endowments, foundations, and high net worth individuals.

Our Executive Chairman, Thomas Helms, Jr., owns all of the outstanding capital stock of Helms Management Corp. Helms Management Corp. will own       % of our common stock after giving effect to the Stock Split, the Conversion and this offering.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in 2004 in Delaware under the name North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. On November 4, 2015, we changed our name to Turning Point Brands, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 5201 Interchange Way, Louisville, Kentucky 40229, and our telephone number is (502) 778-4421. Our website address is www.turningpointbrands.com. We intend to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in gross revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an Emerging Growth Company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). An Emerging Growth Company may take advantage of specified reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies, such as:

we are not required to engage an auditor to report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);
we are not required to include more than two years of audited financial statements in this prospectus;
we are not required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);
we are not required to submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency” and “say-on-golden parachutes;” and
we are not required to disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended, the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

For as long as we continue to be an Emerging Growth Company, we expect that we will take advantage of certain reduced disclosure requirements available to us as a result of that classification. We have taken advantage of some of these reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

The JOBS Act permits an Emerging Growth Company, such as us, to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have chosen to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required for public companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Common stock and non-voting common stock outstanding before this offering
       shares of common stock.        shares of non-voting common stock.
Common stock offered by us
       shares, or       shares if the underwriters exercise in full their overallotment option.
Common stock and non-voting common stock outstanding after this offering
       shares of common stock, or       shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their overallotment option.

       shares of non-voting common stock.

Use of proceeds
We estimate the net proceeds from this offering to us will be approximately $    million, or approximately $    million if the underwriters exercise in full their overallotment option, based on an initial public offering price of $    per share after deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us and underwriting discounts and commissions.

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with cash on hand to: (i) repay all 7% Senior Notes and all PIK Toggle Notes that remain outstanding following the Conversion and all obligations under our second lien credit facility (the “Second Lien Credit Facility”), (ii) repurchase at least 85% of the Intrepid Warrants and all issued and outstanding Intrepid Options, and (iii) pay offering related fees and expenses.

Any excess proceeds will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes, including funding future acquisitions. We have no commitments or firm agreements for any material acquisitions at this time. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Dividend Policy
We have not paid dividends to holders of our common stock within the past five years. Following this offering and subject to applicable law, we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends to holders of our voting and non-voting common stock, initially equal to between 1.0% and 1.25% of our market capitalization (amounting to an annual dividend of approximately 4.0% to 5.0% of our market capitalization), commencing with the first full fiscal quarter after completion of this offering. The payment of dividends to holders of our common stock and non-voting common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including, among others, general economic and business conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, earnings, cash flows, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applicable to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”
Risk Factors
You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
NYSE listing
We have applied to list our shares on the NYSE under the symbol “TPB.”

10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to       % of the shares of common stock offered in this offering for sale at the initial public offering price to certain persons who are our directors, officers and employees, and certain friends and family members of these persons, and certain clients and prospective clients, through a directed share program.

Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock. Participants in the directed share program who purchase more than $          of shares will be subject to a lock-up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors or executive officers will be subject to 180-day lock-ups. Any of these lock-up agreements will have similar restrictions to the lock-up agreements described elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus:

assumes an initial public offering price of $       per share, the mid-point of the offering range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;
gives effect to the        for        Stock Split and the Conversion, each of which we will effect immediately prior to completion of this offering;
the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering excludes (i)        options to purchase shares of common stock that are currently outstanding under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”), (ii)        shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Standard General Warrants and (iii)        shares of our common stock that may be issued upon conversion of our non-voting common stock (which is convertible into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis at the sole discretion of our board of directors). Our board of directors may give consideration to converting the shares of non-voting common stock into common stock at any time after the completion of this offering.
assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to        additional shares of common stock. If the underwriters exercise in full their overallotment option, we will offer additional shares of common stock and any such shares that are sold will thereafter be outstanding. See “Underwriting.”

11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND
OTHER INFORMATION

The following tables set forth certain summary historical condensed consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. The consolidated statements of operations data and cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 were derived from our financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2015 were derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial information includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair representation of this information. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year or any other interim period.

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial and Other Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands except per share data)
2015
2014
2014
2013
2012
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
150,516
 
$
152,334
 
$
200,329
 
$
193,304
 
$
186,741
 
Cost of sales
 
77,889
 
 
82,482
 
 
107,165
 
 
103,043
 
 
100,856
 
Gross profit
 
72,627
 
 
69,852
 
 
93,164
 
 
90,261
 
 
85,885
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
39,385
 
 
33,445
 
 
45,108
 
 
46,822
 
 
41,391
 
Amortization expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27
 
 
38
 
Operating income
 
33,242
 
 
36,407
 
 
48,056
 
 
43,412
 
 
44,456
 
Interest expense and financing costs
 
25,732
 
 
25,706
 
 
34,311
 
 
44,094
 
 
43,048
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
42,780
 
 
42,780
 
 
441
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
7,510
 
 
(32,079
)
 
(29,035
)
 
(1,123
)
 
1,408
 
Income tax expense
 
734
 
 
323
 
 
370
 
 
486
 
 
978
 
Net income (loss)
$
6,776
 
$
(32,402
)
$
(29,405
)
$
(1,609
)
$
430
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per share data (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
9.82
 
$
(46.74
)
$
(42.47
)
$
(2.30
)
$
0.62
 
Diluted
$
8.46
 
$
(46.74
)
$
(42.47
)
$
(2.30
)
$
0.52
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
690,010
 
 
693,287
 
 
692,442
 
 
698,732
 
 
698,732
 
Diluted
 
800,855
 
 
693,287
 
 
692,442
 
 
698,732
 
 
834,373
 
As adjusted net income available per share data (1) (2) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As adjusted net income available per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
$
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As adjusted weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands except per share data)
2015
2014
2014
2013
2012
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
As further adjusted net income available per share data ( 1 ) (3) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As further adjusted net income available per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
       
 
 
 
 
$
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
$
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As further adjusted weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unaudited supplemental pro forma earnings per share data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
$
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unaudited supplemental pro forma as adjusted weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands other than percentages)
2015
2014
2014
2013
2012
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
Other Financial Information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$
12,625
 
$
1,872
 
$
6,025
 
$
3,026
 
$
2,465
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
 
(1,528
)
 
(1,096
)
 
(1,314
)
 
(723
)
 
6,287
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
(9,725
)
 
(22,107
)
 
(31,623
)
 
10,641
 
 
(914
)
Capital expenditures
 
(1,100
)
 
(1,096
)
 
(1,314
)
 
(729
)
 
(739
)
Depreciation and amortization
 
784
 
 
693
 
 
933
 
 
932
 
 
1,006
 
EBITDA (5)
 
34,026
 
 
(5,680
)
 
6,209
 
 
43,903
 
 
45,462
 
Adjusted EBITDA (5)
 
38,832
 
 
37,453
 
 
48,792
 
 
49,609
 
 
48,699
 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin (5)
 
25.8
%
 
24.6
%
 
24.4
%
 
25.7
%
 
26.1
%
 
As Further
Adjusted As of
September 30, ( 3 )
As Adjusted
As of
September 30, (2)
As of
September 30,
As of
December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
2015
2015
2015
2014
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
       
 
$
       
 
$
9,839
 
$
8,467
 
Working capital (6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
49,884
 
 
42,407
 
Total assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
257,009
 
 
250,205
 
Notes payable and long-term debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
310,400
 
 
312,553
 
Total liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
341,593
 
 
341,777
 
Total stockholders’ deficit
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(84,584
)
 
(91,572
)

(1) Per share data includes both voting and non-voting common stock. Our non-voting common stock is identical to the common stock, with the exception of voting rights. Holders of non-voting common stock are entitled to share in the earnings, losses, dividends and distributions to which holders of common stock are entitled.
(2) As adjusted to give effect to the Stock Split and the Conversion. In the Conversion, approximately $10.6 million of the aggregate principal amount of 7% Senior Notes and $28.9 million of the aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes will be converted into           and           shares of common stock, respectively.
(3) As further adjusted to give effect to the Conversion and Stock Split, as well as this offering and the anticipated use of proceeds from this offering. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with cash on hand to: (i) repay $1.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the 7% Senior Notes and $29.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes (plus accrued and unpaid interest

13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

from September 30, 2015) and all amounts outstanding under our Second Lien Credit Facility, (ii) repurchase at least 85% of the Intrepid Warrants and all issued and outstanding Intrepid Options for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4.3 million, and (iii) pay offering related fees and expenses. See “Use of Proceeds.”

(4) The table below provides a summary of net income used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share on a pro forma basis for the periods presented (dollars in thousands). We have included all shares, for which proceeds accrue to us, issued under the offering in the number of shares used to calculate supplemental unaudited pro forma net income per share.
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2015
Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Net income (loss)
$
6,776
 
$
(29,405
)
Proforma adjustment for interest reduction
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proforma Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proforma Net income (loss)
$
 
$
(            
)
Weighted average common stock Outstanding-Basic
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated incremental shares from IPO related to Dividends in excess of earnings
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro Forma weighted average common stock Outstanding-Basic
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dilutive stock options and warrants
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proforma weighted average common stock Outstanding-Diluted
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proforma earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
            
 
$
            
 
Diluted
$
            
 
$
            
 
(5) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not financial measures recognized under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We define “EBITDA” as net income before depreciation and amortization, interest expense and provision for income taxes. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as net income before depreciation and amortization, interest expense, provision for income taxes, loss on extinguishment of debt, other non-cash items and other items that we do not consider ordinary course in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance. “Adjusted EBITDA Margin” is defined as the Adjusted EBITDA for that period divided by the net sales for that period. We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because they are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to assess our financial performance and are also used by management to assess performance for the purposes of our executive compensation programs. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are also frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. We believe that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are appropriate measures of operating performance because they eliminate the impact of expenses that do not relate to business performance.
    EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
They do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
They do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
They do not reflect our significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt; and
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

To compensate for these limitations, we consider the economic effect of the excluded expense items independently and through the use of other financial measures, such as capital expenditure budget variances, investment spending levels and return on capital analysis.

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for the periods indicated.

 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
2015
2014
2014
2013
2012
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
6,776
 
$
(32,402
)
$
(29,405
)
$
(1,609
)
$
430
 
Add:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense
 
25,732
 
 
25,706
 
 
34,311
 
 
44,094
 
 
43,048
 
Amortization Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27
 
 
38
 
Depreciation Expense
 
784
 
 
693
 
 
933
 
 
905
 
 
968
 
Income Tax Expense
 
734
 
 
323
 
 
370
 
 
486
 
 
978
 
EBITDA
$
34,026
 
$
(5,680
)
$
6,209
 
$
43,903
 
$
45,462
 
Components of Adjusted EBITDA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt (a)
 
 
 
42,780
 
 
42,780
 
 
441
 
 
 

14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
2015
2014
2014
2013
2012
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
LIFO adjustment (b)
 
607
 
 
(253
)
 
(798
)
 
716
 
 
2,526
 
Pension/Postretirement expense (c)
 
279
 
 
38
 
 
16
 
 
407
 
 
623
 
Non-cash stock option and incentives expense
 
211
 
 
491
 
 
585
 
 
234
 
 
150
 
Foreign exchange hedging (d)
 
 
 
77
 
 
 
 
 
 
(65
)
Other items (e)
 
3,709
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,908
 
 
3
 
Adjusted EBITDA
$
38,832
 
$
37,453
 
$
48,792
 
$
49,609
 
$
48,699
 

(a) Represents loss related to the repurchase and redemption of our previously outstanding second and third lien notes in 2014 and the termination of a revolving credit facility in 2013.
(b) Represents non-cash expense related to an inventory valuation allowance for last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) reporting.
(c) Represents our Pension/Postretirement expense.
(d) Represents non-cash gain and loss stemming from our foreign exchange hedging activities.
(e) Other items:
For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the adjustment amounted to approximately $3.7 million, which consisted of $0.4 million relating to the one-time relocation of finished product for improved logistical services from three third-party distribution warehouses to a new third-party distribution warehouse, $1.4 million in fees for the study of strategic initiatives and $1.9 million of product launch costs of our new product lines, including our vaporizers within the NewGen segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2013, the aggregate adjustment amounted to $3.9 million, which consisted of approximately $3.2 million in expense related to the settlement of a contractual dispute regarding Gordian Group, LLC’s alleged right to remuneration under the terms of a 2009 engagement letter, an additional $0.1 million consisting of $0.5 million in legal expenses less $0.4 million reimbursement from our insurance company relating to the Langston Complaint (as described below) that was paid in 2013, and $0.6 million in expense relating to product launch costs of our new product lines, including our e-cigarettes and cartomizers within our NewGen segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, the adjustment amounted to $0.003 million, which consisted of the receipt of approximately $1.2 million that had been reserved in relation to promissory notes held by Mr. Thomas F. Helms, Jr. On November 19, 2012 Mr. Helms repaid in full his outstanding loans including the $1.2 million that had been reserved. The total adjustment also included a $1.2 million expense relating to the settlement of a shareholder litigation concerning the use of corporate assets to extend the loans to Mr. Helms, among other things (the “Langston Complaint”).
(6) Represents total current assets less current liabilities as reflected in our balance sheet. See “Management’s Discussion & Analysis—Liquidity and Capital Reserves.”

15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Any investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before deciding whether to purchase our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, prospects, liquidity, results of operations or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected. Additional risks or uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also impair our business operations. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur, and, if such events do occur, you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Sales of tobacco products are generally expected to continue to decline.

As a result of restrictions on advertising and promotions, increases in regulation and excise taxes, health concerns, a decline in the social acceptability of tobacco and tobacco-related products, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups and other factors, the overall U.S. market for tobacco products has generally been declining in terms of volume of sales, and is expected to continue to decline. Specifically, the market has experienced annual declines in sales in terms of pound volumes of loose leaf chewing tobacco products for over a decade, and for the past five years the loose leaf chewing tobacco market declined approximately 6% per year in pounds sold. We expect a similar decline in the market in 2015 and in the future. Our tobacco products comprised approximately 65% of our total 2014 revenues and, while some of our sales volume declines have been offset by higher prices or by increased sales in other product categories, there can be no assurance that these price increases or increased sales can be sustained, especially in an environment of increased regulation and taxation and changes in consumer spending habits.

While the sales of NewGen products have been increasing over the last several years, the market for our NewGen products is new and developing and is only a fraction of the size of the conventional tobacco market. In addition, although we do not market NewGen products as cessation products, in the event they are used as such, the size of the opportunity in this new market may be limited as the population of smokers that is seeking such cessation products continues to shrink.

We cannot assure you that sales of NewGen products will offset any decrease in sales of tobacco products. To the extent that any decrease in sales of tobacco products is not offset by increases in price or increases in sales of NewGen products, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on a small number of key third-party suppliers and producers for our products.

Our operations are largely dependent on a small number of key suppliers and producers to supply or manufacture our products pursuant to long-term contracts. In 2014, our five most important suppliers and producers were: (i) Bolloré, which provides us with exclusive access to the Zig-Zag cigarette paper and related accessories in the U.S. and Canada, (ii) Swedish Match, which produces all of our loose leaf chewing tobacco in the U.S., (iii) VMR, which provides us with the exclusive supply and distribution of V2 ® branded electronic cigarettes and vaporizers in the U.S., (iv) Durfort, from which we source our MYO cigar wraps and (v) JJA, from which we source our Zig-Zag ® tobacco branded cigars and cigarillos.

All of our Zig-Zag ® premium cigarette papers, cigarette tubes and injectors are sourced from Bolloré, pursuant to a renewable 20-year exclusive agreement. This agreement was most recently renewed in 2012. In addition, under the terms of the agreement with Bolloré, we renegotiate pricing terms every five years. At the present time, we are operating under a temporary price structure and formula. The parties are considering a modified pricing formula and a potential new index and duration. There is no guarantee that we will be able to reach a new five-year pricing agreement with Bolloré at all or on terms satisfactory to us.

All of our loose leaf tobacco products are manufactured for us by Swedish Match pursuant to a ten-year renewable agreement, which we entered into in 2008. The agreement will automatically be renewed for five successive ten-year terms unless either party provides at least 180 days’ notice prior to a renewal term of its intent to terminate the agreement or unless otherwise terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement. If a notice of non-renewal is delivered, the contract will expire two years after the date on which the agreement would have otherwise been renewed. Under this agreement, we retain the rights to all marketing, distribution and trademarks over the loose leaf brands that we own or license. We share responsibilities with Swedish Match related to process

16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

control, manufacturing activities, quality control and inventory management with respect to our loose leaf products. We rely on the performance by Swedish Match of its obligations under the agreement for the production of our loose leaf tobacco products. Any significant disruption in Swedish Match’s manufacturing capabilities or our relationship with Swedish Match, a deterioration in Swedish Match’s financial condition or an industry-wide change in business practices with respect to loose leaf tobacco products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We currently rely on VMR to supply V2 ® branded electronic cigarettes, vaporizers and e-liquids that we distribute. VMR’s unwillingness or inability to maintain the quality of its products or to comply with our specifications and requirements for products that we distribute could, among other things, result in a product recall and could adversely affect our reputation. Any significant disruption in our relationship with VMR, a deterioration in VMR’s financial condition or an industry-wide change in business practices with respect to NewGen products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We source our MYO cigar wraps through Durfort pursuant to an agreement entered into in October 2008. We rely on Durfort to produce and package our MYO cigar wraps to our specifications. Any significant disruption in our relationship with Durfort, a deterioration in Durfort’s financial condition, an industry-wide change in business practices relating to MYO cigar wraps or our ability to source the MYO cigar wraps from them could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We source our Zig-Zag ® tobacco branded cigars and cigarillos through JJA and its Dominican Republic partner pursuant to an agreement we entered into in April 2013. We rely on JJA to purchase and maintain an inventory all of the necessary raw materials, including packaging bearing our intellectual property, and to manufacture to our specifications and deliver the products to our designated U.S. distribution center. We cannot guarantee that JJA will continue to source sufficient quantities of our Zig-Zag ® tobacco branded cigars or cigarillos in order for us to meet our customer demands. Any significant disruption in our relationship with JJA, a failure to supply us with inventory in sufficient amounts, a deterioration in JJA’s financial condition or an industry-wide change in business practices with respect to Zig-Zag ® tobacco branded cigars could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Pursuant to agreements with certain suppliers, we have agreed to store tobacco inventory purchased on our behalf and generally maintain a 12- to 24-month supply of our various tobacco products at their facilities. We cannot guarantee that our supply of these products will be adequate to meet the demands of our customers. Further, a major fire, violent weather conditions or other disasters that affect us or any of our key suppliers or producers, including Bolloré, Swedish Match, Durfort, JJA or VMR, as well as those of our other suppliers and vendors, could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Although we have insurance coverage for some of these events, a prolonged interruption in our operations, as well as those of our producers, suppliers and vendors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we do not know whether we will be able to renew any or all of our agreements on a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.

Any disruptions in our relationships with Bolloré, Swedish Match, Durfort, JJA or VMR, a failure to renew any of our agreements, an inability or unwillingness by any supplier to produce sufficient quantities of our products in a timely manner or finding a new supplier would have a significant impact on our ability to continue distributing the same volume and quality of products and maintain our market share, even during a temporary disruption, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be unable to identify or contract with new suppliers or producers in the event of a disruption to our supply.

In order to continue selling our products in the event of a disruption to our supply, we would have to identify new suppliers or producers that would be required to satisfy significant regulatory requirements. Only a limited number of suppliers or producers may have the ability to produce our products at the volumes we need, and it could be costly or time-consuming to locate and approve such alternative sources. Moreover, it may be difficult or costly to find suppliers to produce small volumes of our new products in the event we are looking only to supplement current supply as suppliers may impose minimum order requirements. In addition, we may be unable to negotiate pricing or other terms with our existing or new suppliers as favorable as those we currently enjoy. Even if we were able to successfully identify new suppliers and contract with them on favorable terms, these new suppliers would also be subject to stringent regulatory approval procedures that could result in prolonged disruptions to our sourcing and distribution processes. See “Regulation—Smoking and Smokeless Products” and “Regulation—NewGen Products.”

17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Furthermore, there is no guarantee that a new third-party supplier could accurately replicate the production process and taste profile of our existing products. We cannot guarantee that a failure to adequately replace our existing suppliers would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our licenses to use certain brands and trademarks may be terminated or not renewed.

We are reliant upon brand recognition in the OTP markets in which we compete, as the OTP industry is characterized by a high degree of brand loyalty and a reluctance to switch to new or unrecognizable brands on the part of consumers. Some of the brands and trademarks under which our products are sold are licensed to us for a fixed period of time in respect of specified markets, such as our distribution and license agreement with Bolloré for use of the Zig-Zag ® name and associated trademarks in connection with certain of our cigarette papers and related products.

We have two licensing agreements with Bolloré, the first of which governs licensing and the use of the Zig-Zag ® name with respect to cigarette papers, cigarette tubes and cigarette injector machines, and the second of which governs licensing and the use of the Zig-Zag ® name with respect to e-cigarettes and vaporizers. Last year, we generated $122.1 million in gross sales of Zig-Zag ® products. In the event the licensing agreements with Bolloré are not renewed, the terms of the agreements bind us under a five-year non-compete clause, under which we cannot engage in direct or indirect manufacturing, selling, distributing, marketing or otherwise promoting of cigarette papers of a competitor without Bolloré’s consent, except in limited instances. We do not know whether we will renew these agreements on a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all. As a result of these restrictions, if our agreements with Bolloré are terminated, we may not be able to access the markets with recognizable brands that would be positioned to compete in these segments.

In our NewGen products segment, in addition to our license to sell NewGen products under the Zig-Zag ® name, we also have a license to sell under VMR’s V2Cigs ® brand name in the U.S. We rely on this branding to attract customers based on its existing value as a recognizable and trusted name in the OTP industry. Our agreement with VMR grants us rights to use the V2Cigs ® and V2 ® marks in our distribution of its NewGen products to brick-and-mortar retailers. If we are unable to continue to market Zig-Zag ® - or V2 ® -branded NewGen products, we may see a significant decline in our market share and may not be able to find an equally attractive brand or trademark for our NewGen products. Even if we successfully market NewGen products under different brand names, it may take some time and significant investment for us to obtain rights to a new brand and gain market share with these products. Any potential delays or periods of time in which we cannot continue to use the Zig-Zag ® or V2 ® names in the NewGen products market may make it difficult for us to compete against other producers who have title to or use of established brands and access to resources through which to capture market share.

In the event that the licenses to use the brands and trademarks in our portfolio are terminated or are not renewed after the end of the term, there is no guarantee we will be able to find a suitable replacement, or that if a replacement is found, that it will be on favorable terms. Any loss in our brand-name appeal to our existing customers as a result of the lapse or termination of our licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be successful in maintaining the consumer brand recognition and loyalty of our products.

We compete in a market that relies on innovation and the ability to react to evolving consumer preferences. The tobacco industry in general, and the OTP industry in particular, is subject to changing consumer trends, demands and preferences. Therefore, products once favored may over time become disfavored by consumers or no longer perceived as the best option. Consumers in the OTP market have demonstrated a high degree of brand loyalty, but producers must continue to adapt their products in order to maintain their status among these customers as the market evolves. The Zig-Zag ® brand has strong brand recognition among smokers, and our continued success depends in part on our ability to continue to differentiate the brand names that we own or license and maintain similarly high levels of recognition with target consumers. Trends within the OTP industry change often and our failure to anticipate, identify or react to changes in these trends could, among other things, lead to reduced demand for our products. Factors that may affect consumer perception of our products include health trends and attention to health concerns associated with tobacco, price-sensitivity in the presence of competitors’ products or substitute products and trends in favor of new NewGen products that are currently being researched and produced by participants in our industry. For example, in recent years, we have witnessed a shift in consumer purchases from chewing tobacco to moist snuff,

18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

due to its increased affordability. Along with our biggest competitors in the chewing tobacco market, which also produce moist snuff, we have been able to shift priorities and adapt to this change. A failure to react to similar trends in the future could enable our competitors to grow or establish their brands’ market share in these categories before we have a chance to respond.

Consumer perceptions of the overall health of tobacco-based products is likely to continue to shift, and our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate these shifting tastes and the rapidity with which the markets in which we compete will evolve in response to these changes on a timely and affordable basis. If we are unable to respond effectively and efficiently to changing consumer preferences, the demand for our products may decline which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Regulations may be enacted in the future, particularly in light of increasing restrictions on the form and content of marketing of tobacco products, that would make it more difficult to appeal to our consumers or to leverage existing recognition of the brands that we own or license. Furthermore, even if we are able to continue to distinguish our products, there can be no assurance that the sales, marketing and distribution efforts of our competitors will not be successful in persuading consumers of our products to switch to their products. Many of our competitors have greater access to resources than we do, which better positions them to conduct market research in relation to branding strategies or costly marketing campaigns. Any loss of consumer brand loyalty to our products or in our ability to effectively brand our products in a recognizable way will have a material effect on our ability to continue to sell our products and maintain our market share, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to substantial and increasing regulation.

The tobacco industry has been under public scrutiny for over fifty years. Industry critics include special interest groups, the U.S. Surgeon General and many legislators and regulators at the state and federal levels. A wide variety of federal, state and local laws limit the advertising, sale and use of tobacco and these laws have proliferated in recent years. Together with changing public attitudes towards tobacco consumption, the constant expansion of regulations has been a major cause of the overall decline in the consumption of tobacco products since the early 1970s. These regulations relate to, among other things, the importation of tobacco products and shipping throughout the U.S. market, increases in the minimum age to purchase tobacco products, imposition of taxes, sampling and advertising bans or restrictions, ingredient and constituent disclosure requirements and media campaigns and restrictions on where smokers can smoke. Additional restrictions may be legislatively imposed or agreed to in the future. Recent proposals have included banning the importation and sale of flavored cigarette products. These limitations may make it difficult for us to maintain the value of any brand.

Moreover, the current trend is toward increasing regulation of the tobacco industry, which is likely to differ between the various U.S. states and Canadian provinces in which we currently conduct business. Extensive and inconsistent regulation by multiple states and at different governmental levels could prove to be particularly disruptive to our business as well, as we may be unable to accommodate such regulations in a cost-effective manner that allows us to continue to compete in an economically viable way. Regulations are often introduced without the tobacco industry’s input and have been a significant reason behind reduced industry sales volumes and increased illicit trade.

In 1986, federal legislation was enacted regulating smokeless tobacco products (including dry and moist snuff and chewing tobacco) by, among other things, requiring health warnings on smokeless tobacco packages and prohibiting the advertising of smokeless tobacco products on media subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”). Since 1986, other proposals have been made at the federal, state and local levels for additional regulation of tobacco products and it is likely that additional proposals will be made in the coming years. For example, the Prevent All Cigarette Trafficking Act prohibits the use of the U.S. Postal Service to mail most tobacco products and amends the Jenkins Act, which established cigarette sales reporting requirements for state excise tax collection, to require individuals and businesses that make interstate sales of cigarettes or smokeless tobacco comply with state tax laws. See “—There is uncertainty related to the federal regulation of NewGen products, cigars and pipe tobacco products.” Additional federal or state regulation relating to the manufacture, sale, distribution, advertising, labeling, mandatory ingredients disclosure and nicotine yield information disclosure of tobacco products could reduce sales, increase costs and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On June 22, 2009, the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (the “Tobacco Control Act”) authorized the FDA to regulate the tobacco industry and amended the Federal Cigarette Labeling and Advertising Act, which governs how cigarettes can be advertised and marketed. In addition to the FDA, we are subject to regulation by numerous other federal agencies, including the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the TTB, the FCC, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), U.S. Customs and Border Protection and the U.S. Center for Disease Control and Prevention’s Office on Smoking and Health. There have also been adverse legislative and political decisions and other unfavorable developments concerning cigarette smoking and the tobacco industry, which have received widespread public attention. There can be no assurance as to the ultimate content, timing or effect of any regulation of tobacco products by governmental bodies, nor can there be any assurance that potential corresponding declines in demand resulting from negative media attention would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our products are regulated by the FDA, which has broad regulatory powers.

The Tobacco Control Act grants the FDA broad regulatory authority over the design, manufacture, sale, marketing and packaging of tobacco products. Among the regulatory powers conferred to the FDA under the Tobacco Control Act is the authority to impose tobacco product standards that are appropriate for the protection of the public health, require manufacturers to obtain FDA review and authorization for the marketing of certain new or modified tobacco products and impose various additional restrictions. Such restrictions may include requiring reduction or elimination of the use of particular constituents or components, requiring product testing, or addressing other aspects of tobacco product construction, constituents, properties or labeling.

Specifically, the Tobacco Control Act (i) increases the number of health warnings required on cigarette and smokeless tobacco products, increases the size of warnings on packaging and in advertising, requires the FDA to develop graphic warnings for cigarette packages, and grants the FDA authority to require new warnings, (ii) imposes restrictions on the sale and distribution of tobacco products, including significant restrictions on tobacco product advertising and promotion as well as the use of brand and trade names, (iii) bans the use of “light,” “mild,” “low” or similar descriptors on tobacco products, (iv) bans the use of “characterizing flavors” in cigarettes other than tobacco or menthol, (v) requires manufacturers to report ingredients and harmful constituents and requires the FDA to disclose certain constituent information to the public, (vi) authorizes the FDA to require the reduction of nicotine (although it may not require the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to zero) and the potential reduction or elimination of other constituents, including menthol, (vii) establishes pre-market review pathways for tobacco products that are considered new, including authorizing the FDA to deny any new product applications for products modified or first introduced into the market after March 22, 2011, or to determine that products modified or first introduced into the market between February 15, 2007 and March 22, 2011 are not “substantially equivalent” to products commercially marketed as of February 15, 2007, thereby preventing the sale or distribution of such products or requiring them to be removed from the market, and (viii) requires tobacco product manufacturers (and certain other entities) to register with the FDA.

The FDA charges user fees based on the USDA unit calculations pro-rated to the annualized FDA congressionally allocated budget. These fees only apply to those products currently regulated by the FDA, which include our smokeless and smoking products (other than cigars and pipe tobacco products), but we may in the future be required to pay such fees on more of our products, and we cannot accurately predict which additional products may be subject to such fees or the magnitude of such fees, which could become significant.

Although the FDA is prohibited from issuing regulations banning all cigarettes or all smokeless tobacco products, or requiring the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to zero, it is likely that its regulations in accordance with the Tobacco Control Act could result in a decrease in cigarette and smokeless tobacco sales in the U.S. We believe that such regulation could adversely affect our ability to compete against our larger competitors, who may be able to more quickly and cost-effectively comply with these new rules and regulations. Our ability to gain efficient market clearance for new tobacco products, or even to keep existing products on the market, could also be affected by FDA rules and regulations. All of our currently marketed products that are subject to FDA regulation will require approval from the FDA for us to continue marketing them, which we cannot guarantee we will be able to obtain. In addition, failure to comply with new or existing tobacco laws under which the FDA imposes regulatory requirements could result in significant financial penalties and government investigations of us. To the extent we are unable to respond to, or comply with, new FDA regulations it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Many of our products contain nicotine, which is considered to be a highly addictive substance.

Many of our products contain nicotine, a chemical that is considered to be highly addictive. The Tobacco Control Act empowers the FDA to regulate the amount of nicotine found in tobacco products, but not to require the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to zero. Any FDA regulation, whether of nicotine levels or other product attributes, may require us to reformulate, recall and/or discontinue certain of the products we may sell from time to time, which may have a material adverse effect on our ability to market our products and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

There is uncertainty related to the federal regulation of NewGen products, cigars and pipe tobacco products.

Since their introduction, there has been significant uncertainty regarding whether, how and when tobacco regulations would apply to NewGen products, such as electronic cigarettes or other vaporizer products. Based on a decision in December 2010 by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit (the “Sottera decision”), the FDA is permitted to regulate electronic cigarettes containing tobacco-derived nicotine as “tobacco products” under the Tobacco Control Act.

On April 24, 2014, the FDA released proposed rules that would extend its regulatory authority under the Tobacco Control Act to electronic cigarettes, vaporizers and certain other products, including cigars and pipe tobacco products, by newly deeming these products as “tobacco products.” The scope of proposed rules includes the following products that we market under the FDA’s authority: electronic cigarettes (e-cigarettes), vaporizers, e-liquids, cigars and pipe tobacco not already under the FDA’s authority. The FDA’s scope of the proposed rules also includes tobacco product components or parts that are used in the consumption of a tobacco product, like e-cigarette cartridges. The proposed rules would require that electronic cigarette manufacturers and manufacturers of other newly-deemed “tobacco products,” including cigars and pipe tobacco products, (i) register with the FDA and report product and ingredient listings; (ii) market new products only after FDA review and approval; (iii) only make direct and implied claims of reduced risk if the FDA approves after finding that scientific evidence supports the claim and that marketing the product will benefit public health as a whole; (iv) refrain from distributing free samples; (v) implement minimum age and identification restrictions to prevent sales to individuals under age 18; (vi) include a health warning; and (vii) refrain from selling the products in vending machines, unless the machine is located in a facility that never admits youth. It is not known how long it will take to finalize and implement the rules, or what the final rules will be. Newly-deemed tobacco products also would be subject to the other requirements of the Tobacco Control Act, such as that they not be adulterated or misbranded. The FDA could in the future promulgate good manufacturing practice regulations for these and our other products, which could have a material adverse impact on our ability and the cost to manufacture our products.

On July 1, 2015, the FDA solicited public comments in response to proposed rules with respect to nicotine exposure warnings and child-resistant packaging for e-liquids containing nicotine. The public comment period ended on August 31, 2015. As a result, the FDA may issue proposed rules for these purposes and may ultimately pass the rules as proposed or in modified form at any time.

Although we cannot predict the content or impact of the final rules from the proposed rules, any significant impediments to the sale of NewGen products, cigars and pipe tobacco products could have a material adverse impact on our business. Compliance and related costs could be substantial and could significantly increase the costs of operating in the NewGen products, cigar and pipe tobacco markets. In addition, failure to comply with the Tobacco Control Act and with FDA regulatory requirements could result in litigation, criminal convictions or significant financial penalties and could impair our ability to market and sell our electronic and vaporizer products. At present, we are not able to predict whether the Tobacco Control Act will impact our products to a greater degree than competitors in the industry, thus affecting our competitive position.

As the FDA creates and implements regulations, regulatory approvals may become necessary in order for us to continue our distribution of NewGen products and cigar and pipe tobacco products. We intend to file for the appropriate approvals to allow us to sell our products in the U.S. We have no assurances that the outcome of such approval process will result in our products being approved by the FDA. Moreover, if the FDA establishes a regulatory process that we are unable or unwilling to comply with, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected.

21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The anticipated costs of complying with future FDA regulations will be dependent on the rules issued by the FDA. Failure to comply with existing or new FDA regulatory requirements could result in significant financial penalties and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to market and sell our products.

Furthermore, neither the Prevent All Cigarette Trafficking Act nor the Federal Cigarette Labeling and Advertising Act currently apply to NewGen products. There may, in the future, also be increased regulation of additives in smokeless products and internet sales of NewGen products. The application of either or both of these federal laws, and of any new laws or regulations which may be adopted in the future, to NewGen products or such additives could result in additional expenses and require us to change our advertising and labeling, and methods of marketing and distribution of our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Significant increases in state and local regulation of our NewGen products have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted in numerous jurisdictions.

There has been increasing activity on the state and local levels with respect to scrutiny of NewGen products. State and local governmental bodies across the U.S. have indicated NewGen products may become subject to new laws and regulations at the state and local levels. For example, in January 2015, the California Department of Health declared electronic cigarettes a health threat that should be strictly regulated like tobacco products. Further, some states and cities, including the State of Iowa, have enacted regulations that require obtaining a tobacco retail license in order to sell electronic cigarettes and vaporizer products. Many states and some cities have passed laws restricting the sale of electronic cigarettes and vaporizer products to minors. If one or more states from which we generate or anticipate generating significant sales of NewGen products bring actions to prevent us from selling our NewGen products unless we obtain certain licenses, approvals or permits, and if we are not able to obtain the necessary licenses, approvals or permits for financial reasons or otherwise and/or any such license, approval or permit is determined to be overly burdensome to us, then we may be required to cease sales and distribution of our products to those states, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Certain states and cities have already restricted the use of electronic cigarettes and vaporizer products in smoke-free venues. Additional city, state or federal regulators, municipalities, local governments and private industry may enact rules and regulations restricting the use of electronic cigarettes and vaporizer products in those same places where cigarettes cannot be smoked. Because of these restrictions, our customers may reduce or otherwise cease using our NewGen products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Increases in tobacco-related taxes have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted in numerous jurisdictions.

Tobacco products, premium cigarette papers and tubes have long been subject to substantial federal, state and local excise taxes. Such taxes have frequently been increased or proposed to be increased, in some cases significantly, to fund various legislative initiatives or further disincentivize smoking. Since 1986, smokeless products have been subject to federal excise tax. Smokeless products are taxed by weight (in pounds or fractional parts thereof) manufactured or imported.

Since the State Children’s Health Insurance Program (“S-CHIP”) reauthorization in early 2009, which utilizes, among other things, taxes on tobacco products to fund health insurance coverage for children, the federal excise tax increases adopted have been substantial and have materially reduced sales in the “roll your own” (“RYO”) /MYO cigarette smoking products market, and also caused volume declines in almost all other markets. Although the RYO/MYO cigarette smoking tobacco and related products market had been one of the fastest growing markets in the tobacco industry in the five years prior to 2009, the reauthorization of S-CHIP increased the federal excise tax on RYO tobacco from $1.10 to $24.78 per pound, and materially reduced the MYO cigarette smoking tobacco market in the U.S. There have not been any increases announced since 2009, but we cannot guarantee that we will not be subject to further increases, nor whether any such increases will affect prices in a way that further deters consumers from purchasing our products and/or affects our net revenues in a way that renders us unable to compete effectively.

In addition to federal excise taxes, every state and certain city and county governments have imposed substantial excise taxes on sales of tobacco products, and many have raised or proposed to raise excise taxes in recent years, including Arkansas, Kansas, Louisiana, Minnesota, Nevada, Ohio, Vermont, Oregon, Indiana, Kentucky and Rhode

22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Island. A number of states have weight-based taxes/unit-based taxes on moist snuff tobacco, including Alabama, Arizona, Connecticut, Delaware, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Maine, Montana, Nebraska, New Jersey, New York, North Dakota, Oregon, Rhode Island, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington and Wyoming. Additional states may consider adopting such revised tax structures as well. Tax increases, depending on their parameters, may result in consumers switching between tobacco products or depress overall tobacco consumption, which is likely to result in declines in overall sales volumes.

Any future enactment of increases in federal or state excise taxes on our tobacco products or rulings that certain of our products should be categorized differently for excise tax purposes could adversely affect demand for our products and may result in consumers switching between tobacco products or a depression in overall tobacco consumption, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If our NewGen products become subject to increased taxes it could adversely affect our business.

Presently the sale of NewGen products is generally not subject to federal, state and local excise taxes like the sale of conventional cigarettes or other tobacco products, all of which generally have high tax rates and have faced significant increases in the amount of taxes collected on their sales. In recent years, however, state and local governments have taken actions to move towards imposing excise taxes on NewGen products. As of October 1, 2015, the District of Columbia, Louisiana, Minnesota and North Carolina impose excise taxes on electronic cigarettes and/or liquid vapor. In addition, the City of Chicago has passed a tax on vapor products that will take effect in January 2016 and the state of Kansas has passed legislation approving excise taxes that will take effect in July 2016. Other states are contemplating similar legislation and other restrictions on electronic cigarettes. Should federal, state and local governments and or other taxing authorities begin or continue to impose excise taxes similar to those levied against conventional cigarettes and tobacco products on NewGen products, it may have a material adverse effect on the demand for these products, as consumers may be unwilling to pay the increased costs, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be subject to increasing international control and regulation.

The World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (“FCTC”) is the first international public health treaty that establishes a global agenda to reduce initiation of tobacco use and regulate tobacco in an effort to encourage tobacco cessation. Over 170 governments worldwide have ratified the FCTC. The FCTC has led to increased efforts to reduce the supply and demand of tobacco products and to encourage governments to further regulate the tobacco industry. The tobacco industry expects significant regulatory developments to take place over the next few years, driven principally by the FCTC. Regulatory initiatives that have been proposed, introduced or enacted include:

the levying of substantial and increasing tax and duty charges;
restrictions or bans on advertising, marketing and sponsorship;
the display of larger health warnings, graphic health warnings and other labeling requirements;
restrictions on packaging design, including the use of colors and generic packaging;
restrictions or bans on the display of tobacco product packaging at the point of sale, and restrictions or bans on cigarette vending machines;
requirements regarding testing, disclosure and performance standards for tar, nicotine, carbon monoxide and other smoke constituents levels;
requirements regarding testing, disclosure and use of tobacco product ingredients;
increased restrictions on smoking in public and work places and, in some instances, in private places and outdoors;
elimination of duty free allowances for travelers; and
encouraging litigation against tobacco companies.

23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If the U.S. becomes a signatory to the FCTC and/or national laws are enacted in the U.S. that reflect the major elements of the FCTC, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. If NewGen products become subject to one or more of the significant regulatory initiatives proposed under the FCTC, our NewGen products segment may also be materially adversely affected.

As part of our 2015 strategy, we have begun strategic international expansions, such as introducing our moist snuff tobacco products in South America. This and other future expansions may subject us to additional or increasing international regulation, either by the countries that are the object of the strategic expansion or through international regulatory regimes, such as the FCTC, to which those countries may be signatories.

Liquid vapor products containing nicotine have not been approved for sale in Canada. Some Canadian provinces have restricted sales and marketing of electronic cigarettes, and other provinces are in the process of passing similar legislation. Furthermore, some Canadian provinces have limited the use of electronic cigarettes and vaporizer products in public places. As a result, we are unable to market these products in the relevant parts of Canada. These measures, and any future measures taken to limit the marketing, sale and use of NewGen products may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

To the extent our existing or future products become subject to international regulatory regimes that we are unable to comply with or fail to comply with, they may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our distribution efforts rely in part on our ability to leverage relationships with large retailers and national chains.

Our distribution efforts rely in part on our ability to leverage relationships with large retailers and national chains to sell and promote our products, which is dependent upon the strength of the brand names that we own or license. In order to maintain these relationships, we must continue to supply products that will bring steady business to these retailers and national chains. We may not be able to sustain these relationships or establish other relationships with such entities, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to execute our branding strategies, our ability to access the end-user markets with our products or our ability to maintain our relationships with the producers of our products. For example, if we are unable to meet benchmarking provisions in contracts or if we are unable to maintain and leverage our retail relationships on a scale sufficient to make us an attractive distributor, it would have a material adverse effect on our ability to source products, and on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, there are factors beyond our control that may prevent us from leveraging existing relationships, such as industry consolidation. If we are unable to develop and sustain relationships with large retailers and national chains, or are unable to leverage those relationships due to factors such as a decline in the role of brick-and-mortar retailers in the North American economy, our capacity to maintain and grow brand and product recognition and increase sales volume will be significantly undermined. In such an event, we may ultimately be forced to pursue and rely on local and more fragmented sales channels, which will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

After giving effect to this offering, we will have a substantial amount of indebtedness that could affect our financial condition.

As of September 30, 2015, after giving effect to this offering, we would have had $162.1 million outstanding under our First Lien Credit Agreement and $4.2 million of borrowings outstanding under our asset-based lending (“ABL”) facility, with the ability to borrow an additional $20.1 million under the ABL. In addition, we have secured a commitment from Standard General for a $50.0 million bridge financing credit line to finance acquisitions approved by Standard General L.P. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to further refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to do any of this on a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.

Our substantial amount of indebtedness could limit our ability to:

obtain necessary additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures or other purposes in the future;
plan for, or react to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;
make future acquisitions or pursue other business opportunities; and

24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

react in an extended economic downturn.

Additionally, following the completion of this offering we plan on paying a quarterly dividend to holders of our voting and non-voting common stock, commencing with the first full fiscal quarter after completion of this offering, as more fully described under “Dividend Policy.” However, our ABL and First Lien Credit Agreement currently contain limitations on the ability of certain of our subsidiaries (other than Turning Point Brands, LLC and its direct subsidiary) to make distributions to us, which affects our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. For example, NATC and its subsidiaries are generally unable to pay dividends and make other restricted payments to us, except in limited circumstances, including (i) to pay certain costs in the ordinary course of business, (ii) to redeem, retire or otherwise acquire certain of our outstanding equity interests and (iii) to pay certain tax obligations. As a result, the cash that we are permitted to receive from NATC is significantly limited in amount and permitted uses. While we intend to amend these agreements to allow NATC and its subsidiaries to pay distributions to us before completion of this offering, if our subsidiaries are unable to distribute cash to us for any reason, including due to restrictions in our ABL or First Lien Credit Agreement, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be adversely affected.

The terms of the agreement governing our indebtedness may restrict our current and future operations, which would adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

Our ABL and First Lien Credit Agreement contain, and any future indebtedness of ours would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:

incur additional debt;
pay dividends and make other restricted payments;
create liens;
make investments and acquisitions;
engage in sales of assets and subsidiary stock;
enter into sale-leaseback transactions;
enter into transactions with affiliates;
transfer all or substantially all of our assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions; and
enter into certain hedging agreements.

Our ABL and First Lien Credit Agreement also require us to maintain certain financial ratios. As of September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with the financial and restrictive covenants in our existing debt instruments. However, a failure by us to comply with the covenants or financial ratios in our debt instruments could result in an event of default under the applicable facility, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. In the event of any default under our ABL or First Lien Credit Agreement, the lenders under our debt instruments could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under such instruments to be due and payable and require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these amounts. If the indebtedness under our ABL or First Lien Credit Agreement were to be accelerated, which would cause an event of default and a cross-acceleration of our obligations under our other debt instruments, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends on our common stock.

We face intense competition and may fail to compete effectively.

The OTP industry is characterized by brand recognition and loyalty, with product quality, price, marketing and packaging constituting the primary methods of competition. Substantial marketing support, merchandising display, competitive pricing and other financial incentives generally are required to introduce a new brand or to improve or maintain a brand’s market position. Our principal competitors are “big tobacco,” Altria Group, Inc. (formerly Phillip Morris) and Reynolds American Inc., as well as Swedish Match, Swisher International and manufacturers of electronic cigarettes, including U.K.-based Imperial Tobacco Group PLC. These competitors are significantly larger than us and aggressively seek to limit the distribution or sale of other companies’ products, both at the wholesale and retail levels. For example, certain competitors have entered into agreements limiting retail merchandising displays of other companies’ products or imposing minimum prices for OTP products, thereby limiting their competitors’ ability

25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to offer discounted products. In addition, the tobacco industry is experiencing a trend toward industry consolidation, most recently evidenced by the June 2015 acquisition of Lorillard Inc. by Reynolds American Inc. Industry consolidation could result in a more competitive environment if our competitors are able to increase their combined resources, enhance their access to national distribution networks, or become acquired by established companies with greater resources than ours. Any inability to compete due to our smaller scale as the industry continues to consolidate and be dominated by “big tobacco” could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The competitive environment and our competitive position is also significantly influenced by economic conditions, erosion of consumer confidence, competitors’ introduction of low-priced products or innovative products, higher taxes, higher absolute prices and larger gaps between price categories and product regulation that diminishes the consumer’s ability to differentiate tobacco products. Due to the impact of these factors, as well as higher state and local excise taxes and the market share of deep discount brands, the tobacco industry has become increasingly price competitive. As we seek to adapt to the price competitive environment, our competitors that are better capitalized may be able to sustain price discounts for long periods of time by spreading the loss across their expansive portfolios, with which we are not positioned to compete.

Competition in the electronic cigarette and vaporizer products industry is particularly intense. The nature of our NewGen product competitors is varied as the market is highly fragmented. In addition, some marketers still have the ability to access sales channels through the mail, which is no longer available in the markets for traditional tobacco products, and which facilitates market access for a range of competitors who would otherwise find themselves at a competitive disadvantage in a brick-and-mortar context.

“Big tobacco” has also established its presence in the NewGen products market. There can be no assurance that our products will be able to compete successfully against these companies or any of our other competitors, some of which have far greater resources, capital, experience, market penetration, sales and distribution channels than us. In addition, there are currently no U.S. restrictions on advertising electronic cigarettes and vaporizer products and competitors, including “big tobacco,” may have more resources than us for advertising expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to build and maintain market share, and thus have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The market for NewGen products is a niche market, subject to a great deal of uncertainty and is still evolving.

Vaporizer products and electronic cigarettes, having recently been introduced to market, are at an early stage of development, and represent core components of a niche market that is evolving rapidly and is characterized by a number of market participants. Rapid growth in the use of, and interest in, vaporizer products and electronic cigarettes is recent, and may not continue on a lasting basis. The demand and market acceptance for these products is subject to a high level of uncertainty. Therefore, we are subject to all of the business risks associated with a new enterprise in a niche market. Continued evolution, uncertainty and the resulting increased risk of failure of our new and existing product offerings in this market could have a material adverse effect on our ability to build and maintain market share and on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to effectively compete in the NewGen products marketplace, in light of the low barriers to entry.

We may become subject to significant product liability litigation.

The tobacco industry has experienced and continues to experience significant product liability litigation. Most tobacco liability lawsuits have been brought against manufacturers and sellers of cigarettes by individual plaintiffs, often participating on a class-action basis, for injuries allegedly caused by cigarette smoking or by exposure to cigarette smoke. However, several lawsuits have also been brought against us and other manufacturers and sellers of smokeless products for injuries to health allegedly caused by use of smokeless products. There are several such suits pending against us, but all have been dormant for a number of years. No assurance can be given however, that such suits will remain dormant. In addition to the risks to our business, results of operations and financial condition resulting from adverse results in any such action, ongoing litigation may divert management’s attention and resources, which could have an impact on our business and operations. For a description of current material litigation to which we or our subsidiaries are a party, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.” We cannot predict with certainty the outcome of these claims and there can be no assurance that we will not sustain losses in connection with such lawsuits and that such losses will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition to current and potential future claims related to our smoking and smokeless products, we may be subject to claims in the future relating to our NewGen products. As a result of their relative novelty, electronic cigarette and vaporizer product manufacturers and sellers have only recently become subject to litigation. We may see increasing litigation over our NewGen products or the regulation of our products, as the regulatory regimes surrounding these products develop. In February 2015, for example, the Center for Environmental Health, a public interest group in California, filed an action against vaporizer marketers, including one of our subsidiaries, alleging a violation of California’s Proposition 65 (“Prop 65”). Prop 65 requires the State of California to identify chemicals that could cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm, and businesses selling products in California are then required to warn consumers of any possible exposure to the chemicals on the list. The basis for the action brought by the Center for Environmental Health is the reproductive harm associated with nicotine. Although we are not aware of an instance in which we have sold nicotine-containing e-cigarette products that did not carry the appropriate Prop 65 warning, the Center for Environmental Health has asserted in its complaint that even e-cigarette products that do not contain nicotine, but could potentially be used with nicotine-containing products (such as open-system vaporizers or blank cartridges), should also carry a Prop 65 warning. We are currently exploring the possibility of settlement with the Center for Environmental Health, which has yet to indicate the value of its claims against our subsidiary.

As a result of this or other similar suits which may be filed in the future, we may face substantial costs due to increased product liability litigation relating to new regulations or other potential defects associated with our NewGen products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The scientific community has not yet studied extensively the long-term health effects of electronic cigarette, vaporizer or e-liquids products use.

Electronic cigarettes, vaporizers and related products were recently developed and therefore the scientific community has not had a sufficient period of time to study the long-term health effects of their use. Currently, there is no way of knowing whether these products are safe for their intended use. If the scientific community were to determine conclusively that use of any or all of these products poses long-term health risks, market demand for these products and their use could materially decline. Such a determination could also lead to litigation and significant regulation. Loss of demand for our product, product liability claims and increased regulation stemming from unfavorable scientific studies on these products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are required to maintain and contribute cash amounts to an escrow account in order to be compliant with a settlement agreement between us and certain U.S. states and territories.

In November 1998, the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers entered into the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) and the Smokeless Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement (“STMSA”) with 46 U.S. states and certain U.S. territories and possessions. Pursuant to the MSA and subsequent states’ statutes, a “cigarette manufacturer” (which is defined to also include a manufacturer of RYO/MYO cigarette tobacco) has the option of either becoming a signatory to the MSA, or, as we have elected, operating as a non-participating manufacturer (“NPM”) by funding and maintaining an escrow account, with sub-accounts on behalf of each settling state. These NPM escrow accounts are governed by states’ escrow and complementary statutes that are generally monitored by the Office of the State Attorney General. The statutes require NPM companies to deposit, on an annual basis, into qualified banks’ escrow funds based on the number of cigarettes or cigarette equivalents, which is measured by pounds of RYO/MYO tobacco sold. NPM companies are, within specified limits, entitled to direct the investment of the escrowed funds and withdraw any interest or appreciation, but cannot withdraw the principal for twenty-five years from the year of each annual deposit, except to withdraw funds deposited pursuant to an individual state’s escrow statute to pay a final judgment to that state’s plaintiffs in the event of such a final judgment. The investment vehicles available to us are specified in the state escrow agreements and are limited to low-risk government securities.

Various states have enacted or proposed complementary legislation intended to curb the activity of certain manufacturers and importers of cigarettes or MYO tobacco that are selling into MSA states without signing the MSA or who have failed to properly establish and fund a qualifying escrow account. To the best of our knowledge, no statute has been enacted that could inadvertently and negatively impact us. We believe we have been and are currently fully compliant with all applicable laws, regulations and statutes, although compliance-related issues may, from time to time, be disruptive of our business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Pursuant to the NPM escrow account statutes, in order to be compliant with the NPM escrow requirements, we are required to deposit such funds for each calendar year into a qualifying escrow account by April 15 of the

27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

following year with each year’s deposit being released from escrow after 25 years. We have deposited two payments of $0.1 million relating to 2014 and 2013 sales, and anticipate that total deposits for 2015 will also amount to $0.1 million. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had on deposit approximately $31.8 million and $31.7 million, respectively.

Although no such legislation has been proposed or enacted, future changes to the MSA, such as legislation that extends the MSA to products to which it does not currently apply or legislation that limits the ability of companies to receive unused escrow funds after 25 years, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Despite the amounts maintained and funded to the escrow account, compliance with the funding requirements for the escrow account does not necessarily prevent future federal and/or state regulations with respect to the OTP industry from having a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. For more information on the MSA and compliance with the NPM escrow requirements, see “Regulation—State Attorney General Settlement Agreements.”

Competition from illicit sources may have an adverse effect on our overall sales volume, restricting the ability to increase selling prices and damaging brand equity.

Illicit trade and tobacco trafficking in the form of counterfeit products, smuggled genuine products and locally manufactured products on which applicable taxes are evaded, represent a significant and growing threat to the legitimate tobacco industry. Factors such as increasing tax regimes, regulatory restrictions, compliance requirements and economic downturn are encouraging more consumers to switch to illegal, cheaper tobacco products and providing greater rewards for smugglers. Illicit trade can have an adverse effect on our overall sales volume, restrict the ability to increase selling prices, damage brand equity and may lead to commoditization of our products. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

Although we combat counterfeiting of our products by engaging in certain tactics, such as requiring all sales force personnel to randomly collect our products from retailers in order to be tested by our quality control team, maintaining a quality control group that is responsible for identifying counterfeit products and using a private investigation firm to help perform surveillance of retailers we suspect are selling counterfeit products, no assurance can be given that we will be able to detect or stop sales of all counterfeit products. In addition, we have in the past and will continue to bring suits against retailers and distributors that sell certain counterfeit products. While we have been successful in securing financial recoveries from and helping to obtain criminal convictions of counterfeiters in the past, no assurance can be given that we will be successful in any such suits or that such suits will be successful in stopping other retailers or distributors from selling counterfeit products. Even if we are successful, such suits could consume a significant amount of management’s time and could also result in significant expenses to the company. See “Business—Production and Quality Control.” Any failure to track and prevent counterfeiting of our products could have a material adverse on our ability to maintain our effectively compete for the products we distribute under our brand names, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Reliance on information technology means a significant disruption could affect our communications and operations.

We increasingly rely on information technology systems for our internal communications, controls, reporting and relations with customers and suppliers and information technology is becoming a significantly important tool for our sales staff. Our marketing and distribution strategy is dependent upon our ability to closely monitor consumer and market trends on a highly specified level, for which we are reliant on our highly sophisticated data tracking systems, which are susceptible to disruption or failure. In addition, our reliance on information technology exposes us to cyber-security risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete. Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and cause us to lose customers, or may disrupt our relationships and ongoing transactions with other entities with whom we contract throughout our supply chain. The failure of our information systems to function as intended, or the penetration by outside parties intent on disrupting business processes, could result in significant costs, loss of revenue, assets or personal or other sensitive data and reputational harm.

Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and cause us to lose customers.

Federal and state laws require us to safeguard our wholesalers’ and retailers’ financial information, including credit information. Although we have established security procedures to protect against identity theft and the theft of our customers’ and distributors’ financial information, our security and testing measures may not prevent security

28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

breaches and breaches of privacy may occur, could harm our business. Typically, we rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to enhance transmission security of confidential information in relation to financial and other sensitive information that we have on file. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, inadequate facility security or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology used by us to protect customer data. Any compromise of our security could harm our reputation or financial condition and, therefore, our business. In addition, a party who is able to circumvent our security measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other effects, misappropriate proprietary information, cause interruptions in our operations or expose customers and other entities with which we interact to computer viruses or other disruptions. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to claims against us. To the extent the measures we have taken prove to be insufficient or inadequate, we may become subject to litigation or administrative sanctions, which could result in significant fines, penalties or damages and harm to our reputation.

Contamination of, or damage to, our products could adversely impact sales volume, market share and profitability.

Our market position may be affected through the contamination of our tobacco supply or products during the manufacturing process or at different points in the entire supply chain. We keep significant amounts of inventory of our products in warehouses and it is possible that this inventory could become contaminated prior to arrival at our premises or during the storage period. If contamination of our inventory or packaged products occurs, whether as a result of a failure in quality control by us or by one of our suppliers, we may incur significant costs in replacing the inventory and recalling products. We may be unable to meet customer demand and may lose customers who purchase alternative brands or products. In addition, consumers may lose confidence in the affected product.

Under the terms of our contracts, we impose requirements on our suppliers to maintain quality and comply with product specifications and requirements, and on our third-party co-manufacturer to comply with all federal, state and local laws. These third-party suppliers, however, may not continue to produce products that are consistent with our standards or that are in compliance with applicable laws, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify instances in which our third-party suppliers fail to comply with our standards or applicable laws. A loss of sales volume from a contamination event may occur, and such a loss may affect our ability to supply our current customers and to recapture their business in the event they are forced to switch products or brands, even if on a temporary basis. We may also be subject to legal action as a result of a contamination, which could result in negative publicity and affect our sales. During this time, our competitors may benefit from an increased market share that could be difficult and costly to regain. Such a contamination event could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our intellectual property may be infringed.

We currently rely on trademark and other intellectual property rights to establish and protect the brand names and logos we own or license. Third parties have in the past infringed, and may in the future infringe, on these trademarks and our other intellectual property rights. Our ability to maintain and further build brand recognition is dependent on the continued and exclusive use of these trademarks, service marks and other proprietary intellectual property, including the names and logos we own or license. Despite our attempts to ensure these intellectual property rights are protected, third parties may take actions that could materially and adversely affect our rights or the value of this intellectual property. Any litigation concerning our intellectual property rights, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversions of our resources. Expenses related to protecting our intellectual property rights, the loss or compromise of any of these rights or the loss of revenues as a result of infringement could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and may prevent the brands we own or license from growing or maintaining market share.

Third parties may claim that we infringe their intellectual property and trademark rights.

Competitors in the tobacco products market have claimed, and others may claim, that we infringe their proprietary rights. In particular, we have been involved in ongoing litigation with the Republic Group concerning the Zig-Zag ® trademark in certain territories outside the U.S. and Canada. Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources, injunctions against us or the payment of damages.

We have one customer that represents approximately 10% of our revenue.

We have relied on a single customer, McLane Company Inc. (“McLane”) for more than 10% of our revenues for each of the past four years. Furthermore, in 2014, sales to our top three customers accounted for over 20% of our

29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

revenues. In 2014, McLane represented 10.9% of our revenues. However, McLane purchases its products on a purchase order basis and we do not have an agreement with them that requires them to purchase our products as opposed to those of our competitors. If our relationship with McLane ends or is disrupted, we would experience a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and may struggle to replace such a significant relationship. We may also face reputational harm, even if the impact of this loss is temporary, due to the potential loss of market share and a reduction of the presence of our branded products in the end markets.

We may fail to manage our growth.

We have expanded over our history and intend to grow in the future. For example, we acquired the Stoker’s ® brand in 2003, and have continued to develop it through the introduction of new products, such as moist snuff in 2009. We have also focused on growing our relationships with our key suppliers through expansion into new product lines, such as the addition of cigarillos, which are sourced by JJA in addition to cigars, and vaporizer products, which are produced by VMR, in addition to e-cigarettes. However, any future growth will place additional demands on our resources, and we cannot be sure we will be able to manage our growth effectively. If we are unable to manage our growth while maintaining the quality of our products and profit margins, or if new systems that we implement to assist in managing our growth do not produce the expected benefits, our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. We may not be able to support, financially or otherwise, future growth, or hire, train, motivate and manage the required personnel. Our failure to manage growth effectively could also limit our ability to achieve our goals as they relate to streamlined sales, marketing and distribution operations and the ability to achieve certain financial metrics.

We are subject to fluctuations in our month-to-month results that make it difficult to track trends and develop strategies in the short-term.

In response to competitor actions and pricing pressures, we have engaged in significant use of promotional and sales incentives. We regularly review the results of our promotional spending activities and adjust our promotional spending programs in an effort to maintain our competitive position. Accordingly, unit sales volume and sales promotion costs in any period are not necessarily indicative of sales and costs that may be realized in subsequent periods. Additionally, promotional activity significantly increases net sales in the month in which it is initiated and net sales are adversely impacted in the month after a promotion. Accordingly, based upon the timing of our marketing and promotional initiatives, we have and may continue to experience significant variability in our month-to-month results, which could affect our ability to formulate strategies that allow us to maintain our market presence across volatile months. If our monthly fluctuations obscure our ability to track important trends in our key markets, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to the risks of exchange rate fluctuations.

Currency movements and suppliers’ price increases relating to premium cigarette papers and cigarette tubes are the primary factors affecting our cost of sales. These products are purchased from Bolloré and we make payments in Euros. Thus, we bear certain foreign exchange rate risk for certain of our inventory purchases. In addition, as part of our strategy, we have begun strategic international expansions, such as introducing our moist snuff tobacco products in South America. As a result, we may be more sensitive to the risks of exchange rate fluctuations. To minimize this risk, we sometimes utilize short-term forward currency contracts, through which we secure Euros in order to pay for our monthly inventory purchases. In 2005, we adopted and instituted a formal foreign exchange currency policy and more actively contracted for the forward purchase of Euros. We engage in hedging transactions from time to time but no assurance can be made that we will be successful in eliminating currency exchange risks or that changes in currency rates will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse U.S. and global economic conditions could negatively impact our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our business and operations are sensitive to global economic conditions. These conditions include interest rates, energy costs, inflation, recession, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets and the general condition of the U.S. and world economy. A material decline in the economic conditions affecting consumers, which cause a reduction in disposable income for the average consumer, may change consumption patterns, and may result in a reduction in spending on tobacco products or a switch to cheaper products or products obtained through illicit channels. Electronic cigarettes, vaporizer and e-liquid products are relatively new to market and may be regarded by users as a novelty item and expendable. As such, demand for our NewGen products may be particularly sensitive to economic

30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

conditions such as inflation, recession, high energy costs, unemployment, changes in interest rates and money supply, changes in the political environment and other factors beyond our control, any combination of which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our supply to our wholesalers and retailers is dependent on the demands of their customers who are sensitive to increased sales taxes and economic conditions affecting their disposable income.

Consumer purchases of tobacco products are historically affected by economic conditions, such as changes in employment, salary and wage levels, the availability of consumer credit, inflation, interest rates, fuel prices, sales taxes, and the level of consumer confidence in prevailing and future economic conditions. Discretionary consumer purchases, such as of tobacco products, may decline during recessionary periods or at other times when disposable income is lower and taxes may be higher.

In addition, states such as New York, Hawaii, Rhode Island, Georgia and North Carolina have begun collecting taxes on internet sales where companies have used independent contractors in those states to solicit sales from residents of those states. These taxes apply to our online sales of NewGen products into those states, and may result in reduced demand from the independent wholesalers who may not be able to absorb the increased taxes or successfully pass them onto the end-user without experiencing reduced demand. The requirement to collect, track and remit taxes based on independent affiliate sales may require us to increase our prices, which may affect demand for our products or conversely reduce our net profit margin, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our failure to comply with certain environmental, health and safety regulations could adversely affect our business.

The storage, distribution and transportation of some of the products that we sell are subject to a variety of federal and state environmental regulations. In addition, our manufacturing facilities are similarly subject to federal, state and local environmental laws. We are also subject to operational, health and safety laws and regulations. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could cause a disruption in our business, an inability to maintain our manufacturing resources, and additional and potentially significant remedial costs and damages, fines, sanctions or other legal consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The departure of key management personnel and the failure to attract and retain talent could adversely affect our operations.

Our success depends upon the continued contributions of our senior management. Our ability to implement our strategy of attracting and retaining the best talent may be impaired by the decreasing social acceptance of tobacco usage. The tobacco industry competes for talent with the consumer products industry and other companies that enjoy greater societal acceptance. As a result, we may be unable to attract and retain the best talent, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to the Offering and our Common Stock

The reduced disclosure requirements applicable to Emerging Growth Companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors, potentially decreasing our stock price.

For as long as we continue to be an Emerging Growth Company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not Emerging Growth Companies. Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions, which include but are not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act (“Section 107”) provides that an Emerging Growth Company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with the revised accounting standards.

If investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of exemptions and reduced disclosure requirements, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile or decrease.

31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may lose our status as an Emerging Growth Company before the five-year maximum time period a company may retain such status.

We have elected to rely on the exemptions and reduced disclosure requirements applicable to Emerging Growth Companies and expect to continue to do so. However, we may choose to “opt out” of such reduced disclosure requirements and provide disclosure required for companies that do not qualify as emerging growth companies. In addition, we chose to opt out of the provision of the JOBS Act that permits us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. Section 107 provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards would be irrevocable.

Furthermore, although we are able to remain an Emerging Growth Company for up to five years, we may lose such status at an earlier time if (i) our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) we issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

When we lose our Emerging Growth Company status, whether due to an election, the end of the five-year period, or one of the circumstances listed in the preceding paragraph, the Emerging Growth Company exemptions will cease to apply and we expect we will incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with the non-Emerging Growth Company requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of the change in our status under the JOBS Act or the timing of such costs, though such costs may be substantial.

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

As a public company, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, related regulations of the SEC and the requirements of the NYSE, with which we are not required to comply as a private company. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of time of our board of directors and management and will significantly increase our costs and expenses and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We anticipate that our incremental general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded company will include costs associated with annual reports to shareholders, tax returns, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent’s fees and incremental director and officer liability insurance costs. We will need to:

institute a more comprehensive compliance function;
comply with rules promulgated by the SEC and NYSE;
prepare and distribute periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;
establish new internal policies, such as those relating to insider trading; and
involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the above activities.

Furthermore, while we generally must comply with Section 404 for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, we are not required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until our first annual report subsequent to our ceasing to be an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act. See “—The reduced disclosure requirements applicable to Emerging Growth Companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors, potentially decreasing our stock price.” Accordingly, we may not be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until as late as our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. Once it is required to do so, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed. If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We will be required to dedicate a significant amount of time and resources to ensure compliance with the regulatory requirements of Section 404. We will work with our legal, accounting and financial advisors to identify any areas in which changes should be made to our financial and

32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

management control systems to manage our growth and our obligations as a public company. However, these and other measures we may take may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely and reliable basis. Compliance with these requirements may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

The initial public offering price of our common stock may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. In addition, an active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop or be maintained, and our stock price may be volatile.

Prior to this offering, our common stock was not traded on any market. An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop or be maintained after this offering. Active, liquid and orderly trading markets usually result in less price volatility and more efficiency in carrying out investors’ purchase and sale orders. The market price of our common stock could vary significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. In the event of a drop in the market price of our common stock, you could lose a substantial part or all of your investment in our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and representatives of the underwriters, based on numerous factors which we discuss in “Underwriting,” and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering. The following factors could affect our stock price:

our operating and financial performance;
quarterly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators, such as net income per share, net income and revenues;
strategic actions by our competitors;
changes in revenue or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage, by equity research analysts;
speculation in the press or investment community;
sales of our common stock by us or other stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;
changes in accounting principles;
additions or departures of key management personnel;
actions by our stockholders; and
domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors.

The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our Principal Stockholders will be able to exert significant influence over matters submitted to our stockholders and may take certain actions to prevent takeovers.

After giving effect to the Stock Split, the Conversion and this offering, Standard General and its affiliates will hold approximately    % of our common stock (or    % if the underwriters fully exercise their options to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering) and will have the ability to acquire an additional           shares of our common stock pursuant to the Standard General Warrants. Standard General will also own 100% of our issued and outstanding non-voting common stock following this offering. Our non-voting common stock, which is identical to the common stock, with the exception of voting rights, is convertible into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis at the sole discretion of our board of directors at any time after the completion of this offering. Further, after giving effect to the Stock Split, Conversion and this offering, Thomas Helms, our Executive Chairman, will directly or indirectly hold approximately    % of our common stock (or    % if the underwriters fully exercise their options to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering). The existence of significant stockholders may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other stockholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in

33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the best interests of our company. In addition, our significant stockholders will be able to exert significant influence over the decision, if any, to authorize additional capital stock, which, if issued, could have a significant dilutive effect on holders of common stock.

We have opted out of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), which prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination transaction with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the interested stockholder became such unless the transaction fits within an applicable exemption, such as board approval of the business combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. Therefore, after the lock-up period expires, holders of in excess of 15% of the shares will be able to transfer such shares to a third party by transferring their common stock, which would not require the approval of our board of directors or our other stockholders.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply against Standard General in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses or doing business with our customers. To the extent they invest in such other businesses, Standard General may have differing interests than our other stockholders. In addition, Standard General is permitted to engage in business activities or invest in or acquire businesses which may compete with or do business with any competitors of ours.

Furthermore, Standard General is in the business of managing investment funds and therefore may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as Delaware law and certain regulations, could discourage or prohibit acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. If our board of directors elects to issue preferred stock, it could be more difficult for a third party to acquire us. In addition, some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and applicable law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders, including:

limitations on the removal of directors;
limitations on the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings;
limitations on stockholder action by written consent;
establishing advance notice provisions for stockholder proposals and nominations for elections to the board of directors to be acted upon at meetings of stockholders; and
limitations on the ability of our stockholders to fill vacant directorships or amend the number of directors constituting our board of directors.

See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.”

Our certificate of incorporation limits the ownership of our common stock by individuals and entities that are Restricted Investors . These restrictions may affect the liquidity of our common stock and may result in Restricted Investors being required to sell or redeem their shares at a loss or relinquish their voting, dividend and distribution rights.

For so long as we or one of our subsidiaries is party to any of the Bolloré distribution agreements, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the ownership of our common stock by any “Restricted Investor” to 14.9% of our outstanding common stock and shares convertible or exchangeable therefor (including our non-voting common stock) (the “Permitted Percentage”). A “Restricted Investor” is defined as: (i) any entity that directly or indirectly manufactures, sells, markets, distributes or otherwise promotes cigarette paper booklets, filter tubes, injector machines or filter tips in the United States, the District of Columbia, the territories, possessions and military bases of the United States and the Dominion of Canada (a “Bolloré Competitor”), (ii) any entity that owns more than a 20% equity interest in any Bolloré Competitor, or (iii) any person who serves as a director or officer of, or any entity that has the right to appoint an officer or director of, any Bolloré Competitor or of any Entity that owns more than a 20% equity interest in any Bolloré Competitor (each, a “Restricted Investor”). Our second amended and

34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

restated certificate of incorporation further provides that any issuance or transfer of shares to a Restricted Investor in excess of the Permitted Percentage will be ineffective as against us and that neither we nor our transfer agent will register the issuance or transfer of shares or be required to recognize the transferee or owner as a holder of our common stock for any purpose except to exercise our remedies described below. Any shares in excess of the Permitted Percentage in the hands of a Restricted Investor will not have any voting or dividend rights and are subject to redemption by us in our discretion. The liquidity or market value of the shares of our common stock may be adversely impacted by such transfer restrictions.

As a result of the above provisions, a proposed transferee of our common stock that is a Restricted Investor may not receive any return on its investment in shares it purchases or owns, as the case may be, and it may sustain a loss. We are entitled to redeem all or any portion of such shares acquired by a Restricted Investor in excess of the Permitted Percentage (“Excess Shares”) at a redemption price based on a fair market value formula that is set forth in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which may be paid in any form, including cash or promissory notes, at our discretion. Excess Shares not yet redeemed will not be accorded any voting, dividend or distribution rights while they constitute Excess Shares. As a result of these provisions, a stockholder who is a Restricted Investor may be required to sell its shares of our common stock at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on its investment in such shares. However, we may not be able to redeem Excess Shares for cash because our operations may not have generated sufficient excess cash flow to fund the redemption and we may incur additional indebtedness to fund all or a portion of such redemption, in which case our financial condition may be materially weakened.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits us to require that owners of any shares of our common stock provide certification of their status as a Restricted Investor. In the event that a person does not submit such documentation, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides us with certain remedies, including the suspension of the payment of dividends and distributions with respect to shares held by such person and deposit of any such dividends and distributions into an escrow account. As a result of non-compliance with these provisions, an owner of the shares of our common stock may lose significant rights associated with those shares.

Although our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains the above provisions intended to assure compliance with the restrictions on ownership of our common stock by Restricted Investors, we may not be successful in monitoring or enforcing the provisions. A failure to enforce or otherwise maintain compliance could lead Bolloré to exercise its termination rights under the agreements, which would have a material and adverse effect on the Company's financial position and its results of operations.

In addition to the risks described above, the foregoing restrictions could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that might otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $     per share.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, the mid-point range set on the cover of this prospectus, purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $     per share in the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock and non-voting common stock from the initial public offering price, and our as adjusted net tangible book value as of             , 2015 after giving effect to the Stock Split, the Conversion and this offering would be $     per share. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. See “Dilution.”

Our indebtedness could limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock and we cannot assure you that we will pay dividends on our common stock.

We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends to holders of our voting and non-voting common stock commencing with the first full fiscal quarter after completion of this offering, subject to, among other things, the discretion of our board of directors, our compliance with applicable law, and our results of operations, financial condition, level of indebtedness, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, restrictions in our debt agreements, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We are a holding company and our ongoing ability

35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash distributions from our operating subsidiaries, which may further restrict our ability to pay dividends as a result of agreements to which our subsidiaries may be subject, including agreements governing our indebtedness. Existing or future agreements governing our indebtedness may also limit our ability to pay dividends.

In addition, under the DGCL, our board of directors may only declare and pay dividends on shares of our capital stock out of our statutory “surplus” (which is defined as the amount equal to total assets minus total liabilities, in each case at fair market value, minus statutory capital), or if there is no such surplus, out of our net profits for the then current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year. Even if we are permitted under our contractual obligations and the DGCL to declare and pay cash dividends on the shares of our common stock, we may not have sufficient cash to declare and pay cash dividends on the shares of our common stock. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.”

Although it is our intention to pay dividends on our voting and non-voting common stock commencing with the first full fiscal quarter after the completion of this offering, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in the future or continue to pay any dividend if we do commence paying dividends. A failure to pay dividends could affect the market for our common stock.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could reduce our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us.

We may sell additional shares of common stock in subsequent public offerings. We may also issue additional shares of common stock or convertible securities. After giving effect to the Stock Split, Conversion and this offering, we will have     outstanding shares of common stock, assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ options to purchase additional shares. This number includes      shares that we are selling in this offering and      shares that we may sell in this offering if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional      shares from us is fully exercised. In addition, we could issue additional shares of common stock if Standard General were to exercise the Standard General Warrants,        shares upon conversion of Standard General’s non-voting common stock into common stock and up to      shares reserved for issuance under our 2006 Plan and 2015 Plan. After giving effect to the Stock Split, Conversion and this offering, Standard General will own      shares on a fully-diluted basis and        shares of non-voting common stock and Thomas Helms will indirectly own      shares. All of these shares (including any shares issued upon exercise of the Standard General Warrants and shares received upon conversion of the non-voting common stock into common stock) are restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws and are subject to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described in “Underwriting,” but may be sold into the market in the future. We have granted each of Standard General and Thomas Helms certain registration rights. See “Certain Relationships and Transactions—Other Arrangements—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 providing for the registration of      shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2006 Plan and 2015 Plan. Subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates and the expiration of lock-up agreements, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for resale immediately in the public market without restriction.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.

The underwriters of this offering may waive or release parties to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Our executive officers and directors and our significant stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with respect to their common stock, pursuant to which they are subject to certain resale restrictions for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to certain exceptions. FBR Capital Markets & Co. at any time and without notice, may release all or any portion of the common stock subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, then common stock will be available for sale into the public markets, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and impair our ability to raise capital.

36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the common stock.

If securities analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We currently do not, and in the future may not, have research coverage by securities analysts. If no securities analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock could be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline as a result. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements included in this prospectus concerning our plans and objectives for future operations or economic performance, or related assumptions, including our financial forecast, contain forward-looking statements. The disclosure and analysis set forth in this prospectus includes assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events in a number of places, particularly in relation to our operations, cash flows, financial position, plans, strategies, business prospects, changes and trends in our business and the markets in which we operate. In some cases, predictive, future-tense or forward-looking words such as “believe,” “continue,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “forecast,” “plan,” “potential,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “will,” “predict,” “project” and “expect” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. In addition, we and our representatives may from time to time make other oral or written statements which are forward-looking statements, including in our periodic reports that we will file with the SEC, other information sent to our stockholders, and other written materials.

The following factors, among others, could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements:

declining sales of tobacco products, and expected continuing decline of sales, in the tobacco industry overall;
our dependence on a small number of third-party suppliers and producers;
the possibility that we will be unable to identify or contract with new suppliers or producers in the event of a supply or product disruption;
the possibility that our licenses to use certain brands or trademarks will be terminated, challenged or restricted;
failure to maintain consumer brand recognition and loyalty of our customers;
substantial and increasing U.S. regulation;
regulation of our products by the FDA;
uncertainty related to the regulation and taxation of our NewGen products;
possible significant increases in federal, state and local municipal tobacco-related taxes;
possible significant increases in tobacco-related taxes;
possible taxation of our NewGen products;
possible increasing international control and regulation;
our reliance on relationships with several large retailers and national chains for distribution of our products;
intense competition and our ability to compete effectively;
significant potential product liability litigation;
the scientific community’s lack of information regarding the long-term health effects of electronic cigarettes, vaporizer and e-liquid use;
failure to maintain and contribute significant cash amounts to an escrow account as part of a settlement agreement between us and certain U.S. states;
our substantial amount of indebtedness;
the terms of our credit facilities may restrict our current and future operations;
competition from illicit sources;
our reliance on information technology;
security and privacy breaches;
contamination of our tobacco supply or products;
infringement on our intellectual property;

38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

third-party claims that we infringe on their intellectual property;
concentration of business with large customers;
failure to manage our growth;
fluctuations in our month-to-month results;
exchange rate fluctuations;
adverse U.S. and global economic conditions;
failure to comply with certain regulations;
departure of key management personnel or our inability to attract and retain talent; and
payment of dividends on our common stock.

We caution that these and other forward-looking statements included in this prospectus represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus and are not intended to give any assurance as to future results. Many of the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are based on our assumptions about factors that are beyond our ability to control or predict. Assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events may, and often do, vary from actual results and these differences can be material. The reasons for this include, but are not limited to, the risks, uncertainties and factors described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. As a result, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur and our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not unduly rely on any forward-looking statements.

Except as otherwise required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events, a change in our views or expectations or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of these factors. Further, we cannot assess the impact of each such factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to be materially different from those contained in any forward-looking statement.

39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate the net proceeds from this offering to us will be approximately $    million, or approximately $    million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based on an initial public offering price of $     per share after deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us and underwriting discounts and commissions.

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with cash on hand to: (i) repay all PIK Toggle Notes and all 7% Senior Notes that remain outstanding following the Conversion (plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon from September 30, 2015), and all obligations under our Second Lien Credit Facility for an aggregate of approximately $    million, (ii) repurchase at least 85% of the Intrepid Warrants and all issued and outstanding Intrepid Options for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4.3 million (or, if all of the outstanding Intrepid Warrants are repurchased, $4.95 million) and (iii) pay offering related fees and expenses. After giving effect to this offering, $157.1 million in aggregate borrowings will be outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement (which reflects a voluntary prepayment of $5.0 million we made in October 2015).

Any excess proceeds will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes, including to fund future acquisitions. We have no commitments or firm agreements for any material acquisitions at this time.

The interest rate on the PIK Toggle Notes is equal to LIBOR in effect at that time (not less than 1.25%), plus 13.75%, reset quarterly, and the PIK Toggle Notes mature on January 13, 2021. The interest rate on the Second Lien Credit Facility is equal to LIBOR in effect at that time (but in any case, not less than 1.25%), plus 10.25%, and the Second Lien Credit Facility matures on July 13, 2020. The 7% Senior Notes mature on December 31, 2023. Additional terms of the PIK Toggle Notes, the 7% Senior Notes and the Second Lien Credit Facility are described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Long-Term Debt.”

Assuming no change in the number of shares offered by us set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, a $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $    million. In addition, we may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million shares offered by us, together with a concurrent $1.00 increase in the assumed public offering price to $    per share, would increase net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $       million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares offered by us, together with a concurrent $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial offering price to $     per share, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $    million.

40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

Prior to this offering we have not paid dividends to holders of our common stock or non-voting common stock within the past five years. Following this offering and subject to applicable law, we intend to pay a quarterly cash dividend to holders of our voting and non-voting common stock, initially equal to between 1.0% and 1.25% of our market capitalization (amounting to an annual dividend of approximately 4.0% to 5.0% of our market capitalization), commencing with the first full fiscal quarter after completion of this offering. The payment of dividends to holders of our common stock and non-voting common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including, among others, general economic and business conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, earnings, cash flows, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applicable to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. Our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash distributions from our current or future operating subsidiaries, which may further restrict our ability to pay dividends as a result of the laws of their jurisdiction of organization or agreements to which they may be subject, including agreements governing their indebtedness. Existing or future agreements governing our indebtedness may also limit our ability to pay dividends.

Our ABL and First Lien Credit Agreement currently contain limitations on the ability of our subsidiaries (other than Turning Point Brands, LLC and its direct subsidiary) to make distributions to us, which may affect our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. While we intend to amend these agreements prior to the completion of this offering to provide flexibility to our subsidiaries to permit them to pay distributions to us, which in turn would provide us additional cash to pay dividends our stockholders subject to the limitations described above, if our subsidiaries are unable to distribute cash to us for any reason, including due to restrictions in our ABL or First Lien Credit Agreement, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock and non-voting common stock may be adversely affected.

41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows our consolidated capitalization as of September 30, 2015 on:

an actual basis;
an as adjusted basis to give effect to the Conversion and Stock Split; and
an as further adjusted basis to give effect to the Conversion, and the Stock Split, as well as this offering and the application of proceeds therefrom. See “Use of Proceeds.”

This table is derived from, and should be read together with, the historical condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 
As of September 30, 2015
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
Actual
As Adjusted
As Further
Adjusted
Cash and cash equivalents
$
9,839
 
$
       
 
$
        
(4)
Long-term indebtedness:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABL (1)
$
4,169
 
$
 
 
$
 
First Lien Credit Agreement (1)(2)
 
160,896
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Second Lien Credit Facility (1)
 
78,821
 
 
 
 
 
 
PIK Toggle Notes (1)
 
56,648
 
 
 
 
 
 
7% Senior Notes (1)
 
9,866
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total long-term indebtedness
$
310,400
 
$
 
 
$
   
 
Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value (authorized 250,000 shares, 0 shares issued and outstanding)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value; authorized shares, 1,150,000; issued shares, 700,999; outstanding shares, 600,036; shares held in treasury, 100,963
 
6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, non-voting $0.01 par value; authorized shares, 250,000; issued and outstanding shares, 90,000
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional paid in capital (3)
 
12,670
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(4,088
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(93,173
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Stockholders’ equity
 
(84,584
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capitalization
$
225,816
 
$
 
 
$
   
 
(1) The First Lien Credit Agreement, Second Lien Credit Facility and ABL are obligations of our wholly-owned indirect subsidiary, NATC. The First Lien Credit Agreement, Second Lien Credit Facility and ABL are guaranteed by NATC’s domestic subsidiaries, and the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Facility are also guaranteed by our wholly-owned direct subsidiary, NATC Holding. The PIK Toggle Notes and 7% Senior Notes are solely obligations of TPB and are not guaranteed by any of TPB’s subsidiaries.
(2) In October 2015, we made a voluntary prepayment of $5.0 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement.
(3) On September 25, 2015, we issued 90,000 shares of non-voting common stock to Standard General in exchange for a like amount of common stock. Our non-voting common stock is convertible into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may give consideration to converting the shares of non-voting common stock into common stock at any time after the completion of this offering. The value associated with the Standard General Warrant is $1.7 million as of September 30, 2015 and is included in additional paid in capital.
(4) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our as adjusted amount for each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, accumulated deficit and total capitalization by approximately $   , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares to be sold by us in this offering would increase or decrease our as adjusted amount for each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, accumulated deficit and total capitalization by approximately $    million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock and non-voting common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the shares of common stock and non-voting common stock held by existing stockholders.

We calculate net tangible book value per share by dividing our net tangible book value, which equals total assets less goodwill, net other intangible assets and total liabilities, by the number of shares of common stock and non-voting common stock outstanding. Our net tangible book value of our common stock and non-voting common stock as of                , 2015 was approximately $    million, or $     per share, based upon       shares outstanding.

On an as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the Stock Split, the Conversion and this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, as well as the other transactions contemplated in this prospectus, our net tangible book value as of             , 2015 would have been $    million, or $     per share. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value of $     per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $     per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share of our common stock
$
     
 
As adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable after giving effect to the Stock Split and the Conversion.
$
 
Increase in as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering
$
 
Less: As adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the Stock Split, the Conversion and this offering
$
 
 
Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in the offering
$
 
 

Assuming no change in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value by $     million or $     per share.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $     per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $     per share.

The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis, as of             , 2015, after giving effect to the Stock Split, the Conversion and the completion of this offering and related transactions, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for their common stock and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated expenses payable by us:

 
Shares Issued
Total Consideration
 
 
Number
Percent
Amount
(U.S. dollars
in thousands)
Percent
Average
Price Per
Share
Existing stockholders Interests
 
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
New investors
 
  
 
 
 
%
 
 
 
 
 
%
 
 
 
Total
 
   
 
 
100
%
$
   
 
 
100
%
$
   
 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $    million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If the underwriters exercise their option in full, our existing stockholders would own    % and our new investors would own    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that outstanding options are exercised, new options are granted under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to the new investors participating in this offering.

44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND
OTHER INFORMATION

The following tables set forth certain selected historical condensed consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. The consolidated statements of operations data and cash flows data for and balance sheet data as of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data and cash flows for and balance sheet data as of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were derived from our financial information not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2015 were derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial information includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair representation of this information. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year or any other interim period.

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Summary Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial and Other Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
Year Ended December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands except per share data)
2015
2014
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
150,516
 
$
152,334
 
$
200,329
 
$
193,304
 
$
186,741
 
$
188,469
 
$
174,524
 
Cost of sales
 
77,889
 
 
82,482
 
 
107,165
 
 
103,043
 
 
100,856
 
 
100,672
 
 
96,237
 
Gross profit
 
72,627
 
 
69,852
 
 
93,164
 
 
90,261
 
 
85,885
 
 
87,797
 
 
78,287
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
39,385
 
 
33,445
 
 
45,108
 
 
46,822
 
 
41,391
 
 
42,813
 
 
39,582
 
Restructuring and impairment expenses (income)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,046
)
Amortization expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27
 
 
38
 
 
53
 
 
74
 
Operating income
 
33,242
 
 
36,407
 
 
48,056
 
 
43,412
 
 
44,456
 
 
44,931
 
 
39,677
 
Interest expense and financing costs
 
25,732
 
 
25,706
 
 
34,311
 
 
44,094
 
 
43,048
 
 
35,171
 
 
26,449
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
42,780
 
 
42,780
 
 
441
 
 
 
 
232
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
7,510
 
 
(32,079
)
 
(29,035
)
 
(1,123
)
 
1,408
 
 
9,528
 
 
13,228
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
734
 
 
323
 
 
370
 
 
486
 
 
978
 
 
1,101
 
 
(3,110
)
Net income (loss)
$
6,776
 
$
(32,402
)
$
(29,405
)
$
(1,609
)
$
430
 
$
8,427
 
$
16,338
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per share data: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
9.82
 
$
(46.74
)
$
(42.47
)
$
(2.30
)
$
0.62
 
$
12.06
 
$
23.38
 
Diluted
$
8.46
 
$
(46.74
)
$
(42.47
)
$
(2.30
)
$
0.52
 
$
10.36
 
$
20.09
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
690,010
 
 
693,287
 
 
692,442
 
 
698,732
 
 
698,732
 
 
698,732
 
 
698,732
 
Diluted
 
800,855
 
 
693,287
 
 
692,442
 
 
698,732
 
 
834,373
 
 
813,166
 
 
813,166
 
As adjusted net income available per share data (1) (2) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As adjusted net income available per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
$
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As adjusted weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As further adjusted net income available per share data ( 1 ) (2) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As further adjusted net income available per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
$
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As further adjusted weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
Year Ended December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands except per share data)
2015
2014
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
Unaudited supplemental pro forma earnings per share data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
$
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unaudited supplemental pro forma as adjusted weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
Year Ended December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands other than percentages)
2015
2014
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
Other Financial Information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$
12,625
 
$
1,872
 
$
6,025
 
$
3,026
 
$
2,465
 
$
19,010
 
$
680
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
 
(1,528
)
 
(1,096
)
 
(1,314
)
 
(723
)
 
6,287
 
 
(1,634
)
 
(259
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
(9,725
)
 
(22,107
)
 
(31,623
)
 
10,641
 
 
(914
)
 
(6,492
)
 
(257
)
Capital expenditures
 
(1,100
)
 
(1,096
)
 
(1,314
)
 
(729
)
 
(739
)
 
(1,260
)
 
(2,650
)
Depreciation and amortization
 
784
 
 
693
 
 
933
 
 
932
 
 
1,006
 
 
870
 
 
946
 
EBITDA (5)
 
34,026
 
 
(5,680
)
 
6,209
 
 
43,903
 
 
45,462
 
 
45,569
 
 
40,623
 
Adjusted EBITDA (5)
 
38,832
 
 
37,453
 
 
48,792
 
 
49,609
 
 
48,699
 
 
47,262
 
 
39,932
 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin (5)
 
25.8
%
 
24.6
%
 
24.4
%
 
25.7
%
 
26.1
%
 
25.1
%
 
22.9
%
 
As Further
Adjusted
As of
September 30, ( 3 )
As Adjusted
As of
September 30, ( 2 )
As of
September 30,
As of
December 31,
 
2015
201 5
2015
2014
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
       
 
$
       
 
$
9,839
 
$
14,048
 
$
8,467
 
$
35,379
 
$
22,435
 
$
14,597
 
$
3,713
 
Working capital (6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
49,884
 
 
41,635
 
 
42,407
 
 
68,205
 
 
53,494
 
 
41,931
 
 
(15,746
)
Total assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
257,009
 
 
255,372
 
 
250,205
 
 
293,607
 
 
265,395
 
 
260,168
 
 
233,803
 
Notes payable and long-term debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
310,400
 
 
319,535
 
 
312,553
 
 
300,564
 
 
283,480
 
 
279,024
 
 
273,173
 
Total liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
341,593
 
 
347,714
 
 
341,777
 
 
357,041
 
 
330,940
 
 
331,751
 
 
310,298
 
Total stockholders’ deficit
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(84,584
)
 
(92,342
)
 
(91,572
)
 
(63,434
)
 
(65,545
)
 
(71,583
)
 
(76,495
)
(1) Per share data includes both voting and non-voting common stock. Our non-voting common stock is identical to our common stock, with the exception of voting rights. Holders of non-voting common stock are entitled to share in the earnings, losses, dividends and distributions to which holders of common stock are entitled.
(2) As adjusted to give effect to the Stock Split and the Conversion. In the Conversion, approximately $10.6 million of the aggregate principal amount of 7% Senior Notes and $28.9 million of the aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes will be converted into           and           shares of common stock, respectively.
(3) As further adjusted to give effect to the Conversion and Stock Split, as well as this offering and the estimated use of proceeds from this offering. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with cash on hand to: (i) repay $1.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the 7% Senior Notes and $29.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes and all amounts outstanding under our Second Lien Credit Facility, (ii) repurchase at least 85% of the Intrepid Warrants and all issued and outstanding Intrepid Options for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4.3 million, and (iii) pay offering related fees and expenses. See “Use of Proceeds.”

46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(4) The table below provides a summary of net income used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share on a pro forma basis for the periods presented (dollars in thousands). We have included all shares, for which proceeds accrue to us, issued under the offering in the number of shares used to calculate supplemental unaudited pro forma net income per share.
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2015
Year Ended
December 31, 2014
 
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Net income (loss)
$
6,776
 
$
(29,405
)
Proforma adjustment for interest reduction
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proforma Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proforma Net income (loss)
$
 
$
(      
)
Weighted average common stock outstanding-
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated incremental shares from IPO related
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Dividends in excess of earnings
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro Forma weighted average common stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding-Basic
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dilutive stock options and warrants
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proforma weighted average common stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding-Diluted
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proforma earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
 
$
 
Diluted
$
 
$
 
(5) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not financial measures recognized under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We define “EBITDA” as net income before depreciation and amortization, interest expense and provision for income taxes. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as net income before depreciation and amortization, interest expense, provision for income taxes, loss on extinguishment of debt, other non-cash items and other items that we do not consider ordinary course in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance. “Adjusted EBITDA Margin” is defined as the Adjusted EBITDA for that period divided by the net sales for that period. We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because they are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to assess our financial performance and are also used by management to assess performance for the purposes of our executive compensation programs. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are also frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. We believe that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are appropriate measures of operating performance because they eliminate the impact of expenses that do not relate to business performance.
    EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
They do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
They do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
They do not reflect our significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt; and
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

To compensate for these limitations, we consider the economic effect of the excluded expense items independently and through the use of other financial measures, such as capital expenditure budget variances, investment spending levels and return on capital analysis.

47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for the periods indicated.

 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
2015
2014
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
6,776
 
$
(32,402
)
$
(29,405
)
$
(1,609
)
$
430
 
$
8,427
 
$
16,338
 
Add:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense
 
25,732
 
 
25,706
 
 
34,311
 
 
44,094
 
 
43,048
 
 
35,171
 
 
26,449
 
Amortization Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27
 
 
38
 
 
53
 
 
74
 
Depreciation Expense
 
784
 
 
693
 
 
933
 
 
905
 
 
968
 
 
817
 
 
872
 
Income Tax Expense
 
734
 
 
323
 
 
370
 
 
486
 
 
978
 
 
1,101
 
 
(3,110
)
EBITDA
$
34,026
 
$
(5,680
)
$
6,209
 
$
43,903
 
$
45,462
 
$
45,569
 
$
40,623
 
Components of Adjusted EBITDA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt (a)
 
 
 
42,780
 
 
42,780
 
 
441
 
 
 
 
232
 
 
 
LIFO adjustment (b)
 
607
 
 
(253
)
 
(798
)
 
716
 
 
2,526
 
 
141
 
 
2,261
 
Pension/Postretirement expense (c)
 
279
 
 
38
 
 
16
 
 
407
 
 
623
 
 
492
 
 
(1,757
)
Non-cash stock option and incentives expense
 
211
 
 
491
 
 
585
 
 
234
 
 
150
 
 
611
 
 
2
 
Foreign exchange hedging (d)
 
 
 
77
 
 
 
 
 
 
(65
)
 
217
 
 
(151
)
Other items (e)
 
3,709
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,908
 
 
3
 
 
 
 
(1,046
)
Adjusted EBITDA
$
38,832
 
$
37,453
 
$
48,792
 
$
49,609
 
$
48,699
 
$
47,262
 
$
39,932
 

(a) Represents loss related to the repurchase and redemption of our previously outstanding second and third lien notes in 2014, termination of a revolving credit facility in 2013 and redemption and repurchase of various debt instruments in 2011.
(b) Represents non-cash expense related to an inventory valuation allowance for LIFO reporting.
(c) Represents our Pension/Postretirement expense.
(d) Represents non-cash gain and loss stemming from our foreign exchange hedging activities.
(e) Other items:
For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the adjustment amounted to approximately $3.7 million, which consisted of $0.4 million relating to the one-time relocation of finished product for improved logistical services from three third-party distribution warehouses to a new third-party distribution warehouse, $1.4 million in fees for the study of strategic initiatives and $1.9 million of product launch costs of our new product lines, including our vaporizers within the NewGen segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2013, the aggregate adjustment amounted to $3.9 million, which consisted of approximately $3.2 million in expense related to the settlement of a contractual dispute regarding Gordian Group, LLC’s alleged right to remuneration under the terms of a 2009 engagement letter, an additional $0.1 million consisting of $0.5 million in legal expenses less $0.4 million reimbursement from our insurance company relating to the Langston Complaint (as described below) that was paid in 2013, and $0.6 million in expense relating to product launch costs of our new product lines, including our e-cigarettes and cartomizers within our NewGen segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, the adjustment amounted to $0.003 million, which consisted of the receipt of approximately $1.2 million that had been reserved in relation to promissory notes held by Mr. Thomas F. Helms, Jr. On November 19, 2012 Mr. Helms repaid in full his outstanding loans including the $1.2 million that had been reserved. The total adjustment also included a $1.2 million expense relating to the settlement of the Langston Complaint.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the adjustment was approximately $(1.0) million for the restructuring income relating to the closure of a manufacturing facility in Louisville, Kentucky.
(6) Represents total current assets less current liabilities as reflected on our balance sheet. See “Management’s Discussion & Analysis—Liquidity and Capital Reserves.”

48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of the historical financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our historical condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, this discussion includes forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties that may result in actual results differing from statements we make. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Factors that could cause actual results to differ include those risks and uncertainties that are discussed in “Risk Factors.”

The following discussion relates to the audited financial statements and interim unaudited financial statements of TPB included elsewhere in this prospectus. In this discussion, unless the context requires otherwise, references to “our Company” “we,” “our,” or “us” refer to Turning Point Brands , Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries. References to “ TPB ” refer to Turning Point Brands , Inc. without any of its subsidiaries. We were incorporated in 2004 under the name North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. On November 4, 2015, we changed our name to Turning Point Brands, Inc. Many of the amounts and percentages in this discussion have been rounded for convenience o f presentation.

Overview

We are a leading independent provider of Other Tobacco Products (“OTP”) in the U.S. We sell a wide range of products across the OTP spectrum, including moist snuff, loose leaf chewing tobacco, premium cigarette papers, make-your-own (“MYO”) cigar wraps and cigar smoking tobacco, cigars, liquid vapor products and tobacco vaporizer products. We do not sell cigarettes. We estimate that the OTP industry generated approximately $10.0 billion in manufacturer revenue in 2014. In contrast to manufactured cigarettes, which have been experiencing declining sales for decades based on data published by the TTB, the OTP industry is demonstrating increased consumer appeal. For instance, according to Management Science Incorporated (“MSAi”), OTP consumer units shipped to retail increased by approximately 2% from 2013 to 2014.

Our portfolio of brands includes some of the most widely recognized names in the OTP industry, such as Zig-Zag ® , Beech-Nut ® , Stoker’s ® , Trophy ® , Havana Blossom ® , Durango ® , Our Pride ® and Red Cap ™. The following table sets forth the market share and category rank of our core products and demonstrates their industry positions:

Brand
Product
TPB Segment
Market Share (1)
Category Rank (1)
Stoker’s ®
Chewing Tobacco
Smokeless Products
 
15.1
%
#1 discount / #2 overall
Beech-Nut ®
Chewing Tobacco
Smokeless Products
 
4.4
%
#3 premium
Stoker’s ®
Moist Snuff
Smokeless Products
 
2.3
%
#6 discount / #7 overall
Zig-Zag ®
Cigarette Papers
Smoking Products
 
31.4
%
#1 premium
Zig-Zag ®
MYO Cigar Wraps
Smoking Products
 
76.6
%
#1 overall
V2 ®
E-cigarettes
NewGen Products
 
7.0
%
#5 overall
Zig-Zag ®
E-liquid
NewGen Products
 
4.7
%
#6 overall
(1) Market share and category rank data for all products are derived from MSAi data as of July 11, 2015.

We currently ship to in excess of 900 direct wholesale customers with an additional 240 secondary, indirect wholesalers in the U.S. that carry and sell our products. As of July 11, 2015, our products are available in over 176,000 U.S. retail locations which, with the addition of retail stores in Canada, brings our total North American retail presence to an estimated 200,000 points of distribution. Our sales team targets widespread distribution to all traditional retail channels, including convenience stores, where over 60% of all OTP volume is currently sold according to MSAi data, achieving product availability in each of the top ten convenience store chains in the U.S. as of July 11, 2015. We achieved net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014 of $150.5 million and $200.3 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, our Adjusted EBITDA was $38.8 million and $48.8 million, respectively, and we had net income of $6.8 million and net loss of $29.4 million, respectively.

We generate revenues from the sale of our products primarily to wholesale distributors who in turn resell them to retail operations, as well as from the sale of our products directly to retail operations. Our net sales, which include federal excise taxes, consist of gross sales, net of cash discounts, returns, and selling and marketing allowances.

49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our principal operating expenses include the cost of raw materials used to manufacture the limited number of our products which we manufacture; the cost of finished products, which are purchased goods; federal excise taxes; FDA assessment, restructuring and impairment expenses; legal expenses and compensation expenses, including benefits and costs of salaried personnel. Our other principal expenses include interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs and other expenses.

We operate in three segments: (i) smokeless products, (ii) smoking products and (iii) NewGen products. In our smokeless products segment we manufacture and market moist snuff and contract for and market loose leaf chewing tobacco products. In our smoking products segment, we (i) market and distribute cigarette papers and related products, as well as package, market and distribute MYO cigarette smoking tobaccos and related products and (ii) market and distribute MYO cigar wraps, MYO loose cigar smoking tobacco, and cigars, and package, market and distribute traditional pipe tobaccos. In our NewGen products segment, we market and distribute liquid vapor products, tobacco vaporizer products, certain other related products, such as e-liquids and shishafruits, shisha gels and other products without tobacco and/or nicotine.

The table below presents financial information for reported segments for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, and the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
September 30,
2015
September 30,
2014
December 31,
2014
December 31,
2013
Net Sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Smokeless Products
$
54,873
 
$
53,055
 
$
71,465
 
$
70,248
 
Smoking Products
 
81,903
 
 
83,890
 
 
108,799
 
 
117,884
 
NewGen Products
 
13,740
 
 
15,389
 
 
20,065
 
 
5,172
 
 
$
150,516
 
$
152,334
 
$
200,329
 
$
193,304
 
Operating Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Smokeless Products
$
13,189
 
$
15,446
 
$
21,357
 
$
16,176
 
Smoking Products
 
21,554
 
 
19,638
 
 
25,500
 
 
26,242
 
NewGen Products
 
(504
)
 
2,018
 
 
2,345
 
 
994
 
Other (1)
 
(152
)
 
(47
)
 
(66
)
 
 
 
$
34,087
 
$
37,055
 
$
49,136
 
$
43,412
 
Less Eliminations (2)
 
(845
)
 
(648
)
 
(1,080
)
 
 
 
$
33,242
 
$
36,407
 
$
48,056
 
$
43,412
 
Interest expense and deferred financing costs
 
(25,732
)
 
(25,706
)
 
(34,311
)
 
(44,094
)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
(42,780
)
 
(42,780
)
 
(441
)
Income (Loss) before income taxes
$
7,510
 
$
(32,079
)
$
(29,035
)
$
(1,123
)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Smokeless Products
$
86,232
 
$
80,417
 
$
76,550
 
$
107,400
 
Smoking Products
 
510,138
 
 
481,668
 
 
487,778
 
 
462,636
 
NewGen Products
 
15,090
 
 
17,554
 
 
15,883
 
 
22,010
 
Other (1)
 
32,430
 
 
32,506
 
 
32,506
 
 
32,539
 
 
 
643,890
 
 
612,145
 
 
612,717
 
 
624,585
 
Less Eliminations (2)
 
(386,881
)
 
(356,773
)
 
(362,512
)
 
(330,978
)
 
$
257,009
 
$
255,372
 
$
250,205
 
$
293,607
 
(1) “Other” includes our assets that are not assigned to our three reportable segments, such as intercompany transfers and investments in subsidiaries. All goodwill has been allocated to our reportable segments.
(2) “Elimination” includes the elimination of intercompany accounts between segments and investments in subsidiaries.

50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We consider the following factors to be the key factors affecting our results of operations:

Our ability to further penetrate markets with our existing products;
Our ability to introduce new products and product lines that complement our core business;
Decreasing interest in tobacco products among consumers;
Price sensitivity in our end-markets;
Marketing and promotional initiatives, which cause variability in our month-to-month results;
General economic conditions, including consumer access to disposable income;
Cost and increasing regulation of promotional and advertising activities;
Counterfeit and other illegal products in our end-markets; and
Currency fluctuations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Uses of Estimates

We believe the accounting policies below represent our critical accounting policies due to the estimation process involved in each. See Note 2, to our 2014 audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a detailed discussion of our accounting policies. Our significant estimates include those affecting the valuation and useful lives of property, plant and equipment and goodwill and other intangible assets, assumptions used in determining pension and postretirement benefit obligations, realization of deferred tax assets, allowance for doubtful accounts and inventory valuation and obsolescence.

Segment Reporting . In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 280, Segment Reporting, we have three reportable segments: (1) smokeless products, (2) smoking products, and (3) NewGen products. In our smokeless products segment we manufacture and market moist snuff and contract for and market loose leaf chewing tobacco products. In our smoking products segment, we (i) market and distribute cigarette papers and related products, as well as package, market and distribute MYO cigarette smoking tobaccos and related products and (ii) market and distribute MYO cigar wraps, MYO loose cigar smoking tobacco, and cigars, and package, market and distribute traditional pipe tobaccos. In our NewGen products segment, we market and distribute liquid vapor products, tobacco vaporizer products, certain other related products such as e-liquids, shishafruits and shisha gels and other products without tobacco and/or nicotine.

Revenue Recognition . We recognize revenues and the related costs upon delivery to the customer, at which time there is a transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer in accordance with the ASC 605-10-S99. We classify customer rebates as sales deductions in accordance with the requirements of ASC 605-50-25.

Derivative Instruments . We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge a portion of our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates on inventory purchase commitments with respect to inventory purchases, such as cigarette papers, made pursuant to the Bolloré Distribution Agreement, which is denominated in Euros. Under our policy, we may hedge up to 80% of anticipated purchases of inventory under the Bolloré master contract over a forward period not to exceed twelve months. As of September 30, 2015, we had not hedged for any non-inventory items, but we may, from time to time, hedge up to 90% of non-inventory purchases in the denominated invoice currency. Forward contracts that qualify as hedges under ASC 815 are adjusted to their fair value through other comprehensive income as determined by market prices on the measurement date except any ineffectiveness which is currently recognized in income. Gains and losses on these inventory contracts are transferred from other comprehensive income into net income as the related inventories are received. Changes in fair value of any contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting under ASC 815 or are not designated as hedges are recognized in income currently. We also formally assess, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be highly effective as a hedge, we discontinue hedge accounting prospectively if (1) it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item (including forecasted transactions); (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) the derivative is not designated as a hedge instrument, because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; or (4) management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge

51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

instrument is no longer appropriate. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income will be recognized immediately in earnings. In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will be carried at its fair value on the balance sheet, with subsequent changes in its fair value recognized in current-period earnings.

Goodwill . We follow ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, under which goodwill is no longer amortized but reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if certain indicators arise using a two-step approach that first compares the book value to the fair value. The first step of the goodwill impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. No impairment exists if the fair value exceeds book value. If an impairment exists, then the second step, used to measure the amount of impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of reporting goodwill with the carrying amount of the goodwill. The goodwill balances attributable to each of our reporting units are tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value as of December 31 each year. We have not sold or disposed of any intangible asset. Fair value is determined through projections of volumes, pricing, costs and inflation by segment and subsidiary, a projection of working capital and capital spending, and residual value at the end of the projection period to capitalize the future value of the cashflows beyond the years projected. The overall resulting projected cashflows are discounted at a risk adjusted discount rate. We have reported that no impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets has occurred as of December 31, 2014.

Retirement Plans . We follow the provisions of ASC 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits in accounting for our retirement plans, which requires an employer to (i) recognize in its statement of financial position the funded status of a benefit plan, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and benefit obligations, (ii) recognize net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, and (iii) measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s statement of financial position.

Income Taxes . We account for income taxes under ASC 740. We record the effects of income taxes under the liability method in which deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial and tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. We assess our ability to realize future benefits of deferred tax assets to determine if they meet the “more likely than not” criteria in ASC 740, Income Taxes. If we determine that future benefits do not meet the “more likely than not” criteria, a valuation allowance is recorded.

Stock-Based Compensation . We measure stock compensation costs related to our stock options on the fair value based method under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, which requires compensation cost for stock options to be recognized based on the fair value of stock options granted. We determined the fair value of these awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Accounts Receivable . Accounts receivable are recognized at their net realizable value. All accounts receivable are trade-related and are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts receivable for estimated uncollectible invoices resulting from the customer’s inability to pay, which may result in write-offs. The activity of allowance for doubtful accounts for the nine-months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 and during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows (in thousands):

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
Nine Months Ended September 30,
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2014
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
137
 
$
140
 
$
140
 
$
150
 
Increase for doubtful accounts
 
 
 
17
 
 
 
 
10
 
Charge offs, net
 
 
 
(35
)
 
(3
)
 
(20
)
Balance at end of period
$
137
 
$
122
 
$
137
 
$
140
 

Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost was determined using the LIFO method for approximately 56% of the inventories at September 30, 2015 and 46% of the inventories at December 31, 2014. Leaf tobacco is presented in current assets in accordance with standard industry practice, notwithstanding the fact that such tobaccos are carried longer than one year for the purpose of curing. We recorded an inventory valuation allowance of $0.4 million at September 30, 2015 and $1.6 million at December 31, 2014.

52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012

We chose to “opt out” of the provision of the JOBS Act that permits us, as an “emerging growth company,” to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required for public companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Results of Operations

Summary

The table and discussion set forth below relates to our consolidated results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 and years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
Year Ended December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
2015
2014
2014
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
 
Consolidated Results of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
150,516
 
$
152,334
 
$
200,329
 
$
193,304
 
Cost of sales
 
77,889
 
 
82,482
 
 
107,165
 
 
103,043
 
Gross profit
 
72,627
 
 
69,852
 
 
93,164
 
 
90,261
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
39,385
 
 
33,445
 
 
45,108
 
 
46,822
 
Amortization expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27
 
Operating income
 
33,242
 
 
36,407
 
 
48,056
 
 
43,412
 
Interest expense and financing costs
 
25,732
 
 
25,706
 
 
34,311
 
 
44,094
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
42,780
 
 
42,780
 
 
441
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
7,510
 
 
(32,079
)
 
(29,035
)
 
(1,123
)
Income tax expense
 
734
 
 
323
 
 
370
 
 
486
 
Net income (loss)
$
6,776
 
$
(32,402
)
$
(29,405
)
$
(1,609
)

Components of our Results of Operations

Set forth below is a brief description of the composition of the key line items of our consolidated income statement:

Net Sales . Net sales includes gross sales from the direct sales of our products to wholesalers and retailers less discounts, returns and selling and marketing allowances. Gross sales is the aggregate number of cases sold in a particular segment without adjusting for returns. Aggregate average price per case is the average price per case of all products within a segment.

Cost of Sales . Cost of sales includes our manufacturing costs or the cost of purchases for resale (“CPR”). Each product category within a segment has a different cost of goods sold.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . Selling, general and administrative expenses include research and development costs, shipping costs, compensation expenses, depreciation expenses, professional and board fees and all other expenses necessary for our operations.

Amortization Expense . Amortization expense relates to the amortization of intangible assets.

Interest Expense and Financing Costs . Interest expense includes interest charged on our outstanding debt. Financing costs are costs incurred in connection with refinancing transactions we conducted in January 2014 (the “Refinancing Transactions”). In the Refinancing Transactions, we issued our 7% Senior Notes and our PIK Toggle Notes, and entered into our ABL, First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Facility. Using the proceeds from these transactions, we conducted a tender offer for our outstanding second and third lien notes, redeemed any such notes not repurchased in the tender offers and terminated our revolving credit facility.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt. Loss on extinguishment of debt refers to the repurchase and redemption of our previously outstanding second lien and third lien notes in the Refinancing Transactions.

Income Tax Expense . Income tax expense includes federal and state income taxes on our net income (loss).

53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

Net Sales . For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net sales decreased to $150.5 million from $152.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $1.8 million, or 1.2%. This decrease was caused by a decrease in net sales in the smoking products segment and NewGen products segment, partially offset by increases in net sales in the smokeless products segment.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net sales in the smokeless products segment increased to $54.9 million from $53.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $1.8 million, or 3.4%. This increase was principally due to an increase in gross case sales from 333,141 to 348,231, and price increases on certain loose leaf and moist snuff products instituted during the second and third quarters of 2015.

The aggregate average price per case of smokeless products decreased to $241.73 as of September 30, 2015 from $248.27 as of September 30, 2014, a decrease of $6.54 per case, or 2.6%, principally due to the addition of 1.2 oz. cans of snuff products to our portfolio, which has a lower price per case.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net sales in the smoking products segment decreased to $81.9 million from $83.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $2.0 million, or 2.4%. This decrease was principally due to a decrease in gross case sales from 273,908 to 251,035, which was partially offset by average price increases on certain products within our premium cigarette paper and cigar wrap categories, instituted during the fourth quarter of 2014, and the first and second quarters of 2015. The aggregate average price per case of smoking products increased to $322.22 as of September 30, 2015 from $291.61 as of September 30, 2014, an increase of $30.61 per case, or 10.5%, principally due to the price increases on certain products within our premium cigarette papers and cigar wrap categories noted above.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net sales in the NewGen products segment decreased to $13.7 million from $15.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $1.6 million or 10.7%. This decrease was principally due to an increase in allowances which is deducted from gross sales in calculating net sales.

Cost of Sales . For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, cost of sales decreased to $77.9 million from $82.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $4.6 million, or 5.6%, principally due to a decrease in cost of sales in the smoking product segment and NewGen products segment, partially offset by increases in cost of sales in the smokeless products segments.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, cost of sales in the smokeless products segment increased to $27.0 million from $25.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $1.5 million, or 5.9%, principally due to an incremental increase in net sales of which moist snuff, which has a higher manufacturing cost, represents the largest portion.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, cost of sales in the smoking products segment decreased to $41.3 million from $46.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $5.5 million, or 11.7%, principally due to an incremental decrease in net sales in the segment, and in particular a decrease in sales volume of cigar and pipe products which have higher manufacturing costs than other products in the segment.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, cost of sales in the NewGen products segment decreased to $9.6 million from $10.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 6.1%, principally reflecting a decrease in net sales represented by sales of disposable e-cigarettes which have a higher CPR.

Gross Profit . For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, gross profit increased to $72.6 million from $69.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $2.8 million, or 4.0%, principally due to an increase in gross profit in the smokeless and smoking products segments, partially offset by a decrease in gross profit in the NewGen products segment.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, gross profit in the smokeless products segment increased to $27.8 million from $27.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $0.3 million, or 1.1%. Gross margin for this segment as a percentage of net sales decreased to 50.7% of net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, from 51.9% in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, due principally to an increase in sales volume of moist snuff products which have higher manufacturing costs.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, gross profit in the smoking products segment increased to $40.6 million from $37.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $3.5 million, or 9.4%.

54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gross margin for this segment as a percentage of net sales increased to 49.6% of net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, from 44.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 principally due to decreased sales volume of cigar and pipe products which have higher manufacturing costs.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, gross profit in the NewGen products segment decreased to $4.1 million from $5.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $1.0 million, or 19.8%. Gross margin for this segment as a percentage of net sales decreased to 30.1% of net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, from 33.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, principally due to an increase in sales volume of e-cigarette products which have higher manufacturing costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, selling, general, and administrative expenses increased to $39.4 million from $33.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $5.9 million, or 17.8%, principally due to an increase in board expenses associated with strategic initiatives, compensation increases, including benefits, legal and litigation expenses, outbound freight expenses and consumer-related marketing program expenses, of $1.1 million, $1.1 million, $0.6 million, $1.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Interest Expense and Financing Costs . For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs remained relatively flat at $25.7 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Loss on extinguishment of debt . For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we did not extinguish any debt. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we incurred a loss of $42.8 million associated with the Refinancing Transactions.

Income Tax Expense . For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, income tax expense increased to $0.7 million from $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $0.4 million, due to an increase in state income taxes.

Net Income/(Loss) . For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net income increased to $6.8 million from a net loss of $32.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $39.2 million for the reasons set forth above.

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2014 to Year Ended December 31, 2013

Net Sales . For the year ended December 31, 2014, net sales increased to $200.3 million from $193.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $7.0 million, or 3.6%, principally due to an increase in net sales in the smokeless and NewGen products segments, which was partially offset by a decrease in net sales in the smoking products segment.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net sales in the smokeless products segment increased to $71.5 million, from $70.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $1.3 million, or 1.7%, principally due an increase in gross case sales to 445,947 from 431,125 or 3.4% and price increases on certain loose leaf and moist snuff products instituted during the fourth quarter of 2013 and the second and third quarters of 2014. The aggregate average price per case of smokeless products decreased to $236.09 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $237.45 for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $1.36 per case, or 0.6%, principally due to the addition of 1.2 oz. cans of snuff to our portfolio of products which have a lower price per case.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net sales in the smoking products segment decreased to $108.8 million from $117.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $9.1 million, or 7.7%, principally due to a decrease in gross case sales to 354,395 from 388,742 or 8.8% which was partially offset by price increases on certain premium cigarette paper and cigar wrap products instituted each quarter in 2013, and the second and fourth quarters of 2014. The aggregate average price per case of smoking products increased to $297.79 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $276.06 for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $21.73 per case, or 7.9%, principally due to price increases on certain premium cigarette paper and cigar wrap products.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net sales in the NewGen products segment increased to $20.1 million from $5.2 million for the period from September 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013, an increase of $14.9 million, principally due to us only having a four-month sales period in 2013 in this segment. The aggregate average price per

55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

case in the NewGen products segment decreased to $361.01 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $369.98 for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $8.97 per case, or 2.4%, principally due to the increased sales of certain e-liquid products which have a lower price per case.

Cost of Sales . For the year ended December 31, 2014, cost of sales increased to $107.2 million from $103.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $4.1 million, or 4.0%, principally due to an increase in cost of sales in the NewGen products segment, partially offset by decreases in cost of sales in the smoking and smokeless products segments.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, cost of sales in the smokeless products segment decreased to $33.5 million from $34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $0.9 million, or 2.7%, principally due to a reduction in manufacturing costs associated with our moist snuff products compared to the prior year.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, cost of sales in the smoking products segment decreased to $60.1 million from $65.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $5.3 million, or 8.1%, principally due to an incremental decrease in net sales of which there was a decrease in sales volume of cigar and pipe products which have higher manufacturing costs than other products in the segment.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, cost of sales in the NewGen products segment increased to $13.5 million from $3.1 million for the period from September 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013, an increase of $10.3 million, principally due to the fact that we only sold products in this segment for four months during 2013.

Gross Profit . For the year ended December 31, 2014, gross profit increased to $93.2 million from $90.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $2.9 million, or 3.2%, principally due to increases in gross profit in the smokeless and NewGen products segments, partially offset by a decrease in the smoking products segment.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, gross profit in the smokeless products segment increased to $37.9 million from $35.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $2.1 million, or 6.0%. Gross margin for this segment as a percentage of net sales increased to 53.1% of net sales from 51.0% in the year ended December 31, 2013 due principally to a reduction in manufacturing costs associated with our moist snuff products as compared to the prior year.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, gross profit in the smoking products segment decreased to $48.7 million from $52.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $3.8 million, or 7.2%. Gross margin for this segment as a percentage of net sales increased to 44.7% of net sales in the year ended December 31, 2014 from 44.5% in the year ended December 31, 2013, principally due to higher margin products constituting a greater percentage of net sales.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, gross profit in the NewGen products segment increased to $6.6 million from $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $4.6 million, or 224.6%. Gross margin for this segment as a percentage of net sales decreased to 32.8% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 39.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013, principally due to lower margin vaporizer and e-liquid products constituting a higher percentage of net sales as compared to the prior year.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . For the year ended December 31, 2014, selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased to $45.1 million from $46.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 3.7%, due to legal expenses and a settlement expense of $2.0 million relating to a complaint against us by Gordian Group, LLC .

Amortization Expense . For the year ended December 31, 2014, there was no amortization expense related to our intangible assets compared to $0.03 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Interest Expense and Financing Costs . For the year ended December 31, 2014, interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs decreased to $34.3 million from $44.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $9.8 million, or 22.2%, principally due to lower interest rates on long-term debt achieved through the Refinancing Transactions.

56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt . For the year ended December 31, 2014, loss on extinguishment of debt increased to $42.8 million from $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $42.4 million, principally due to the Refinancing Transactions.

Income Tax Expense . For the year ended December 31, 2014, income tax expense decreased to $0.4 million from $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 20.0%, principally due to lower state taxes in 2014.

Net Income/(Loss) . For the year ended December 31, 2014, net loss amounted to $29.4 million compared to net loss of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $27.8 million, principally due to the reasons discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Reserves

Our principal uses for cash are working capital, debt service and capital expenditures. In addition, following completion of this offering we intend to pay a quarterly dividend to our voting and non-voting stockholders of between 1.0% and 1.25% of our market capitalization (amounting to an annual dividend of approximately 4.0% to 5.0% of our market capitalization), commencing with the first full fiscal quarter after this offering. Our principal sources of cash are cash flows from operations and borrowing availability under our ABL.

We believe that our cash flows from operations and borrowing availability under our ABL are adequate to satisfy our operating cash requirements for the foreseeable future.

Our working capital, which we define as current assets less current liabilities as reflected on our balance sheet, increased to $49.9 million at September 30, 2015 from $42.4 million at December 31, 2014, an increase of $7.5 million, or 17.6%, principally due to a reduction in the borrowings outstanding under the ABL and an increase in other current assets. Our working capital decreased to $42.4 million at December 31, 2014 from $68.2 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $25.8 million, or 37.8%, principally due to a reduction in cash and inventory and an increase in the borrowings outstanding under the ABL, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable and accrued interest expense.

 
Nine Months
ended
September 30,
Year ended December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
2015
2014
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
 
Current Assets
$
74,491
 
$
68,258
 
$
111,474
 
Current Liabilities
$
24,607
 
$
25,851
 
$
43,269
 
Working Capital
$
49,884
 
$
42,407
 
$
68,205
 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, we incurred $1.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively, in capital expenditures. We believe that our capital expenditure requirements for 2015 will not exceed $2.6 million.

We had unrestricted cash on hand of $9.8 million, $8.5 million, and $35.4 million as of September 30, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively. We had restricted cash of $31.8 million, $31.7 million, and $31.6 million as of September 30, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively. Restricted cash principally consists of escrow deposits under the MSA. On the 25 th anniversary of each annual deposit, we are entitled to receive reimbursement of the principal amount of escrow remaining for that year. See “—Distribution Agreements—Master Settlement Agreement.”

57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

The following table sets out the principal components of our cash flows from operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
Nine months
ended September 30,
Year ended
December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
2015
2014
2014
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
 
Net Income (loss)
$
6,776
 
$
(32,402
)
$
(29,405
)
$
(1,609
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
42,780
 
 
42,780
 
 
441
 
Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment
 
(1
)
 
 
 
 
 
3
 
Depreciation expense
 
784
 
 
693
 
 
933
 
 
905
 
Amortization expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs
 
1,086
 
 
1,057
 
 
1,453
 
 
2,514
 
Amortization of original issue discount
 
785
 
 
779
 
 
1,044
 
 
1,256
 
Interest incurred but not paid on PIK toggle note
 
6,057
 
 
4,993
 
 
6,867
 
 
 
Interest incurred but not paid on 7% senior notes
 
426
 
 
325
 
 
721
 
 
 
Interest incurred but not paid on third lien notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,328
 
Interest paid on third lien notes
 
 
 
(6,528
)
 
(6,528
)
 
 
Deferred income taxes
 
(7
)
 
(3
)
 
37
 
 
23
 
Stock compensation expense
 
129
 
 
306
 
 
364
 
 
234
 
Member unit compensation expense
 
82
 
 
185
 
 
221
 
 
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 
(2,568
)
 
(218
)
 
678
 
 
106
 
Inventories
 
(241
)
 
17,490
 
 
16,005
 
 
(12,969
)
Other current assets
 
(2,052
)
 
1,970
 
 
(379
)
 
(3,243
)
Prepaid pension costs
 
 
 
(1,112
)
 
1,019
 
 
(1,019
)
Other assets
 
(106
)
 
(148
)
 
(174
)
 
(193
)
Accounts payable
 
1,509
 
 
(10,075
)
 
(10,117
)
 
11,482
 
Accrued pension liabilities
 
123
 
 
(385
)
 
(3,054
)
 
(713
)
Accrued postretirement liabilities
 
(94
)
 
(43
)
 
(99
)
 
(381
)
Accrued expenses and other
 
(63
)
 
(17,792
)
 
(16,341
)
 
2,834
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$
12,625
 
$
1,872
 
$
6,025
 
$
3,026
 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net cash provided by operating activities increased to $12.6 million from $1.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $10.8 million, or 574.4%, principally due to higher accrued interest payments in the first nine months of 2014, which was partially offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses during the first nine months of 2015.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash provided by operating activities increased to $6.0 million from $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $3.0 million, or 99.1%, principally due to lower interest expenses from debt instruments with lower interest rates.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

The following table sets out the principal components of our cash flows from investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 and the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
Nine Months ended September 30,
Year ended December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
2015
2014
2014
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
 
Capital expenditures
$
(1,100
)
$
(1,096
)
$
(1,314
)
$
(729
)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
 
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
6
 
Note Receivable
 
(430
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
$
(1,528
)
$
(1,096
)
$
(1,314
)
$
(723
)

58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net cash used in investing activities increased to $1.5 million from $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $0.4 million, or 39.4%, principally due to an increase in capital expenditures and the issuance of a note receivable to a supplier of approximately $0.4 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in investing activities increased to $1.3 million from $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $0.6 million or 81.7%, principally due to an increase in capital expenses.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

The following table sets out the principal components of our cash flows provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 and the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
Nine months
ended September 30,
Year ended
December 31,
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
2015
2014
2014
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
 
Proceeds from revolving credit facility, net
$
(3,184
)
$
12,217
 
$
7,353
 
$
 
Proceeds from term loans
 
 
 
246,700
 
 
246,700
 
 
 
Proceeds from (payments for) secured promissory note
 
 
 
(8,260
)
 
(12,500
)
 
12,500
 
Proceeds from PIK toggle note
 
 
 
45,000
 
 
45,000
 
 
 
Proceeds from 7% senior notes
 
 
 
11,000
 
 
11,000
 
 
 
Payments for first lien term loan
 
(6,237
)
 
(1,238
)
 
(1,650
)
 
 
Payments for second and third lien notes
 
 
 
(317,633
)
 
(317,633
)
 
 
Prepaid equity issuance costs
 
(305
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments for financing costs
 
 
 
(8,457
)
 
(8,457
)
 
(1,117
)
Redemption of common stock
 
 
 
(1,436
)
 
(1,436
)
 
 
Other
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
(742
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
$
(9,725
)
$
(22,107
)
$
(31,623
)
$
10,641
 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net cash used in financing activities decreased to $9.7 million from $22.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $12.4 million, or 56%, principally due to the Refinancing Transactions.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in financing activities was $31.6 million compared with net cash provided by of $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $42.3 million, principally due to repayment of debt obligations in the Refinancing Transactions, partially offset by the receipt of proceeds from term loans.

Long-Term Debt

Our long-term indebtedness currently consists of our ABL, first lien credit agreement (prior to the completion of the offering and related transactions described herein, the “Original First Lien Credit Agreement”), Second Lien Credit Facility, the PIK Toggle Notes and the 7% Senior Notes. As of September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with the financial and restrictive covenants in our existing debt instruments. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering, together with cash on hand, to repay in full borrowings outstanding under our Second Lien Credit Facility and the $29.0 million in aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes and approximately $1.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 7% Senior Notes (plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon from September 30, 2015) that remain outstanding following the Conversion. In November 2015, we secured a commitment from Standard General for a $50.0 million bridge financing line of credit that we may use to finance acquisitions that are approved by Standard General L.P. in its sole discretion. The following table provides outstanding balances under our debt instruments as of September 30, 2015 on an actual basis and an as further adjusted basis.

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
Actual
As furt h e r
adjusted (1)
ABL (2)
$
4,169
 
$
 
 
First Lien Credit Agreement (3)
$
160,896
 
$
 
 
SG Credit Line
 
 
 
 
Second Lien Credit Facility
$
78,821
 
 
  —
 
PIK Toggle Notes
$
56,648
 
 
 
7% Senior Notes
$
9,866
 
 
 

59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) As further adjusted to give effect to the Stock Split and Conversion as well as the use of proceeds from this offering.
(2) As of September 30, 2015, we had the ability to borrow an additional $20.1 million under the ABL.
(3) After giving effect to this offering, and the $5.0 million prepayment in October 2015, $157.1 million in aggregate principal amount of borrowings will be outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement.

ABL

We entered into the ABL with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Administrative Agent. The ABL provides for aggregate commitments of up to $40 million, subject to a borrowing base, which is the sum of (i) 85% of eligible accounts receivable, plus (ii) the lesser of (A) 70% of the value of eligible inventory and (B) 85% of the net recovery percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal multiplied by the value of eligible inventory, plus (iii) the lesser of (A) 75% of the value of eligible inventory and (B) 85% of the net recovery percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal multiplied by the value of the eligible finished goods inventory, minus (iv) the aggregate amount of reserves established by the administrative agent. The ABL matures on January 13, 2019. Our wholly-owned subsidiary, North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (“NATC”), is the borrower and the ABL is guaranteed by our wholly-owned subsidiary, NATC Holding Company, Inc. (“Holdings”), and all direct or indirect domestic subsidiaries of Holdings in existence on the closing date (collectively, the “Guarantors”). The ABL is secured by a first priority lien on (i) certain accounts, inventory, general intangibles, other receivables and intercompany loans, cash and payment intangibles, and (ii) a junior lien on substantially all of the assets of the borrower and the Guarantors. We are required to make mandatory prepayments in certain circumstances including in in connection with certain asset dispositions or if we exceed the borrowing base.

The interest rates per annum applicable to loans under the ABL are, at our option, equal to the Base Rate or LIBOR Rate plus an applicable interest margin.

As of December 31, 2014, $7.4 million was outstanding under the ABL, and as of September 30, 2015, $4.2 million was outstanding under the ABL and we have the ability to borrow an additional $20.1 million. The weighted average interest rate on December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015 was 3.01% and 2.79%, respectively.

We are subject to financial covenants and are required to maintain a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.10 to 1.00 for each applicable period. We are subject to similar negative and affirmative covenants, and events of default as the first lien and second lien term loans described below. As of September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with all such covenants. In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the ABL to provide flexibility to permit NATC and its subsidiaries to pay dividends to us that would allow us to pay dividends to our stockholders.

First Lien Term Loan

We entered into the Original First Lien Credit Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Administrative Agent for a $170.0 million first lien term loan, which matures on January 13, 2020. NATC is the borrower and the first lien term loan is guaranteed by us and the Guarantors under the ABL. In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the Original First Lien Credit Agreement to reduce the restrictions on dividend payments to permit NATC to pay dividends to us that would allow us to pay dividends to our stockholders.

The borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the borrower and the Guarantors (other than TPB), including a pledge of the capital stock of NATC and its subsidiaries held by Holdings, NATC or any Guarantor (other than Holdings), other than certain excluded assets. The aggregate outstanding amounts under the first lien term loan are paid in consecutive quarterly installments on the last business day of each March, June, September and December.

The loans designated as LIBOR rate loans bear interest at the LIBOR Rate then in effect (but not less than 1.25%) plus 6.50% and the loans designated as base rate loans bear interest at the (i) highest of (A) the Prime Rate, (B) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (C) LIBOR for an interest period of one month plus 1.00% and (D) 2.25% per year plus (ii) 5.50%. We are required to make mandatory prepayments in certain circumstances including in connection with certain debt issuances by NATC or any of its subsidiaries or in connection with certain asset dispositions. We are permitted to voluntarily prepay the obligations at any time and from time to time without any penalty or premium. The First Lien Credit Agreement requires principal payments of $1.650 million in each of the years of 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and $1.238 million in 2019. As of December 31, 2014, the

60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

weighted average interest rate on the first lien term loan was 7.75%, and $168.4 million was outstanding, and as of September 30, 2015, the weighted average interest rate was 7.82%, and $162.1 million was outstanding. NATC made a voluntary prepayment of $5.0 million in August 2015. In October 2015, NATC made an additional voluntary prepayment of $5.0 million.

The first lien term loan contains certain financial covenants which require NATC to maintain a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not be less than 1.25 to 1.00 at the end of any fiscal quarter, and a consolidated total leverage ratio ranging from 6.25 to 1.00 from April 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016, decreasing to a ratio of 5.50 to 1.00 from October 1, 2018 to maturity.

The First Lien Credit Agreement contains negative covenants which, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the distribution of dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, mergers, prepayments of other indebtedness, the incurrence of liens and encumbrances, capital expenditures, restricted payments, and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. The First Lien Credit Agreement also contains customary affirmative covenants including, among others, the provision of financial statements, maintenance of property and licenses and maintenance of insurance. The First Lien Credit Agreement also contains an affirmative covenant requiring us to maintain in effect the Bolloré distribution and license agreements. The First Lien Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-acceleration, cross-defaults to certain other indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency, the occurrence of a change of control and judgment defaults. As of September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with all such covenants. If any events of default occur and are not cured within applicable grace periods or waived, the outstanding loans may be accelerated and the lenders’ commitments may be terminated. The occurrence of the bankruptcy and insolvency event of default will result in the automatic termination of commitments and acceleration of outstanding amounts under the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Second Lien Term Loan

We entered into the Second Lien Credit Facility, with NATC as borrower, between the same parties as the First Lien Credit Agreement for an $80.0 million second lien term loan, which matures on July 13, 2020. The Second Lien Credit Facility is guaranteed by the same guarantors as the first lien term loan and is secured by a second priority lien over the same collateral.

Under the Second Lien Credit Facility, the loans designated as LIBOR rate loans bear interest at the LIBOR Rate then in effect (but not less than 1.25%) plus 10.25% and the loans designated as base rate loans bear interest at (i) the highest of (A) the Prime Rate, (B) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (C) LIBOR for an interest period of one month plus 1.00% and (D) 2.25% per year plus (ii) 9.25%. There is no maximum interest rate other than that permitted by applicable law. We are required to make mandatory prepayments in certain circumstances including in connection with certain debt issuances by NATC or any of its subsidiaries or in connection with certain asset dispositions. We are permitted to voluntarily prepay the obligations without any penalty or premium at any time after the third anniversary of the closing date. For the first three years following the closing date, we must pay a prepayment premium, beginning at 3.0% of the amount being prepaid, refinanced or assigned, which reduces to 2.0% following the first anniversary and to 1.0% following the second anniversary. As of December 31, 2014, the weighted average interest rate on the second lien term loan was 11.5%, and $80.0 million was outstanding, and as of September 30, 2015, the weighted average interest rate was 11.5%, and $80.0 million was outstanding.

We are subject to substantially similar negative and affirmative covenants, and events of default as under the Original First Lien Credit Agreement. With respect to the financial covenants, we have the same fixed charge coverage ratio requirements, however, NATC is required to maintain a consolidated total leverage ratio under the Second Lien Credit Facility ranging from 6.50 to 1.00 from April 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016, reducing to a maximum ratio of 5.75 to 1.00 from October 1, 2018 to maturity. As of September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

PIK Toggle Notes and Standard General Warrants

We issued the PIK Toggle Notes to Standard General in an aggregate principal amount of $45.0 million and issued the Standard General Warrants, which were valued at $1.7 million, to purchase 42,424 of our common stock at $.01 per share, as adjusted for stock splits and other events specified in the agreement, in connection therewith.

61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a result of the issuance of the Standard General Warrants on January 13, 2014, the PIK Toggle Notes had an original issue discount of $1.7 million and were initially valued at $43.3 million. The PIK Toggle Notes mature, and the Standard General Warrants expire, on January 13, 2021. We are the borrower under the PIK Toggle Notes and neither NATC nor any of the Guarantors is an obligor.

The PIK Toggle Notes accrue interest based on the LIBOR Rate then in effect (but not less than 1.25%) plus 13.75%, reset quarterly, and are subject to a default interest rate of 2.0%. We have the option to make interest payments in cash or in kind, payable through an increase in the principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes. In kind payments of interest bear interest at the same rate as cash payments. The PIK Toggle Notes contain covenants that limit our ability to enter into transactions with affiliates and pay dividends or other distributions or repurchase capital stock. As of September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with all such covenants. The PIK Toggle Notes are unsecured and do not limit our ability to incur additional debt or liens. We chose to pay interest in kind for all interest payments in 2014 and 2015. The outstanding principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes at December 31, 2014 was $51.9 million and at September 30, 2015 was $57.9 million. As of September 30, 2015, 42,424 Standard General Warrants remained issued and outstanding.

7% Senior Notes

In January of 2014, we conducted a rights offering to certain of our stockholders that qualify as “accredited investors” under the Securities Act, pursuant to which we issued our 7% Senior Notes to various stockholders, including Standard General and members of management, for a principal amount of $11.0 million and issued the noteholders the Intrepid Warrants to purchase 11,000,000 units of membership interests in Intrepid Brands. The Intrepid Warrants were exercisable upon issuance, currently represent 40% of the Intrepid Brands common units outstanding on a fully diluted basis, and are exercisable at a purchase price of $1.00 per unit. As a result of the Intrepid Warrants, the 7% Senior Notes had an original issue discount of $2.8 million and were initially valued at $8.2 million. The 7% Senior Notes mature, and the Intrepid Warrants expire, on December 31, 2023.

Interest is payable on the 7% Senior Notes on the last business day of June and December in each year, provided that we may elect to exercise an option to pay all or a portion of the interest in kind (“PIK Interest”). We chose to pay PIK interest on the 7% Senior Notes and increase the principal balance of the 7% Senior Notes for all interest in 2014 and 2015. The outstanding principal amount of the 7% Senior Notes was $11.7 million as at December 31, 2014, and $12.1 million as at September 30, 2015. We may redeem the 7% Senior Notes at any time without penalty or premium. As of September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the 7% Senior Notes.

The 7% Senior Notes are our general unsecured obligations and rank equally with our other unsecured and unsubordinated debt from time to time outstanding.

Credit Line with Standard General

We have secured a commitment from Standard General for a $50.0 million bridge financing line of credit that we may use to finance acquisitions that are approved by Standard General L.P. in its sole discretion. The line of credit will terminate and all borrowings under the line will mature on the fifth anniversary of this offering. Borrowings under the line of credit will bear interest at a floating rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 6.5% with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%. Turning Point Brands, Inc. will be the borrower under the facility and neither NATC nor its subsidiaries will guarantee the facility.

Distribution Agreements

For a description of our material distribution agreements, see “Business—Distribution and Supply Agreements.”

Master Settlement Agreement

On November 23, 1998, the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers, Philip Morris USA, Inc., Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corporation, Lorillard Tobacco Company and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, entered into the MSA with attorneys general representing states that agreed to settle certain recovery actions (the “Settling States”). In order to be in compliance with the MSA and subsequent states’ statutes, we are required to fund an escrow account with each of the Settling States based on the number of cigarettes or cigarette equivalents (which is measured by pounds of MYO cigarette smoking tobacco) sold in such state. Funding of the escrow deposit by us in 2014 was $0.1 million

62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in respect of sales of smoking products in 2014 and $0.1 million in respect of sales of smoking products in 2013. We estimate the total deposits will be $0.1 million in 2015 relating to 2014 sales. Each year’s deposit will be released from escrow after 25 years. We expect required escrow payments to continue to diminish in terms of payment amount and are scheduled to begin receiving payments as our escrow deposits are released from escrow beginning in 2024. See “Regulation—State Attorney General Settlement Agreements” for more information on the MSA and our obligations under the MSA.

The following table summarizes our escrow deposit balances by sales year as of September 30, 2015 (in thousands):

Sales Year
Deposits
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
1999
$
211
 
2000
 
1,017
 
2001
 
1,673
 
2002
 
2,271
 
2003
 
4,249
 
2004
 
3,715
 
2005
 
4,552
 
2006
 
3,847
 
2007
 
4,167
 
2008
 
3,364
 
2009
 
1,626
 
2010
 
406
 
2011
 
193
 
2012
 
198
 
2013
 
173
 
2014
 
142
 
2015
 
26
 
Total
$
31,8 30
 

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

During 2013, we executed various forward contracts for the purchase of 5.8 million Euros with maturity dates from May 28, 2013 to September 30, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, we had no outstanding contracts. During 2014, we executed various forward contracts for the purchase of 3.1 million Euros with maturity dates from November 12, 2014 to December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, we had no outstanding contracts.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we executed various forward contracts for the purchase of 5.6 million Euros with maturity dates from May 13, 2015 to November 17, 2015. On September 30, 2015, we had foreign currency contracts to purchase a total amount of 0.9 million Euros.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
Payments due by period
 
 
Contractual Obligations
Total
Less than 1
year
1-3 years
3-5 years
More than 5
years
Long-Term Debt Obligations, including interest
$
519,957
 
$
40,535
 
$
69,715
 
$
76,115
 
$
333,592
 
Operating Lease Obligations
 
5,175
 
 
1,047
 
 
1,716
 
 
1,564
 
 
848
 
Purchase Obligations
 
26,277
 
 
26,277
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
551,409
 
$
67,859
 
$
71,431
 
$
77,679
 
$
334,440
 

63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We lease certain office space and vehicles for varying periods. The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments for operating leases that had initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 
Operating Leases
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
2015
$
1,047
 
2016
 
893
 
2017
 
823
 
2018
 
782
 
2019
 
782
 
2020 and beyond
 
848
 
Total minimum lease payments
$
5,175
 

The total lease expense included in the consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $0.8 million, and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $1.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively. Net lease expense, which is defined as total lease expense after deducting sublease income was $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, and $1.7 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Inflation

We believe that any effect of inflation at current levels will be minimal. Historically, we have been able to increase prices at a rate equal to or greater than that of inflation and believe that we will continue to be able to do so for the foreseeable future. In addition, we have been able to maintain a relatively stable variable cost structure for our products due, in part, to our successful procurement and reformulation activities with regard to our tobacco products and, in part, to our existing contractual agreement for the purchase of our premium cigarette papers.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign Currency Sensitivity

We purchase inventory from Bolloré that are payable in Euros. Accordingly, we have exposure to potentially adverse movement in Euros. In addition, Bolloré provides a contractual hedge against catastrophic currency fluctuation in our agreement. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative trading purposes, nor do we hedge our foreign currency exposure in a manner that offsets the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates.

We regularly review our foreign currency risk and its hedging programs and may as part of that review determine at any time to change our hedging policy. During 2005, we approved, adopted and instituted a formal Foreign Exchange Currency Policy and more actively contracted for the forward purchase of Euros. On September 30, 2015, we had outstanding purchase commitments of 0.9 million Euros. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we executed various forward contracts for the purchase of 5.6 million Euros with maturity dates ranging from May 13, 2015 to November 17, 2015.

A 10% increase or decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro would result in a decrease or increase in the approximate purchase price of our annualized Euro-denominated inventory purchases of approximately $1.1 million.

Credit Risk

At September 30, 2015 and 2014, we had bank deposits, including MSA escrows, in excess of federally insured limits of approximately $41.0 million and $46.0 million, respectively. We sell our products to distributors and retail establishments throughout the U.S. and also have limited sales of Zig-Zag ® premium cigarette papers in Canada. We had one customer that accounted for 10.9% of revenues for 2014 and 10.5% of revenues for 2013. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and generally do not require collateral on trade receivables. Historically, we have not experienced significant losses due to customer credit issues.

64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We have exposure to interest rate volatility principally relating to interest rate changes applicable to revolving loans under our ABL, PIK Toggle Notes and borrowings under First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2015, all of our debt other than the 7% Senior Notes bear interest at variable rates. We believe that the effect, if any, of reasonably possible near-term changes in interest rates on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows would not be significant. A 1% change in the interest rate would change pre-tax income by approximately $3.0 million per year.

65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OUR INDUSTRY

We compete in the Other Tobacco Products (“OTP”) industry, which is defined as all tobacco and tobacco-related products excluding manufactured cigarettes. We currently compete in three distinct markets within OTP: (i) the smokeless products market, which includes loose leaf chewing tobacco and moist snuff, (ii) the smoking products market, which includes cigarette papers, Make-Your-Own (“MYO”) cigar wraps and related products as well as cigars, MYO cigarettes and traditional pipe tobacco, and (iii) the new generation (“NewGen”) products market, which includes liquid vapor products, tobacco vaporizer products and other products without tobacco and/or nicotine.

According to MSAi, there were 338 manufactures competing in the OTP market in 2014 with the top ten representing 93% of all consumer units shipped to retail. We are the 6 th largest competitor in terms of total OTP consumer units shipped to retail. We estimate that the OTP industry generated approximately $10.0 billion in manufacturer revenue in 2014. In contrast to manufactured cigarettes, which have been experiencing declining sales for decades based on data published by the TTB, the OTP industry is demonstrating increased consumer appeal. For instance, according to MSAi, OTP consumer units shipped to retail increased by approximately 2% from 2013 to 2014.

We believe that the OTP industry is characterized by non-cyclical demand, relative brand loyalty, relatively high profit margins, and the ability to generate consistent cash flows. In addition, the smokeless and smoking products markets have meaningful barriers to entry as a result of, among other things, applicable regulation, and relatively defined channels of distribution. The tobacco industry is subject to significant federal, state and local regulation and taxation, which have increased, and we believe will continue to increase, the cost of tobacco products for consumers and has reduced and could continue to reduce aggregate demand. See “Regulation—State Attorney General Settlement Agreements” and “Regulation—Smoking and Smokeless Products—Taxation—Excise Taxes.”

Smokeless Products Market

Smokeless products, including loose leaf chewing tobacco and moist snuff, have a long, established tradition of use in the U.S. The smokeless products market is principally composed of the four product categories listed below:

Loose Leaf Chewing Tobacco: typically made from air-cured leaf tobacco, grown both domestically and internationally, which is aged, flavored and packed in foil pouches.
Moist Snuff: made from dark, fire-cured tobacco that is aged, flavored, cut and typically packaged in 1.2oz. round cans, and which is distinct and different from dry powder snuff.
Moist Snuff Pouches: also made from dark, fire-cured tobacco that is aged, flavored, cut and sold in small single serve pouches. Pouch products are typically sold in round cans that are less than 1.0oz.
Snus: pasteurized dark fired tobacco that is finely cut and typically sold in small individual paper pouches for consumer convenience.

Loose Leaf Chewing Tobacco

We estimate that the loose leaf chewing tobacco market was approximately $380 million in manufacturer sales as of 2014. Although a mature product category, loose leaf chewing tobacco remains popular in southern U.S geographies and rural areas of the Midwest with adult male consumers. However, pound volumes of loose leaf chewing tobacco products, as reported by the TTB, have been decreasing annually for over a decade due, in part, we believe, to ageing demographics. For the five years ending 2014, the loose leaf chewing tobacco market declined approximately 6% per year as measured in pounds, and we expect a similar decline in 2015 and for the coming years.

While there has been an overall decline in volume, the Stoker’s ® led innovation in large-sized, value-oriented loose leaf chewing tobacco products has grown in market share. Large-sized, value-oriented loose leaf chewing tobacco products are packaged in 8 oz. or 16 oz. bag sizes (as compared to the 3 oz. pouch size in which other loose leaf chewing tobacco products are customarily sold) and are generally sold at a lower price per ounce of product than other loose leaf chewing tobacco products.

Despite the overall category decline, our market share has improved in four of the last five years. Based on MSAi data, for the 13 weeks ending July 11, 2015, we have a 24.7% market share of total loose leaf chewing tobacco pounds sold in the U.S. and are the #2 marketer in the category. Stoker’s ® is the #2 brand in the industry with a 15.1%

66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

market share of pounds sold in the U.S. and Beech-Nut ® is the #3 premium brand with a 4.4% market share of total pounds sold based on MSAi data.

In addition to us, other major manufacturers and marketers of loose leaf chewing tobacco products include Swedish Match, the American Snuff Company (a unit of Reynolds American Inc.) and Swisher International, Inc.

Loose leaf chewing tobacco products are sold in over 130,000 U.S. retail stores principally in the convenience store, tobacco outlet, mass merchandiser and food channels. Retailers purchase loose leaf chewing tobacco primarily from wholesale distributors.

Moist Snuff, Moist Snuff Pouches and Snus

We estimate that 2014 manufacturer revenues in the moist snuff (“MST”), moist snuff pouch (“MST pouch”) and snus categories totaled $3.5 billion. These products are sold nationally and are generally purchased by adult men and have achieved highest penetration in the Southern and Mid-Atlantic States. The MST, MST pouch and snus product assortment collectively has demonstrated consistent growth year-over-year as reported by the TTB. In 2014, over 114 million pounds were sold to what we believe to be over 6 million U.S. consumers. We believe the rapid growth of MST pouch and snus products represents a long-standing trend of consumer migration to what we consider “cleaner” and more discrete formats. Within the MST sub-category, the discount segment continues to outperform premium by accounting for 64% of MST sales by pounds and 1.3% growth for the 26 weeks ending July 11, 2015 compared to the prior year period, based on MSAi data. Our Stoker’s ® MST which entered the market in 2009, has a 2.3% market share of the overall U.S. MST sector in terms of pounds sold as of July 11, 2015 and is ranked #7, based on MSAi data, representing a significant growth opportunity for us. In stores where we have attained distribution of Stokers MST, we have a 6.5% market share.

Together, the top ten MST brands cover greater than 98% of category volume, as demonstrated in the following table:

Top MST Brands (MSAi EQ Unit Share for the 13 weeks ended Jul y 11, 2015)

 
Brand
Manufacturer
Share
Stores
1
Copenhagen (MST)
Altria
 
32.8
%
 
179,297
 
2
Grizzly (MST)
Reynolds American
 
27.3
%
 
184,550
 
3
Skoal (MST)
Altria
 
15.5
%
 
174,318
 
4
Longhorn (MST)
Swedish Match
 
6.4
%
 
106,762
 
5
Red Seal
Altria
 
6.2
%
 
80,384
 
6
Kodiak (MST)
Reynolds American
 
3.1
%
 
129,349
 
7
Stoker’s (MST)
Turning Point Brands
 
2.3
%
 
26,818
 
8
Timber Wolf (MST)
Swedish Match
 
2.2
%
 
80,838
 
9
Kayak (MST)
Swisher International
 
2.1
%
 
43,307
 
10
Husky (MST)
Altria
 
0.7
%
 
32,931
 

In addition to us, other major manufacturers and marketers of smokeless products include U.S. Smokeless Tobacco Company (a unit of Altria Group, Inc.), Swedish Match, the American Snuff Company (a unit of Reynolds American Inc.) and Swisher International, Inc.

MST, MST pouch and snus products are available in greater than 200,000, 160,000 and 100,000 U.S. retail stores respectively, principally in the convenience store, tobacco outlet, mass merchandiser, food and drug channels. Retailers purchase these products primarily from wholesale distributors.

Smoking Products Market

The smoking products market consists of several different product categories including: (i) cigarette papers, (ii) large cigars, (iii) MYO cigar wraps and MYO cigar smoking tobacco, (iv) MYO cigarette smoking tobacco and related products, and (v) traditional pipe tobacco. Our three largest revenue categories in smoking products are cigarette papers, MYO cigar wraps and cigarillo cigars.

Cigarette Papers

The production and sale of cigarette papers long preceded the invention of machine-made mass manufactured filtered cigarettes and cigarette tubes. We believe that overall market sales have been historically stable (e.g., based

67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

on MSAi data, for the latest 26 weeks ending July 11, 2015, total cigarette papers are up 0.5% compared to the same period in the prior year) and have benefited from a loyal base of craft smokers who prefer to make a superior smoke of their own choice.

There are two principal paper categories: premium cigarette papers and discount cigarette papers, each representing approximately 50% of unit sales. Premium cigarette papers are sold in interleaved booklets, are made primarily from flax, rice or combinations of other natural fibers and are differentiated by price and quality. Our Zig-Zag ® brand is the #1 cigarette paper brand in terms of retail dollar sales as measured by Nielsen convenience and is also the #1 premium cigarette paper brand, based on MSAi data, with a 30% plus share of total booklets sold in the U.S. market as of the 13 weeks ending July 11, 2015. Zig-Zag ® cigarette papers also have widespread distribution in Canada through our Canadian distributor.

Our principal competitors in the cigarette paper market are Republic Tobacco L.P., which markets JOB ® and Top ® , and Commonwealth Brands, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of United Kingdom-based Imperial Tobacco PLC, which markets EZ Wider ® and Joker ® .

Cigarette papers are sold in over 160,000 U.S. retail stores in the convenience store, tobacco outlet, food, mass merchandiser, and drug channels. Retailers purchase cigarette papers primarily from wholesale distributors.

Cigar and MYO Cigar Products

We customarily describe the cigar market as being comprised of (i) large machine-made cigars, (ii) MYO cigar wraps, (iii) small filtered cigars and (iv) large premium hand-made cigars. We do not participate in the small filtered cigars and premium cigar categories. We estimate the total cigar category to be approximately $4.5 billion in manufacturer revenue in 2014.

MYO Cigar Wraps

Within the cigar category, consumers have been electing to craft their own cigar to suit their personal size and flavor preferences in lieu of purchasing pre-packaged, machine-made cigars. We believe that MYO cigar wraps now represent a larger number of retail transactions than the cigarette paper category. In 2009, we entered the smoking products market for cigars with the introduction of our Zig-Zag ® MYO cigar wraps and Zig-Zag ® cigar blend tobacco. Based on MSAi data, Zig-Zag ® MYO cigar wraps are ranked #1 and have a 77% EQ unit market share as of the 13 weeks ending July 11, 2015.

Our primary competitors in the MYO cigar wraps category are Blunt Wrap USA and New Image Global.

MYO cigar wraps are sold in over 90,000 stores, principally through convenience stores, tobacco outlets and small independent food stores. Retailers purchase MYO cigar wraps and MYO cigar blend tobacco primarily from wholesale distributors.

Large Machine-Made Cigars

We estimate the large machine-made cigar sector within the cigar category to be $3.6 billion in 2014 manufacturer revenue. Within the large machine-made cigars segment, several key sub-categories have developed over time to meet varying consumer preferences, including: (i) cigarillos non-tipped Homogenized Tobacco Leaf (“HTL”) (approximately 50% of unit volume), (ii) natural leaf cigarillos non-tipped (approximately 10%); and (iii) tipped cigarillos, which typically feature a plastic tip at one end (approximately 25%). We have a line of Zig-Zag ® cigarillos non-tipped HTL that competes in the cigarillo non-tipped HTL market segment, which we estimate to have a size of approximately $1.4 billion in 2014 manufacturer revenue. Based on MSAi data, our Zig-Zag ® cigarillos non-tipped HTL are #6 in the segment and have a 3.4% EQ unit market share for the year ending July 11, 2015.

Our primary competitors in the non-tipped cigarillo HTL market are Swisher International Inc., Swedish Match and Good Times USA.

Large machine-made cigars, including cigarillos non-tipped HTL, are sold in over 200,000 U.S. retail outlets in a broad assortment of channels including convenience stores, tobacco outlets, food, mass merchandisers and drug stores. Retailers purchase these products primarily from wholesale distributors.

68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NewGen Products

Over the past few years, liquid vapor products, tobacco vaporizer products and a variety of non-tobacco products and other non-nicotine products, have been introduced and compete with traditional forms of tobacco. The market is ever shifting as consumers increasingly demonstrate an interest in alternative and non-tobacco products. We believe there is a meaningful opportunity in a number of new and emerging categories.

Liquid Vapor Products

Liquid vapor products “vaporize” a solution that consumers inhale to enjoy not only a particular flavor, but also a certain nicotine level (0%, 1.2%, etc.). We believe the liquid vapor segment is in its infancy, and that when properly commercialized, it will emerge as a significant segment of the OTP market. The liquid vapor segment is comprised of (i) e-cigarettes, or “closed system” products where the consumer purchases non-refillable products that look largely like a traditional cigarette and (ii) e-liquid and liquid vaporizers, or “open system” products where the consumer buys bottles of liquids offered in varying flavors and nicotine levels, and can refill their tank with the liquid solution of his or her choice.

The initial method of e-cigarette distribution was predominately over the internet, but this has shifted dramatically as traditional retailers have begun to carry the product. While the open system products have achieved relatively broad traditional retail distribution, we believe that the vast majority of e-liquids and liquid vaporizers are sold online and in specialized “vape shops” where the consumer has far greater choices in flavor and nicotine levels and experiences a superior product educational environment than traditional retail outlets.

Wells Fargo Equity Research estimates that the U.S. is the largest market for liquid vapor products in the world and is in a transition phase, with upcoming and uncertain regulatory initiatives and the entry of big tobacco players.

Liquid vapor products are generally not subject to federal, state and local excise taxes. However, four states and the District of Columbia have imposed an excise tax on liquid vapor, and certain other jurisdictions are considering imposing excise taxes and other restrictions.

We believe that we have established a firm foothold in traditional retail and are well positioned in the liquid vapor space. In less than two years, we established V2 ® as the #5 e-cigarette brand in the traditional retail space with an EQ unit market share of 7%, almost three times the size of our next competitor. In stores where we have attained distribution of V2 ® e-cigarettes, we have a market share of 24%. Based on MSAi data, we also have a 7% EQ unit market share of the e-liquids business under the V2 ® and Zig-Zag ® brands, making us the #3 marketer of e-liquids as of July 11, 2015 in traditional retail channels.

Our principal competitors in the traditional retail liquid vapor products space are RJR Vapor (a unit of Reynolds American), NuMark (a unit of Altria Group), Logic Technology (a unit of Japan Tobacco International), Imperial Tobacco, 21 st Century, NJoy and Ballantyne Brands.

Liquid vapor products are sold in over 180,000 traditional retail stores in the U.S. across the convenience, tobacco outlet, mass merchandiser and drug channels. As liquid vapor products are not taxed and not presently regulated like tobacco products at the federal level, they are widely available in non-traditional channels including via online merchants and the newly emerging vape shop channel.

Tobacco Vaporizer Products

Tobacco vaporizers are designed to heat, rather than combust, the loose smoking material (Vape not Burn (“VnB”). We believe the VnB tobacco vaporizer market is characterized by a broad assortment of highly profitable marketers and purveyors. By and large, tobacco vaporizers are sold via online merchants and specialty retailers. Given that the category is in its formative stages and because VnB tobacco vaporizers are not presently taxed or regulated from a federal perspective like tobacco products, an entirely new distribution network has developed to service the demand outside of the traditional distribution platform used by most tobacco products. We believe that the number of consumers of VnB tobacco vaporizers will continue to increase as smokers seek alternative, combustion free methods to enjoy the smoking material of their choice. We market Zig-Zag ® branded VnB tobacco vaporizers and believe that the brand’s broad, long-standing brand recognition among smokers will be a competitive advantage. We also market V2 ® branded tobacco vaporizers.

The tobacco vaporizer market features a broad assortment of players including Altria and new emerging marketers like PAX Labs.

69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other NewGen Products

Shisha smoking tobacco and herbal shisha have shown a resurgence in recent years as reflected in not only increased traditional retail availability, but also the opening of shisha lounges, which are typically frequented by both young adult females and males. Furthermore, we have observed a move to a new generation of shisha-related products, like fruits and gels that are heated and enjoyed in a traditional shisha pipe. We sell a line of shisha-related products, including tobacco- and nicotine-free fruits and gels designed to be enjoyed in a traditional Shisha pipe, which we market as Primal ® Shishafruits and gels.

Other NewGen products that we have begun to distribute include herbal smoking products, which contain no tobacco or nicotine and will be marketed under our Primal ® brand name.

As these other NewGen products do not contain tobacco or nicotine, they are not currently taxed or regulated as “tobacco products” under applicable U.S. federal laws and regulations.

70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading independent provider of Other Tobacco Products (“OTP”) in the U.S. and the 6 th largest competitor in terms of total OTP consumer units shipped to retail. We sell a wide range of products across the OTP spectrum, including moist snuff, loose leaf chewing tobacco, premium cigarette papers, make-your-own (“MYO”) cigar wraps and cigar smoking tobacco, cigars, liquid vapor products and tobacco vaporizer products. We do not sell cigarettes. We estimate that the OTP industry generated approximately $10.0 billion in manufacturer revenue in 2014. In contrast to manufactured cigarettes, which have been experiencing declining sales for decades based on data published by the TTB, the OTP industry is demonstrating increased consumer appeal. For instance, according to MSAi, OTP consumer units shipped to retail increased by approximately 2% from 2013 to 2014.

Our portfolio of brands includes some of the most widely recognized names in the OTP industry, such as Zig-Zag ® , Beech-Nut ® , Stoker’s ® , Trophy ® , Havana Blossom ® , Durango ® , Our Pride ® and Red Cap ™. The following table sets forth the market share and category rank of our core products and demonstrates their strong industry positions:   

Brand
Product
TPB Segment
Market Share (1)
Category Rank (1)
Stoker’s ®
Chewing Tobacco
Smokeless Products
 
15.1
%
#1 discount / #2 overall
Beech-Nut ®
Chewing Tobacco
Smokeless Products
 
4.4
%
#3 premium
Stoker’s ®
Moist Snuff
Smokeless Products
 
2.3
%
#6 discount / #7 overall
Zig-Zag ®
Cigarette Papers
Smoking Products
 
31.4
%
#1 premium
Zig-Zag ®
MYO Cigar Wraps
Smoking Products
 
76.6
%
#1 overall
V2 ®
E-cigarettes
NewGen Products
 
7.0
%
#5 overall
Zig-Zag ®
E-liquid
NewGen Products
 
4.7
%
#6 overall
(1) Market share and category rank data for all products are derived from MSAi data as of July 11, 2015.

We currently ship to in excess of 900 direct wholesale customers with an additional 240 secondary, indirect wholesalers in the U.S. that carry and sell our products. As of July 11, 2015, our products are available in over 176,000 U.S. retail locations which, with the addition of retail stores in Canada, brings our total North American retail presence to an estimated 250,000 points of distribution. Our sales team targets widespread distribution to all traditional retail channels, including convenience stores, where over 60% of all OTP volume is currently sold according to MSAi data, achieving product availability in each of the top ten convenience store chains in the U.S. as of July 11, 2015. We achieved net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014 of $150.5 million and $200.3 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, our Adjusted EBITDA was $38.8 million and $48.8 million, respectively, and we had net income of $6.8 million and a net loss of $29.4 million, respectively.

Since 2005, we have transitioned from a traditional OTP provider with significant in-house manufacturing and limited outsourced manufacturing to a leaner, asset-light sourcing and marketing model, with a strategy that relies on outsourced product manufacturing and supply relationships and increased use of information technology and market analytics, which together allow us to maintain relatively low levels of capital expenditures compared to market participants with more significant manufacturing operations. For example, we have formed long-lasting relationships with some of the most well-known names in the industry, including an 18-year relationship with Bolloré, S.A. (“Bolloré”) – the trademark holder for Zig-Zag ® – for the exclusive rights to purchase and sell Zig-Zag ® cigarette paper and accessory products in the U.S. and Canada. In 2008, we partnered with Swedish Match NA, a subsidiary of Swedish Match AB (“Swedish Match”) for the manufacture of all of our loose leaf chewing tobacco products. We have a 2-year relationship with JJA Distributors LLC (“JJA”) for the sourcing of our cigars and cigarillos and a 7-year relationship with Durfort Holdings, S.A. (“Durfort”) for the sourcing of our MYO cigar wraps, each of which are marketed under the Zig-Zag ® tobacco brand. More recently, we have established a relationship with VMR Products, LLC (“VMR”) for the exclusive supply and distribution of VMR’s V2 C igs ® (“ V2 ® ”) brand of liquid vapor products and tobacco vaporizer products to retail outlets throughout the U.S.

71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have a successful track record of rapidly commercializing new products and leveraging the value of our existing brands into new OTP categories. For example:

In our smokeless products category, we leveraged our Stoker’s ® brand legacy in oral tobacco (the #2 loose leaf chewing tobacco brand), to create our Stoker’s ® moist snuff, which was introduced in 2009 using value-sized, 12 oz. tub packaging as opposed to the industry standard 1.2 oz. can. By the end of 2014, Stoker’s ® had grown to be among the fastest growing moist snuff brands in the U.S., based on pounds sold, as reported by MSAi. We believe that Stoker’s ® moist snuff is poised for continued strong growth and, in the second half of 2015 introduced a traditional 1.2 oz. can of Stoker’s ® moist snuff. This smaller packaging will allow us to expand our presence from the approximately 26,000 retail stores that carry the large tub by targeting the over 145,000 convenience stores (which sell 75% of all moist snuff tobacco (“MST”) volumes) for which our current large tub footprint is less commercially viable.
In our smoking products business, we leveraged the value of our Zig Zag ® tobacco brand and entered the MYO Cigar Wraps segment. Within two years we captured a 50% share of the MYO cigar market according to Nielsen Convenience and today have a 77% EQ unit share. More recently, we introduced Rillo ™ size MYO cigar wraps to match the size of cigarillo cigars, which are the most popular and fastest growing form of large cigars in terms of unit volumes.
In our NewGen products category, we introduced V2 ® e-cigarettes into a highly competitive market in 2013 that at the time had over 135 available brands. In less than two years, we firmly established our V2 ® offering and it is now the #5 e-cigarette brand in the traditional retail space with an EQ unit market share of 7%.

We have a portfolio of widely recognized brands with significant customer loyalty and an experienced management team that possesses long-standing industry relationships and a deep understanding of the OTP industry. However, we have historically been capital constrained by high leverage – our total long-term debt was $310.4 million as of September 30, 2015 – and as a result we believe our brands, management and our management’s relationships are underutilized. Notwithstanding our high leverage, our management team has grown net sales from $147.5 million in 2009 to $200.3 million in 2014. We have identified additional opportunities to grow revenue, including the launch of new products and expanding our distribution and salesforce. We also believe there are meaningful opportunities to grow through acquisitions (for which we could use cash or our stock), and joint ventures, although we have no commitments or firm agreements for any material acquisitions at this time. We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to reduce our leverage, which will give us the flexibility to pursue these opportunities, facilitating our strategy of increasing revenue and our share of the OTP market. Additionally, because we expect our reduced leverage in combination with our asset-light model and attendant minimal capital expenditures to improve our cash flow, we intend to initiate the payment of a quarterly dividend of between 1.0% and 1.25% of our market capitalization (amounting to an annual dividend of approximately 4.0% to 5.0% of our market capitalization), commencing with the first full fiscal quarter after completion of this offering.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

Large, Leading Brands with Significant Scale

We have built a portfolio of leading brands with significant scale that are well recognized by consumers, retailers and wholesalers. Our Zig-Zag ® , Stoker’s ® , and Beech-Nut ® brands are each well established and date back 115 years, 75 years, and 118 years, respectively. In 2014, Zig-Zag ® , Stoker’s ® , and Beech-Nut ® together generated approximately $185.7 million, or 85.2%, of our total gross sales. Specifically:

Zig-Zag ® is the #1 cigarette paper brand in terms of retail dollar sales in the U.S. as measured by Nielsen Convenience, with significant distribution in Canada, and also the #1 MYO cigar wrap brand in the U.S.
Stoker’s ® is the #2 loose leaf chewing tobacco brand and among the fastest growing MST brands in the industry. We manufacture Stoker’s ® MST using only 100% American Leaf utilizing a proprietary process to produce what we believe to be a superior product.
Beech-Nut ® is the #3 premium brand in the loose leaf chewing tobacco segment.
V2 ® is the #5 e-cigarette brand and has almost three times the share of the next closest competitor.

72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Zig-Zag ® has strong, long-standing brand recognition. The Stoker’s ® brand is seen as an innovator in both the loose leaf chewing tobacco and moist snuff markets. The Beech-Nut ® brand has a long and enduring name in premium loose leaf chewing tobacco.

Successful Track Record of New Product Launches and Category Expansions

We have successfully launched new products and entered new product categories by leveraging the strength of our brands. We methodically target markets which we believe have significant growth potential. We have been successful in entering new product categories by both extending existing products and brands as well as by introducing new products. For example:

In 2009 we extended the Zig-Zag ® tobacco brand into the MYO cigar market and captured a 50% market share within the first two years. We are now the market share leader for MYO cigar wraps, with over a 75% share. We believe our success was driven by the Zig-Zag ® tobacco branding, which we believe is widely understood by consumers to represent a favorable, customizable experience ideally suited to MYO products. We have also leveraged the Zig-Zag ® brand to become a leading player in the liquid vapor products segment of the NewGen products market.
We leveraged the proud legacy and value of the Stoker’s ® brand to introduce a first-of-its-kind 12 oz. MST tub, which was not offered by any other market participant. Through the five years ending December 31, 2014, Stoker’s ® MST was among the fastest growing moist snuff brands in the industry in terms of pounds sold. While competitors have introduced larger format tub packaging, Stoker’s ® early entry and differentiated product have firmly established us as the market leader with over 50% of the Tub market.
In 2013, we recognized the growing popularity of e-cigarettes and partnered with VMR to secure the retail “bricks and mortar” rights to distribute their popular V2 ® brand. We believe that with V2 ® , which is now the #5 e-cigarette brand, we are well positioned to capitalize on the emerging vapor category growth in traditional retail.

We strategically target product categories that we believe demonstrate significant growth potential and for which the value of our brands are likely to have a meaningful impact. As we continue to evaluate opportunities to extend our product lines or expand into new categories, we believe that our track record and existing portfolio of brands provide growth advantages.

Extensive Distribution Network and Effective Sales Organization

We have taken important steps to enhance our selling and distribution network and our consumer marketing capabilities, while keeping our capital expense requirements relatively low. We service our customer base with an experienced salesforce of approximately 120 professionals who possess in-depth knowledge of the tobacco industry. On average, each sales employee has over 14 years of tobacco-related experience as of September 30, 2015. We have also adopted a data-driven culture supported by leading technology, which enables our salesforce to analyze changing trends and effectively identify evolving consumer preferences. In particular, we have subscribed to a robust sales tracking system provided by MSAi that measures all OTP product shipments by all market participants on a weekly basis from approximately 1,000 wholesalers to over 250,000 retail stores in the U.S. This system enables us to understand volume and share trends across multiple categories at the individual store level, allowing us to target field salesforce coverage against the highest opportunity stores thereby enhancing the value of new store placements and sales activity. As the initial sales effort is critical to the success of a product launch, we believe that our experienced salesforce, expansive distribution network and our market analytics put us in a strong position to execute new product launches in response to evolving consumer and market preferences.

Long-standing, Strong Relationships with an Established Set of Producers

As part of our asset-light operating model, we built long-standing and extensive relationships with leading, high-quality producers. In 2014, our five most important producers were:

Bolloré, which provides us with exclusive access to the Zig-Zag ® cigarette paper and accessories brand for the U.S. and Canada;
Swedish Match, which manufactures all of our loose leaf chewing tobacco;
VMR, which provides us with the exclusive supply of V2 ® branded electronic cigarettes, e-liquids, and vaporizers in the U.S.;

73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Durfort, from which we source our MYO cigar wraps; and
JJA, from which we source our Zig-Zag ® branded cigarillos.

By outsourcing over 87% of our production and manufacturing to a select group of producers with whom we have strong relationships, we are able to maintain low overhead, and minimal capital expenditures, which together drive our margins.

Experienced Management Team

With an average of 23 years of consumer products experience, including an average of 19 years in the tobacco industry, our senior management team has enabled us to grow and diversify our business while improving operational efficiency. Members of management have previous experience at other leading tobacco companies, including Altria Group, Inc. (formerly Philip Morris), Liggett & Myers Tobacco Company (now Liggett Group, a subsidiary of Vector Group ltd), Swedish Match, American Brands, Inc., and U.S. Smokeless Tobacco Company (a subsidiary of Altria). Notably, Lawrence Wexler, our President and CEO, brings over 20 years of experience from Altria Group, Inc., where he held various leadership positions within the finance, marketing, planning, manufacturing and sales departments. Given the professional experience of the senior management team, we are able to analyze risks and opportunities from a variety of experienced perspectives. Our senior leadership has embraced a collaborative culture, in which all of our combined experience, analytical rigor and creativity are leveraged to assess opportunities and deliver products that consumers demand.

Growth Strategies

We are focused on building sustainable margin streams, expanding the availability of our products, new product development through innovation and improving overall operating efficiencies, with the goal of driving margins and cash flow. We adopted the following strategies in order to drive growth in our business and to enhance stockholder value:

Grow Share of Existing Product Lines, Domestically and Internationally

We intend to remain a consumer centric organization with an innovative view and understanding of the OTP market. We believe that there are meaningful opportunities for growth within the traditional OTP market and expect to continue to identify unmet consumer needs and provide quality products that we believe will result in genuine consumer satisfaction and foster strengthening revenue streams. We maintain a robust product pipeline and plan to strategically introduce new products in attractive, growing OTP segments, both domestically and internationally. For example, in addition to our successful launch of Stoker’s ® smaller 1.2 oz. MST cans, we believe there are opportunities for new products in the MST pouch, cigar and MYO cigar wrap markets.

In 2014, less than 5% of our revenues were generated outside of the U.S. Having established a strong infrastructure and negotiated relationships across multiple segments and products, we intend to pursue an international growth strategy to broaden sales and strengthen margins. We believe international sales represent a meaningful growth opportunity, and our goals include expanding our presence in the worldwide OTP industry on a targeted basis. For example, we have begun to introduce our moist snuff tobacco products in South America and expect to begin rolling out our Primal ® brand internationally by the end of 2015. To support our international expansion, we intend to pursue a dual path of introducing our own products and brands as well as partnering with other industry leaders to improve market access and profitability.

Expand into Adjacent Categories through Innovation and New Partnerships

We continually evaluate opportunities to expand into adjacent product categories, by leveraging our portfolio or through new partnerships. In 2009, we leveraged the Zig-Zag ® brand and introduced Zig-Zag ® MYO cigar wraps with favorable results, and we now command the #1 market share position for that product. Recently, we expanded our Zig-Zag ® MYO cigar wraps through the introduction of the Zig-Zag ® ‘Rillo TM size cigar wraps, which are similar in size to machine made cigarillos, the most popular and rapidly growing cigar type. In addition, in 2015, we negotiated the worldwide exclusive distribution rights to an herbal sheet material that does not contain tobacco or nicotine, affording us the opportunity to sell on a global basis an assortment of products that meet new and emerging consumer preferences. These products are sold under our Primal ® brand name and are a component of our NewGen Product segment. We intend to continue to identify new adjacent categories for which we are able to leverage our existing brands and partnerships and expand in a cost effective way.

74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continue to Grow a Strong NewGen Platform

The OTP category is continually evolving as consumers actively seek out new products and product forms. Given this market demand, we have developed our NewGen Product platform, which we believe will serve new and evolving consumer demands across multiple product categories. Core products within our existing NewGen segment include:

E-cigarette and vapor products, including liquids,
Tobacco vaporizers, which heat rather than combust the smoking material (Vape not Burn (“VnB”)),
Herbal smoking products, which contain no tobacco or nicotine,
Shisha-related products, including tobacco- and nicotine-free fruits and gels designed to be used in a traditional Shisha pipe.

Among these categories, we believe that the emerging liquid vapor segment may present the greatest growth opportunity as it allows each consumer to customize their experience by being able to choose both flavor and nicotine level. Although the liquid vapor segment is in its infancy, we believe that when properly commercialized, it may be highly disruptive to the traditional cigarette industry and emerge as a significant segment of the OTP market. We have established a firm foothold and are well positioned in the traditional retail liquid vapor space, with a 7% EQ unit market share, or #5 market rank, of closed system e-cigarettes under the V2 ® brand and a 7% EQ unit market share of the e-liquids business in traditional retail under the V2 ® and Zig-Zag ® brands, based on MSAi data. Further, we believe that a majority of current liquid vapor revenues are earned outside of the traditional retail environment through online sales or in vape shops. Recognizing the revenue potential from these non-traditional channels, we are developing a suite of premium products more suited to the vape shop consumer, a commercial web platform and a comprehensive strategy to more broadly participate in the liquid vapor market.

We have also observed a growing interest among consumers for VnB tobacco vaporizer products and believe the Zig-Zag ® brand equity will be a valuable competitive advantage with significant appeal to the community of consumers in this emerging segment.

Outside of the tobacco space, we believe there are meaningful opportunities for both herbal smoking products and shisha related products, like fruits and gels. To capitalize on these opportunities we have obtained the exclusive rights to a proprietary and patented herbal sheet process that will enable us to meet consumer interest while also achieving better margins compared to similar tobacco-based products and, and have negotiated a long-term global relationship with the shisha-fruits patent holder and secured the exclusive North American distribution rights. These unique products will be marketed and sold on a worldwide basis under our Primal ® brand.

We believe that the categories within our NewGen segment are poised to be the key industry growth drivers in the future, and we are well-positioned to capitalize on this growth. We intend to continue the growth of our NewGen product platform by offering unique and innovative products to address continuing consumer and market demands.

Strategically Pursue Acquisitions

We believe there are meaningful acquisition opportunities in the OTP space and actively evaluate opportunities to expand our brand and product portfolio through strategic acquisitions. Our acquisition strategy will focus on identifying acquisitions that strengthen our current product offerings or enable category expansion in potential high growth areas. In order to allow us to pursue this strategy, we have secured the $50.0 million SG Credit Line, which may only be used for acquisitions that are approved by Standard General L.P. in its sole discretion.

We have a strong track record of enhancing our OTP business with strategic and accretive acquisitions. For example, our acquisition of the North American Zig-Zag ® cigarette papers distribution rights in 1997 has made us the #1 cigarette paper brand in the U.S. in terms of retail dollar sales as measured by Nielsen. Perhaps more importantly, we own the Zig-Zag ® tobacco trademark in the U.S. and have leveraged this asset effectively, with over 50% of our total 2014 Zig-Zag ® -branded sales under our own Zig-Zag ® marks, rather than those we license from Bolloré. In 2003, we acquired the Stoker’s ® brand and have built the brand to a strong #2 position in the industry while successfully leveraging the brand’s value through our MST expansion. Although we have no commitments or firm agreements for any material acquisitions at this time, we will continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities as they may arise, while exercising care and diligence designed to ensure that we only pursue opportunities that we believe afford operational synergies and accretive results.

75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Maintain Lean, Low-Cost Operating Model

We have successfully transitioned our business model to a leaner, asset-light manufacturing and sourcing model, with a strategy of maintaining low capital requirements, outsourced relationships, and increased utilization of market and consumer analytics. In 2014, approximately $190.2 million of our gross sales, or 87%, were from outsourced production operations and our capital expenditures have ranged between $700,000 and $2.7 million per year over the last 5 years. We believe that our asset-light model allows us to achieve favorable margins while generating strong EBITDA and our market analytics allow us to efficiently and effectively address evolving consumer and market demands. In addition, our relationships allow us to quickly enter new OTP markets as management is able to focus on brand building and innovation. We intend to continue to optimize our asset-light operating model as we grow in order to maintain a low cost of operations and healthy margins.

Raw Materials, Product Supply and Inventory Management

We source our products through a series of longstanding relationships that we value highly and that we rely on to allow us to continue conducting our business on an asset-light, distribution-focused basis.

The components of inventories at September 30, 2014 and 2015, and at December 31, 2013 and 2014, were as follows:

 
September 30,
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2014
2013
Raw materials and work in process
$
1,943
 
$
1,722
 
$
2,027
 
$
1,699
 
Leaf tobacco
 
22,056
 
 
19,095
 
 
17,931
 
 
22,022
 
Finished goods – smokeless products
 
5,207
 
 
4,589
 
 
4,198
 
 
3,876
 
Finished goods – smoking products
 
14,475
 
 
14,640
 
 
15,222
 
 
21,135
 
Finished goods – NewGen products
 
5,626
 
 
7,872
 
 
9,411
 
 
16,935
 
Other
 
1,276
 
 
878
 
 
946
 
 
871
 
 
$
50,583
 
$
48,796
 
$
49,735
 
$
66,538
 
LIFO reserve
 
(3,971
)
 
(3,909
)
 
(3,364
)
 
(4,162
)
 
 
46,612
 
 
44,887
 
 
46,371
 
 
62,376
 

Smokeless Products

Our loose leaf chewing and moist snuff tobaccos are produced from air-cured and fire-cured leaf tobacco. We utilize recognized suppliers that generally maintain 12- to 24-month supplies of our various tobacco types at their facilities. We do not believe that we are dependent on any single country or supplier source for tobacco. We generally maintain up to a two-month supply of finished loose leaf chewing tobacco and moist snuff. This supply is maintained at our Louisville facility and in two regional bonded public warehouses to facilitate distribution.

We also utilize a variety of suppliers for the sourcing of additives used in our smokeless products and for the supply of our packaging materials, and we believe we are not dependent on a single supplier for these products. There are no current U.S. federal regulations that restrict tobacco flavor additives in smokeless products, and the additives that we use are food-grade, generally accepted ingredients.

All of our loose leaf chewing tobacco production is facilitated through our agreement with Swedish Match. See “—Distribution and Supply Agreements—Swedish Match Manufacturing Agreement.” All of our moist snuff products are manufactured internally at our facility in Dresden, TN and packaged at our facilities in Dresden, TN and Louisville, KY.

Smoking Products

Pursuant to our distribution agreements with Bolloré, which are discussed in more detail below under the heading “—Distribution and Supply Agreements—Bolloré Distribution and License Agreements,” we are required to purchase from Bolloré all cigarette papers, cigarette tubes and cigarette injecting machines that we sell, subject to Bolloré fulfilling its obligations under these Distribution Agreements. If Bolloré is unable or unwilling to perform its obligations or ceases its cigarette paper manufacturing operations in each case as set forth in the Distribution Agreements, we may seek third-party suppliers and continue the use of the Zig-Zag ® trademark to market these

76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

products. To ensure that we have a steady supply of premium cigarette paper products as well as cigarette tubes and injectors, Bolloré is required to maintain, at its expense, a two-month supply of inventory in a bonded public warehouse in the U.S. See “—Distribution and Supply Agreements—Bolloré Distribution and License Agreements.”

We obtain our MYO cigarette tobaccos, MYO cigar smoking tobaccos, and pipe tobaccos from domestic sources. We generally purchase these tobaccos through multiple sources, and we believe we are not dependent on a single supplier. These products are packaged at our Louisville, KY facility.

We obtain our MYO cigar wraps from the patent holder under our agreement with Durfort in the Dominican Republic. We obtain our Zig-Zag ® branded cigar products under our agreement with JJA, which sources the cigars on our behalf from the Dominican Republic.

NewGen Products

We obtain V2 ® liquid vapor products and tobacco vaporizer products from VMR pursuant to an Electronic Cigarette Distribution Agreement (the “DL&S Agreement”). See “Distribution and Supply Agreements—VMR Distribution and Supply Agreement.” In addition, we have developed other sourcing relationships that that are capable of producing liquid vapor products and tobacco vaporizer products for our own branded product line in the category, including our Zig-Zag ® brand.

Our herbal smoking products are obtained from IOTO, which owns the patented process for producing the sheet material. We have worldwide exclusive rights to the material. The production and packaging of our herbal smoking products is subject to an agreement with Durfort whereby they manufacture and package the finished goods in the Dominican Republic subject to our specifications and coordinate delivery with JJA to our designated distribution center in the U.S.

We obtain our Shishafruits product from Shishafruits Panama (“SFP”). SFP owns the intellectual property and we secured the exclusive rights to distribution in the U.S. and Canada as well as the global right to sell the products. SFP manufactures, packages and facilitates delivery with JJA to the U.S. distribution center we designate.

Manufacturing

We primarily outsource our manufacturing and production processes and focus on packaging, marketing and distribution. We have manufacturing operations for less than 13% of our products in terms of gross sales. Our in-house manufacturing operations are limited to (i) the processing and packaging of our MYO smoking products and pipe tobacco products, which is completed at our manufacturing facility in Louisville, Kentucky, (ii) the manufacturing of our moist snuff products, which occurs at our facility in Dresden, Tennessee and (iii) the packaging of our moist snuff products at our facilities in Dresden, Tennessee and Louisville, Kentucky. These MST products are processed in-house, rather than outsourced, as a result of our proprietary manufacturing processes which are substantively different than those of our competitors.

Sales and Marketing

Since 2005, we have grown the size and capacity of our salesforce and intend to continue strengthening the organization to advance our ability to deepen and broaden the retail availability of our products and brands.

As of September 30, 2015, we had a nationwide sales and marketing organization of approximately 120 professionals. Our sales and marketing group focuses on priority markets and sales channels and seeks to operate with a high level of efficiency. In 2014, our sales and marketing efforts enabled our products to reach an estimated 250,000 retail doors in North America, and over 900 direct wholesale customers with an additional 240 secondary, indirect wholesalers in the U.S. Our products currently sell in all of the top ten convenience store chains in the U.S.

Our sales efforts are focused on wholesale distributors and retail merchants in the independent and chain convenience store, tobacco outlet, food store, mass merchandising and drug store channels. Since 2005, we have expanded and intend to continue to expand the sales of our products into previously underdeveloped geographic markets and retail channels. In 2014, we derived approximately 95% of our sales revenues from sales in the U.S., with the remaining minority coming predominantly from Canadian sales.

We have subscribed to a sales tracking system provided by MSAi that measures all OTP product shipments (ours as well as those of our competitors) on a weekly basis from approximately 1,000 wholesalers to over 250,000 retail stores in the U.S. This system enables us to understand volume and share trends across multiple categories down to

77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the individual retail store level, allowing us to target field salesforce coverage to achieve the highest opportunity to access potential stores. In addition, the ability to select from a range of parameters and to achieve this level of granularity means that we can adapt to trends in the marketplace and constantly evolve our business plan to meet market opportunities.

With regard to the marketing of our products, we employ marketing activities to grow awareness, trial and sales including, selective trade advertising to expand wholesale availability, point-of-sale advertising and merchandising by the field salesforce and permanent and temporary displays to improve consumer visibility. We comply with all regulations relating to the marketing of tobacco products, such as directing marketing efforts to adult consumers and are committed to full legal compliance in the sales and marketing of our products. To date, we have neither relied upon nor conducted any substantial advertising in the consumer media for our products.

We are currently developing our own commercial websites that will sell our NewGen products. Should the FDA determine to regulate of these products in a manner similar to tobacco products (which cannot be distributed through the mail), we could lose the ability to utilize the internet as a medium for sales. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our Business—There is uncertainty related to the federal regulation of certain NewGen products, cigars and pipe tobacco products.”

In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we had one customer, McLane, that accounted for more than 10%, but less than 15%, of revenues. Furthermore, in the year ended December 31, 2014, sales to our top three customers accounted for over 20% of our revenues. Our customers use an open purchase order system to buy our products and are not obligated to do so pursuant to ongoing contractual obligations. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and generally do not require collateral on trade receivables. Historically, we have not experienced material credit losses.

Competition

We are subject to significant competition across our segments, and compete against companies in all segments that have access to significant resources in terms of technology, relationships with suppliers and distributors and access to cash flow and financial markets. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We face intense competition and may fail to compete effectively.”

Many of our competitors are better capitalized than we are and have greater financial and other resources. We believe our ability to effectively compete and our strong market positions in our principal product lines are due to our high brand recognition and the perceived quality of each of our products, and our sales, marketing and distribution efforts. We compete against “big tobacco,” including Altria Group, Inc. (formerly Philip Morris) and Reynolds American Inc., Swedish Match, Swisher International and manufacturers, including U.K. based Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, across our segments. “Big tobacco” has substantial resources and a customer base that has historically demonstrated loyalty to their brands. We believe “big tobacco” companies will continue to increase their offerings of electronic cigarette products and vaporizer products as such markets grow.

Competition in the OTP market is based upon not only brand quality and positioning, but also on price, packaging, promotion and retail availability and visibility. Given the decreasing prevalence of cigarette consumption, the “big tobacco” companies continue to demonstrate an increased interest and participation in a number of OTP markets.

Smokeless Products

Our three principal competitors in the loose leaf chewing tobacco market are Swedish Match, the American Snuff Company, LLC (a unit of Reynolds American Inc.), and Swisher International Group Inc. We believe moist snuff products are used interchangeably with loose leaf products by many consumers. In the moist snuff category, we face the same competitors with the addition of U.S. Smokeless Tobacco Company (a division of Altria Group, Inc.).

Smoking Products

Our two major competitors for premium cigarette paper sales are Republic Tobacco, L.P. and Commonwealth Brands, Inc. a wholly-owned subsidiary of Imperial Tobacco Group PLC. Our two major competitors for MYO cigar wraps are New Image Global, Inc. and Blunt Wrap USA. In cigars, we compete in the non-tipped cigarillo market with Swisher International, Inc., Swedish Match and Good Times USA.

78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NewGen Products

In the NewGen products segment, our competitors are varied as the market is relatively new, highly fragmented and the barriers to entry into the business are low. Our direct competitors sell products that are substantially similar to our products and through the same channels through which we sell our liquid vapor products and tobacco vaporizer products. We compete with these direct competitors for sales through wholesalers and retailers, including but not limited to national chain stores, tobacco shops, gas stations and travel stores.

Distribution and Supply Agreements

Bolloré Distribution and License Agreements

We are party to two long-term distribution and license agreements with Bolloré with respect to sales of cigarette papers, cigarette tubes and cigarette injector machines: one with respect to distribution in the U.S. and one with respect to distribution in Canada (collectively, the “Distribution Agreements”). Under the Distribution Agreements, Bolloré granted us the exclusive right to purchase the products bearing the Zig-Zag ® brand name from Bolloré for resale in the U.S. and Canada. We have the sole right to determine the price and other terms upon which we may resell any products purchased from Bolloré, including the right to determine the ultimate distributors of such products within these countries. In addition, on March 19, 2013, we entered into an additional License and Distribution Agreement with Bolloré (the “Bolloré License Agreement”), which permits us the exclusive use of the Zig-Zag ® brand name in the U.S. for electronic cigarettes and any related accessories, including vaporizers and e-liquids. The Bolloré License Agreement terminates upon termination of the Distribution Agreements.

Each of the Distribution Agreements was entered into on November 30, 1992 by a predecessor in interest for an initial twenty-year term, was automatically renewed in November 2012 and will automatically renew for successive twenty year terms unless terminated in accordance with the provisions of such agreement. The Distribution Agreements provide that, in order to assure each of the parties receive commercially reasonable profits in light of inflationary trends and currency fluctuation factors, 120 days prior to December 31, 2004 and each fifth-year anniversary from such date thereafter, the parties are required to enter into good faith negotiations to agree on an index and currency adjustment formula to replace the index and formula currently in effect. If the parties are unable to agree, the dispute is to be submitted to binding arbitration. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreements, if at any time the price received by Bolloré fails to cover its costs, Bolloré may give us notice of this deficiency and the parties must promptly negotiate in good faith to adjust prices. If the parties cannot agree on new prices, we may purchase products from an alternative supplier reasonably acceptable to Bolloré until the next price adjustment period, subject to certain price-matching rights available to Bolloré and other terms and conditions. At the present time, we are operating under a temporary pricing structure and formula. The parties are considering a modified pricing formula and a potential new index and duration. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business—We depend on a small number of key third-party suppliers and producers for our products.”

Pursuant to the Distribution Agreements, export duties, insurance and shipping costs are the responsibility of Bolloré and import duties and taxes in the U.S. and Canada are our responsibility. Under the Distribution Agreements, we must purchase cigarette papers, cigarette tubes and cigarette injector machines from Bolloré, subject to Bolloré fulfilling its obligations under these agreements. Bolloré is required to provide us with the quantities of the products that we order consistent with specific order-to-delivery timelines detailed in the agreement. The Distribution Agreements provide us with certain safeguards to ensure that we will be able to secure a steady supply of product, including (i) granting us the right to seek third-party suppliers with continued use of the Zig-Zag ® trademark if Bolloré is unable to perform its obligations or ceases its cigarette paper manufacturing operation, in each case as set forth in the Distribution Agreements and (ii) maintaining a two-month supply of safety stock inventory of the premium papers, tubes and injector machines in the U.S. at Bolloré’s expense.

Under the Distribution Agreements, we have agreed that for a period of five years after the termination of the agreements we will not engage, directly or indirectly, in the manufacturing, selling, distributing, marketing or otherwise promoting in the U.S. and Canada, of cigarette paper or cigarette paper booklets of a competitor without Bolloré’s consent, except for certain de minimis acquisitions of debt or equity securities of such a competitor and certain activities with respect to an alternative supplier used by us as permitted under the Distribution Agreements.

Each of the Distribution Agreements permits Bolloré to terminate such agreement (i) if certain minimum purchases (which, in the case of both Distribution Agreements have been significantly exceeded in recent years) of cigarette paper booklets have not been made by us for resale in the jurisdiction covered by such agreement within a calendar year, (ii) if we assign such agreement without the consent of Bolloré, (iii) upon a change of control without

79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the consent of Bolloré, (iv) upon certain acquisitions of our equity securities by one of our competitors or certain investments by our significant stockholders in one of our competitors, (v) upon certain material breaches, including our agreement not to promote, directly or indirectly, cigarette paper or cigarette paper booklets of a competitor or (vi) upon our bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar event. Additionally, the Canada Distribution Agreement is terminable by either us or Bolloré upon the termination of the U.S. Distribution Agreement.

Swedish Match Manufacturing Agreement

On September 4, 2008, we entered into a manufacturing and distribution agreement with Swedish Match whereby Swedish Match became the exclusive manufacturer of our loose leaf chewing tobacco. Under the agreement, the production of our loose leaf chewing tobacco products was completely transitioned to Swedish Match’s plant located in Owensboro, Kentucky on September 18, 2009 and we ceased all loose leaf manufacturing activities. We continue to source all of the tobacco that Swedish Match uses to manufacture our products along with certain proprietary flavorings and retain all marketing, design, formula and trademark rights over our loose leaf products. We also have the right to approve all product modifications, and are solely responsible for decisions related to package design and branding of the loose leaf tobacco produced for us. Responsibilities related to process control, manufacturing activities and inventory management with respect to our loose leaf products are allocated between us and Swedish Match as specified in the agreement. We also have rights to monitor production and quality control processes on an ongoing basis.

The agreement has an initial ten-year term and will automatically be renewed for five successive ten-year terms unless either party provides at least 180 days’ notice prior to a renewal term of its intent to terminate the agreement or unless otherwise terminated by mutual agreement of the parties or in accordance with the provisions of the agreement. If a notice of non-renewal is delivered, the contract will expire two years after the date on which the agreement would have otherwise been renewed. The terms allow the agreement to be assumed by a buyer or it may be terminated for uncured material breach, or terminated by NTC subject to a buyout. We also hold a right of first refusal to acquire the manufacturing plant as well as Swedish Match’s chewing tobacco unit.

VMR Distribution and Supply Agreement

We are party to the DL&S Agreement with VMR relating to the supply and distribution of certain VMR electronic cigarette products carrying the V2 C ig s ® trademarks or the V2 ® marks (the “ V2 ® Products”). Pursuant to the terms of the DL&S Agreement, VMR has appointed us as its exclusive “bricks and mortar” retail distributor of the V2 ® Products. VMR has granted us a license to use the V2 C ig s ® trademarks or the V2 ® marks in connection with such distribution. VMR will manufacture and supply the V2 ® Products to us at a price based upon a specified gross margin. The DL&S Agreement was entered into on October 15, 2013 to be effective as of September 1, 2013 for an initial five-year term and will be renewed automatically for successive two-year terms unless terminated in accordance with the provisions of such agreement or by mutual agreement of the parties. VMR has rights to terminate the DL&S Agreement if (i) we materially breach the terms of the agreement or, (ii) if we fail to satisfy annual minimum order requirements. We may terminate the DL&S Agreement if (i) there is a material breach of the DL&S Agreement by VMR or (ii) if VMR’s pricing is not competitive as calculated pursuant to the terms of the DL&S Agreement. In addition, if a change of control of VMR were to occur, the acquirer of VMR would have the right to terminate the DL&S Agreement within 180 days thereafter subject to making a payment to us based on a formula contained in the DL&S Agreement that is designed to provide us with a fair share of the value created under the DL&S Agreement. In the event that VMR grants more favorable contract terms and conditions for sale of V2 ® products to any third party, we are entitled to benefit from such terms pursuant to a most favored nation clause. In May 2014, we negotiated an amended agreement with lower minimum order requirements and better margin pricing. In August 2014, we entered into a binding letter of intent for a second amendment which, among other things, would further reduce the minimum order requirements under certain conditions, no amendment has been formally executed to date, however.

JJA Distributors Service Agreement

On April 1, 2013 we entered into an agreement with JJA to source our Zig-Zag ® branded cigars and cigarillos and other products from the Dominican Republic. Under the agreement, JJA and its Dominican Republic partner purchase and inventory all of the necessary raw materials, including packaging bearing our intellectual property, manufacture to our specifications and deliver to our designated U.S. distribution center. We retain all marketing, design and trademark rights over our cigar products.

80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Patents, Trademarks and Trade Secrets

We have numerous registered trademarks relating to our products, including: Beech-Nut ® , Trophy ® , Havana Blossom ® , Durango ® , Stoker’s ® , Stoker’s No. 1 ® and Stoker’s Number 2 ® , Tequila Sunrise ® , Fred’s Choice ® , Old Hillside ® , Our Pride ® , Red Cap ® and Tennessee Chew ® . The registered trademarks, which are significant to our business, expire periodically and are renewable for additional 10-year terms upon expiration. Flavor and blend formulae trade secrets relating to our tobacco products, which are key assets of our businesses, are maintained under strict secrecy. The Zig-Zag ® trade name and trademark for premium cigarette papers and related products are owned by Bolloré and have been exclusively licensed to us in the U.S. and Canada. The Zig-Zag ® trade name and trademark for rechargeable kits nicotine cartridge, tobacco vaporizers and disposables are also owned by Bolloré and have been exclusively licensed to us in the U.S. We own the Zig-Zag ® trademark with respect to its use in connection with products made with tobacco, including without limitation, cigarettes, cigars and MYO cigar wraps in the U.S.

Production and Quality Control

We use proprietary production processes and techniques, including strict quality controls. Our quality control group routinely tests the quality of the tobacco, flavorings, application of flavorings, premium cigarette papers, tubes and injectors, cigars, MYO cigar wraps, liquid vapor products, tobacco vaporizer products and packaging materials. We utilize sophisticated quality control to test and closely monitor the quality of our products. The high quality of our tobacco products is largely the result of using high grade tobacco leaf and food-grade flavorings and an ongoing analysis of tobacco cut, flavorings and moisture content together with strict specifications for sourced products.

Given the importance of contract manufacturing to our business, our quality control group ensures that established written procedures and standards are adhered to by each of our contract manufacturers. Responsibilities related to process control, manufacturing activities, quality control and inventory management with respect to our loose leaf were allocated between us and Swedish Match under the manufacturing agreement.

Research and Development and Quality Assurance

We have a research and development and quality assurance function that tests raw materials and finished products in order to maintain a high level of product quality and consistency. The research and development function is also responsible for new product development across our segments, and largely base their efforts on our high-tech data systems. We spent approximately $1.2 million, $0.9 million, and $0.9 million dollars on research and development and quality control efforts for the years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Employees

As of August 27, 2015, we employed a total of 229 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by unions. We believe we have a positive relationship with our employees.

Properties

As of September 30, 2015, we operated manufacturing, distribution, office and warehouse space in the U.S. with a total floor area of approximately 327,350 square feet. All of this footage is leased. To provide a cost-efficient supply of products to our customers, we maintain centralized management of internal manufacturing and nationwide distribution facilities. Our two manufacturing and distribution facilities are located in Louisville, Kentucky and Dresden, Tennessee. We believe our facilities are generally adequate for our current and anticipated future use.

The following table describes our principal properties as of September 30, 2015:

Location
Principal Use
Square Feet
Owned or
Leased
Darien, CT
Administrative office
 
1,950
 
 
Leased
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Louisville, KY
Corporate offices, Manufacturing,
R&D, warehousing and distribution
 
248,800
 
 
Leased
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dresden, TN
Manufacturing and administration
 
76,600
 
 
Leased
 

81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Legal Proceedings

We are a party from time to time to various proceedings in the ordinary course of business. For a description of the Master Settlement Agreement, to which we are a party, see “Regulation—State Attorney General Settlement Agreements.” Other than the proceeding described below, there is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such, and we and our officers and directors have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this prospectus.

In February 2015, the Center for Environmental Health, a public interest group in California, filed an action against vaporizer marketers, including one of our subsidiaries, alleging a violation of Proposition 65 as codified in the California Health and Safety Code sections 25249.5 et seq. (“Prop 65”). Prop 65 requires the State of California to identify chemicals that could cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm, and businesses selling products in California are then required to warn consumers of any possible exposure to the chemicals on the list. The basis for the action brought by the Center for Environmental Health is the reproductive harm associated with nicotine. Although we are not aware of any instance in which we sold nicotine-containing e-cigarette products that did not carry the appropriate Prop 65 warning, the Center for Environmental Health asserts that even e-cigarette products that do not contain nicotine, but could potentially be used with nicotine-containing products (such as open-system vaporizers or blank cartridges), should also carry a Prop 65 warning. We are currently exploring the possibility of settlement with the Center for Environmental Health, which has yet to indicate the value of its claims against our subsidiary.

Other major tobacco companies are defendants in a number of product liability claims. In a number of these cases, the amounts of punitive and compensatory damages sought are significant, and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. We cannot guarantee that we will not become defendants in such product liability cases in the future. See “Risk Factors—We may become subject to significant product liability litigation.”

82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REGULATION

Smoking and Smokeless Products

The tobacco industry and, in particular, cigarette manufacturers, have been under public scrutiny for over fifty years. Industry critics include special interest groups, the U.S. Surgeon General and many legislators and regulators at the federal and state levels. Although smokeless products companies have come under some scrutiny, the principal focus has been directed at the manufactured cigarette market due to its large size relative to the smokeless products market and the MYO cigarette products segment of the cigarette market.

Producers of tobacco products are subject to regulation in the U.S. at the federal, state and local levels. Together with changing public attitudes towards tobacco consumption, the constant expansion of regulations, including increases in various taxes, requirements that tobacco products be displayed “behind-the-counter” and public smoking restrictions, has been a major cause of the overall decline in the consumption of tobacco products since the early 1970’s. If the U.S. becomes a signatory to the FCTC, national laws that reflect the major elements of the FCTC may be enacted. Moreover, the current trend is toward increasing regulation of the tobacco industry at all jurisdictional levels.

On June 22, 2009, the Tobacco Control Act authorized the FDA to regulate the tobacco industry. The Tobacco Control Act establishes certain restrictions and prohibitions on our business and authorizes or requires further FDA action to regulate our products. Among other things, the Tobacco Control Act empowers the FDA to regulate the amount of nicotine found in tobacco products but not to require the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to zero. The FDA is authorized to issue regulations requiring reformulations, recalls or discontinuations of tobacco products. Specifically, the Tobacco Control Act (i) increases the number of health warnings required on cigarette and smokeless tobacco products, increases the size of warnings on packaging and in advertising, requires the FDA to develop graphic warnings for cigarette packages, and grants the FDA authority to require new warnings, (ii) imposes restrictions on the sale and distribution of tobacco products, including significant restrictions on tobacco product advertising and promotion as well as the use of brand and trade names, (iii) bans the use of “light,” “mild,” “low” or similar descriptors on tobacco products, (iv) bans the use of “characterizing flavors” in cigarettes other than tobacco or menthol, (v) requires manufacturers to report ingredients and harmful constituents and requires the FDA to disclose certain constituent information to the public, (vi) authorizes the FDA to require the reduction of nicotine (although it may not require the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to zero) and the potential reduction or elimination of other constituents, including menthol, (vii) establishes pre-market review pathways for tobacco products that are considered new, including authorizing the FDA to deny any new product applications for products modified or first introduced into the market after March 22, 2011, or to determine that products modified or first introduced into the market between February 15, 2007 and March 22, 2011 are not “substantially equivalent” to products commercially marketed as of February 15, 2007, thereby preventing the sale or distribution of such product or requiring them to be removed from the market, and (viii) requires tobacco product manufacturers (and certain other entities) to register with the FDA.   

In addition to the FDA, we are subject to regulation by numerous other federal agencies, including U.S. Customs and Border Control, the FTC, the TTB, the FCC, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the HHS Office of Smoking and Health, and the USDA. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business—We are subject to substantial and increasing U.S. regulation.”

Taxation

Participants in the tobacco products markets are subject to significant taxation at the national, state and local level. This extensive taxation system adds significant cost to tobacco products, and has resulted in price fluctuations that affect sales and results of operations. Further tax increases at each governmental level are difficult to predict in terms of timing and magnitude of such increases. These federal and state increases may result in consumers switching between tobacco categories or may depress overall tobacco consumption. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Increases in tobacco-related taxes have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted in numerous jurisdictions.”

Excise Taxes

Tobacco products, premium cigarette papers and tubes have long been subject to federal, state and local excise taxes, and such taxes have frequently been increased or proposed to be increased, in some cases significantly, to fund

83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

various legislative initiatives. Since 1986, smokeless products have been subject to federal excise tax. Smokeless products are taxed by weight (in pounds or fractional parts thereof) manufactured or imported.

Excise tax changes that affect our products occur at both the federal and state level. At the federal level, in February 2009, Congress passed S-CHIP reauthorization legislation, which is funded in part through an increase in tobacco excise taxes. Since its enactment, the federal excise tax increases adopted by S-CHIP have materially reduced sales of the RYO/MYO cigarette smoking products segment and also resulted in volume declines in other market segments. There have not been any increases since 2009. Any future increases in federal excise taxes on our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We are unable to predict the likelihood of passage of future increases in federal excise taxes.

The following table demonstrates the significant increase in federal excise taxes that became effective on April 1, 2009 as a result of the passage of S-CHIP:

Product
Category
Cigarette and Tobacco Rates through
March 31, 2009
Cigarette and Tobacco Rates at the
beginning of April 1, 2009
Cigarettes
$0.39 per pack
$1.0066 per pack
Large Cigars
20.719% of manufacturer’s price;
cap of $0.04875 per cigar
52.75% of manufacturer’s price;
cap of $0.4026 per cigar
Little Cigars
$0.04 per pack
$1.0066 per pack
Pipe Tobacco (including Shisha)
$1.0969 per pound
$2.8311 per pound
Chewing Tobacco
$0.195 per pound
$0.5033 per pound
Snuff
$0.585 per pound
$1.51 per pound
RYO/MYO and Cigar Wrappers
$1.0969 per pound
$24.78 per pound
Cigarette Papers
$0.0122 per 50 papers
$0.0315 per 50 papers
Cigarette Tubes
$0.0244 per 50 tubes
$0.063 per 50 tubes

At the state level, tobacco excise taxes, which are levied upon and paid by the state distributors, are in effect in the 50 states, the District of Columbia and many municipalities. A number of states and local governments have enacted state excise taxes on cigarette papers or tubes in recent years, including Arkansas, Indiana, and Rhode Island. There can be no assurance that additional federal, state or local regulations will not be enacted that will seek to regulate or ban the sale of cigarette papers or MYO cigar products. In the event such regulations are enacted, depending upon their parameters, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Both the federal government and states can also shift methods of levying taxes. A number of states have moved to weight-based taxes/unit-based taxes on moist snuff tobacco. Presently 22 states have weight-based taxes in this category: Alabama, Arizona, Connecticut, Delaware, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Maine, Montana, Nebraska, New Jersey, New York, North Dakota, Oregon, Rhode Island, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington and Wyoming. Additional states may consider adopting such revised tax structures, which have the potential to affect our results of operations.

Various states have proposed, and certain states have recently passed, increases in their state tobacco excise taxes. The state excise taxes generally range from $0.17 to $4.35 per package of 20 cigarettes and 0% to 210% of the manufacturer’s/wholesaler’s list price or $0.05 to $2.02 per ounce/pack unit for other tobacco products. Future enactment of increases in federal, state and local excise and/or other taxes on our products could adversely affect demand for them and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We are unable to predict the likelihood of passage of future increases in such taxes. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Increases in tobacco-related taxes have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted in numerous jurisdictions.”

NewGen Products

Since a decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit in December, 2010 (the “Sottera decision”), the FDA has been permitted to regulate electronic cigarettes containing tobacco-derived nicotine as “tobacco products” under the Tobacco Control Act.

Under the Sottera decision, the FDA Center for Tobacco Products does not have the authority to regulate electronic cigarettes as “drugs” or “devices” or a “combination product” under the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act

84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(“FDCA”) unless they are marketed for therapeutic purposes. Because we do not market our electronic cigarettes for therapeutic purposes, but as a cigarette alternative, our electronic cigarettes are not subject to being regulated as “drugs” or “devices” or “combination products” under the FDCA.

The Tobacco Control Act grants the FDA broad authority over the manufacture, sale, marketing and packaging of tobacco products, although the FDA is prohibited from issuing regulations banning a class of tobacco products, such as cigarettes or all smokeless tobacco products, or requiring the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to absolute zero.

On April 24, 2014, the FDA released proposed rules that would extend its regulatory authority under the Tobacco Control Act to electronic cigarettes and certain other tobacco products, including cigars and pipe tobacco products, by newly deeming these products as “tobacco products.” The scope of the proposed rules includes the following products that we market under the FDA’s authority: electronic cigarettes (e-cigarettes), vaporizers, e-liquids, cigars and pipe tobacco not already under the FDA’s authority. The scope of the FDA’s proposed rules also includes tobacco product components or parts that are used in the consumption of a tobacco product, like e-cigarette cartridges. The proposed rules would require that electronic cigarette manufacturers (i) register with the FDA and report electronic cigarette product and ingredient listings; (ii) market new electronic cigarette products only after FDA review and approval; (iii) only make direct and implied claims of reduced risk if the FDA approves after finding that scientific evidence supports the claim and that marketing the electronic cigarette product will benefit public health as a whole; (iv) refrain from distributing free samples; (v) implement minimum age and identification restrictions to prevent sales to individuals under age 18; (vi) include a health warning; and (vii) refrain from selling electronic cigarettes in vending machines, unless in a facility that never admits youth. It is not known how long it will take to finalize and implement the rules. Newly-deemed tobacco products also would be subject to the other requirements of the Tobacco Control Act, such as that they not be adulterated or misbranded. The FDA could in the future promulgate good manufacturing practice regulations for these and our other products, which could have a material adverse impact on our ability and the cost to manufacture our products.

On July 1, 2015, the FDA solicited public comments in response to proposed rules with respect to nicotine exposure warnings and child-resistant packaging for e-liquids containing nicotine. The public comment period ended on August 31, 2015. As a result, the FDA may issue proposed rules for these purposes and may ultimately pass the rules as proposed or in modified form.

We cannot predict the scope of the final rules or the impact they may have on our business specifically or the NewGen products market generally, though if enacted, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, failure to comply with the Tobacco Control Act and with FDA regulatory requirements could result in significant financial penalties and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and our ability to market and sell our products. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our products are regulated by the FDA, which has broad regulatory powers.”

State and local governments currently regulate tobacco products, including what is considered a tobacco product, how tobacco taxes are calculated and collected, to which and by which tobacco products can be sold, what incentives and promotions can be used to drive sales, what flavors may be used in e-cigarettes, and where tobacco products may or may not be smoked. Certain states and municipalities have enacted laws and ordinances that preclude the use of electronic cigarettes where traditional tobacco burning cigarettes cannot be used and certain states have enacted legislation that categorizes electronic cigarettes as tobacco products, equivalent to their tobacco burning counterparts. Some states and cities have enacted regulations that require obtaining a tobacco retail license in order to sell electronic cigarettes and vaporizer products. If the number of states or cities enacting such legislation grows, electronic cigarettes and vaporizers may lose their appeal as an alternative to cigarettes, which may have the effect of reducing the demand for our products and as a result have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—There is uncertainty related to the federal regulation of NewGen products, cigars and pipe tobacco products.”

At present, neither the Prevent All Cigarette Trafficking Act (which prohibits the use of the U.S. Postal Service to mail most tobacco products and which amends the Jenkins Act, which would require individuals and businesses that make interstate sales of cigarettes or smokeless tobacco to comply with state tax laws) nor the Federal Cigarette Labeling and Advertising Act apply to electronic cigarettes. Electronic cigarettes are not currently subject to federal

85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

excise taxes as a tobacco product, and manufacturers and importers are not required to register with federal licensing agencies for the sale of electronic cigarette products. The application of either of these federal laws, or the application of federal excise taxes to electronic cigarettes would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

International Regulation

The tobacco industry expects significant regulatory developments to take place over the next few years, driven principally by the World Health Organization’s FCTC. The FCTC is the first international public health treaty on tobacco, and its objective is to establish a global agenda for tobacco regulation with the purpose of reducing initiation of tobacco use and encouraging cessation. Regulatory initiatives that have been proposed, introduced or enacted include:

the levying of substantial and increasing tax and duty charges;
restrictions or bans on advertising, marketing and sponsorship;
the display of larger health warnings, graphic health warnings and other labeling requirements;
restrictions on packaging design, including the use of colors and generic packaging;
restrictions or bans on the display of tobacco product packaging at the point of sale, and restrictions or bans on cigarette vending machines;
requirements regarding testing, disclosure and performance standards for tar, nicotine, carbon monoxide and other smoke constituents levels;
requirements regarding testing, disclosure and use of tobacco product ingredients;
increased restrictions on smoking in public and work places and, in some instances, in private places and outdoors;
elimination of duty free allowances for travelers; and
encouraging litigation against tobacco companies.

If electronic cigarettes become subject to one or more of the significant regulatory initiatives proposed under the FCTC, and if the U.S. becomes a signatory to the FCTC and national laws are enacted in the U.S. that reflect the major elements of the FCTC, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Liquid vapor products containing nicotine have not been approved for sale in Canada. Some Canadian provinces have restricted sales and marketing of electronic cigarettes, and other provinces are in the process of passing similar legislation. Furthermore, some Canadian provinces have limited the use of electronic cigarettes in public places. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—There is uncertainty related to the federal regulation of NewGen products, cigars and pipe tobacco products.”

Environmental Regulations

We believe that we are currently in substantial compliance with all material environmental regulations and pollution control laws.

State Attorney General Settlement Agreements

On November 23, 1998, the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers, Philip Morris USA, Inc., Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corporation, Lorillard Tobacco Company and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, entered into the MSA with attorneys general representing the Settling States. The MSA, along with its equivalent in the smokeless products segments, the STMSA, settled all the asserted and unasserted health-care cost recovery actions brought by, or on behalf of, the Settling States.

In the Settling States, the MSA released all signing parties from all claims of the Settling States and their respective political subdivisions and other recipients of state health-care funds relating to (i) past conduct arising out of the use, sale, distribution, manufacture, development, advertising, marketing or health effects of, the exposure to, or research, statements or warnings about, tobacco products and (ii) future conduct arising out of the use of, or exposure to, tobacco products that have been manufactured in the ordinary course of business.

86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The MSA also contains provisions restricting signatory companies in their advertising, promotion and marketing of cigarettes in the U.S. Among these are restrictions or prohibitions on the use of cartoon characters, brand name sponsorships, targeting of youth, outdoor advertising, event sponsorship (such as concerts and sporting events), payments for product placement, providing free samples, and branded apparel and merchandise.

Required Payments

The MSA also requires annual industry payments from participating manufacturers, which were $8.0 billion in 2004, $8.1 billion in 2008, and will increase to $9.0 billion in 2017 and thereafter in perpetuity. Ten additional strategic contribution payments of $861 million have been due annually beginning in April 2008. All payment responsibility is allocated among the original participating manufacturers (“OPMs”) on the basis of relative national market share and most are subject to adjustments, including but not limited to, adjustments for inflation, volume, loss of market share to subsequent participating manufacturers (“SPMs”) and non-participating manufacturers (“NPMs”), operating income, and payments to the four non-MSA states.

Adjustments

An inflation adjustment is applied to annual and strategic contribution payments and to payments for the benefit of the national public education fund established by the foundation. It increases payments on a compounded annual basis by the greater of 3% or the actual total percentage change in the consumer price index for the preceding year. The inflation adjustment is measured starting with inflation for 1999.

A volume adjustment applies to initial payments, annual and strategic contribution payments and payments for the benefit of the national public education fund established by the foundation. It increases or decreases payments for OPMs based on the increase or decrease in the total number of cigarettes shipped in or to the 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico by the OPMs during the preceding year, as compared to the 1997 base number of cigarettes shipped by the OPMs. When volume has increased, the volume adjustment increases payments by the same percentage as the number of cigarettes exceeds the 1997 base number. When volume has decreased, the volume adjustment decreases payments by a percentage equal to 98% of the percentage reduction in volume. There are also limits to the extent to which OPMs can benefit by volume decreases in years where OPMs achieve certain increases in aggregate operating income.

Subsequent Participating Manufacturers

Under the MSA, each SPM is required to make payments in any year that equal, on a per-cigarette basis, the sum of the annual and strategic contribution payments and payments for the benefit of the national public education fund by the OPMs in that year, provided that SPMs who signed the MSA within 90 days of its effective date are required to make such payments only on unit volumes that represent the increase in its market share in such year over the greater of the SPMs 1998 market share or 125% of its 1997 market share.

Non-Participating Manufacturers

Each of the states that are parties to the MSA, except for a few territories, has enacted a statute as provided for in the MSA to address manufacturers that do not participate in the MSA. The statutes require that any cigarette manufacturer or any MYO tobacco manufacturer that is not a signatory to the MSA make payments into an escrow fund to cover possible future liabilities to the relevant Settling State. The payment required by an NPM under the state statutes is calculated on a per cigarette or a cigarette equivalent basis for MYO. Some smaller manufacturers who were not a party to the state litigation against the OPMs have chosen to remain outside the MSA and operate as escrow compliant NPMs.

We were not a party to the state litigation against the OPMs. We have chosen to participate as an escrow compliant NPM. As of September 30, 2015, we had deposited approximately $31.8 million to an escrow fund to maintain state by state compliance.

Under the escrow statutes, NPMs pay the lesser of the rates stated in the statutes or the amount that the NPM would have paid had it been a hypothetical SPM under the MSA. Recent legislation adopted in some 44 states has eliminated the share provision of the escrow statutes that allowed an NPM to recover any overpayment it may have made under the NPM allocable share formula. Since the payment calculations (to a state as an SPM or to an escrow

87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

account as an NPM) had been different, the payment to escrow could have been smaller on a unit basis than the payment to the MSA would be, depending on the state in which the NPM marketed its cigarettes. As a result of this change in the legislation, an NPM must now escrow an amount almost equivalent to the amount a similarly situated SPM must pay under the MSA payment formula.

The NPM escrow deposits are required to be held for 25 years and remain the property of such NPM. During the holding period, the NPMs have the right to receive the earnings on such deposits. On the 25 th anniversary of each annual deposit, the principal amount of escrow remaining for that year will be returned to the NPM.

In 2004, Michigan, Utah and Alaska passed new legislation that places additional payment obligations on NPM products sold in these states. In addition to making escrow payments, NPMs must now make an additional advance payment on cigarette and MYO sales based on anticipated cigarette or MYO sales in those states. These equity assessment payments range from $3.50 to $5.00 per carton on manufactured cigarettes, and $1.22 to $1.50 per pound of MYO tobacco. Such equity assessments limit the ability of NPMs to compete against OPMs and SPMs that are not required to make these additional payments in these states. We currently sell MYO cigarette products in the above states.

Payment Obligations in Non-MSA States

In June 1994, the Mississippi attorney general brought an action, Moore v. American Tobacco Co ., against various U.S. tobacco companies. This case was brought on behalf of the state to recover state funds paid for health care and medical and other assistance to state citizens suffering from diseases and conditions allegedly related to tobacco use. The large cigarette manufacturer defendants settled the Mississippi case in 1998, and also, at later dates, similar cases in Texas, Florida and Minnesota. Future payments under the settlement agreements with these non-MSA states will be allocated among the OPMs on the basis of relative unit volume of domestic cigarette shipments, and will be subject to adjustment for inflation and for changes in the volume of domestic cigarette shipments on terms substantially similar to those in the MSA states. There are no requirements imposed on NPMs in the non-MSA states as a result of these settlements.

In 2003, the State of Minnesota enacted a new statute requiring non-signatory companies to the Minnesota tobacco settlement to pay a “fee in-lieu of settlement” or “equity assessment” on all cigarette products sold in the state. The statute does not extend to MYO smoking products. We do not currently sell manufactured cigarette products in the state of Minnesota or anywhere else. The Council of Independent Tobacco Manufacturers of America (“CITMA”) filed suit challenging the fee. The CITMA case was denied on appeal and a writ of certiorari to the U.S. Supreme Court was rejected. In 2012 and 2013, respectively, the states of Mississippi and Texas passed similar legislation. Florida legislators have to date rejected such non-settling manufacturer fees.

88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, position and age of each of our executive officers and each member of our board of directors as of the date of this prospectus.

NAME
AGE
POSITION
Thomas F. Helms, Jr.
75
Executive Chairman; (1) Director
Lawrence S. Wexler
63
Chief Executive Officer; Director
Mark A. Stegeman
54
Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President
James W. Dobbins
55
General Counsel, Secretary, Senior Vice President
James M. Murray
54
Senior Vice President, Business Planning
Gregory H.A. Baxter
62
Director
H. C. Charles Diao
58
Director
David Glazek
38
Director
George W. Hebard III
42
Director
Arnold Zimmerman
77
Director
(1) In connection with this offering, Mr. Helms has agreed to end his tenure as executive chairman, but will continue in his role as chairman of the board of directors.

Thomas F. Helms, Jr . Thomas F. Helms, Jr. currently serves as our Executive Chairman, a position he has served in since May 2006. Previously, Mr. Helms served as Non-Executive Chairman of the board of directors from June 1997 to May 2006. Mr. Helms has also formerly served as our President. In 1988, Mr. Helms formed our predecessor to acquire certain loose leaf chewing tobacco assets of Lorillard, Inc. Mr. Helms served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Culbro Corporation’s smokeless tobacco division from 1983 until shortly prior to its sale to American Maize-Products Company in March 1986. From 1979 to 1982, Mr. Helms was General Manager of the Etherea Cosmetics and Designer Fragrances Division of Revlon, Inc. From 1964 to 1979, Mr. Helms was employed in marketing and sales positions in various divisions of Revlon, Inc.

We believe Mr. Helms is well-qualified to serve as our Chairman due to his many years of experience in the tobacco industry, and in particular with our company, as well as his role in forming our predecessor. This experience provides him with a deep knowledge of both our industry and our company, which provides valuable insight to our board.

Lawrence S. Wexler . Mr. Wexler has served as our President and CEO since June 2009 and as President and Chief Operating Officer of NATC, our primary operating subsidiary since June 2006. Prior to June 2006, Mr. Wexler had been the Chief Operating Officer of NATC since June 2005, and prior to that, the President and Chief Operating Officer of one of our other subsidiaries since December 2003. Mr. Wexler was a consultant to a number of emerging marketing, communication and financial companies, advising them on financial, marketing and strategic matters, at times in an operating role from 1998 to 2003. From 1977 to 1998, he was employed by Philip Morris, USA in various positions in the Sales, Marketing and Finance Departments. As Group Director, Discount Brands his group introduced the Basic and Alpine brands. He served as Senior Vice President of Marketing from 1992 to 1993 and Senior Vice President Finance, Planning and Information Services from 1993 until his departure in 1998. Mr. Wexler holds a bachelor of science in administrative science from Yale and a master of business administration from Stanford.

We believe Mr. Wexler is well-qualified to serve as a director of our company because of his many years of experience at our company and his prior leadership positions at other companies, both within and outside of our industry. In addition, as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Wexler provides valuable insight to the Board on our day-to-day operations.

Mark A. Stegeman . Mr. Stegeman has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President since August 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Stegeman was Vice President and Assistant Treasurer at Brown-Forman Corporation, a producer of premium spirits, from 2007 to 2015. Mr. Stegeman previously served as Vice President and Treasurer of La-Z-Boy Incorporated from 2001 to 2007. Mr. Stegeman was Vice President & Relationship Manager at UBS from 2000 to 2001, Citigroup from 1997 to 2000 and KeyBank from 1987 to 1997. He was a Senior Audit Accountant at PricewaterhouseCoopers from 1982 to 1987. Mr. Stegeman holds a bachelor of business administration and a master of business administration, both from the University of Toledo.

89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

James W. Dobbins . James W. Dobbins has been our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since June 1999 and has served in various roles in our legal department since joining us in June 1999. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dobbins was in private practice in North Carolina and held various positions in the legal department of Liggett Group Inc., a major cigarette manufacturer, including, at the time he left that company, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Dobbins has also practiced as an outside litigation attorney with Webster & Sheffield, a New York law firm, representing a variety of clients including Liggett Group Inc. Prior to joining Webster & Sheffield, he served as a law clerk to the Honorable J. Daniel Mahoney, U.S. Circuit Judge for the Second Circuit Court of Appeals. Mr. Dobbins holds a bachelor of arts in mathematics and political science from Drew University and a J.D. from Fordham University School of Law.

James Murray . Mr. Murray has served as our Senior Vice President of Business Planning since 2005. Prior to 2005, Mr. Murray was our Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing since 2002, and prior to that, our Vice President of Marketing since 2000. Previously, Mr. Murray held various marketing positions at Brach’s Confections from 1995 to 1999 and various sales and marketing positions at American Tobacco (American Brands) from 1985 to 1994. Mr. Murray also held various sales and research positions at Schrafft’s Ice Cream and Nielsen Research from 1982 to 1985. Mr. Murray holds a bachelor of science in marketing from Fairfield University and a master of business administration from Fordham University.

Gregory H. A. Baxter . Gregory H. A. Baxter has served as a director of our company since April 2006. In October 2015, Mr. Baxter was elected to serve on the board of directors of Special Diversified Opportunities, Inc. Mr. Baxter has been an independent corporate finance consultant primarily for middle-market corporations and closely held businesses since 2005. Previously, from 2003 to 2005, he was Managing Director and Head, Hedge Fund Sales and Marketing at Diaz & Altschul Capital Management, where his primary focus was bringing its investment products to prospective corporate and institutional clients. He was also a member of the Investment Committee. Immediately prior to joining Diaz & Altschul, he was Managing Director and Head of Generalist/Cross-Border Mergers & Acquisitions at SG Cowen Securities Corporation, the U.S. investment bank of French bank, Société Générale from 2000 to 2002. There, he re-established the cross-border effort and worked globally in industries such as food, retail, consumer products, transportation and oil and gas. He was also a member of the SG Cowen Fairness Opinion Review Committee. Prior to SG Cowen he was at Rothschild Inc. for almost six years, from 1994 to 2000, where he specialized in advising on industrial/engineering companies, including automotive, domestic and cross-border mergers, acquisitions and divestitures. He was also a founding member of SW Capital, an M&A boutique that specialized in middle-market transactions for Fortune 500 companies. Prior to that, he was a Vice President of Irving Trust Company’s Corporate Financial Counseling Department, providing M&A and other corporate finance advice to the bank’s clients. Mr. Baxter holds a bachelor of arts from the University of Victoria in Canada and a master of business administration from the Ivey Business School in London.

We believe Mr. Baxter is well-qualified to serve as a director of our company because of his significant experience as a financial consultant and his experience with corporate investments, mergers and acquisitions.

H. C. Charles Diao . H. C. Charles Diao has served as a director of our company since November 2012. Since 2012, Mr. Diao has been Vice President of Finance and Corporate Treasurer of Computer Science Corp., with responsibility for and management of global treasury operations, corporate finance and capital markets, corporate development and M&A, pension plans and risk management/insurance. From 2008 to 2012, Mr. Diao was Managing Director and founder of Diao & Co., LLC, a firm that provided M&A and strategic advisory services to corporate clients, and the Chief Investment Officer of Diao Capital Management LLC, an affiliate that managed alternative investments on behalf of institutional family offices. Mr. Diao was formerly a Senior Managing Director at Bear Stearns where he was the Group Head for Special Situations Credit, a partner within the firm’s TMT investment banking practice and a member of the firm’s Commitment Committee and IPO Committee. Mr. Diao is a member of the board of directors of Media General Inc., the successor via merger to New Young Broadcasting Holdings Inc., since August 2012. He is Chairman of its Nominating and Governance Committee and is a member of its Audit and Finance Committee. He holds a B.S.E. from Princeton University’s Engineering School and a masters of business administration from Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Diao is well-qualified to serve as a director of our company because of his prior directorships and senior management experience, as well as his corporate leadership, financial and operational management experience.

90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

David Glazek . David Glazek has served as a director of our company since November 2012. Mr. Glazek is a Partner of Standard General L.P. and has been with Standard General since 2008. Mr. Glazek is also a director of American Apparel, Inc. He was formerly an investment banker at Lazard Frères & Co. from 2000 to 2003 and from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Glazek holds a bachelor of arts from the University of Michigan and a J.D. from Columbia Law School.

We believe Mr. Glazek is well-qualified to serve as a director of our company because of his significant finance and private equity experience, which provides depth to the board’s analysis of financing considerations.

George W. Hebard III . George W. Hebard III has served as a director of our company since May 2015. Mr. Hebard has been a Managing Director of Barington Capital Group, a New York investment firm, since January 2014. Mr. Hebard is currently a director of Ebix, Inc. (NASDAQ: EBIX). Mr. Hebard also serves as Interim Principal Executive Officer and Interim Chief Operating Officer of Enzon Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a position he held as an employee from May 2012 to December 2013 and as a consultant since January 2014. From September 2011 to April 2012, Mr. Hebard was a Managing Director at Icahn Capital L.P., the entity through which Carl C. Icahn manages investment funds. Prior to joining Icahn Capital, from 2005 to 2011, Mr. Hebard served as a Managing Director at Blue Harbour Group, an investment firm in Greenwich, Connecticut. Prior to Blue Harbour Group, Mr. Hebard served as a Managing Director at Ranger Partners from 2002 to 2003, and prior to Ranger Partners, Mr. Hebard was an Associate at Icahn Associates Corp. from 1998 to 2002. Mr. Hebard was a director of Enzon Pharmaceuticals, Inc., from February 2012 to November 2013. He has a masters of business administration from INSEAD and an A.B. in Executive Economics from Princeton University.

We believe Mr. Hebard is well-qualified to serve as a director of our company because of his extensive management experience. In addition, his extensive experience with private equity and equity-related investments provides additional depth to the board’s analysis of investment and acquisition opportunities.

Arnold Zimmerman . Arnold Zimmerman has served as a director of our company since January 2013. Since 2007, he has been President of Catchers Mitt LLC, a marketing consulting company focused on personal care products. From 2002 to 2007, Mr. Zimmerman was the Chairman and CEO of 291 Digital LLC, a graphics imaging and printing company, and from 1999 to 2002 he was Chairman, President and CEO of AM Products Company. He has also held senior executive positions at Revlon-North America and the L’Oreal Retail Hair Products Division from 1967 to 1992. Mr. Zimmerman holds a bachelor of arts from the University of Miami.

We believe Mr. Zimmerman is well-qualified to serve as a director of our company because of his significant directorship experience and experiences leading a number of consumer product companies.

Loan and Voting Agreement between Standard General and Helms

On November 19, 2012, Mr. Helms and Helms Management Corp. (together with Mr. Helms, the “Helms Parties”) and Standard General entered into a loan and voting agreement (the “Loan and Voting Agreement”) that is more fully described under “Certain Relationships and Transactions - Helms Promissory Notes and Loan and Voting Agreement with Standard General.” Pursuant to the Loan and Voting Agreement, as amended, the size of our board of directors was fixed at six members and the parties to the Loan and Voting Agreement agreed to vote for the other parties’ board designees, which in the case of the Helms Parties was Thomas F. Helms, Greg Baxter and Arnold Zimmerman and in the case of Standard General was David Glazek, H.C. Charles Diao and Thomas Gilbert. In connection with this offering, the Helms Parties and Standard General will amend the Loan and Voting Agreement to remove the provisions related to board size and the provisions requiring each of the parties to vote for the other parties’ board designees.

Code of Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that will apply to all of our directors and employees, including our executive officers. A copy of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct will be available on our website and will also be provided without charge to any person upon request. We intend to disclose any amendments to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate Governance

Board Structure

Our board oversees the management of our company, reviews our long-term strategic plans and exercises direct decision-making authority in key areas such as choosing the Chief Executive Officer, setting the scope of such officer’s authority to manage our business day to day, and evaluating his or her performance.

Upon the completion of the offering, our board of directors will consist of six directors. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, the number of directors on our board of directors will be determined from time to time by vote of the board of directors.

Each director is to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may be filled at any time by vote of the remaining directors.

Under our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, for so long as we or one of our subsidiaries is party to any of the Bolloré distribution agreements, no person who is a Bolloré Competitor or who is an officer, director or representative of a Bolloré Competitor or any entity that owns more than a 20% equity interest in Bolloré Competitor will be entitled to serve on the Board of Directors. We may require that any director or nominee for director certify that he or she is not disqualified from service on the Board of Directors pursuant to these provisions, and the Board of Directors is authorized to make such reasonable determinations as shall be necessary to implement the above limitation.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, our board of directors performed a review of its composition, the composition of its committees, and the independence of each director. Our board has also determined that under NYSE Rules, Messrs. Baxter, Diao, Glazek, Hebard and Zimmerman, are “independent directors.” The board believes that these directors are also “independent” as that term is defined in the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder.

Committees

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Under the rules of NYSE, the membership of the Audit Committee is required to consist entirely of independent directors, subject to applicable phase-in periods. In addition, under applicable NYSE and SEC rules our Compensation and Nominating Committee and Corporate Governance Committee are required to consist entirely of independent directors, subject to applicable phase-in periods. The following is a brief description of our committees.

Audit Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our Audit Committee will be composed of Messrs. Hebard, Diao and Baxter, each of whom satisfies the financial literacy requirements under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the NYSE. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Baxter qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined under applicable rules of the SEC. We expect to satisfy the member independence and other requirements for the Audit Committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current NYSE listing standards and SEC rules. Following the completion of this offering, our Audit Committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;
the quality and integrity of our financial statements, our financial reporting process and our systems of internal accounting and financial controls;
helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;
discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end results of operations;
developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;
the performance of our internal audit function;
reviewing related party transactions; and
approving or, as required, pre-approving, all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our Audit Committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will be composed of Messrs. Baxter, Glazek and Zimmerman. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the Compensation Committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current NYSE listing standards and SEC rules. Following the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

reviewing, approving and determining, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;
administering our equity compensation plans;
reviewing, approving and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding incentive compensation and equity compensation plans; and
establishing and reviewing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

Our Compensation Committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be composed of Messrs. Diao, Glazek and Hebard. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current NYSE listing standards and SEC rules. Following the completion of this offering, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

identifying, evaluating and selecting, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;
evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;
considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;
reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;
evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and
developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past three years has served, as a member of the board of directors or Compensation Committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or Compensation Committee.

93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section addresses our executive compensation program for our named executive officers. It includes a discussion of our compensation objectives and philosophy and the material elements of compensation earned by, or awarded or paid to, our “named executive officers,” which include our principal executive officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers. This section also describes the compensation actions taken during 2014 and is intended to provide a further understanding of the amounts displayed in the required tabular disclosures. In addition, we highlight certain attributes of our executive compensation program and compensation approach that we intend to adopt or modify when we are a public company. The information set forth in this section is presented pursuant to the reduced disclosure rules applicable to Emerging Growth Companies. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Our named executive officers for 2014 were:

Thomas F. Helms, Jr., our Executive Chairman;
Lawrence S. Wexler, our President & Chief Executive Officer;
Brian C. Harriss, our former Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; and
James W. Dobbins, our Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary.

Executive Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

One objective of our executive compensation program is to attract and retain qualified, energetic employees who are enthusiastic about our mission and culture. A further objective is to provide incentives and reward each senior executive for his or her contribution to our growth and operating and financial improvement. In addition, we strive to promote an ownership mentality among key leadership executives.

Our Compensation Committee will be solely responsible for authorizing the compensation of our named executive officers. In doing so, the Compensation Committee may consult from time to time with the named executive officers. However, the Compensation Committee will at all times retain full responsibility for determining the compensation of our named executive officers, and no named executive officer will participate in the Compensation Committee’s approval of his or her compensation.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table shows information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers for services performed in the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014.

Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary
($)
Option Awards
($) (2)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
All Other
Compensation
($) (3)
Total
($)
Thomas F. Helms, Jr.
2014
 
366,443
 
 
 
 
190,139
 
 
36,752
 
 
593,334
 
Executive Chairman
2013
 
356,394
 
 
 
 
175,000
 
 
64,308
 
 
595,702
 
   
Lawrence S. Wexler
2014
 
626,236
 
 
90,736
 
 
651,900
 
 
72,156
 
 
1,441,028
 
President & Chief Executive Officer
2013
 
610,962
 
 
 
 
540,000
 
 
128,141
 
 
1,279,103
 
   
Brian C. Harriss (1)
2014
 
389,856
 
 
 
 
207,917
 
 
19,327
 
 
617,100
 
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
2013
 
380,348
 
 
 
 
173,085
 
 
20,548
 
 
573,981
 
   
James W. Dobbins
2014
 
334,041
 
 
41,435
 
 
173,865
 
 
27,479
 
 
576,820
 
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel & Secretary
2013
 
325,893
 
 
 
 
154,020
 
 
38,902
 
 
518,815
 
(1) Mr. Harriss served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer until his retirement on June 28, 2015.
(2) Option Awards reflect the grant date fair value of each award, determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. For additional information on the assumptions made in the valuation for the awards reflected in this column, please see Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
(3) In 2014, Messrs. Helms, Wexler, Harriss and Dobbins received a Company matching contribution under our 401(k) defined contribution plan (including a discretionary contribution equal to 1% of base salary) of $6,463, $13,000, $7,327 and $13,000, respectively, and a monthly car allowance of $1,464, $1,500, $1,000 and $1,000, respectively. In addition, in 2014, Mr. Helms received a parking garage allowance of

94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$6,755 and club dues of $3,000, and Mr. Wexler received $30,975 to purchase life insurance. In 2013, Messrs. Helms, Wexler, Harriss and Dobbins received a Company matching contribution under our 401(k) defined contribution plan (including a discretionary contribution equal to 1% of base salary) of $14,302, $12,750, $8,548 and $12,750, respectively, and a monthly car allowance of $1,464, $1,500, $1,000 and $1,000, respectively. In addition, in 2013, Mr. Helms received a parking garage allowance of $6,575 and club dues of $3,000, and Mr. Wexler received $40,580 to purchase life insurance. Messrs. Helms, Wexler and Dobbins also received deemed Company contributions under our Restoration Plan of $22,863, $56,811 and $14,152, respectively, for 2013, and $2,966, $10,181 and $2,479, respectively, for 2014. Mr. Harriss elected not to participate in the Restoration Plan. See “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Restoration Plan” below for a description of the Restoration Plan.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Elements of Executive Compensation

Elements of executive compensation include: salary, bonus, equity-based compensation, welfare benefits and perquisites, a Company match to our 401(k) defined contribution plan (including contributions to our Restoration Plan, where applicable) and other retirement benefits. Each of the named executive officers is party to an individual employment agreement with us. Effective December 31, 2003, we froze our defined benefit retirement plan for our salaried employees, although Messrs. Helms and Dobbins retain benefits under this plan. Individual elements of compensation and the applicable compensation arrangements are described in more detail below.

Salary

The named executive officers receive a fixed annual salary to compensate them for services they render. For 2015, the Compensation Committee approved base salaries of $646,135 for Mr. Wexler and $344,654 for Mr. Dobbins. Mr. Helms’ base salary for 2015 remains unchanged from his 2014 base salary of $378,750.

Bonus

Our executive compensation program is designed to reward business success and each senior executive’s contribution to our operating and financial improvement. In measuring a senior executive’s contribution to us, our board of directors considers our growth and financial and operating performance through reference to the following metrics: Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, as defined in our First Lien Credit Agreement (“Adjusted EBITDA”), operating cash flow and outstanding debt. We also consider an executive’s performance in managing us in light of general economic conditions, as well as specific company, industry and competitive conditions. Our senior executives participate in a discretionary incentive bonus payment under our Management Bonus Program based on the board of directors’ assessment of our annual Adjusted EBITDA, debt performance and individual performance. The incentive bonus compensation paid to the executive officers in 2014 for fiscal year 2013 was based upon final 2013 Adjusted EBITDA and debt performance as assessed by the board of directors based upon our audited 2013 financial statements and such officer’s individual performance in 2013.

Equity-Based Compensation

Certain of our senior executives are eligible to receive grants of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock under the 2006 Plan. All restricted stock held by the named executive officers has fully vested. Pursuant to the 2006 Plan, on August 8, 2014, we granted to Mr. Wexler options to purchase 450 shares and Mr. Dobbins options to purchase 500 shares, respectively, of our common stock with an exercise price of $40 per share. Each option was vested with respect to 50% of the shares at the date of grant, with the remaining 50% vesting in two equal annual installments beginning on August 8, 2015. No stock options were granted to the named executive officers in 2013.

In August 2014, we adopted the Intrepid Option Plan for units of ownership in Intrepid Brands, our subsidiary. Pursuant to the Intrepid Option Plan, on August 8, 2014, we granted to Mr. Wexler Intrepid Options to purchase 322,211 units and Mr. Dobbins Intrepid Options to purchase 120,479 units, respectively, of Intrepid Brands, with an exercise price of $1.00 per unit. Each option was vested with respect to 50% of the units at the date of grant, with the remaining 50% vesting in two equal annual installments beginning on August 8, 2015. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to repurchase all Intrepid Options in accordance with the terms of the Intrepid Option Plan.

Welfare Benefits & Perquisites

We provide the named executive officers with health, dental and vision insurance plans, term life and disability insurance, and certain perquisites. Except with respect to specific perquisites, senior executives may generally elect to participate in these plans on the same basis and terms as all employees.

95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

401(k) Matching Contributions

We provide a company match to the 401(k) defined contribution plan to all employees. For the 2014 401(k) plan year, we contributed 4% of the participant’s annual base salary to those salaried employees contributing 4% or greater of their salary. For those salaried employees contributing less than 4% of annual base salary, we matched the contribution by 100%. In 2014, we also made a discretionary contribution equal to 1% of the participant’s annual base salary to those salaried employees contributing 4% or greater of their salary.

Restoration Plan

We adopted a Restoration Plan in 2013 (the “Restoration Plan”), to give parity in benefits to executives with those benefits offered to employees generally via our 401(k) defined contribution plan. The Restoration Plan credits bookkeeping liability accounts for selected executives each year in amounts equal to amounts those executives would otherwise have been credited under the 401(k) plan. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), allowed only up to $260,000 (in 2014; indexed each year) in total compensation to be considered in allocating contributions to a tax-qualified plan, so credits will be made to the non-qualified Restoration Plan for eight selected executives on compensation paid above that level, at the same percentage rate as applies to employees generally on pay below that level through the 401(k) plan. In addition, three executives who had previously been allocated amounts in the 401(k) plan on pay above the permitted level (which amounts were forfeited to correct this error) were given a one-time credit for these amounts in the Restoration Plan in 2013. Mr. Harriss elected not to participate in the Restoration Plan. Amounts credited to the Restoration Plan grow based on the S&P 500 equity index returns each year. Benefits accrued under the Restoration Plan are not set aside in a trust account, and cannot be paid to the covered executive officer until the seventh month after termination of employment, at which time benefits are forfeited if the termination is deemed for “cause.” Notwithstanding the foregoing restriction on acceleration of payment, we may elect, in our sole discretion and without the covered executive’s consent, to pay the balance of an executive’s benefits to the executive in a lump sum at any time so long as the payment results in the termination and liquidation of the executive’s entire account under the Restoration Plan and the payment does not exceed applicable dollar amounts under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B).

Retirement Plan

We have a noncontributory, defined benefit retirement plan (the “Retirement Plan”), which originally covered all full-time employees, including officers, upon completing one year of service. Effective December 31, 2003, we froze the Retirement Plan for our salaried employees. Messrs. Helms and Dobbins are the only named executive officers who currently participate in the Retirement Plan.

A participant in the Retirement Plan becomes fully vested prior to normal retirement at age 65 upon the completion of five years of service. Based on years of service, Messrs. Helms and Dobbins are fully vested under the Retirement Plan. Benefits are also provided under the Retirement Plan in the event of early retirement at or after age 55 and the completion of at least ten years of service (or special early retirement after completion of 30 years of service) and in the event of retirement for disability after completion of five years of service. The amount of the contribution, payment or accrual with respect to a specified person is not and cannot readily be separately or individually calculated by the actuaries for the Retirement Plan. Benefits under the Retirement Plan are based upon application of a formula to the specified average compensation and years of credited service at normal retirement age. Compensation covered by the Retirement Plan consists of the average annual salary during any five consecutive calendar years in the last ten years of an employee’s service, which affords the highest salary, or, if employed for less than five years, the average annual salary for the years employed. The Retirement Plan benefits are not subject to any deduction for social security payments.

96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Current Employment Agreements

Thomas F. Helms, Jr.

We and Mr. Helms are parties to an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “2008 Agreement”), whereby Mr. Helms serves as Executive Chairman of our board of directors. His duties and responsibilities are those typical of an Executive Chairman. The 2008 Agreement also provides for him to serve as an officer or director of any of our subsidiaries or affiliates, without any additional compensation. Under the 2008 Agreement, Mr. Helms receives an annual base salary (originally $350,000, and increased to $378,750 for 2014) and is also eligible to receive an annual bonus (originally $175,000, increased to a target equal to 50% of salary for 2014). The 2008 Agreement provides for an initial term ending on April 30, 2012, renewable automatically on an annual basis thereafter unless notice of non-renewal is given by either party at least 90 days prior to the end of the renewal term. The 2008 Agreement was extended by its terms for a term ending on April 30, 2016. Pursuant to the 2008 Agreement, Mr. Helms is entitled to all rights and benefits for which he was eligible under any incentive program, retirement, retirement savings, profit sharing, pension or welfare benefit plan, life, disability, health, dental, hospitalization and other forms of insurance and all other so called “fringe” benefits or perquisites, in each case at the level as is generally provided to our other senior executives. In addition, he is entitled to be reimbursed by us for the cost of one automobile lease (up to $1,500 per month), the cost of one parking garage space for the leased automobile and the cost of one club membership (up to $3,000 per year). Following a termination of his employment by us without “cause” or for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the 2008 Agreement), Mr. Helms will be entitled to receive severance payments equal to 12 months of his then-current salary, and a continuation of benefits during the severance term. The 2008 Agreement includes a non-compete provision applicable during the term of the 2008 Agreement and for 12 months after the date of termination of Mr. Helms’ employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, during the term of the 2008 Agreement, Mr. Helms’ employment is terminated by us without “cause” or for “good reason,” the non-compete provision will be effective only during the period during which severance is paid to Mr. Helms. The 2008 Agreement also includes indemnification and confidentiality provisions.

Lawrence S. Wexler

We are a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Wexler (the “Wexler Agreement”), whereby he serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to the Wexler Agreement, he receives: (i) an annual base salary ($630,375 for 2014), subject to adjustment, and is eligible for a target potential management bonus (75% of salary originally, and increased to 100% of salary for 2014); (ii) a monthly vehicle allowance ($1,300 originally, and increased to $1,500 for 2014); and (iii) four weeks annual paid vacation. We also provide Mr. Wexler an amount ($30,975 in 2014) to purchase life insurance. He is also entitled to participate in our group benefit and stock incentive plans.

Under certain circumstances, the Wexler Agreement also provides for a severance benefits period of 12 months following a termination without “cause” or resignation for “good reason,” other than in the event of a “change of control” (as such terms are defined in the Wexler Agreement), and a severance benefits period of 24 months if Mr. Wexler resigns or is terminated without “cause” as a result of a “change in control.” Severance benefits would include continuation of his then-current salary. In the event of termination without “cause” or resignation for “good reason” other than in the event of a “change of control,” he would also receive a severance bonus equal to the average annual bonus received by him for the 24 months prior to such termination or resignation. In the event of resignation for “good reason” or termination without “cause” as a result of a “change in control,” the severance bonus would equal the total bonus received by him for the 24 months prior to the resignation as a result of a “change in control.” During a severance benefits period, we would continue to contribute to our group health plan on Mr. Wexler’s behalf at the same rate and based on the same level of coverage as in effect with respect to Mr. Wexler immediately prior to his separation from employment. All other additional benefits and stock incentive rights (if any) would cease and expire upon termination of employment, unless otherwise provided in the Wexler Agreement or by the separate written terms of such benefits or incentives. The Wexler Agreement includes indemnification, confidentiality and non-compete provisions.

97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

James W. Dobbins

We are a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Dobbins (the “Dobbins Agreement”), whereby he serves as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Pursuant to the Dobbins Agreement, Mr. Dobbins receives: (i) an annual base salary ($336,248 for 2014), subject to adjustment, and is eligible for a target potential management bonus of 50% of salary; (ii) a monthly vehicle allowance of $1,000; and (iii) four weeks annual paid vacation. He is also entitled to participate in our group benefit and stock incentive plans.

Under certain circumstances, the Dobbins Agreement also provides for a severance benefits period of 12 months following a termination without “cause” or resignation for “good reason,” other than in the event of a “change in control” (as such terms are defined in the Dobbins Agreement), and a severance benefits period of 24 months if Mr. Dobbins resigns or is terminated without “cause” as a result of a “change in control.” Severance benefits would include continuation of his then-current salary. In the event of termination without “cause” or resignation for “good reason” other than in the event of a “change in control,” he would also receive a severance bonus equal to the average annual bonus received by him for the 24 months prior to such termination or resignation. In the event of resignation for “good reason” or termination without “cause” as a result of a “change in control,” the severance bonus would equal the total bonus received by him for the 24 months prior to the resignation as a result of a “change in control.” During a severance benefits period, we would continue to contribute to our group health plan on Mr. Dobbins’ behalf at the same rate and based on the same level of coverage as in effect with respect to Mr. Dobbins immediately prior to his separation from employment. All other additional benefits and stock incentive rights (if any) would cease and expire upon termination of employment, unless otherwise provided in the Dobbins Agreement or by the separate written terms of such benefits or incentives. The Dobbins Agreement includes indemnification, confidentiality and non-compete provisions.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth specified information concerning equity awards held by each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2014.

Name
Date of
Grant
Number of
Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Exercisable
Number of
Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Unexercisable
Option
Exercise Price
($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Thomas F. Helms, Jr.
   
 
 
 
 
 
Lawrence S. Wexler
9/18/2007 (1)
21,868
11.05
9/18/2017
 
11/4/2008 (1)
3,000
11.05
11/4/2018
 
8/8/2014 (2)
225
225
40
8/8/2024
 
8/8/2014 (3)
161,106
161,105
1
8/6/2024
   
 
 
 
 
 
Brian C. Harriss
8/25/2011 (1)
1,000
40
8/25/2021
   
 
 
 
 
 
James W. Dobbins
9/18/2007 (1)
3,500
11.05
9/18/2017
 
11/4/2008 (1)
2,000
11.05
11/4/2018
 
8/25/2011 (1)
3,000
40
8/25/2021
 
8/8/2014 (2)
250
250
40
8/8/2024
 
8/8/2014 (3)
60,240
60,239
1
8/6/2024
(1) Options to purchase shares of our stock granted pursuant to the 2006 Plan.
(2) Options to purchase shares of our stock granted pursuant to the 2006 Plan, 50% vested at grant, with the remaining 50% vesting in two equal annual installments beginning on August 8, 2015.
(3) Intrepid Options to purchase units of ownership in Intrepid Brands granted pursuant to the Intrepid Option Plan, 50% vested at grant, with the remaining 50% vesting in two equal annual installments beginning on August 8, 2015.

98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Post-IPO Compensation

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the date of this offering (the “IPO Date”), we intend to adopt, subject to the approval of our stockholders, the Turning Point Brands, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”).

Purpose

The 2015 Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee, or another committee designated by the board of directors and made up of two or more eligible directors (as applicable, the “Committee”), to provide equity-based or other incentive-based compensation for the purpose of attracting and retaining directors, employees and certain consultants and providing our directors, employees and such consultants incentives and rewards for superior performance.

The 2015 Plan is designed to comply with the requirements of applicable federal and state securities laws, and the Code, including allowing us to issue awards that may comply with the performance-based exclusion from the deduction limitations under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Shares Subject to the 2015 Plan

The 2015 Plan authorizes the issuance of        shares of our common stock in connection with awards pursuant to the 2015 Plan, which represents 6% of total number of outstanding shares of common stock determined on a fully-diluted basis. No more than        of the total number of shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options (“ISOs”). The number of shares with respect to awards (including options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) that may be granted under the 2015 Plan to any individual participant in any single fiscal year may not exceed        shares (with grants to non-employee directors limited to shares), and the maximum number of shares that may be paid to any individual participant in connection with awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code in respect of a single calendar year (including as a portion of the applicable performance period) may not exceed        shares (or the cash equivalent of such shares), each as subject to potential adjustment as described in the 2015 Plan.

Any shares of our common stock covered by an award granted under the 2015 Plan, which for any reason is canceled, forfeited or expires or is settled in cash, will again be available for awards under the 2015 Plan. However, (i) shares not issued or delivered as a result of the net settlement of an outstanding stock option or SAR (ii) shares used to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes related to an outstanding award, and (iii) shares repurchased by us using proceeds realized by us in connection with a participant’s exercise of an option or SAR, will not again become available for grant.

Subject to the 2015 Plan’s share counting rules, common stock covered by awards granted under the 2015 Plan will not be counted as used unless and until the shares are actually issued or transferred. However, shares issued or transferred under awards granted under the 2015 Plan in substitution for or conversion of, or in connection with an assumption of, stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) or other stock or stock-based awards held by awardees of an entity engaging in a corporate acquisition or merger transaction with us or any of our subsidiaries will not count against (or be added back to) the aggregate share limit or other 2015 Plan limits described above. Additionally, shares available under certain plans that we or our subsidiaries may assume in connection with corporate transactions from another entity may be available for certain awards under the 2015 Plan, under circumstances further described in the 2015 Plan, but will not count against the aggregate share limit or other limits described above. The various limits described above are subject to potential adjustment as described in the 2015 Plan.

Administration

The 2015 Plan is administered by the Committee. The Committee generally may select eligible employees to whom awards are granted, determine the types of awards to be granted and the number of shares covered by awards and set the terms and conditions of awards. The Committee’s determinations and interpretations under the 2015 Plan will be binding on all interested parties. The Committee may delegate to a subcommittee or to officers certain authority with respect to the granting of awards other than awards to certain officers and directors as specified in the 2015 Plan.

99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Eligibility

Awards may be granted by the Committee to any of our employees or certain qualifying consultants, or to employees or certain qualifying consultants of our affiliates, or non-employee directors who are members of our board of directors or the board of directors of our affiliates; provided that ISOs may only be granted to our employees or employees of our parents or subsidiaries.

No Repricing Without Shareholder Approval

Except in connection with a corporate transaction or other adjustment event described in the 2015 Plan, repricing of underwater options and SARs is prohibited without stockholder approval under the 2015 Plan.

Types of Awards Available

Stock Options . Option rights may be granted that entitle the optionee to purchase shares of our common stock at a price not less than (except with respect to Substitute Awards) fair market value at the date of grant, and may be ISOs, nonqualified stock options, or combinations of the two. Stock options granted under the 2015 Plan will be subject to such terms and conditions, including exercise price and conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. Payment in respect of the exercise of an option granted under the 2015 Plan may be made (i) in cash or its equivalent, or (ii) in the discretion of the Committee, by exchanging shares owned by the optionee (which are not the subject of any pledge or other security interest and which have been owned by such optionee for at least six months), or (iii) in the discretion of the Committee and subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee and applicable law, either through delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the shares being acquired upon exercise of the option and to deliver promptly to us an amount equal to the aggregate exercise price; or (iv) in the discretion of the Committee and subject to any conditions or limitations established by the Committee and applicable law, by having us withhold from shares otherwise deliverable an amount equal to the aggregate option exercise price, or (v) by a combination of the foregoing, or (vi) by such other methods as may be approved by the Committee and subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee and applicable law, provided that the combined value of all cash and cash equivalents and the fair market value of such shares so tendered to us or withheld as of the date of such tender or withholding is at least equal to the aggregate exercise price of the option. No stock option may be exercisable more than 10 years from the date of grant.

Stock Appreciation Rights . SARs granted under the 2015 Plan will be subject to such terms and conditions, including grant price and the conditions and limitations applicable to exercise thereof, as may be determined by the Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. SARs may be granted in tandem with another award, in addition to another award, or freestanding and unrelated to another award. A SAR will entitle the participant to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a share on the date of exercise of the SAR over the grant price thereof (which may not be (except with respect to Substitute Awards) less than fair market value on the date of grant). The Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine whether a SAR will be settled in cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares. No SAR may be exercisable more than 10 years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Restricted stock and RSUs granted under the 2015 Plan will be subject to such terms and conditions, including the duration of the period during which, and the conditions, if any, under which, the restricted stock and restricted stock units may vest and/or be forfeited to us, as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Each RSU will have a value equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock. RSUs will be paid in cash, shares, other securities or other property, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, upon or after the lapse of the restrictions applicable thereto or otherwise in accordance with the applicable award agreement. Dividends paid on any Restricted Stock or dividend equivalents paid on any RSUs will be paid directly to the participant, withheld by us subject to vesting of the Restricted Stock or RSUs under the terms of the applicable award agreement, or may be reinvested in additional Restricted Stock or in additional RSUs, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

Performance Awards . Performance awards granted under the 2015 Plan will consist of a right which is (i) denominated in cash or shares, (ii) valued, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the achievement of such performance goals during such performance periods as the Committee will establish, and (iii) payable at such time and in such form as the Committee will determine. Subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan and any applicable award agreement, the Committee will determine the performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, the amount of any performance award and the amount and kind of any

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any performance award. Performance awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments following the close of the performance period (as set forth in the applicable award agreement) or, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, on a deferred basis. The Committee may require or permit the deferral of the receipt of performance awards upon such terms as the Committee deems appropriate and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

Other Stock-Based Awards . In addition to the foregoing types of awards, the Committee will have authority to grant to participants an “other stock-based award” (as defined in the 2015 Plan), which will consist of any right which is (i) not a stock option, SAR, restricted stock or RSU or performance award and (ii) an award of shares or an award denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, securities convertible into shares of our common stock), as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the 2015 Plan; provided that any such rights must comply, to the extent deemed desirable by the Committee, with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and applicable law. Subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan and any applicable award agreement, the Committee will determine the terms and conditions of any such other stock-based award, including the price, if any, at which securities may be purchased pursuant to any other stock-based award granted under the 2015 Plan.

Dividend Equivalents . In the sole discretion of the Committee, an award, whether made as another stock-based award or as any other type of award issuable under the 2015 Plan (other than options or SARs), may provide the participant with the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, shares, other securities or other property and on a current or deferred basis. However, for awards with respect to which any applicable performance criteria or goals have not been achieved, dividends and dividend equivalents may be paid only on a deferred basis, to the extent the underlying award vests.

Performance Criteria

The 2015 Plan requires that the Committee establish measurable “Performance Criteria” for purposes of any award under the 2015 Plan that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such performance goal(s) will be based on one or more, or a combination of, the following: (i) return on net assets; (ii) pretax income before allocation of corporate overhead and bonus; (iii) budget; (iv) net income; (v) division, group or corporate financial goals; (vi) return on stockholders’ equity; (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital; (ix) revenue; (x) profit margin; (xi) earnings per Share; (xii) net earnings; (xiii) operating earnings; (xiv) free cash flow; (xv) attainment of strategic and operational initiatives; (xvi) appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the Shares or any other of our publicly-traded securities; (xvii) market share; (xviii) gross profits; (xix) earnings before interest and taxes; (xx) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (xxi) operating expenses; (xxii) capital expenses; (xxiii) enterprise value; (xxiv) equity market capitalization; (xxv) economic value-added models and comparisons with various stock market indices; or (xxvi) reductions in costs. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will, not later than the 90 th day of a performance period (or, if longer, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such performance period. Performance awards can be granted that either are intended to or not intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Amendments

The board of directors may amend the 2015 Plan from time to time without further approval by our stockholders, except where (i) the amendment would materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the 2015 Plan, (ii) the amendment would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the 2015 Plan, or (iii) stockholder approval is required by applicable law or securities exchange rules and regulations, and provided that no such action that would materially impair the rights of any participant with respect to awards previously granted under the 2015 Plan will be effective without the participant’s consent.

Transferability

Each award, and each right under any award, will be exercisable only by the participant during the participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative, and no award may be sold, assigned, pledged, attached, alienated or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported sale, assignment, pledge, attachment,

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

alienation, transfer or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against us or any affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary will not constitute a sale, assignment, pledge, attachment, alienation, transfer or encumbrance. In no event will any award granted under the 2015 Plan be transferred for value. However, the Committee may permit the transferability of an award under the 2015 Plan by a participant to certain members of the participant’s immediate family or trusts for the benefit of such persons or other entities owned by such persons.

Adjustments

The number and kind of shares covered by outstanding awards and available for issuance or transfer (and 2015 Plan limits) under the 2015 Plan and, if applicable, the prices per share applicable thereto, are subject to adjustment in the event of dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares or other securities of ours, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase our shares or other securities, or other corporate transaction or event. In the event of any such transaction, the Committee may, in its discretion, adjust to prevent dilution or enlargement of benefits (i) the number of our shares or other securities (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which awards may be granted, (ii) the number of our shares or other securities of (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding awards, and (iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding award in consideration for the cancellation of such award, which, in the case of options and SARs will equal the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares subject to such options or SARs over the aggregate exercise price or grant price of such options or SARs. However, such adjustment to the 2015 Plan limits will be made only if and to the extent that such adjustment would not cause any ISO to fail to so qualify.

Change in Control

Unless a replacement award is provided to the participant and unless otherwise (i) determined by the Committee at the date of grant, or (ii) set forth in the applicable award agreement, in the event of a change in control, each then outstanding option and SAR will become fully vested and exercisable and the restrictions applicable to each outstanding restricted stock award, RSU, performance award or other stock-based award will lapse and the award will be fully vested (with any applicable performance goals deemed to have been achieved at a target level as of the date of such vesting). Unless otherwise provided in the 2015 Plan, and at the discretion of the Committee, a spin-off of a division or subsidiary of our company to our stockholders will not constitute a change in control.

With respect to a replacement award held by a participant during the two year period after a change in control, upon the termination of employment or service by us without Cause or termination of employment by the participant for Good Reason (each, as defined in the 2015 Plan, unless otherwise defined in an applicable award agreement or individual employment, severance, or similar agreement) (an “Involuntary Termination), (i) all Replacement Awards held by the participant will become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable and free of restrictions (with any applicable performance goals deemed to have been achieved at a target level as of the date of such vesting), and (ii) all options and SARs held by the participant immediately before such termination of employment that the participant also held as of the date of the Change in Control or that constitute Replacement Awards will remain exercisable for a period of 90 days following the Involuntary Termination or until the expiration of the stated term of the option or SAR, whichever period is shorter (subject to any longer period of exercisability that may be provided in the applicable award agreement).

Unless otherwise provided in the 2015 Plan or an award agreement, to the extent any 2015 Plan or award agreement provision would cause a payment of deferred compensation upon a Change in Control or termination of service that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, then payment will not be made unless the provisions comply with Section 409A of the Code. Any payment that would have been made but for the application of the preceding sentence will be made in accordance with the payment schedule that would have applied in the absence of a Change in Control or termination of employment or service, but disregarding any future service or performance requirements.

Withholding Taxes

A participant may be required to pay to us, and, subject to Section 409A of the Code, we will have the right and are authorized to withhold from any award, from any payment due or transfer made under any award or under the 2015 Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a participant the amount (in cash, shares, other

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

securities, other awards or other property) of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an award or under the 2015 Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in our opinion to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. In the discretion of the Committee and subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt and applicable law, a participant may satisfy, in whole or in part, the withholding liability by delivery of shares owned by the participant (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and which have been owned by the participant for at least six months) with a fair market value equal to such withholding liability or by having us withhold from the number of shares otherwise issuable upon the occurrence of a vesting event a number of shares with a fair market value equal to such withholding liability.

Detrimental Activity and Recapture Provisions

Any award agreement may provide for the cancellation or forfeiture of an award or the forfeiture and repayment of any gain related to an award, or other provisions intended to have a similar effect, upon terms and conditions determined by the Committee, if a participant, either during (i) his or her employment or other service with us or an affiliate or (ii) within a specific period after termination of employment or service, engages in any “detrimental activity” (as defined in such award agreement). In addition, any award agreement may provide for the cancellation or forfeiture of an award or the forfeiture and repayment to us of any gain related to an award, or other provisions intended to have a similar effect, upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee from time to time or under Section 10D of the Exchange Act, or the rules of any national securities exchange or national securities association on which our common stock is traded.

Termination

No grant will be made under the 2015 Plan more than 10 years after             , 2015 (the date on which the 2015 Plan was approved by the board of directors), but all grants made on or prior to such date will continue in effect thereafter subject to the terms thereof and of the 2015 Plan. Subject to approval of the 2015 Plan by our stockholders within 12 months of the date on which the 2015 Plan was approved by the board of directors, no award grants will be made under the 2006 Plan or the Intrepid Option Plan (the “Existing Plans”) on or after the date on which the 2015 Plan was approved by the board of directors, except that outstanding awards granted under the Existing Plans will continue unaffected.

Registration on Form S-8

In connection with this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register the total number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the 2015 Plan.

2015 Employment Agreements

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a new employment agreement with each of Messrs. Wexler and Dobbins (the “2015 Employment Agreements”). The 2015 Employment Agreements will be effective as of the IPO Date. The 2015 Employment Agreements will supersede the Wexler Agreement with respect to Mr. Wexler and the Dobbins Agreement with respect to Mr. Dobbins.

The 2015 Employment Agreements provide for an initial term of one year, subject to automatic extensions for successive one-year terms unless earlier terminated, or either party provides notice of non-renewal at least 60 days prior to the end of the applicable term. Mr. Wexler is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $706,771 and Mr. Dobbins is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $356,654, subject to adjustment by the board of directors. Each of Messrs. Wexler and Dobbins will be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus award, with a target bonus opportunity equal to 100% of base salary for Mr. Wexler and 50% of base salary for Mr. Dobbins. The annual bonus is payable upon the achievement of designated performance metrics pursuant to our annual bonus award program, as determined by the board of directors.

Upon a termination of employment by us without “cause” or by the applicable executive for “good reason” (each as defined in the applicable executive’s 2015 Employment Agreement), each of Messrs. Wexler and Dobbins would be entitled to severance payments comprised of the following: (1) accrued compensation and benefits; (2) continuation of then-current base salary for 12 months, to be paid in accordance with our normal payroll practices; (3) a cash severance bonus equal to the average annual cash bonus received by the applicable executive for the 24-month period prior to the termination date; and (4) a lump sum payment equal to the cost of COBRA continuation coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents for 12 months.

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the event of a termination of employment by us without cause or by the applicable executive for good reason within one year following a “change of control” (as such term is defined in the applicable executive’s 2015 Employment Agreement), or within 12 months of the effective date of his 2015 Employment Agreement, each of Messrs. Wexler and Dobbins would be entitled to severance payments comprised of the following (in lieu of any other severance payments under the 2015 Employment Agreements): (1) the accrued compensation and benefits; (2) continuation of then-current base salary for 24 months, to be paid in accordance with our normal payroll practices; (3) a cash severance bonus equal to two-times the average annual cash bonus received by the applicable executive for the 24-month period prior to the termination date; and (4) a lump sum payment equal to the cost of COBRA continuation coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents for 12 months.

In general, the foregoing severance payments and other benefits are subject to the applicable executive executing and delivering a release of claims to us. Pursuant to their respective 2015 Employment Agreements, Messrs. Wexler and Dobbins are each subject to certain restrictive covenants, including non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the employment term, and for a post-termination period equal to the number of months the executive is entitled to receive salary continuation pursuant to the severance provisions described above.

In addition, if any payment made to Mr. Wexler or Mr. Dobbins would be subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, then the amounts payable to the applicable executive will be reduced to the maximum amount that does not trigger the excise tax, unless the executive would be better off (on an after-tax basis) receiving all such payments and benefits and paying all applicable income and excise taxes.

Amendment of Helms Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into an amendment to the 2008 Agreement with Mr. Helms in order to terminate the 2008 Agreement (the “Amendment”). Pursuant to the Amendment, contingent upon the closing of this offering, Mr. Helms’ employment and the 2008 Agreement will each terminate effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Following the termination of the 2008 Agreement, neither we nor Mr. Helms will have any further rights, obligations or duties under the 2008 Agreement, except that any rights Mr. Helms has to indemnification by us will survive the termination of the 2008 Agreement. In consideration of the Amendment, we will pay Mr. Helms $298,312.50 within three business days following the closing of this offering and an additional $298,312.50 on the three-month anniversary of the closing of this offering. Following the offering, Mr. Helms will remain as our non-executive chairman.

Director Compensation

Current Compensation

Our non-employee directors currently receive an annual retainer of $50,000, but no meeting fees. The Chairman of the Audit Committee, which is currently Gregory H. A. Baxter, is paid an annual fee of $25,000 and Audit Committee members are paid an annual fee of $10,000. For services provided to us beyond those typically provided by corporate directors, the board may approve compensation of up to $2,000 per day for outside directors on a case-by-case basis.

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes information about director compensation for the year ended December 31, 2014. Mr. Helms and Mr. Wexler were compensated as officers and, therefore, did not receive any compensation for service on the board in 2014. Mr. Glazek did not receive any compensation from us for serving on the board in 2014.

Name
Fees earned
or paid in
cash ($)
Option
A wards (5) (6) ($)
Total ($)
Arnold Zimmerman (1)
 
50,000 (1
)
 
22,630
 
 
72,630
 
Gregory H. A. Baxter (2)
 
75,000 (2
)
 
31,116
 
 
106,116
 
H. C. Charles Diao (3)
 
60,000 (3
)
 
22,630
 
 
82,630
 
George W. Hebard III (4)
 
33,334 (4
)
 
22,630
 
 
55,964
 
(1) Mr. Zimmerman received $50,000, composed solely of board member fees.
(2) Mr. Baxter received $75,000, composed of board member fees of $50,000 and an Audit Committee Chairman retainer of $25,000.
(3) Mr. Diao received $60,000, composed of board member fees of $50,000 and Audit Committee member fees of $10,000.
(4) Mr. Hebard received $33,334, composed solely of board member fees.
(5) Option Awards reflect the grant date fair value of each award, determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. For additional information on the assumptions made in the valuation for awards reflected in this column, please see Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
(6) In 2014, Messrs. Diao, Zimmerman and Hebard were each granted an option to purchase 1,000 shares and Mr. Baxter was granted an option to purchase 1,375 shares of our common stock at a per share price of $40. Each option vested immediately upon award with respect to 50% of the respective share grants, with the remaining 50% to vest in two equal annual installments beginning August 7, 2015.

Compensation of D irectors F ollowing T his O ffering

In connection with this offering, we expect our board of directors to approve a plan for compensation of our directors who are not our employees appropriate for a publicly traded company. It is expected that such compensation will consist of an annual retainer and equity award and may also consist of additional cash compensation for additional services provided to the company. The specific amount of the retainers and equity awards will be determined by the board of directors following this offering. Employees of ours on our board of directors will not receive cash compensation, but will be eligible to receive stock option grants or restricted stock awards in respect of our common stock as part of their annual compensation.

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The table below sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 25, 2015, by:

each person or entity known to us who beneficially owns five percent or more of the common stock;
each of our directors and named executive officers; and
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of the regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities. Included in the amount of common stock beneficially owned are shares of common stock subject to exercisable options or warrants or options or warrants that became exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2015. The calculation of percent owned by each person assumes that all vested options and warrants held by such person have been exercised. The calculation of percent owned by all directors and executive officers as a group assumes that all vested options beneficially held by them (a total of          ) and warrants have been exercised.

We have based ownership of our common stock before this offering on        shares of our common stock outstanding as of          , 2015, after giving effect to the Stock Split but before the conversion. Ownership of our common stock after this offering assumes the sale of           shares of common stock in this offering and the conversion of a portion of the PIK Toggle Notes and the 7% Senior Notes into     shares of common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Transactions—Conversion and Stock Split.”

Name of Beneficial Holder
Position or Title of
Beneficial Holder
Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior
to this
Offering
Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
After this
Offering
Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
Helms Management Corp. (1)
Principal Stockholder
 
 
 
 
24.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Standard General L.P. (2)
Principal Stockholder
 
 
 
 
26.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Thomas F. Helms, Jr. (3)
Executive Chairman;
Director
 
 
 
 
83.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lawrence S. Wexler (4)
Chief Executive
Officer; Director
 
 
 
 
7.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brian Harriss (5)
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
3.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mark A. Stegeman
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
James W. Dobbins (6)
Senior Vice President, General Counsel,
Secretary
 
 
 
 
2.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gregory H.A. Baxter (7)
Director
 
 
 
 
1.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
H. C. Charles Diao (8)
Director
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
David Glazek (9)
Director
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
George W. Hebard III (10)
Director
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
Arnold Zimmerman (11)
Director
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (10 persons) (12)
 
 
 
 
 
83.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
* Indicates less than 1%
(1) The address of Helms Management Corp. is Attn: Thomas Helms, President, 75 Woods Lane, East Hampton, NY 11937.

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) The address of Standard General and Mr. Glazek is 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10153. Of these shares          ,          ,           and           shares are held by Standard General Master Fund L.P., Standard General OC Master Fund L.P., P Standard General Ltd. and Standard General Focus Fund L.P., respectively, and          ,          ,           and           Standard General Warrants are held by Standard General Master Fund L.P., Standard General OC Master Fund L.P., P Standard General Ltd. and Standard General Focus Fund L.P., respectively.
  Standard General also owns        shares of our non-voting common stock. Our non-voting common stock, which is identical to our common stock with the exception of voting rights, is convertible into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may give consideration to converting the shares of non-voting common stock into common stock at any time after the completion of this offering.
  Standard General serves as investment manager to each of Standard General Master Fund L.P., Standard General OC Master Fund L.P., P Standard General Ltd. and Standard General Focus Fund L.P. (the “Funds”) and, in that capacity, exercises voting and investment control over the shares held by the Funds. Soohyung Kim is the Chief Executive Officer of Standard General and a director of the general partner of Standard General. By virtue of the foregoing, Standard General and Mr. Kim may be deemed to beneficially own, and have shared voting and dispositive power over, all of the shares held by the Funds. Each of Mr. Kim, Standard General, and the Funds disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares reported except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest in such shares.
(3) Helms Management Corp. owns           shares of our common stock. All of the voting capital stock of Helms Management Corp. is owned by Mr. Helms, who serves as its chairman of the board of directors, and all of the non-voting capital stock of Helms Management Corp. is owned by a trust established by Mr. Helms for the benefit of his children.

In addition, to the           shares of our common stock held by Helms Management, an additional           shares are included in the table above as beneficially owned by Mr. Helms prior to this offering. Pursuant to the Stockholder’s Agreement (the “Original Stockholders’ Agreement”), Mr. Helms has the ability to vote an additional           shares (including           shares subject to exercisable options) of our common stock held by members of our management party to that agreement in respect of the election of our board of directors and also has the right to vote an additional           shares held by certain other stockholders pursuant to voting agreements with such stockholders. Because Mr. Helms shares voting power with respect to the shares held by the members of management and other stockholders subject to these agreements, he may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. The Stockholders’ Agreement and the voting agreements will be terminated prior to completion of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Transactions—Other Arrangements—Stockholders’ Agreement.”

Pursuant to a loan and voting agreement between Mr. Helms, Helms Management Corp. and Standard General, Helms Management Corp. pledged 141,000 shares of common stock to Standard General on November 19, 2012. See “Certain Relationships and Transactions—Helms Promissory Notes and Loan and Voting Agreement with Standard General.”

(4) Includes           shares subject to exercisable stock options. The amount included in the table above includes           shares held by Mr. Wexler’s children, including shares they hold as custodians for Mr. Wexler’s grandchildren. Mr. Wexler also holds           shares of record.
(5) Mr. Harriss served as our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer until his retirement in June 2015.
(6) Includes           shares subject to exercisable stock options. Mr. Dobbins also holds           shares of record.
(7) Includes           shares subject to exercisable stock options.
(8) Includes           shares subject to exercisable stock options.
(9) Mr. Glazek is a Partner of Standard General L.P., which manages Standard General Master Fund L.P., Standard General OC Master Fund L.P., P Standard General Ltd. and Standard General Focus Fund L.P. Mr. Glazek is a Standard General designee on our board of directors. See footnote 2.
(10) Includes           shares subject to exercisable stock options.
(11) Includes           shares subject to exercisable stock options. Mr. Zimmerman also holds           shares of record.
(12) Shares held of record and shares subject to exercisable options or warrants held by executive officers and certain directors are reflected in the individual beneficial ownership of executive officers/directors, as well as in the beneficial ownership of Mr. Helms (as shares subject to a voting agreement). Therefore, the total beneficial ownership of executive officers/directors as a group was adjusted so that such shares would not be counted twice.

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS

Helms Promissory Notes and Loan and Voting Agreement with Standard General

On November 19, 2012, Mr. Helms and Helms Management Corp. (together with Mr. Helms, the “Helms Parties”) and Standard General entered into a loan and voting agreement (the “Loan and Voting Agreement”). Mr. Helms utilized all $7.3 million of the proceeds from the Loan and Voting Agreement to fully satisfy the amounts outstanding under various promissory notes to us, which totaled $7.3 million at the time of such repayment, including accrued and unpaid interest. Mr. Helms pledged 141,000 of his shares in our company to Standard General as collateral for the loan. Pursuant to the agreement, Standard General holds a first priority lien on the pledged shares. Pursuant to the Loan and Voting Agreement, as amended, the size of our board of directors was fixed at six members. In connection with this offering the Helms Parties and Standard General will amend the Loan and Voting Agreement to remove the provisions related to board size and the provisions requiring each of the parties to vote for the other parties board designee.

Intrepid Brands Shareholder Loan

During 2013, Intrepid Brands entered into a Secured Promissory Note (the “Secured Promissory Note”) with Standard General with a face amount of $12.5 million, which Intrepid Brands repaid in full in 2014.

Issuance of Non-Voting Stock to Standard General

At the request of Standard General, on September 25, 2015, we exchanged 90,000 shares of our common stock for 90,000 shares of non-voting common stock. The exchange was made in connection with the restructuring of the funds through which Standard General maintains its interest in us.

Offering Proceeds

In November 2013, we issued to certain of our stockholders that qualified as “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act rights to purchase their proportionate share of units consisting of our 7% Senior Notes and Intrepid Warrants to purchase membership units of our subsidiary Intrepid Brands. In connection with the rights offering we entered into a backstop agreement with Standard General pursuant to which Standard General agreed to purchase, immediately following consummation of the rights offering, all units that were not subscribed for and purchased by our stockholders. The rights offering expired in January 2014 and we issued a total of $11,000,000 aggregate principal of our 7% Senior Notes and Intrepid Warrants to purchase 11,000,000 membership units of Intrepid Brands upon exercise of the rights issued in the rights offering. In addition to Standard General, Lawrence Wexler, James Dobbins and Helms Management Corp. exercised the rights they received in the rights offering. The following table provides the amount of 7% Senior Notes and Intrepid Warrants issued to each in the rights offering:

Name
7% Senior Notes
Warrants
Helms Management Corp.
$
1,984,598
 
 
1,984,598
 
Lawrence Wexler
$
180,000
 
 
180,000
 
James Dobbins
$
5,000
 
 
5,000
 
Standard General
$
7,417,927
 
 
7,417,927
 

In January 2014 we issued Standard General the PIK Toggle Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $45 million. The PIK Toggle Note bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR in effect at that time (not less than 1.25%), plus 13.75%, reset quarterly. The PIK Toggle Notes mature in January 2021.

Conversion and Stock Split

Immediately prior to completion of this offering, Standard General will exchange an aggregate of $28.9 million of their PIK Toggle Notes for     shares of our common stock (equivalent to a conversion price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares in this offering) and certain members of our management team will exchange an aggregate of approximately $10.6 million of their 7% Senior Notes for        shares of our common stock (equal to an exchange rate equal to the initial public offering price of the shares in this offering). We refer to these exchanges and issuances as the “Conversion.” After the Conversion, the Stock Split and the completion of this offering, we will have     shares of common stock outstanding (approximately     if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to redeem all PIK Toggle Notes and all 7% Senior Notes that remain outstanding following the Conversion and to repurchase a portion of the Intrepid Warrants as well as all of the Intrepid Options. The following table sets forth the cash proceeds as well as the number of shares of our common stock expected to be received by Standard General and each of our executive officers and directors in connection with the Conversion and use of proceeds from this offering:

Principal Stockholders
Total (1)
Common
Stock
Standard General
$
      
 
 
      
 
Helms Management Corp.
$
 
 
 
      
 
Executive Officers
 
            
Lawrence Wexler
$
      
 
 
      
 
James Dobbins
$
 
 
 
      
 
James Murray
$
 
 
 
      
 
(1) Based on an assumed public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discount and commission but before the estimated expenses of the offering.

Other Arrangements

Thomas F. Helms, III, son of our Executive Chairman Thomas F. Helms, Jr., is employed by us as Director of Trade Marketing. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, he received aggregate compensation of $157,240, $140,368 and $132,741, respectively.

Credit Line with Standard General

We have received a commitment from Standard General for a $50.0 million bridge financing line of credit that we may use to finance acquisitions that are approved by Standard General. The line of credit will terminate and all borrowings under the line will mature on the fifth anniversary of this offering. Borrowings under the line of credit will bear interest at a floating rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 6.5% with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%. Turning Point Brands, Inc. will be the borrower under the facility and neither NATC nor its subsidiaries will guarantee the facility.

Stockholders’ Agreement

We and certain of our stockholders are parties to the Stockholders’ Agreement, setting forth among other things, the manner in which our directors are to be selected. Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Mr. Helms has the right to vote a number of shares of common stock in respect of the election of directors sufficient to elect all our directors. Mr. Helms also has the right to vote a number of shares of common stock in respect of the election of directors pursuant to transfer agreements that preceded the Stockholders’ Agreement. The Stockholders’ Agreement also sets forth certain restrictions on the transfer of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders and on the acquisition by existing stockholders of investments in competitors of Bolloré. The Stockholders’ Agreement provides the existing stockholders with certain “tag-along” rights to participate ratably in sales of our common stock to third parties and requires existing stockholders to participate ratably in certain sales of our common stock to third parties. In connection with this offering we will terminate the Stockholders’ Agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the completion of this offering, we will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement with Standard General, Mr. Helms and certain other stockholders.

At any time following the expiration of the underwriters’ lock-up agreement, subject to several exceptions, including underwriter cutbacks, limitations on offering size and our right to defer a demand registration under certain circumstances, each of Standard General and the Helms Parties can require that we register for resale their shares of our common stock. If we become eligible to register the sale of our securities on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, which will not be until at least 12 months after the date of this prospectus, each of Standard General and the Helms Parties can require us to register the sale of the registrable securities held by them on Form S-3, subject to offering size and other restrictions.

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The registration rights agreement will include customary piggyback rights for parties to the agreement in connection with registrations by us, including registrations filed in connection with a demand registration. Piggyback registration rights will be subject to customary underwriter cutback provisions, except with respect to shares offered by us.

In connection with the registrations described above, we will indemnify any selling stockholders, or contribute to payments the selling stockholders may be required to make, and we will bear all fees, costs and expenses (except underwriting commissions and discounts and fees and expenses of financial advisors of the selling stockholders and their internal and similar costs).

Indemnification of Directors , Officers and Standard General

We expect to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors and with Standard General that provides, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf. See “Description of Capital Stock—Directors’ Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

Policies Regarding Related Party Transactions

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our senior legal officer any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is anticipated would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The senior legal officer will then promptly communicate that information to the Audit Committee of our board of directors. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of the Audit Committee. In general, the Audit Committee will approve or ratify only related person transactions that we believe are at least as favorable to us as those we would obtain from an unrelated party.

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Capital Stock

Immediately prior to completion of this offering,           shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding,           shares of our non-voting common stock will be issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Immediately following the Stock Split, Conversion and completion of this offering, we expect to have           shares of common stock issued and outstanding           shares of our non-voting common stock will be issued and outstanding (approximately           if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

As of September 30, 2015, there were 131 holders of record of our common stock.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock voting for the election of directors can elect all directors then being elected. Our common stock has the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. Our common stock votes together as a single class.

Dividends

Holders of shares of common stock and non-voting common stock are entitled to receive, ratably, all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors, if any, the holders of our common stock and non-voting common stock will be entitled to receive, pro rata, our remaining assets available for distribution.

Other Rights

Holders of our common stock do not have conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

Restrictions on O wnership by Restricted Investor s

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the ownership of our common stock by individuals and entities that are “Restricted Investors.” For purposes of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, a “Restricted Investor” is defined as: (i) any entity that directly or indirectly manufactures, sells, markets, distributes or otherwise promotes cigarette paper booklets, filter tubes, injector machines or filter tips in the United States, the District of Columbia, the territories, possessions and military bases of the United States and the Dominion of Canada (a “Bolloré Competitor”), (ii) any entity that owns more than a 20% equity interest in any Bolloré Competitor, or (iii) any person who serves as a director or officer of, or any entity that has the right to appoint an officer or director of, any Bolloré Competitor or of any Entity that owns more than a 20% equity interest in any Bolloré Competitor.

Among other things, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

limits ownership of our common stock by any Restricted Investor to 14.9% of outstanding common stock and shares convertible or exchangeable therefor (including our non-voting common stock) (the “Permitted Percentage”);
provides that any issuance or transfer of shares in excess of the Permitted Percentage to any Restricted Investor will be ineffective and that neither we nor our transfer agent will register such purported issuance or transfer of shares or be required to recognize the purported transferee or owner as our stockholder for any purpose whatsoever except to exercise our remedies thereunder;

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

permits withholding of dividends and suspends voting rights with respect to any shares held by any Restricted Investor that exceed the Permitted Percentage;
permits us to require submission of such documentary and other evidence of status to aid determination of the percentage ownership of our capital stock by such holder;
permits our board of directors to authorize us to redeem any shares held by any Restricted Investor that exceeds the Permitted Percentage; and
permits our board of directors to make such determinations to ascertain ownership and implement such measures as reasonably may be necessary.

Non-Voting Common Stock

Voting Rights

Holders of our non-voting common stock are not entitled to a vote for any share held of record on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, holders of our non-voting common stock are entitled to vote as a separate class on matters involving amendments to the terms of our non-voting common stock that would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the non-voting common stock.

Dividends

Holders of our non-voting common stock are entitled to receive, ratably, all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends.

Liquidation

Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors, if any, the holders of our non-voting common stock will be entitled to receive, pro rata, our remaining assets available for distribution.

Other Rights

Holders of our non-voting common stock do not have conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities, except as described below. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our non-voting common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

Our non-voting common stock, which is identical to the common stock, with the exception of voting rights, is convertible into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may give consideration to converting the shares of non-voting common stock into common stock at any time after the completion of this offering.

Preferred Stock

After the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue up to           shares of preferred stock. Our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law and our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to determine the terms and conditions of the preferred stock, including whether the shares of preferred stock will be issued in one or more series, the number of shares to be included in each series and the powers, designations, preferences and rights of the shares. Our board of directors will also be authorized to designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock, which could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock following the completion of this offering.

Anti-takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Several provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a stockholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Election and Removal of Directors

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws require parties other than the board of directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that a director may be removed at any time, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the company then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Limited Actions by Stockholders

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders entitled to vote may be called only by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors, whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the business that was brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our bylaws provide that stockholders entitled to vote seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the secretary. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 45 days nor more than 75 days prior to the anniversary date of the date on which we mailed our proxy materials for the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may impede stockholder’s ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

Preferred Shares

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation gives our board of directors the sole authority to determine the terms of any one or more series of preferred stock, including voting rights, conversion rates, and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, our board of directors has the power, consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a post-tender offer merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

We may amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation in accordance with the requirements of the DGCL; provided, however, that an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the company then entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend or to repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, including the provisions relating to the number of directors, director and officer indemnification and certain amendments of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. Our bylaws may be amended by a majority vote of the full board of directors, or by a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the company then entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

Board of Directors Vacancies

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be set only by resolution adopted by a majority vote of the full board of directors. These provisions prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Delaware Takeover Statute

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any interested stockholder, as defined below, for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (i) prior to such date, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (a) by persons who are directors and officers and (b) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (iii) on or after such date, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 %) of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is defined as any person that is (a) the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or (b) an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder.

Forum for adjudication of disputes

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of ours, any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the DGCL or any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Although we have included a choice of forum provision in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, it is possible that a court could rule that such provision is inapplicable or unenforceable. In addition, this provision would not affect the ability of our stockholders to seek remedies under the federal securities laws.

Corporate Opportunity

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply against Standard General in a manner that would prohibit it from investing in competing businesses or doing business with our clients or customers. In addition, Standard General is permitted to engage in business activities or invest in or acquire businesses which may compete with our business or do business with any client of ours. See “Risk Factors—Our Principal Stockholders will be able to exert significant influence over matters submitted to our stockholders and may take certain actions to prevent takeovers.”

Directors’ Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will limit the liability of our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and provides that we will provide them with customary indemnification. We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent for our common stock is Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Securities Exchange

We intend to list our common stock on NYSE under the symbol “TPB.”

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the prevailing price of our common stock from time to time or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Furthermore, since a substantial number of shares will be subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that those sales could occur, in the public market after these restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

After giving effect to this offering, the Conversion and the Stock Split, we will have outstanding an aggregate of           shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares,           of the shares sold in this offering by us will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are purchased by affiliates. The remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act or are subject to the contractual restrictions described below. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if the transaction qualifies for an exemption from registration such as those under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act described below. Shares subject to the contractual restrictions described below will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

In addition, of the           shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of          , 2015, options to purchase           shares of common stock were exercisable as of that date and will be eligible for sale 90 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, as applicable.

Lock-Up Agreements

Shares held by our officers, directors and significant stockholders, who together hold    % of our outstanding common stock as of          , 2015, are subject to lock-up agreements as described under “Underwriting—Lock-up Agreements.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or
the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 of the Securities Act, as currently in effect, permits any of our employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors who purchase or receive shares from us pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions. Subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, Rule 701 provides that affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without complying with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice requirements of Rule 144.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register           shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2006 Plan and our 2015 Plan. After giving effect to the Stock Split, as of September 30, 2015, there were options outstanding under our equity incentive plans to purchase a total of           shares of our common stock, of which options to purchase           shares were exercisable immediately. Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, other contractual lock-up obligations set forth in the grant agreements under each such plan and any applicable vesting restrictions, shares registered under these registration statements will be available for resale in the public market immediately upon the effectiveness of these registration statements, except with respect to Rule 144 volume limitations that apply to our affiliates.

Registration Rights Agreement

We will grant registration rights to certain of our stock holders, including Standard General and the Helms Parties. Under certain circumstances, these persons can require us to file registrations statements that permit them to re-sell their shares. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative rulings and court decisions in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. No opinion of counsel has been obtained, and we do not intend to seek a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), as to any of the statements made and conclusions reached in the following summary. There can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary is limited to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold shares of our common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. The summary below does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of such Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances or that may be applicable to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, for example, banks or financial institutions, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, Non-U.S. Holders who acquire our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein), Non-U.S. Holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States, and Non-U.S. Holders who hold our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction). In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws (such as U.S. federal estate tax or the “Medicare” contribution tax on certain net investment income), nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state or local or non-U.S. taxes. Non-U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these taxes.

For the purposes of this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust, other than:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are treated as partners in a partnership holding shares of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors.

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK. NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM (INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS) OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Distributions on our Common Stock

Distributions of cash or property made in respect of our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Except as described below under “—Effectively Connected Income,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our common stock. In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) certifying such Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under the treaty. This certification must be provided to us (or our paying agent) prior to the payment of dividends and may be required to be updated periodically. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.

To the extent a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. If we are unable to determine to what extent a distribution is in excess of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, we may withhold on the entire distribution, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on any portion of the distribution that is determined to be in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

Gain on the Sale or Other Disposition of our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below under “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—FATCA,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States, and if an applicable income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, in which case the gain will be subject to tax in the manner described below under “—Effectively Connected Income”;
the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met, in which case the gain (reduced by any U.S. source capital losses) will be subject to a flat 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) tax; or
we are, or have been, a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period in our common stock; provided, that so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a Non-U.S. Holder generally would be subject to taxation with respect to a taxable disposition of our common stock only if at any time during that five-year or shorter period it owned more than 5%, directly or indirectly by attribution, of our common stock.

Under U.S. federal income tax laws, we will be a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of our “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of (i) our real property interests plus (ii) any other of our assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation based upon the composition of our assets. However, no assurance can be given that we will not become a United States real property holding corporation. The rules regarding United States real property interests are complex, and Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors on the application of these rules based on their particular circumstances.

Effectively Connected Income

If a dividend received on our common stock, or gain from a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, is treated as effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to such Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. permanent establishment), such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis on any such dividends or gains in the same manner as if such Non-U.S. Holder were a United States person (as defined in the Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be exempt from withholding tax on any such dividends, provided such Non-U.S. Holder complies with certain

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

certification requirements (generally on IRS Form W-8ECI). In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty) on such Non-U.S. Holder’s earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to such holder’s U.S. permanent establishment), subject to adjustments.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report to our Non-U.S. Holders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year, if any, and the amount of any tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding is required (e.g., because the distributions are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business, or withholding is eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty). This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding generally will not apply to distributions to a Non-U.S. Holder on shares of our common stock provided that the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person (as defined in the Code) that is not an exempt recipient.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner furnishes to the buyer or its paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined in the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be credited against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability or refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied by the Non-U.S. Holder to the IRS.

FATCA

Under an information reporting regime commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA,” a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax generally will be imposed on dividends paid by U.S. issuers, and on the gross proceeds from the disposition of stock of U.S. issuers, paid to or through a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution (i) enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury Department to collect and provide to the U.S. Treasury Department substantial information regarding U.S. account holders, including certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners, with such institution or (ii) is deemed compliant with, or otherwise exempt from, FATCA. In certain circumstances, the information may be provided to local tax authorities pursuant to intergovernmental agreements between the United States and a foreign country. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on the same types of payments to or through a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity (i) provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners (as defined under these rules) or a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial U.S. owners of the entity or (ii) is deemed compliant with, or otherwise excepted from, FATCA. FATCA currently applies to dividends paid on our common stock, and will apply to the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock after December 31, 2018. Under certain circumstances, a holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Intergovernmental agreements and laws adopted thereunder may modify or supplement the rules under FATCA.

Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with FBR Capital Markets & Co., as representative of the underwriters named below, with respect to the shares subject to this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has, severally and not jointly, agreed to purchase from us on a firm commitment basis, the respective number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name in the table below:

Underwriters
Number of Shares
FBR Capital Markets & Co.
 
 
 
Total
 
         
 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriters to purchase all of the shares being offered to the public is subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and the satisfaction of other conditions. These conditions include, among others, the continued accuracy of representations and warranties made by us in the underwriting agreement, delivery of legal opinions and the absence of any material changes in our assets, business or prospects after the date of this prospectus. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of our shares in this offering, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if they purchase any of our shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the representatives will have the right within 36 hours after such default to make alternative arrangements for one or more non-defaulting underwriters, or any other underwriter, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the commitments of the defaulting underwriter. If the representatives are unable to complete such arrangements within such period, the representatives may terminate the offering if the commitment of the defaulting underwriter exceeds 10% of the aggregate commitment of the underwriters, otherwise the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters will be proportionately increased. If a new underwriter is substituted for a defaulting underwriter, the non-defaulting underwriters will have the right to postpone the closing for a period of up to five business days in order that any necessary changes in this registration statement and prospectus and other documents may be effected.

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the public offering prices listed on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected dealers, who may include the underwriters, at the public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $       per share for the common stock. After the completion of this offering, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of common stock made outside of the U.S. may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments which the underwriters or other indemnified parties may be required to make in respect of any such liabilities.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table provides information regarding the amount of the underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments, if any.

 
Total
 
Per Share
Without
Over-Allotment
With
Over-Allotment
Underwriting discount paid by us
$
      
 
$
      
 
$
      
 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 

We intend to apply to list the shares of our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “TPB,” subject to official notice of issuance. We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters and their affiliates for certain expenses incurred in connection with this offering in an amount up to $         .

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 30 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase a maximum of           additional shares of

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

common stock from us, to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise all or part of this option, each underwriter will be obligated to purchase its proportionate number of shares covered by the option at the public offering price that appears on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount and commissions.

Directed Share Program

The underwriters have reserved up to    % of the shares of common stock offered in this offering for sale at the initial public offering price to certain persons who are our directors, officers and employees, and certain friends and family members of these persons through a directed share program. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by participants in the program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as all other shares of common stock offered in this offering.

Lock-Up Agreements

Our executive officers and directors and our significant stockholders have agreed to a 180-day “lock-up” from the date of this prospectus relating to shares of our common stock that they beneficially own, including the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of currently outstanding options and options which may be issued. This means that, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the representatives (either individually or jointly, as applicable), subject to certain exceptions.

In addition, the underwriting agreement provides that, subject to certain exceptions, we will not, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, offer, sell or distribute any of our securities, without the prior written consent of the underwriters.

Stabilization

Until the distribution of the securities offered by this prospectus is completed, rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for and to purchase our common stock. As an exception to these rules, the underwriters may engage in transactions effected in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act that are intended to stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. The underwriters may engage in over-allotment sales, syndicate covering transactions, stabilizing transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M:

Stabilizing transactions permit bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of securities in excess of the number of securities the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of common stock over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares of common stock that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares of common stock involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market.
Covering transactions involve the purchase of securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions. In determining the source of securities to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase securities through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares of common stock than could be covered by the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.
Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a selected dealer when the securities originally sold by the selected dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction.

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These stabilizing transactions, covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the prices of our common stock. These transactions may occur on any trading market. If any of these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

Electronic Prospectus

This prospectus may be made available in electronic format on Internet sites or through other online services maintained by the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. Other than this prospectus in electronic format, any information on the underwriters’ or their affiliates’ websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriters or any affiliate of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Market for Shares

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;
our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
an assessment of our management;
our prospects for future earnings;
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for the shares of our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Non-U.S. Legends

Other than in the U.S., no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive;
to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive); or
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “EU Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is being distributed only to and is directed only at persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the EU Prospectus Directive that are also (i) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”) (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order, and/or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Germany

Any offer or solicitation of securities within Germany must be in full compliance with the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz—WpPG). The offer and solicitation of securities to the public in Germany requires the publication of a prospectus that has to be filed with and approved by the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht—BaFin). This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted for filing and approval to the BaFin and, consequently, will not be published. Therefore, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer under the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz). This prospectus and any other document relating to our common stock, as well as any information contained therein, must therefore not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of our common stock to the public in Germany, any public marketing of our common stock or any public solicitation for offers to subscribe for or otherwise acquire our common stock. This prospectus and other offering materials relating to the offer of our common stock are strictly confidential and may not be distributed to any person or entity other than the designated recipients hereof.

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. , to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock will be passed upon for us by Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Turning Point Brands, Inc. as at and for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 included in this prospectus and registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part have been audited by McGladrey LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the full registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, filed under the Securities Act. The registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the materials may also be obtained from the SEC by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Room. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, can be downloaded from the SEC’s website.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We will make available to our stockholders annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent registered public accounting firm and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Independent Auditor’s Report

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc.)

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc.) and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and changes in stockholders’ deficit for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc.) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

Greensboro, North Carolina
September 25, 2015

RSM US LLP, an Iowa limited liability partnership, is doing business as McGladrey LLP in the state of North Carolina and is a CPA firm registered with the North Carolina State Board of Certified Public Accountants under the name McGladrey LLP. Rules permitting the use of RSM US LLP have been published in the North Carolina Register and are pending final approval.

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2014 and 2013
(dollars in thousands except share data)

ASSETS
2014
2013
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
8,467
 
$
35,379
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $137 and $140 in 2014 and 2013, respectively
 
2,533
 
 
3,211
 
Inventories
 
46,371
 
 
62,376
 
Other current assets
 
10,887
 
 
10,508
 
Total current assets
 
68,258
 
 
111,474
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
 
5,060
 
 
4,679
 
Prepaid pension costs
 
 
 
1,019
 
Deferred financing costs, net
 
7,913
 
 
7,635
 
Goodwill
 
128,697
 
 
128,697
 
Other intangible assets, net
 
8,553
 
 
8,553
 
Master Settlement Agreement - escrow deposits
 
31,724
 
 
31,550
 
Total assets
$
250,205
 
$
293,607
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
2,303
 
$
12,420
 
Accrued expenses
 
9,436
 
 
11,841
 
Accrued interest expense
 
4,778
 
 
18,714
 
Deferred income taxes
 
331
 
 
294
 
First lien term loan
 
1,650
 
 
 
Revolving credit facility
 
7,353
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
 
25,851
 
 
43,269
 
Notes payable and long-term debt
 
303,550
 
 
300,564
 
Deferred income taxes
 
6,631
 
 
6,631
 
Postretirement benefits
 
4,900
 
 
4,715
 
Pension benefits
 
845
 
 
1,862
 
Total liabilities
 
341,777
 
 
357,041
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders' deficit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; authorized shares 250,000; issued and outstanding shares -0-
 
 
 
 
Common stock, voting, $0.01 par value; authorized shares, 1,150,000; issued shares, 2014 700,899 and 2013 700,899, outstanding shares, 2014 689,936 and 2013 698,732, shares held in treasury, 2014 10,963 and 2013 2,167
 
7
 
 
7
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
12,458
 
 
8,198
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(4,088
)
 
(1,767
)
Accumulated deficit
 
(99,949
)
 
(69,872
)
Total stockholders' deficit
 
(91,572
)
 
(63,434
)
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit
$
250,205
 
$
293,607
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
(dollars in thousands except share data)

 
2014
2013
Net sales
$
200,329
 
$
193,304
 
Cost of sales
 
107,165
 
 
103,043
 
Gross profit
 
93,164
 
 
90,261
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
45,108
 
 
46,822
 
Amortization expense
 
 
 
27
 
Operating income
 
48,056
 
 
43,412
 
Interest expense and financing costs
 
34,311
 
 
44,094
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
42,780
 
 
441
 
Loss before income taxes
 
(29,035
)
 
(1,123
)
Income tax expense
 
370
 
 
486
 
Net loss
$
(29,405
)
$
(1,609
)
 
2014
2013
Basic loss per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(42.47
)
$
(2.30
)
Diluted loss per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(42.47
)
$
(2.30
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
692,442
 
 
698,732
 
Diluted
 
692,442
 
 
698,732
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
(dollars in thousands)

 
2014
2013
Net loss
$
(29,405
)
$
(1,609
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax - Pension and postretirement
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of unrealized losses recorded in cost of sales
 
44
 
 
133
 
Amortization of unrealized losses recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses
 
34
 
 
285
 
Actuarial gain (losses)
 
(2,399
)
 
3,810
 
 
 
(2,321
)
 
4,228
 
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
(31,726
)
$
2,619
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
(dollars in thousands)

 
2014
2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(29,405
)
$
(1,609
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
42,780
 
 
441
 
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
 
 
 
3
 
Depreciation expense
 
933
 
 
905
 
Amortization expense
 
 
 
27
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs
 
1,453
 
 
2,514
 
Amortization of original issue discount
 
1,044
 
 
1,256
 
Interest incurred but not paid on PIK toggle notes
 
6,867
 
 
 
Interest incurred but not paid on 7% senior notes
 
721
 
 
 
Interest incurred but not paid on third lien notes
 
 
 
3,328
 
Interest paid on third lien notes (see Note 2)
 
(6,528
)
 
 
Deferred income taxes
 
37
 
 
23
 
Stock compensation expense
 
364
 
 
234
 
Member unit compensation expense
 
221
 
 
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 
678
 
 
106
 
Inventories
 
16,005
 
 
(12,969
)
Other current assets
 
(379
)
 
(3,243
)
Prepaid pension costs
 
1,019
 
 
(1,019
)
Other assets
 
(174
)
 
(193
)
Accounts payable
 
(10,117
)
 
11,482
 
Accrued pension liabilities
 
(3,054
)
 
(713
)
Accrued postretirement liabilities
 
(99
)
 
(381
)
Accrued expenses and other
 
(16,341
)
 
2,834
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
6,025
 
 
3,026
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(1,314
)
 
(729
)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
 
 
 
6
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(1,314
)
 
(723
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from revolving credit facility, net
 
7,353
 
 
 
Proceeds from term loans
 
246,700
 
 
 
Proceeds from (payments for) secured promissory note
 
(12,500
)
 
12,500
 
Proceeds from PIK toggle notes
 
45,000
 
 
 
Proceeds from 7% senior notes
 
11,000
 
 
 
Payments for first lien term loan
 
(1,650
)
 
 
Payments for second and third lien notes (see Note 2)
 
(317,633
)
 
 
Payments for financing costs
 
(8,457
)
 
(1,117
)
Redemption of common stock
 
(1,436
)
 
 
Other
 
 
 
(742
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
(31,623
)
 
10,641
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash
 
(26,912
)
 
12,944
 
Cash, beginning of period
 
35,379
 
 
22,435
 
Cash, end of period
$
8,467
 
$
35,379
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the period for interest
$
38,147
 
$
36,450
 
Cash paid during the period for income taxes, net
$
332
 
$
463
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental schedule of noncash financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance of warrants for TPB stock
$
1,689
 
$
 
Issuance of warrants for Intrepid units
$
2,750
 
$
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands , Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc.) and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit
for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
(dollars in thousands)

 
Common
Stock,
Voting
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Beginning balance, January 1, 2013
$
7
 
$
8,706
 
$
(5,995
)
$
(68,263
)
$
(65,545
)
Unrecognized pension and postretirement cost adjustment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,228
 
 
 
 
 
4,228
 
Stock compensation expense
 
 
 
 
234
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
234
 
Redemption of common stock
 
 
 
 
(742
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(742
)
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,609
)
 
(1,609
)
Ending balance December 31, 2013
 
7
 
 
8,198
 
 
(1,767
)
 
(69,872
)
 
(63,434
)
Unrecognized pension and postretirement cost adjustment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,321
)
 
 
 
 
(2,321
)
Stock compensation expense
 
 
 
 
364
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
364
 
Member unit compensation expense
 
 
 
 
221
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
221
 
Warrants issued for TPB stock
 
 
 
 
1,689
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,689
 
Warrants issued for Intrepid stock
 
 
 
 
2,750
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,750
 
Redemption of common stock
 
 
 
 
(764
)
 
 
 
 
(672
)
 
(1,436
)
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(29,405
)
 
(29,405
)
Ending balance December 31, 2014
$
      7
 
$
12,458
 
$
(4,088
)
$
(99,949
)
$
(91,572
)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
(dollars in thousands, except where designated and per share data)

1. Organization:

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc.) (the “Company” or “TPB”) is a holding company which owns NATC Holding Company, Inc. (“NATC Holding”) and its subsidiaries and Turning Point Brands, LLC (“Turning Point”) and its subsidiary, Intrepid Brands, LLC (“Intrepid”). Except where the context otherwise requires, reference to the Company include the Company, NATC Holding and its subsidiary, North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (“NATC”) and its subsidiaries, National Tobacco Company, L.P. (“NTC”), North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (“NAOC”), North Atlantic Cigarette Company, Inc. (“NACC”), National Tobacco Finance Corporation (“NTFC”), Fred Stoker & Sons, Inc., RBJ Sales, Inc. and Stoker, Inc. (collectively, “Stoker”) and Turning Point and Intrepid.

NATC Holding was incorporated with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware on December 4, 2013. NATC Holding is a holding company which wholly-owns NATC and its subsidiaries.

NTC is the second largest marketer of loose leaf chewing tobacco in the United States, selling its products under the Beech-Nut ® , Trophy ® , Havana Blossom ® , Durango ® , Stoker ’s ® , Our Pride ® , and other brand names. NTC also manufactures and markets Stoker ’s ® moist snuff. NTC packages and markets for NAOC on a contract basis Zig-Zag ® Classic American Blend™ cigarette smoking tobacco and Zig-Zag ® cigar blend smoking products tobacco, markets Zig-Zag ® make-your-own (“MYO”), cigar wraps, cigars, and processes, packages and markets Red Cap™ pipe tobacco. NAOC is a leading importer in the United States of premium cigarette papers and related products, which are sold under the Zig-Zag ® brand name pursuant to an exclusive long-term distribution agreement with Bolloré, S.A.

Turning Point and Intrepid were formed with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware on July 31, 2013 and began operations on September 1, 2013. Turning Point is a holding company which owns Intrepid. Intrepid’s strategy is to commercialize products that do not contain tobacco leaf, including electronic cigarettes and vaporizers. Such products provide adult consumers with systems that deliver nicotine without the smoke, ash, combustion or odor of traditional tobacco cigarettes. Intrepid markets electronic cigarettes (“e-cigarettes”) under the V2 C igs ® brand name and vaporizers and e-liquids under both the Zig-Zag ® and V2 ® brand names.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Basis of Presentation: The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the financial position, results of operations, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity of the Company, its subsidiaries, NATC Holding and Turning Point, and all other subsidiaries for all periods.

Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Statement of Cash Flows: For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company has reclassified the deferred interest paid on the Third Lien Notes in the amount of $6.5 million from net cash provided by (used in) financing activities to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.

The following is a summary of the impact of the change on the previously reported amounts in the consolidated statements of cash flow:

 
For the year ended December 31, 2014
 
As Reported
Adjustment
Revised
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$
12,553
 
$
(6,528
)
$
6,025
 
Net cash used in investing activities
$
(1,314
)
$
 
$
(1,314
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
$
(38,151
)
$
6,528
 
$
(31,623
)

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenues and the related costs upon delivery to the customer, at which time there is a transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification © (“ASC”) 605-10-S99. The Company classifies customer rebates as sales deductions in accordance with the requirements of ASC 605-50-25.

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Derivative Instruments: The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge a portion of its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates on inventory purchase commitments. The Company accounts for its forward contracts under the provisions of ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. Under the Company’s policy, it may hedge up to eighty percent of its anticipated purchases of inventory under the Bolloré, S.A. master contract, denominated in Euros, over a forward period not to exceed twelve months. The Company may also, from time to time, hedge up to ninety percent of its non-inventory purchases in the denominated invoice currency. Forward contracts that qualify as hedges are adjusted to their fair value through other comprehensive income as determined by market prices on the measurement date except any ineffectiveness which is currently recognized in income. Gains and losses on these inventory contracts are transferred from other comprehensive income into net income as the related inventories are received. Changes in fair value of any contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting or are not designated as hedges are recognized in income currently. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be highly effective as a hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, as discussed next. The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item (including forecasted transactions); (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) the derivative is designated as a hedge instrument, because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; or (4) management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income will be recognized immediately in earnings. In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will be carried at its fair value on the balance sheet, with subsequent changes in its fair value recognized in current-period earnings.

Shipping Costs: The Company records shipping costs incurred as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses. Shipping costs incurred were approximately $5,371 and $5,146 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Research and Development Costs: Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. These expenses, classified as selling, general and administrative expenses, were approximately $1,234 and $949 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers any highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for approximately 46% of the inventories. Leaf tobacco is presented in current assets in accordance with standard industry practice, notwithstanding the fact that such tobaccos are carried longer than one year for the purpose of curing.

Fixed Assets: Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the life of the leases for leasehold improvements (4 to 7 years for machinery, equipment and furniture, and 10 to 15 years for leasehold improvements). Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. The costs of major renewals and improvements are capitalized and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Upon disposition of fixed assets, the costs and related accumulated depreciation amounts are relieved and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations during the period of disposition.

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.

Goodwill and other intangible assets: The Company follows the provisions of ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other. In accordance with ASC 350-20-35, goodwill is no longer to be amortized but reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if certain indicators arise using a two-step approach that first compares the book value to the fair value. The first step of the goodwill impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. No impairment exists if the fair value exceeds book value. If an impairment exists, then the second step, used to measure the amount of impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of reporting goodwill with the carrying amount of the goodwill.

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The goodwill balances attributable to each of the Company’s reporting units are tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value as of December 31 each year. Fair value is determined by the Company through a projection of volumes, pricing, costs and inflation by segment and subsidiary, a projection of working capital and capital spending, and residual value at the end of the projection period to capitalize the future value of cashflows beyond the years projected; the overall resulting projected cashflows are discounted at a risk adjusted discount rate. The projections and valuations are analyzed against the year-end asset carrying value and a determination is made about the carrying value of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The valuation process is most sensitive to the residual value and discount rate assumptions. If the residual value decreased by 5% and the discount rate increased by a multiple of 1.05, the computed value of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets would still exceed the carrying value and no impairment would be necessary. The potential impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets does not lend itself to a retrospective review based on subsequent events or transactions as no real market transactions have occurred which could be used for such a review. The Company has not sold or disposed of any intangible asset. Variables such as projected volumes, pricing, costs, etc., are compared to actual results annually and such knowledge is used to assist in the determination of such factors for future computations. The Company has reported that no such impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets has occurred as of December 31, 2014.

Retirement Plans: The Company follows the provisions of ASC 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits. ASC 715-30, Defined Benefit Plans – Pensions, requires an employer to (a) recognize in its statement of financial position the funded status of a benefit plan, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and benefit obligations, (b) recognize net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, and (c) measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s statement of financial position.

Deferred Financing Costs: Deferred financing costs are amortized over the terms of the related debt obligations using the effective interest method. Unamortized amounts are expensed upon repayment of the related borrowings.

Income Taxes: The Company records the effects of income taxes under the liability method in which deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial and tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company assesses its ability to realize future benefits of deferred tax assets to determine if they meet the “more likely than not” criteria in ASC 740, Income Taxes. If the Company determines that future benefits do not meet the “more likely than not” criteria, a valuation allowance is recorded.

Advertising and Promotion: Advertising and promotion costs, including point of sale materials, are expensed as incurred and amounted to $2,440 and $3,625 for the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation: The Company measures stock compensation costs related to its stock options on the fair value based method under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. The fair value based method requires compensation cost for stock options to be recognized based on the fair value of stock options granted. The Company determined the fair value of these awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Computation of Loss Per Common Share: Basic loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares (warrants and stock options), where dilutive, outstanding during the period.

Risks and Uncertainties: Manufacturers and sellers of tobacco products are subject to regulation at the federal, state and local levels. Such regulations include, among others, labeling requirements, limitations on advertising, and prohibition of sales to minors. The trend in recent years has been toward increased regulation of the tobacco industry. There can be no assurance as to the ultimate content, timing or effect of any regulation of tobacco products by any federal, state or local legislative or regulatory body, nor can there be any assurance that any such legislation or regulation would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The tobacco industry has experienced and is experiencing significant product liability litigation. Most tobacco liability lawsuits have been brought against manufacturers and sellers of cigarettes for injuries allegedly caused by smoking or by exposure to smoke. However, several lawsuits have been brought against manufacturers and sellers of smokeless products for injuries to health allegedly caused by use of smokeless products. Typically, such claims

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

assert that use of smokeless products is addictive and causes oral cancer. There can be no assurance that the Company will not sustain losses in connection with such lawsuits and that such losses will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Forty-six states, certain U.S. territories and the District of Columbia are parties to the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) and the Smokeless Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement (“STMSA”). To the Company’s knowledge, the signatories to the MSA include 49 cigarette manufacturers and/or distributors and the only other signatory to the STMSA is US Smokeless Tobacco Company. In the Company’s opinion, the fundamental basis for each agreement is the states’ consents to withdraw all claims for monetary, equitable and injunctive relief against certain tobacco products manufacturers and others and, in return, the signatories have agreed to certain marketing restrictions and regulations as well as certain payment obligations.

Pursuant to the MSA and subsequent states’ statutes, a “cigarette manufacturer” (which is defined to also include MYO cigarette tobacco) has the option of either becoming a signatory to the MSA or opening, funding and maintaining an escrow account, with sub-accounts on behalf of each settling state. The STMSA has no similar provisions. The MSA escrow accounts are governed by states’ statutes that expressly give the manufacturers the option of opening, funding and maintaining an escrow account in lieu of becoming a signatory to the MSA. The statutes require companies, who are not signatories to the MSA, to deposit, on an annual basis, into qualified banks escrow funds based on the number of cigarettes or cigarette equivalents, i.e., the pounds of MYO tobacco, sold. The purpose of these statutes is expressly stated to be to eliminate the cost disadvantage the settling manufacturers have as a result of entering into the MSA. Such companies are entitled to direct the investment of the escrowed funds and withdraw any appreciation, but cannot withdraw the principal for twenty-five years from the year of each annual deposit, except to withdraw funds deposited pursuant to an individual state’s escrow statute to pay a final judgment to that state’s plaintiffs in the event of such a final judgment against the Company. Either option – becoming a MSA signatory or establishing an escrow account – is permissible.

The Company has chosen to open and fund an MSA escrow account as its means of compliance. It is management’s opinion, due to the possibility of future federal or state regulations, though none have to date been enacted, that entering into one or both of the settlement agreements or establishing and maintaining an escrow account would not necessarily prevent future regulations from having a material adverse effect on the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Company.

Various states have enacted or proposed complementary legislation intended to curb the activity of certain manufacturers and importers of cigarettes that are selling into MSA states without signing the MSA or who have failed to properly establish and fund a qualifying escrow account. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, no such statute has been enacted which could inadvertently and negatively impact the Company, which has been and is currently fully compliant with all applicable laws, regulations and statutes, but there can be no assurance that the enactment of any such complementary legislation in the future will not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, financial position or cash flows of the Company.

Pursuant to the MSA escrow account statutes, in order to be compliant with the MSA escrow requirements, the Company is required to deposit such funds for each calendar year into a qualifying escrow account by April 15 of the following year. At December 31, 2014, the Company had on deposit approximately $31.7 million. During April 2015, approximately $0.1 million relating to 2014 sales was deposited. During 2014 approximately $0.1 million relating to 2013 sales and $0.1 million relating to 2014 sales, was deposited into this qualifying escrow account. The Company is entitled to direct the investment of the escrow funds and is allowed to withdraw any appreciation, but cannot withdraw the principal for twenty-five years from the year of each annual deposit, except to withdraw funds deposited pursuant to an individual state’s escrow statute to pay a final judgment to that state’s plaintiffs in the event of such a judgment against the Company. The investment vehicles available to the Company are specified in the state escrow agreements and are limited to low-risk government securities.

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following shows the amount of deposits by sales year for the MSA escrow account:

Sales
Year
Deposits
1999
$
211
 
2000
 
1,017
 
2001
 
1,673
 
2002
 
2,271
 
2003
 
4,249
 
2004
 
3,715
 
2005
 
4,552
 
2006
 
3,847
 
2007
 
4,167
 
2008
 
3,364
 
2009
 
1,626
 
2010
 
406
 
2011
 
193
 
2012
 
198
 
2013
 
173
 
2014
 
62
 
Total
$
31,724
 

Tobacco products, cigarette papers and cigarette tubes are subject to federal excise taxes. The following table outlines the federal excise tax rate by product category effective as of April 1, 2009:

Product
Category
Cigarette and Tobacco Rates
effective April 1, 2009
Cigarettes
$1.0066 per pack
   
 
Large Cigars
52.75% of manufacturer's price; cap of $0.4026 per cigar
   
 
Little Cigars
$1.0066 per pack
   
 
Pipe Tobacco (including Shisha)
$2.8311 per pound
   
 
Chewing Tobacco
$0.5033 per pound
   
 
Snuff
$1.51 per pound
   
 
RYO/MYO and Cigar Wrappers
$24.78 per pound
   
 
Cigarette Papers
$0.0315 per 50 papers
   
 
Cigarette Tubes
$0.063 per 50 tubes

Any future enactment of increases in federal excise taxes on the Company’s products could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. The Company is unable to predict the likelihood of passage of future increases in federal excise taxes. As of December 31, 2014, federal excise taxes are not assessed on e-cigarettes and related products.

As of December 31, 2014, there are no federal or state regulations pertaining to e-cigarettes and related products. Currently, Minnesota is the only state that imposes an excise tax on e-cigarettes.

On June 22, 2009, the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (“FSPTCA”) authorized the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to regulate the tobacco industry. In December 2010, this authorization was

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

amended to include other tobacco products including e-cigarettes. Currently, the FDA Center for Tobacco Products (“CTP”) regulates cigarettes, cigarette tobacco, roll-your-own tobacco and smokeless tobacco. As of December 31, 2014, the FDA has not released any regulations pertaining to e-cigarettes.

Concentration of Credit Risk: At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had bank deposits, including MSA escrows, in excess of federally insured limits of approximately $40.6 million and $68.4 million, respectively.

The Company sells its products to distributors and retail establishments throughout the United States and also has limited sales of Zig-Zag ® premium cigarette papers in Canada. The Company had one customer that accounted for 10.9% of revenues for 2014 and 10.5% of revenues for 2013. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral on trade receivables. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant credit losses.

Accounts Receivable: Accounts receivable are recognized at their net realizable value. All accounts receivable are trade related and are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts receivable for estimated uncollectible invoices resulting from the customer’s inability to pay (bankruptcy, out of business, etc., i.e. “bad debt” which results in write-offs). The activity of allowance for doubtful accounts during 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 
2014
2013
Balance at beginning of period
$
140
 
$
150
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase for doubtful accounts
 
 
 
10
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Charge offs, net
 
(3
)
 
(20
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of period
$
137
 
$
140
 

Recent accounting pronouncements: In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , requiring an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The updated standard will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective and permits the use of either a full retrospective or retrospective with cumulative effect transition method. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which delayed the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. ASU 2014-09 is now effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting year. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The Company has not yet selected a transition method and is currently evaluating the effect that the updated standard will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest − Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Cost , requiring that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected by the new guidance. The updated standard becomes effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim reporting periods within that reporting year. Early adoption is not permitted. The guidance should be adopted on a retrospective basis, wherein the balance sheet of each individual period presented is adjusted to reflect the period-specific effects of applying the new guidance. The Company has not yet adopted this pronouncement.

Subsequent Events: The Company’s management has evaluated events and transactions that occurred from January 1, 2015 through September 25, 2015, the date these consolidated financial statements were issued, for subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Company’s significant estimates include those affecting the valuation and useful lives of property, plant and equipment and goodwill and other intangible assets, assumptions used in determining pension and postretirement benefit obligations, accrued and deferred income taxes and litigation contingencies.

3. Foreign Exchange Contracts:

In July 2005, the Board of NATC approved NATC’s Foreign Exchange Risk Management Policy and Procedures. The policy is to manage the risks associated with foreign exchange rate movements actively, professionally and prudently. The primary objective of NATC’s Foreign Exchange Risk Management Policy and Procedures is to protect the value of NATC’s cash flows that are exposed to exchange rate movement, i.e. transactional foreign exchange exposures. NATC will always match the currency of the underlying transaction with the currency of the hedge. The policy allows NATC to hedge up to 80% of its anticipated purchases of inventory under the Bolloré Agreement, such purchases being denominated in Euros, over a forward period that will not exceed 12 rolling and consecutive months. NATC may, from time to time, hedge non-inventory purchases, e.g. production equipment, at a rate not to exceed 90% of the purchase price and in a currency determined by the invoice currency. The policy is administered by the Foreign Exchange Risk Management Committee which includes: the Chief Executive Officer, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and the Vice President and Controller. Additionally, the Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board, while not a voting member of the Committee, will have full observer rights. The purpose of the Committee is to monitor and manage all significant foreign currency exposures Company-wide and to provide regular reports on those exposures and all related hedging actions and positions. During 2013, NATC executed various forward contracts for the purchase of 5.8 million Euros with maturity dates from May 28, 2013 to September 30, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, NATC had no outstanding contracts. During 2014, NATC executed various forward contracts for the purchase of 3.1 million Euros with maturity dates from November 12, 2014 to December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, NATC had no outstanding contracts.

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

The following disclosure of the estimated fair value of financial instruments is made in accordance with the requirements of ASC 825, Financial Instruments. The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions described below. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents are by definition short-term and the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Accounts Receivable: The fair value of accounts receivable approximates their carrying value.

Revolving Credit Facility: The fair value of the revolving credit facility approximates its carrying value.

Long-Term Debt: The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. As of December 31, 2014, the fair value of the PIK Toggle Notes approximate their face amounts of $51.9 million. As of December 31, 2014, the value of the 7% Senior Notes approximate their face amounts of $11.7 million.

As of December 31, 2014, the value of the Company’s First Lien Term Loan and Second Lien Term Loan approximate their face amounts of $168.4 million and $80.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate fair value of the Company’s Second Lien Notes and Third Lien Notes approximate $222.4 million and $98.6 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate fair value of the Company’s Secured Promissory Notes approximate $12.5 million which was paid in full during 2014.

Foreign Exchange: The Company had no outstanding contracts as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5. Inventories:

The components of inventories at December 31 are as follows:

 
2014
2013
Raw materials and work in process
$
2,027
 
$
1,699
 
Leaf tobacco
 
17,931
 
 
22,022
 
Finished goods - smokeless products
 
4,198
 
 
3,876
 
Finished goods - smoking products
 
15,222
 
 
21,135
 
Finished goods - electronic / vaporizer products
 
9,411
 
 
16,935
 
Other
 
946
 
 
871
 
 
 
49,735
 
 
66,538
 
LIFO reserve
 
(3,364
)
 
(4,162
)
 
$
46,371
 
$
62,376
 

During 2014, certain inventory quantities were reduced. This reduction resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of 2014 purchases, the effect of which decreased cost of goods sold and decreased net loss by approximately $0.9 million.

The Company recorded an inventory valuation allowance of $1.6 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 
2014
2013
Balance at beginning of period
$
(172
)
$
(1,542
)
Charged to cost and expense
 
(1,901
)
 
(172
)
Deductions for inventory disposed
 
513
 
 
1,542
 
 
$
(1,560
)
$
(172
)

6. Property, Plant and Equipment:

Property, plant and equipment at December 31 consists of:

 
2014
2013
Leasehold improvements
$
1,853
 
$
1,812
 
Machinery and equipment
 
8,051
 
 
7,093
 
Furniture and fixtures
 
2,934
 
 
2,722
 
 
 
12,838
 
 
11,627
 
Accumulated depreciation
 
(7,778
)
 
(6,948
)
 
$
5,060
 
$
4,679
 

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:

The following table summarizes goodwill by segment

 
Smokeless
Smoking
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2014 and 2013
$
32,590
 
$
96,107
 
$
128,697
 

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes information about the Company’s allocation of other intangible assets. Other intangibles, all of which relate to the purchase of Stoker, consist of:

 
As of
As of
 
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Unamortized indefinite life intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade names
$
8,500
 
$
8,500
 
Formulas
 
53
 
 
53
 
Total
$
8,553
 
$
8,553
 

Amortization expense for other intangibles was approximately $0 and $27 for the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

8. Deferred Financing Costs:

Deferred financing costs at December 31 consist of:

 
2014
2013
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $1,370 and $5,787 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively
$
7,913
 
$
7,635
 

9. Accrued Expenses:

Accrued expenses at December 31 consist of:

 
2014
2013
Accrued payroll and related items
$
3,164
 
$
3,527
 
Customer returns and allowances
 
1,998
 
 
2,026
 
Other
 
4,274
 
 
6,288
 
 
$
9,436
 
$
11,841
 

10. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt:

Notes payable and long-term debt at December 31 consists of the following in order of preference:

 
2014
2013
First Lien Term Loan
$
166,921
 
$
 
Second Lien Term Loan
 
78,636
 
 
 
PIK Toggle Notes
 
50,411
 
 
 
7% Senior Notes
 
9,232
 
 
 
Secured Prommisory Note
 
 
 
12,500
 
Second Lien Notes
 
 
 
202,882
 
Third Lien Notes
 
 
 
85,182
 
 
 
305,200
 
 
300,564
 
Less current maturities
 
(1,650
)
 
 
Total Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt
$
303,550
 
$
300,564
 

2014 Refinancing

On January 13, 2014, NATC entered into (i) a $170 million First Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement among NATC, the Company, NATC Holding, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company to which the Company transferred its ownership of all outstanding capital stock of NATC, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

administrative agent (the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), (ii) an $80 million Second Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement among NATC, the Company, NATC Holding and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (the “Second Lien Credit Agreement”), and (iii) a $40 million ABL Credit Agreement among NATC, NATC Holding and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as ABL Agent (the “ABL Credit Agreement”).

Redemption and Termination

In addition, on January 13, 2014, NATC completed the early settlement of its previously announced tender offers for the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes for approximately $300.5 million including accrued interest through January 12, 2014. NATC received tenders from the holders of approximately $168.8 million principal amount of Second Lien Notes, or 82.3% of the principal amount outstanding, and $84.9 million principal amount of Third Lien Notes, or 98.1% of the principal amount outstanding. NATC simultaneously called for redemption of all of the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes that were not purchased on the early settlement date in accordance with the redemption provisions of the indentures governing each of the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes. In connection with the redemption, NATC deposited approximately $43.5 million with the trustee to pay the principal, redemption premium and accrued and unpaid interest on the remaining outstanding Second Lien Notes and Third Lien Notes to, but not including, the redemption date. As a result of the satisfaction and discharge, NATC has been released from its remaining obligations under the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes.

The proceeds of the Refinancing Transactions were used to (i) terminate the then existing Revolving Credit Facility (which was undrawn at termination), (ii) repurchase notes tendered in connection with the tender offers for the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes, (iii) satisfy and discharge the indentures governing the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes and (iv) pay transaction related fees and expenses. NATC recorded approximately $42.8 million as a loss on extinguishment of debt on its consolidated statement of operations during the first quarter of 2014 related to the Refinancing Transaction.

First Lien Credit Agreement

All of NATC’s subsidiaries, as well as the Company and NATC Holding, are guarantors under the First Lien Credit Agreement. The First Lien Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and the guarantors (other than the Company) thereunder, including a pledge of the capital stock of NATC and its subsidiaries held by NATC Holding, NATC or any guarantor (other than the Company), other than certain excluded assets (the “Collateral”). The loans designated as LIBOR rate loans shall bear interest at LIBOR Rate then in effect (but not less than 1.25%) plus 6.50% and the loans designated as base rate loans shall bear interest at the (i) highest of (A) the Prime Rate, (B) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (C) LIBOR for an interest period of one month plus 1.00% and (D) 2.25% per year plus (ii) 5.50%. The weighted average interest rate on December 31, 2014 is 7.75%. The First Lien Credit Agreement requires principal payments for the next five years of $1.650 million in each of the years of 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and $1.238 million in 2019. The First Lien Credit Agreement matures in January 2020.

The First Lien Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, events of default, affirmative covenants and negative covenants, which impose restrictions on, among other things, the ability of NATC and its subsidiaries to make investments, pay dividends, sell assets, and incur debt and additional liens. In addition, the First Lien Credit Agreement requires NATC to maintain a total leverage ratio as follows:

Period
Maximum Ratio
Closing Date through March 31, 2015
6.50 to 1.00
April 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016
6.25 to 1.00
October 1, 2016 through September 30, 2017
6.00 to 1.00
October 1, 2017 through September 30, 2018
5.75 to 1.00
October 1, 2018 and thereafter
5.50 to 1.00

NATC is required to make prepayments under the First Lien Credit Agreement upon the occurrence of certain events, including sales of certain assets, casualty events and the incurrence of additional indebtedness, subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment rights.

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Second Lien Credit Agreement

The Second Lien Credit Agreement has the benefit of a second priority security interest in the Collateral and contains substantially similar representations and warranties, events of default and covenants as the First Lien Credit Agreement; provided, however, that the total leverage ratio required to be maintained by NATC under the Second Lien Credit Agreement is as follows:

Period
Maximum Ratio
Closing Date through March 31, 2015
6.75 to 1.00
April 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016
6.50 to 1.00
October 1, 2016 through September 30, 2017
6.25 to 1.00
October 1, 2017 through September 30, 2018
6.00 to 1.00
October 1, 2018 and thereafter
5.75 to 1.00

Under the Second Lien Credit Agreement the loans designated as LIBOR rate loans shall bear interest at a rate of at LIBOR Rate then in effect (but not less than 1.25%) plus 10.25% and the loans designated as base rate loans shall bear interest at (i) highest of (A) the Prime Rate, (B) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (C) LIBOR for an interest period of one month plus 1.00% and (D) 2.25% per year plus (ii) 9.25%. The weighted average interest rate on December 31, 2014 is 11.5%. The Second Lien Credit Agreement matures in July 2020.

ABL Credit Agreement

The ABL Credit Agreement provides for aggregate commitments of up to $40 million, subject to a borrowing base, which is the sum of (i) 85% of eligible accounts receivable, plus (ii) the lesser of (A) the product of 70% multiplied by the value of eligible inventory and (B) the product of 85% multiplied by the net recovery percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal multiplied by the value of eligible inventory, plus (iii) the lesser of (A) the product of 75% multiplied by the value of eligible inventory and (B) the product of 85% multiplied by the net recovery percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal multiplied by the value of the eligible finished goods inventory, minus (iv) the aggregate amount of reserves established by the administrative agent.

The interest rates per annum applicable to loans under the ABL Credit Agreement are, at the option of NATC, equal to the applicable Base Rate or LIBOR Rate plus the applicable Interest Margin, as defined below:

Pricing
Level
Average Excess
Availability
Applicable Margin for
Base Rate Loans (the
“Base Rate Margin”)
Applicable Margin for
LIBOR Rate Loans (the
“LIBOR Rate Margin”)
I
> $30,000,000
1.25%
2.25%
II
< $30,000,000 but >
$15,000,000
1.50%
2.50%
III
< $15,000,000
1.75%
2.75%

The ABL Credit Agreement matures in January 2019 and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 is $7.4 million. The weighted average interest rate on December 31, 2014 is 3.01%.

PIK Toggle Note s

On January 13, 2014, the Company entered into PIK toggle notes (“PIK Toggle Notes”) with Standard General Master Fund, L.P. for a principal amount of $45 million and warrants to purchase 42,424 of TPB common stock at $.01 per share, as adjusted for stock splits and other events specified in the agreement. Due to the warrants, the PIK Toggle Notes had an original issue discount of $1.7 million and were initially valued at $43.3 million. The PIK Toggle Notes mature and the warrants expire on January 13, 2021.

The PIK Toggle Notes accrue interest based on LIBOR Rate then in effect (but not less than 1.25%) plus 13.75%. Interest is payable on the last day of each quarter and upon maturity. The Company has the flexibility to pay

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

interest in kind through an increase in the principal amount at the same interest rate as the PIK Toggle Notes. The Company has chosen to increase the PIK Toggle Notes for all interest in 2014 and the face amount of the PIK Toggle Notes is $51.9 million at December 31, 2014.

The PIK Toggle Notes contain covenants which limit the ability of the Company to enter into transactions with affiliates and make dividends or other distributions or repurchase capital stock. The PIK Toggle Notes are unsecured and do not limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt or liens.

7% Senior Notes

In January of 2014, the Company entered into 7% Senior Notes with various stockholders for a principal amount of $11 million and warrants to purchase 11,000,000 units of membership interests in Intrepid, which currently represents 40% of the Intrepid Common Units outstanding on a fully diluted basis, at an exercise price of $1.00 per unit. The warrants were exercisable beginning January 21, 2014. Due to the warrants, the 7% Senior Notes had an original issue discount of $2.8 million and was initially valued at $8.2 million. The 7% Senior Notes mature and the warrants expire on December 31, 2023.

The 7% Senior Notes accrue interest at 7%. Interest is payable on the last business day of June and December in each year provided that the Company may elect to exercise its option to pay all or a portion of the interest in kind. The Company has chosen to increase its 7% Senior Notes for all interest in 2014 and the face amount of the 7% Senior Notes is $11.7 million at December 31, 2014.

The 7% Senior Notes are the general unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank equally with the Company’s other unsecured and unsubordinated debt from time to time outstanding. Redemptions of the 7% Senior Notes may be made by the Company at any time without penalty or premium.

Second Lien Notes and Third Lien Notes

On July 28, 2011, NATC issued $205 million aggregate principal amount of NATC’s Second Lien Notes and $80 million aggregate principal amount of NATC’s Third Lien Notes in a private placement under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Holders of the Notes are not entitled to registration rights. As of December 31, 2013, the Second Lien Notes had an accreted value of $202.9 million and the Third Lien Notes had an accreted value of $85.2 million (which includes $6.5 million of interest paid in kind by increasing the principal amount of the notes).

The Second Lien Notes were senior secured obligations of NATC, were set to mature on July 15, 2016 and were guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the Company and each of NATC’s existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries. The Second Lien Notes bore interest at the rate of 11.5% per annum, payable in cash, from the date of issuance, or from the most recent date to which interest was paid or provided for, and interest was payable semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2012. If NATC sold certain assets or experienced certain casualty or condemnation events and did not use the net proceeds as required under the Indenture governing the Second Lien Notes (the “Second Lien Notes Indenture”), NATC was required to use such net proceeds to offer to repurchase the Second Lien Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Subject to certain exceptions, NATC was also required to make an offer to purchase the Second Lien Notes with 75% of Excess Cash Flow (as such term was defined in the Second Lien Notes Indenture) for each period specified at 103% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The Third Lien Notes were senior secured obligations of NATC, were set to mature on January 15, 2017 and were guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the Company and each of NATC’s existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries. The Third Lien Notes bore interest at a rate of 19% per annum from the date of issuance, or from the most recent date to which interest was paid or provided for, and interest was payable semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2012. NATC could elect to pay interest on the Third Lien Notes for any interest period either entirely in cash or at an annual rate of 11% in cash and 8% in kind (“PIK Interest”) by increasing the principal amount of the Third Lien Notes or by issuing additional Third Lien Notes. NATC elected to pay PIK Interest on the Third Lien Notes for the installments payable on July 15, 2012 and January 15, 2013. NATC was not required to make mandatory redemptions or sinking fund payments prior to the maturity of the Third Lien Notes, except in connection with certain asset dispositions and changes in control. If NATC underwent a change of control, NATC was required to make an offer to repurchase the Third Lien Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. If NATC sold certain assets or experienced certain casualty or condemnation events and did not use the net proceeds as required under the Indenture governing the Third

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Lien Notes (the “Third Lien Notes Indenture”), NATC was required to use such net proceeds to offer to repurchase the Third Lien Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The Second Lien Notes Indenture and the Third Lien Notes Indenture (together, the “Indentures”) limited the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends, entering into transactions with affiliates, asset sales, engaging in mergers or acquisitions, creating liens or other encumbrances on assets, and other matters. NATC was not required to file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, but was required to post certain financial information and other business information on its website.

2013 Credit Facility

On July 15, 2013, NATC terminated the Revolving Credit Facility with Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, which provided $15.0 million of borrowing capacity (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). NATC and all of its existing subsidiaries were borrowers under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility was guaranteed by the Company, as well as all of NATC’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries. The Revolving Credit Facility was undrawn at termination. The remaining unamortized deferred financing fees, relating to the Revolving Credit Facility, of approximately $0.4 million were expensed during 2013 and are reflected as a loss on extinguishment of debt on the consolidated statements of operations.

On July 15, 2013, NATC entered into a new senior secured revolving credit facility with a maturity date of July 31, 2016 (the “2013 Credit Facility”), with Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent, and Standard General Master Fund L.P., as sole Lead Arranger and sole Book Running Manager, which provided $15.0 million of borrowing capacity. Standard General is a shareholder of the Company. There have not been any borrowings under the 2013 Credit Facility from its inception through January 13, 2014.

The 2013 Credit Facility required NATC to meet a minimum consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) test. The 2013 Credit Facility also contained covenants which, among other things, limited the incurrence of additional indebtedness, distribution of dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, mergers, prepayments of other indebtedness, liens and encumbrances, capital expenditures, and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. The 2013 Credit Facility contained customary events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-acceleration, cross-defaults to certain other indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency, the occurrence of a Change of Control, as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility, and judgment defaults.

Intrepid

During 2013, Intrepid entered into a Secured Promissory Note (“Secured Promissory Note”) with Standard General for $12.5 million. Standard General is a shareholder of the Company. The Secured Promissory Note had an interest rate of 7% until September 30, 2014. On October 1, 2014, the interest rate on the Secured Promissory Note increased to 15% through its stated maturity of July 15, 2017.

During 2014, Intrepid repaid in full the Secured Promissory Note.

Restricted / Non-Restricted Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

The payment of principal and interest on the First Lien Term Loan, Second Lien Term Loan and ABL are guaranteed by NATC and its subsidiaries (“Issuer/Restricted”). Turning Point and its subsidiary (“Non-Restricted”) are not guarantors of the First Lien Term Loan, Second Lien Term Loan and ABL. The separate financial statements of the Issuer/Restricted are not included herein because the Issuer/Restricted are the Company’s wholly-owned consolidated subsidiaries and are jointly, severally, fully and unconditionally liable for the obligations represented by the First Lien Term Loan, Second Lien Term Loan and ABL. The Company believes that the consolidating financial information for the Issuer/Restricted and the Non-Restricted provide information that is more meaningful in understanding the financial position of the Issuer/Restricted than separate financial statements of the Issuer/Restricted.

The following consolidating financial information present consolidating financial data for the Issuer/Restricted, Non-Restricted and an elimination column for adjustments to arrive at the information for the Company on a consolidated basis as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The principal elimination entries set forth below eliminate investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions.

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 31, 2014
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Eliminations
Consolidated
ASSETS
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
8,015
 
$
452
 
$
 
$
8,467
 
Accounts receivable
 
2,533
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,533
 
Inventories
 
36,615
 
 
9,756
 
 
 
 
46,371
 
Other current assets
 
5,261
 
 
5,626
 
 
 
 
10,887
 
Total current assets
 
52,424
 
 
15,834
 
 
 
 
68,258
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
 
5,060
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,060
 
Deferred financing costs, net
 
7,913
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,913
 
Goodwill
 
128,697
 
 
 
 
 
 
128,697
 
Investment in subsidiaries
 
11,187
 
 
 
 
(11,187
)
 
 
Other intangible assets, net
 
8,553
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,553
 
Master Settlement Agreement - escrow deposits
 
31,724
 
 
 
 
 
 
31,724
 
Total assets
$
245,558
 
$
15,834
 
$
(11,187
)
$
250,205
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
1,260
 
$
1,043
 
$
 
$
2,303
 
Accrued expenses
 
7,781
 
 
1,655
 
 
 
 
9,436
 
Accrued interest expense
 
4,778
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,778
 
Deferred income taxes
 
331
 
 
 
 
 
 
331
 
First lien term loan
 
1,650
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,650
 
Revolving credit facility
 
7,353
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,353
 
Total current liabilities
 
23,153
 
 
2,698
 
 
 
 
25,851
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes payable and long-term debt
 
303,550
 
 
 
 
 
 
303,550
 
Deferred Income Taxes
 
6,631
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,631
 
Postretirement benefits
 
4,900
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,900
 
Pension benefits
 
845
 
 
 
 
 
 
845
 
Total Liabilities
 
339,079
 
 
2,698
 
 
 
 
341,777
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock
 
7
 
 
 
 
 
 
7
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
76,332
 
 
11,121
 
 
(74,995
)
 
12,458
 
Advance to TPB
 
777
 
 
(777
)
 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(4,088
)
 
 
 
 
 
(4,088
)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
 
(166,549
)
 
2,792
 
 
63,808
 
 
(99,949
)
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)
 
(93,521
)
 
13,136
 
 
(11,187
)
 
(91,572
)
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)
$
245,558
 
$
15,834
 
$
(11,187
)
$
250,205
 

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Statement of Operations
for the year ended December 31, 2014
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Consolidated
Net sales
$
180,264
 
$
20,065
 
$
200,329
 
Cost of sales
 
93,679
 
 
13,486
 
 
107,165
 
Gross profit
 
86,585
 
 
6,579
 
 
93,164
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
40,894
 
 
4,214
 
 
45,108
 
Operating income
 
45,691
 
 
2,365
 
 
48,056
 
Interest expense and financing costs
 
34,005
 
 
306
 
 
34,311
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
42,780
 
 
 
 
42,780
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
(31,094
)
 
2,059
 
 
(29,035
)
Income tax expense
 
370
 
 
 
 
370
 
Net income (loss)
$
(31,464
)
$
2,059
 
$
(29,405
)

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended December 31, 2014
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
(31,464
)
$
2,059
 
$
(29,405
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
42,780
 
 
 
 
42,780
 
Depreciation expense
 
933
 
 
 
 
933
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs
 
1,453
 
 
 
 
1,453
 
Amortization of original issue discount
 
1,044
 
 
 
 
1,044
 
Interest incurred but not paid on PIK toggle notes
 
6,867
 
 
 
 
6,867
 
Interest incurred but not paid on 7% senior notes
 
721
 
 
 
 
721
 
Interest paid on third lien notes (see Note 2)
 
(6,528
)
 
 
 
(6,528
)
Deferred income taxes
 
37
 
 
 
 
37
 
Stock compensation expense
 
364
 
 
 
 
364
 
Member unit compensation expense
 
 
 
221
 
 
221
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 
463
 
 
215
 
 
678
 
Inventories
 
8,581
 
 
7,424
 
 
16,005
 
Other current assets
 
1,041
 
 
(1,420
)
 
(379
)
Prepaid pension costs
 
1,019
 
 
 
 
1,019
 
Other assets
 
(174
)
 
 
 
(174
)
Accounts payable
 
(2,726
)
 
(7,391
)
 
(10,117
)
Accrued pension liabilities
 
(3,054
)
 
 
 
(3,054
)
Accrued postretirement liabilities
 
(99
)
 
 
 
(99
)
Accrued expenses and other
 
(17,081
)
 
740
 
 
(16,341
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
4,177
 
 
1,848
 
 
6,025
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(1,314
)
 
 
 
(1,314
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(1,314
)
 
 
 
(1,314
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contributed capital from member
 
(10,900
)
 
10,900
 
 
 
Proceeds from revolving credit facility, net
 
7,353
 
 
 
 
7,353
 
Proceeds from term loans
 
246,700
 
 
 
 
246,700
 
Proceeds from PIK toggle notes
 
45,000
 
 
 
 
45,000
 
Proceeds from 7% senior notes
 
11,000
 
 
 
 
11,000
 
Payments for secured promissory note
 
 
 
(12,500
)
 
(12,500
)
Payments for first lien term loan
 
(1,650
)
 
 
 
(1,650
)
Payments for second and third lien notes (see Note 2)
 
(317,633
)
 
 
 
(317,633
)
Payments for financing costs
 
(8,457
)
 
 
 
(8,457
)
Redemption of common stock
 
(1,436
)
 
 
 
(1,436
)
Other
 
206
 
 
(206
)
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities
 
(29,817
)
 
(1,806
)
 
(31,623
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in cash
 
(26,954
)
 
42
 
 
(26,912
)
Cash, beginning of period
 
34,969
 
 
410
 
 
35,379
 
Cash, end of period
$
8,015
 
$
452
 
$
8,467
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the period for interest
$
38,147
 
$
44
 
$
38,191
 
Cash paid during the period for income taxes, net
$
332
 
$
 
$
332
 

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 31, 2013
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Eliminations
Consolidated
ASSETS
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
34,968
 
$
411
 
$
 
$
35,379
 
Accounts receivable
 
2,996
 
 
215
 
 
 
 
3,211
 
Inventories
 
45,196
 
 
17,180
 
 
 
 
62,376
 
Other current assets
 
6,304
 
 
4,204
 
 
 
 
10,508
 
Total current assets
 
89,464
 
 
22,010
 
 
 
 
111,474
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
 
4,679
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,679
 
Prepaid pension costs
 
1,019
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,019
 
Deferred financing costs, net
 
7,635
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,635
 
Goodwill
 
128,697
 
 
 
 
 
 
128,697
 
Investment in subsidiaries
 
20,472
 
 
 
 
(20,472
)
 
 
Other intangible assets, net
 
8,553
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,553
 
Master Settlement Agreement - escrow deposits
 
31,550
 
 
 
 
 
 
31,550
 
Total assets
$
292,069
 
$
22,010
 
$
(20,472
)
$
293,607
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
3,986
 
$
8,434
 
$
 
$
12,420
 
Accrued expenses
 
11,189
 
 
652
 
 
 
 
11,841
 
Accrued interest expense
 
18,452
 
 
262
 
 
 
 
18,714
 
Deferred income taxes
 
294
 
 
 
 
 
 
294
 
Total current liabilities
 
33,921
 
 
9,348
 
 
 
 
43,269
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes payable and long-term debt
 
288,064
 
 
12,500
 
 
 
 
300,564
 
Deferred Income Taxes
 
6,631
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,631
 
Postretirement benefits
 
4,715
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,715
 
Pension
 
1,862
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,862
 
Total Liabilities
 
335,193
 
 
21,848
 
 
 
 
357,041
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock
 
7
 
 
 
 
 
 
7
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
72,293
 
 
 
 
(64,095
)
 
8,198
 
Advance to TPB
 
571
 
 
(571
)
 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(1,767
)
 
 
 
 
 
(1,767
)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
 
(114,228
)
 
733
 
 
43,623
 
 
(69,872
)
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)
 
(43,124
)
 
162
 
 
(20,472
)
 
(63,434
)
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)
$
292,069
 
$
22,010
 
$
(20,472
)
$
293,607
 

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Statement of Operations
for the year ended December 31, 2013
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Consolidated
Net sales
$
188,132
 
$
5,172
 
$
193,304
 
Cost of sales
 
99,897
 
 
3,146
 
 
103,043
 
Gross profit
 
88,235
 
 
2,026
 
 
90,261
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
45,790
 
 
1,032
 
 
46,822
 
Amortization expense
 
27
 
 
 
 
27
 
Operating income
 
42,418
 
 
994
 
 
43,412
 
Interest expense and financing costs
 
43,833
 
 
261
 
 
44,094
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
441
 
 
 
 
441
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
(1,856
)
 
733
 
 
(1,123
)
Income tax expense
 
486
 
 
 
 
486
 
Net income (loss)
$
(2,342
)
$
733
 
$
(1,609
)

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended December 31, 2013
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
(2,342
)
$
733
 
$
(1,609
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
441
 
 
 
 
441
 
Loss on sale of fixed assets
 
3
 
 
 
 
3
 
Depreciation expense
 
905
 
 
 
 
905
 
Amortization expense
 
27
 
 
 
 
27
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs
 
2,514
 
 
 
 
2,514
 
Amortization of original issue discount
 
1,256
 
 
 
 
1,256
 
Interest incurred but not paid on third lien notes
 
3,328
 
 
 
 
3,328
 
Deferred income taxes
 
23
 
 
 
 
23
 
Stock compensation expense
 
234
 
 
 
 
234
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 
321
 
 
(215
)
 
106
 
Inventories
 
4,211
 
 
(17,180
)
 
(12,969
)
Other current assets
 
961
 
 
(4,204
)
 
(3,243
)
Prepaid pension costs
 
(1,019
)
 
 
 
(1,019
)
Other assets
 
(193
)
 
 
 
(193
)
Accounts payable
 
3,048
 
 
8,434
 
 
11,482
 
Accrued pension liabilities
 
(713
)
 
 
 
(713
)
Accrued postretirement liabilities
 
(381
)
 
 
 
(381
)
Accrued expenses and other
 
1,920
 
 
914
 
 
2,834
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
14,544
 
 
(11,518
)
 
3,026
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(729
)
 
 
 
(729
)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
 
6
 
 
 
 
6
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(723
)
 
 
 
(723
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of secured promissory note
 
 
 
12,500
 
 
12,500
 
Payments for financing costs
 
(546
)
 
(571
)
 
(1,117
)
Other
 
(742
)
 
 
 
(742
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
(1,288
)
 
11,929
 
 
10,641
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in cash
 
12,533
 
 
411
 
 
12,944
 
Cash, beginning of period
 
22,435
 
 
 
 
22,435
 
Cash, end of period
$
34,968
 
$
411
 
$
35,379
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the period for interest
$
36,450
 
$
 
$
36,450
 
Cash paid during the period for income taxes, net
$
463
 
$
 
$
463
 

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

11. Income Taxes:

The income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 consists of the following components:

 
2014
2013
 
Current
Deferred
Total
Current
Deferred
Total
Federal
$
 
$
31
 
$
31
 
$
30
 
$
20
 
$
50
 
State and Local
 
333
 
 
6
 
 
339
 
 
433
 
 
3
 
 
436
 
 
$
333
 
$
37
 
$
370
 
$
463
 
$
23
 
$
486
 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consist of:

 
2014
2013
 
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
Inventory
$
1,610
 
$
331
 
$
1,877
 
$
294
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
 
 
1,120
 
 
 
 
1,145
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets
 
310
 
 
10,431
 
 
322
 
 
10,431
 
Accrued pension and postretirement costs
 
517
 
 
 
 
1,325
 
 
 
NOL carryforward
 
27,758
 
 
 
 
17,116
 
 
 
Deferred Income for Tax Purposes
 
 
 
2,839
 
 
 
 
3,548
 
Other
 
3,451
 
 
 
 
3,402
 
 
 
Sub-total
 
33,646
 
 
14,721
 
 
24,042
 
 
15,418
 
Valuation allowance
 
(25,887
)
 
 
 
(15,549
)
 
 
Deferred income taxes
$
7,759
 
$
14,721
 
$
8,493
 
$
15,418
 

At December 31, 2014, the Company had NOL carryforwards for income tax purposes of approximately $73.0 million which expire in 2023 through 2033.

The Company has determined, that at December 31, 2014 and 2013, its ability to realize future benefits of certain net deferred tax assets does not meet the “more likely than not” criteria in ASC 740, Income Taxes; therefore, a valuation allowance of $25.9 million and $15.5 million, respectively, has been recorded. The valuation allowance increased by $10.3 million and $0.7 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

ASC 740-10-25 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company has determined that they did not have any uncertain tax positions requiring recognition as a result of the provisions of ASC 740-10-25. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on uncertain tax positions as part of interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, no estimated interest or penalties were recognized for the uncertainty of tax positions taken. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. In general, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state tax examinations for years prior to 2011.

Reconciliation of the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 
2014
2013
Federal statutory rate
 
35.0
%
 
35.0
%
State taxes
 
(0.8
)
 
(25.6
)
Permanent differences
 
0.1
 
 
16.7
 
Valuation allowance
 
(35.6
)
 
(69.4
)
Effective income tax rate
 
(1.3
)%
 
(43.3
)%

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

12. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans:

NATC has two defined benefit pension plans. Benefits for the hourly employees’ plan are based on a stated benefit per year of service, reduced by amounts earned in a previous plan. Benefits for the salaried employees plan were based on years of service and the employees’ final compensation. All of the defined benefit plans are frozen.

NATC sponsored a defined benefit postretirement plan that covered hourly employees. This plan provides medical and dental benefits. This plan is contributory, with retiree contributions adjusted annually.

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations and fair value of assets for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and a statement of the funded status as of December 31:

 
Pension Benefits
Postretirement Benefits
 
2014
2013
2014
2013
Reconciliation of benefit obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at January 1
$
16,840
 
$
18,770
 
$
5,021
 
$
5,693
 
Service cost
 
151
 
 
149
 
 
 
 
 
Interest cost
 
757
 
 
637
 
 
203
 
 
180
 
Actuarial loss (gain)
 
1,740
 
 
(1,534
)
 
259
 
 
(596
)
Benefits paid
 
(1,154
)
 
(1,182
)
 
(270
)
 
(256
)
Benefit obligation at December 31
$
18,334
 
$
16,840
 
$
5,213
 
$
5,021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at January 1
$
15,997
 
$
12,564
 
$
 
$
 
Actual return on plan assets
 
773
 
 
2,656
 
 
 
 
 
Employer contributions
 
1,873
 
 
1,959
 
 
270
 
 
256
 
Benefits paid
 
(1,154
)
 
(1,182
)
 
(270
)
 
(256
)
Fair value of plan assets at December 31
$
17,489
 
$
15,997
 
$
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded status:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded status at December 31
$
(845
)
$
(843
)
$
(5,213
)
$
(5,021
)
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)
 
5,302
 
 
3,265
 
 
(600
)
 
(884
)
Net amount recognized
$
4,457
 
$
2,422
 
$
(5,813
)
$
(5,905
)

Pension plans in which accumulated benefit obligations exceed plan assets at December 31:

 
2014
2013
Projected benefit obligation
$
18,334
 
$
8,767
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
 
18,334
 
 
8,767
 
Fair value of plan assets
 
17,489
 
 
6,905
 

The asset allocation for NATC’s defined benefit plans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the target allocation for 2015, by asset category, follows:

 
Target
Allocation
Percentage of
Plan Assets at
December
 
2015
2014
2013
Asset category:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities
 
60.0
%
 
62.0
%
 
66.0
%
Debt securities
 
25.0
%
 
27.5
%
 
26.5
%
Cash
 
15.0
%
 
10.5
%
 
7.5
%
Total
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value. That framework provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3).

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under GAAP are described below:

Level 1 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.

Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

The asset’s or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

Following is the description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value subsequent to initial recognition. These methods may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while NATC believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date. There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Pooled Separate Accounts: Valued at the net asset value (“NAV”) of shares held by the plan at year end.

Guaranteed Deposit Account: Valued at fair value by discounting the related cash flows based on current yields of similar instruments with comparable durations considering the creditworthiness of the issuer.

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis: The table below presents the balances of the plan’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Pooled Separate Accounts
$
15,712
 
$
 
$
15,712
 
$
 
Guaranteed Deposit Account
 
1,777
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,777
 
Total assets at fair value as of December 31, 2014
$
17,489
 
$
 
$
15,712
 
$
1,777
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pooled Separate Accounts
$
14,798
 
$
 
$
14,798
 
$
 
Guaranteed Deposit Account
 
1,199
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,199
 
Total assets at fair value as of December 31, 2013
$
15,997
 
$
 
$
14,798
 
$
1,199
 

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Level 3 Gains and Losses: The table below sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Guaranteed Deposit Account for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 
Guaranteed
Deposit
Account
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
1,357
 
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized)
 
 
 
Return on plan assets
 
61
 
Purchases, sales and settlements, net
 
(219
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
1,199
 
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized)
 
 
 
Return on plan assets
 
57
 
Purchases, sales and settlements, net
 
521
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
1,777
 

Equity securities included no shares of NATC’s common stock at December 31, 2014 or 2013.

NATC’s investment philosophy is to earn a reasonable return without subjecting plan assets to undue risk. NATC uses one management firm to manage plan assets, which are invested in equity and debt securities. NATC’s investment objective is to provide long-term growth of capital as well as current income.

The following table provides the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31:

 
Pension Benefits
Postretirement
Benefits
 
2014
2013
2014
2013
Prepaid pension costs
$
 
$
1,019
 
$
 
$
 
Accrued benefit cost
 
(845
)
 
(1,862
)
 
(5,213
)
 
(5,021
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, unrecognized net gain/loss
 
5,302
 
 
3,265
 
 
(600
)
 
(884
)
 
$
4,457
 
$
2,422
 
$
(5,813
)
$
(5,905
)

The following table provides the amount in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit costs in 2015:

 
Pension
Benefits
Postretirement
Benefits
Included in cost of sales
$
258
 
$
(5
)
Included in selling, general and administrative expenses
 
219
 
 
 
 
$
477
 
$
(5
)

The following table provides the components of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit costs and total costs for the plans for the years ended December 31:

 
Pension Benefits
Postretirement
Benefits
 
2014
2013
2014
2013
Service cost
$
151
 
$
149
 
$
 
$
 
Interest cost
 
757
 
 
637
 
 
203
 
 
180
 
Expected return on plan assets
 
(1,147
)
 
(977
)
 
 
 
 
Amortization of gains and losses
 
77
 
 
418
 
 
(25
)
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost (income)
$
(162
)
$
227
 
$
178
 
$
180
 

NATC is required to make assumptions regarding such variables as the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the discount rate applied to determine service cost and interest cost. The rate of return on assets used is

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

determined based upon analysis of the plans’ historical performance relative to the overall markets and mix of assets. The assumptions listed below represent management’s review of relevant market conditions and have been adjusted, as appropriate. The weighted average assumptions used in the measurement of NATC’s benefit obligation are as follows:

 
Pension Benefits
Postretirement
Benefits
 
2014
2013
2014
2013
Discount rate
 
3.9
%
 
4.8
%
 
3.5
%
 
4.3
%

The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension and postretirement costs are as follows:

 
Pension Benefits
Postretirement
Benefits
 
2014
2013
2014
2013
Discount rate
 
4.8
%
 
3.5
%
 
4.3
%
 
3.3
%
Expected return on plan assets
 
7.0
%
 
7.5
%
 
 
 
 

For measurement purposes of the postretirement benefits, the assumed health care cost trend rate for participants under age 65 as of December 31, 2014 was 9.0% reducing to 5.5% by 2018 and for participants age 65 and over the rate was 9.0% reducing to 5.5% by 2018.

Assumed health care cost trend rates could have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement benefit plans. A 1% increase in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 
2014
2013
Effect on total of service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement cost
$
4
 
$
3
 
Effect on the health care component of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
$
88
 
$
116
 

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 
Pension
Benefits
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
2015
$
1,098
 
$
325
 
2016
 
1,107
 
 
342
 
2017
 
1,107
 
 
355
 
2018
 
1,099
 
 
353
 
2019
 
1,092
 
 
349
 
2020-2024
 
5,525
 
 
1,656
 

NATC’s policy for the postretirement benefits plan is to make contributions equal to the benefits paid during the year. NATC expects to make $0.3 million of contributions to the postretirement plan in the year ending December 31, 2015. NATC’s policy for the pension plan is to make the minimum amount of contributions that can be deducted for federal income taxes. NATC expects to make no contributions to the pension plan in the year ending December 31, 2015.

NATC also sponsors a voluntary 401(k) retirement savings plan. Eligible employees may elect to contribute up to 15% of their annual earnings subject to certain limitations. NATC’s match for the hourly employees was 100.0% of each eligible participant’s contribution up to 6% of compensation for the plan year. NATC’s matching for hourly employees was subject to a 3-year vesting schedule. For the 2014 and 2013 Plan Years, NATC contributed 4% to those salaried employees contributing 4% or greater. For those salaried employees contributing less than 4%, NATC matched the contribution by 100%. NATC matching contributions to this plan were approximately $0.7 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

13. Lease Commitments:

The Company leases certain office space and vehicles for varying periods. In December 2011, the Company sub-leased its leased office space in New York City. This sub-lease expired on May 30, 2014 and required a fixed monthly rent payment, utilities and applicable taxes.

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments for operating leases that had initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2014:

 
Operating
Leases
2015
$
1,047
 
2016
 
893
 
2017
 
823
 
2018
 
782
 
2019
 
782
 
2020 and beyond
 
848
 
Total minimum lease payments
$
5,175
 

The total lease expense included in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $1,832 and $2,009, respectively, and the net lease expense, after deducting sub-lease income of $143 and $338, respectively, from sub-leases, was $1,689 and $1,671, respectively.

14. Share Incentive Plans:

On February 8, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”) and approved a form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “Form Award Agreement”) pursuant to which awards under the 2006 Plan may be granted to employees. The Form Award Agreement requires, as a condition of the award, that any and all stock options (vested or otherwise) previously granted to these individuals will be immediately cancelled as of the date of the award. On March 15, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement pursuant to which awards under the 2006 Plan may be granted to non-employee directors (the “Director Form Award Agreement”). The 2006 Plan provides for the granting of nonqualified stock options and restricted stock awards. Pursuant to the 2006 Plan, 254,503 shares of common stock of the Company are reserved for issuance as awards to employees, consultants and directors as compensation for past or future services or the attainment of certain performance goals. On August 7, 2014, the Board of Directors of the Company amended the 2006 Plan. The 2006 Plan shares were increased to a maximum of 350,000 shares that may be issued pursuant to awards under the 2006 Plan. In addition, the term of the 2006 Plan was extended an additional 10 years. The 2006 Plan is now scheduled to terminate on August 6, 2026. The Board of Directors of the Company may provide that awards under the 2006 Plan shall become vested in installments over a period of time or may specify that the attainment of certain performance measures will determine the degree of vesting, or a combination of both, as set forth in the applicable award agreements. As of December 31, 2014, 102,488 shares of restricted stock and 103,993 options have been granted to employees of NATC and 4,000 shares of restricted stock and 58,209 options have been granted to current and former non-employee directors of NATC under the 2006 Plan.

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The total number of shares available for grant under the 2006 Plan is 81,310. Stock option activity is summarized below:

 
Incentive
Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Outstanding, December 31, 2012
 
174,732
 
$
17.11
 
$
23.91
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
9,000
 
 
40.00
 
 
22.63
 
Exercised
 
(11,174
)
 
9.99
 
 
40.00
 
Expired
 
(14,962
)
 
9.99
 
 
40.00
 
Forfeited
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2013
 
157,596
 
 
19.59
 
 
13.62
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
23,750
 
 
40.00
 
 
22.63
 
Exercised
 
(11,494
)
 
9.99
 
 
40.00
 
Expired
 
(2,000
)
 
9.99
 
 
40.00
 
Forfeited
 
(5,650
)
 
40.00
 
 
22.63
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2014
 
162,202
 
$
22.67
 
$
12.43
 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

The outstanding stock options’ exercise price for 97,102 options is $11.05 per share of which all are exercisable. The outstanding stock options’ exercise price for 65,100 options is $40.00 per share of which 52,629 are exercisable. The weighted average of the remaining lives of the outstanding stock options is approximately 2.9 years for the options with the $11.05 exercise price, and 7.9 years for the options with the $40.00 exercise price. NATC estimates that the expected life of all stock options is five years from the date of grant. For the $11.05 per share options, the weighted average fair value of options was determined using the Black-Scholes model assuming a ten-year life from grant date; a current share price and exercise price of $11.05; risk free interest rate of 4.366% and a volatility of 30% and no assumed dividend yield. Based on these assumptions, the fair value of these options is approximately $5.59 per share option granted. For the $40.00 per share options, the weighted average fair value of options was determined using the Black-Scholes model assuming a ten-year life from grant date; a current share price and exercise price of $40.00; risk-free interest rate of 3.57%; a volatility of 40%; and no assumed dividend yield. Based on these assumptions, the fair value of these options is approximately $22.63 per share option granted.

NATC has recorded compensation expense related to the options based on the provisions of ASC 718 under which the fixed portion of such expense is determined as the fair value of the options on the date of grant and amortized over the vesting period. NATC recorded compensation expense of approximately $364 and $234 in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, there was $182 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested options which will be recognized over 2 years.

15 . Unit Incentive Plans and Warrants for Intrepid Brands, LLC :

Effective August 7, 2014, the Company adopted the Intrepid Brands, LLC 2014 Option Plan (“2014 Plan”) for units of ownership in Intrepid. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of the Company by linking the personal interests of the service providers (including employees, consultants and managers) to those of Company equity holders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company equity holders. The 2014 Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, consultants and managers whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company's operation is largely dependent.

The Administration Committee shall determine the treatment to be afforded to a participant in the event of termination of employment for any reason including death, disability, or retirement. The 2014 Plan contains

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provisions for equitable adjustment of benefits in the event of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, dividend in kind or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to stockholders of the Company.

Pursuant to the 2014 Plan, the maximum number of Common Units of Intrepid that may be issued pursuant to an exercise of Options awarded under the 2014 Plan is 1,375,000 Common Units, reduced by one such Unit for every Incentive Unit (if any) that the Company issues in accordance with the terms of its LLC Agreement. The 2014 Plan shall terminate automatically on the day preceding the tenth anniversary of its adoption unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 11 (b) of the plan. The 2014 Plan is scheduled to terminate on August 6, 2024. As of December 31, 2014, 1,358,889 unit options have been granted to employees of NTC.

The total number of units available for grant under the 2014 Plan is 16,111. Unit option activity is summarized below:

 
Unit
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Outstanding, September 1, 2013
 
 
$
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expired
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
1,360,990
 
 
1.00
 
 
0.25
 
Exercised
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expired
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
(2,101
)
 
1.00
 
 
0.25
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2014
 
1,358,889
 
$
1.00
 
$
0.25
 

At December 31, 2014, under the 2014 Plan, the outstanding unit options’ exercise price for 1,358,889 options is $1.00 per share of which 680,519 are exercisable. The weighted average of the remaining lives of the outstanding unit options is approximately 19.7 years. The weighted average fair value of options was determined using the Black-Scholes model assuming a 20-year life from grant date; a current unit price and exercise price of $1.00; risk-free interest rate of 2.65% and a volatility of 20% and no assumed dividend yield. Based on these assumptions, the fair value of the options is approximately $0.25 per unit option granted. The Company recorded compensation expense of approximately $221 in the statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, there was $119 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested options which will be recognized over 2 years.

In January of 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 11,000,000 units of membership in Intrepid Brands, LLC concurrent with the issuance of 7% Senior Notes (see Note 10). This represents 40% of the Intrepid Common Units outstanding on a fully diluted basis, at a purchase price of $1.00 per unit. The warrants were exercisable beginning January 21, 2014 and they expire on December 31, 2023.

16 . Contingencies:

Litigation with Gordian Group, LLC

On July 5, 2012, Gordian Group, LLC ("Gordian"), a financial advisory firm, commenced an action against the Company in the Superior Court of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County. The complaint, captioned Gordian Group, LLC v. North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 12C-06-276 JRJ , asserts a claim for breach of contract against the Company and its subsidiaries, in regards to an engagement letter between Gordian and

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Company dated October 13, 2009 (the "Engagement Letter"). Gordian alleges in its complaint that under the terms of the Engagement Letter, it is entitled to remuneration associated with a transaction dated on or around July 28, 2011 involving the issuance of Company debt totaling approximately $285 million in principal. Gordian also asserts similar and overlapping claims under several quasi-contractual theories and seeks over $9 million in damages, its legal fees and costs, and pre-judgment interest. The complaint was served on July 24, 2012, and the Company filed its answer to the complaint on September 5, 2012. Discovery is complete. On August 29, 2013, the Company filed a motion for leave to file a counterclaim against Gordian for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing seeking damages from Gordian for its conduct. The motion was opposed and argued and the Court took the motion under advisement. On September 23, 2013, the Company filed a motion for summary judgment.

On February 8, 2014, the Company and Gordian participated in a mediation of the claims alleged in the complaint. As a result of the mediation, on February 12, 2014, the Company and Gordian executed a settlement agreement and general release resolving all claims in the action in exchange for a $2 million settlement payment, which the Company paid in full on February 13, 2014. Under the terms of the settlement agreement and general release, neither party admits any liability or wrongdoing whatsoever. On February 14, 2014, the court entered an order dismissing the action and all claims defenses and counterclaims, with prejudice. The $2 million settlement payment has been recorded on the 2013 consolidated statement of operations as part of selling, general and administrative expenses.

Litigation with Langston Enterprises, Inc, et al.

On December 20, 2011, Plaintiffs Langston Enterprises Inc., Doris Carlin on behalf of the Estate of Ernest R. Carlin, Lynn Hinely, Alan M., Inc., C.D. Ray, Inc., and Duane Wright, each a minority stockholder of the Company, commenced an action in the Kentucky Circuit Court for the Civil Circuit Division of Jefferson County, Kentucky against the Company and certain of the Company’s current and former directors and officers. The complaint, captioned Langston Enterprises, Inc., et al. v. Thomas F. Helms, Jr., et al ., Case No. 11-CI-08162 (the “Langston Complaint”), asserts both individual claims and derivative claims on behalf of the Company. The complaint alleges, among other things, the waste of corporate assets relating to loans made by the Company to Thomas F. Helms, Jr., oppression of minority shareholders and mismanagement. Plaintiffs assert, among other claims, a breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the management of the Company’s business and seek both actual and punitive damages.

On February 27, 2012, Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Langston Complaint.

On April 17, 2012, Plaintiffs filed oppositions to Defendants’ motions to dismiss, along with an amended complaint (the “Amended Complaint”). The Amended Complaint alleges, among other things, claims under both Kentucky and Delaware law related to the waste of corporate assets relating to loans made by the Company to Thomas F. Helms, Jr., oppression of minority shareholders and mismanagement. Plaintiffs assert, among other claims, a breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the management of the Company’s business and seek both actual and punitive damages.

On June 22, 2012, Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Amended Complaint. On November 19, 2012, while those motions were pending, Mr. Helms repaid in full all outstanding loans made to him by the Company, including all accrued interest (the “Loan Repayment”).

On December 3, 2012, Plaintiffs filed a motion to enforce an alleged settlement of the Litigation claimed to be reached with Defendants prior to the Loan Repayment. Defendants disputed the existence of such a prior settlement.

On December 31, 2012, the parties entered into a settlement agreement that, subject to Court approval, resolves the Plaintiffs’ claims. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement of the Plaintiffs’ derivative claims, the parties acknowledged that Mr. Helms made the Loan Repayment, benefitting the Company and its shareholders. The parties further agreed that the Company shall pay or cause to be paid $1.05 million to an Escrow Account, for ultimate distribution, subject to the terms of the settlement agreement, to Plaintiffs’ counsel in respect of the attorneys’ fees incurred by Plaintiffs with respect to the action.

Pursuant to the terms of the settlement of Plaintiffs’ direct claims, Standard General Master Fund LP and Standard General OC Master Fund LP agreed to purchase Plaintiffs’ 82,011 shares of the Company’s common stock for $1.75 million. In addition, the parties agreed that, subject to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Escrow Account a sum of $0.15 million, which shall be for ultimate distribution to Plaintiffs. The Escrow Account has now been funded. In addition, under the terms of the settlement agreement,

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Plaintiffs have withdrawn their motion to enforce the alleged settlement reached prior to the Loan Repayment. Consummation of the settlement of the derivative claims and distribution of all amounts in the Escrow Account is subject to various conditions precedent referenced in the settlement agreement on file with the Court, including final Court approval of the proposed derivative settlement.

Under the terms of the settlement agreement, if the settlement of the derivative claims is approved by the Court, then upon the Effective Date of the settlement, (i) Plaintiffs, on behalf of themselves and their Related Persons, the Company, and any Company shareholder, will release any Released Derivative Claims they may have against any of the Released Persons (as such terms are defined in the settlement agreement), and (ii) Plaintiffs, on behalf of themselves and their Related Persons, will release any Released Direct Claims they may have against any of the Released Persons (as such terms are defined in the settlement agreement).

On or about February 13, 2013, the Court issued an order, among other things, preliminarily approving the settlement of the derivative claims, and directing the Company to provide notice of the proposed derivative settlement to the Company’s shareholders. The Court approved the final settlement at the final approval hearing, pursuant to which shareholders had the opportunity to be heard, on March 26, 2013. Following a 30-day appeal period, during which no appeal was filed, the settlement became final on April 26, 2013.

Under the terms of the settlement, the Company’s total settlement payments pursuant to the settlement amounted to $1.2 million, subject to reimbursement of $0.4 million of that amount by insurance.

Center for Environmental Health

In February 2015, the Center for Environmental Health, a public interest group in California, filed an action against vaporizer marketers, including one of our subsidiaries, alleging a violation of Proposition 65 as codified in the California Health and Safety Code sections 25249.5 et seq. (“Prop 65”). Prop 65 requires the State of California to identify chemicals that could cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm, and businesses selling products in California are then required to warn consumers of any possible exposure to the chemicals on the list. The basis for the action brought by the Center for Environmental health is the reproductive harm associated with nicotine. Although we are not aware of an instance in which we have sold nicotine-containing e-cigarette products that did not carry the appropriate Prop 65 warning, the Center for Environmental Health asserts that even e-cigarette products that do not contain nicotine, but could potentially be used with nicotine-containing products (such as open-system vaporizers or blank cartridges), should also carry a Prop 65 warning. We are currently exploring the possibility of settlement with the Center for Environmental Health, which has yet to indicate the value of its claims against our subsidiary.

The Company is involved in various other claims and actions which arise in the normal course of business. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management that the resolution of the proceedings should not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

17 . Loss Per Share:

The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted EPS computations of net loss:

 
2014
2013
 
Income
Shares
Per
Share
Income
Shares
Per
Share
Net loss
$
(29,405
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
(1,609
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic EPS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average
 
 
 
 
692,442
 
$
(42.47
)
 
 
 
 
698,732
 
$
(2.30
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted EPS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of Dilutive securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock options and warrants
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
692,442
 
$
(42.47
)
 
 
 
 
698,732
 
$
(2.30
)

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2014, weighted average options to purchase 162,202 shares of common stock and weighted average warrants to purchase 42,424 shares of common stock were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method. For the year ended December 31, 2013, weighted average options to purchase 157,596 shares of common stock were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options were anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method.

18 . Parent-Only Financial Information:

The Company is a holding company with independent operations including cash and its investments in its subsidiaries.

All of NATC’s subsidiaries are wholly-owned and guarantee the First Lien Term Loan and the Second Lien Term Loan of NATC on a full, unconditional, and joint and several basis. Within the First Lien Term Loan and the Second Lien Term Loan there are no significant restrictions on the ability of NATC to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan, but NATC is subject to significant restrictions on its ability to pay dividends or make other payments to TPB. NATC and its subsidiaries are generally unable to pay dividends and make other restricted payments to TPB, except in limited circumstances, including (i) to pay certain costs in the ordinary course of business, (ii) to redeem, retire or otherwise acquire certain of our outstanding equity interests and (iii) to pay certain tax obligations. As a result of such restrictions on TPB’s subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions to TPB, $234,371 of its consolidated total assets are currently restricted assets of its consolidated subsidiaries, which may not be transferred to TPB in the form of loans, advances or cash dividends without the consent of a third party. TPB has disclosed the amount of restricted total assets rather than restricted net assets due to the negative net assets of TPB and its restricted subsidiaries.

Turning Point and Intrepid are wholly-owned by the Company. Turning Point and its subsidiary are not guarantors of the First Lien Term Loan and Second Lien Term Loan.

19 . Segment Information:

In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, the Company has three reportable segments, (1) the Smokeless Products; (2) the Smoking Products; and (3) the NewGen Products. The Smokeless Products segment: (a) manufactures and markets moist snuff; and (b) contracts for and markets chewing tobacco products. The Smoking Products segment: (a) imports and markets cigarette papers, tubes and related products; (b) processes, packages and markets MYO cigarette tobaccos; (c) imports and markets finished cigars and MYO cigar tobaccos and cigar wraps; and (d) processes, packages and markets pipe tobaccos. The NewGen Products segment markets e-cigarettes, e-liquids, vaporizers and other related products. The Company’s products are distributed primarily through wholesale distributors in the United States. The Other segment includes the assets of the Company not assigned to the three reportable segments and Elimination includes the elimination of intercompany accounts between segments. The Company had one customer, which had sales in all three segments, that accounted for 10.9% of revenues for 2014 and 10.5% of revenues in 2013.

The accounting policies of these segments are the same as those of the Company. Segment data includes a charge allocating corporate costs to the three reportable segments based on their respective Net sales. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on Operating income.

The table below presents financial information about reported segments for 2014 and 2013:

 
December 31,
2014
December 31,
2013
Net Sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
Smokeless Products
$
71,465
 
$
70,248
 
Smoking Products
 
108,799
 
 
117,884
 
NewGen Products
 
20,065
 
 
5,172
 
 
$
200,329
 
$
193,304
 

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
December 31,
2014
December 31,
2013
Operating Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
Smokeless Products
$
21,357
 
$
16,176
 
Smoking Products
 
25,500
 
 
26,242
 
NewGen Products
 
2,345
 
 
994
 
Other (1)
 
(66
)
 
 
 
$
49,136
 
$
43,412
 
Less Eliminations (2)
 
(1,080
)
 
 
 
$
48,056
 
$
43,412
 
Interest expense and d eferred financing costs
 
(34,311
)
 
(44,094
)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
(42,780
)
 
(441
)
Income (Loss) before income taxes
$
(29,035
)
$
(1,123
)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Smokeless Products
$
76,550
 
$
107,400
 
Smoking Products
 
487,778
 
 
462,636
 
NewGen Products
 
15,883
 
 
22,010
 
Other (1)
 
32,506
 
 
32,539
 
 
 
612,717
 
 
624,585
 
Less Eliminations (2)
 
(362,512
)
 
(330,978
)
 
$
250,205
 
$
293,607
 
(1) “Other” includes our assets that are not assigned to our three reportable segments, such as intercompany transfers and investments in subsidiaries. All goodwill has been allocated to our reportable segments.
(2) “Elimination” includes the elimination of intercompany accounts between segments and investments in subsidiaries.

Net Sales - Domestic and Foreign
(in thousands)

 
2014
2013
Domestic
$
183,995
 
$
185,557
 
Foreign
 
16,334
 
 
7,747
 
Net Sales
$
200,329
 
$
193,304
 

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(dollars in thousands except share data)
(unaudited)

ASSETS
September 30,
2015
September 30,
2014
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
9,839
 
$
14,048
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $137 in 2015 and $122 in 2014
 
5,101
 
 
3,429
 
Inventories
 
46,612
 
 
44,886
 
Other current assets
 
12,939
 
 
8,538
 
Total current assets
 
74,491
 
 
70,901
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
 
5,375
 
 
5,082
 
Prepaid pension costs
 
 
 
2,131
 
Deferred financing costs, net
 
6,827
 
 
8,310
 
Goodwill
 
128,697
 
 
128,697
 
Other intangible assets, net
 
8,553
 
 
8,553
 
Master Settlement Agreement - escrow deposits
 
31,830
 
 
31,698
 
Other assets
 
1,236
 
 
 
Total assets
$
257,009
 
$
255,372
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
4,313
 
$
2,345
 
Accrued expenses
 
9,459
 
 
7,778
 
Accrued interest expense
 
4,692
 
 
4,985
 
Deferred income taxes
 
324
 
 
291
 
First lien term loan
 
1,650
 
 
1,650
 
Revolving credit facility
 
4,169
 
 
12,217
 
Total current liabilities
 
24,607
 
 
29,266
 
Notes payable and long-term debt
 
304,581
 
 
305,668
 
Deferred income taxes
 
6,631
 
 
6,631
 
Postretirement benefits
 
4,806
 
 
4,672
 
Pension benefits
 
968
 
 
1,477
 
Total liabilities
 
341,593
 
 
347,714
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ deficit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; authorized shares 250,000; issued and outstanding shares -0-
 
 
 
 
Common stock, voting, $0.01 par value; authorized shares, 1,150,000; issued shares, 2015 700,999 and 2014 700,899, outstanding shares, 2015 600,036 and 2014 689,936, shares held in treasury, 2015 100,963 and 2014 10,693
 
6
 
 
7
 
Common stock, nonvoting, $0.01 par value; authorized shares, 250,000; 2015 issued and outstanding shares, 2015 90,000
 
1
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
12,670
 
 
12,364
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(4,088
)
 
(1,767
)
Accumulated deficit
 
(93,173
)
 
(102,946
)
Total stockholders’ deficit
 
(84,584
)
 
(92,342
)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
$
257,009
 
$
255,372
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(dollars in thousands except share data)
(unaudited)

 
Nine months
Ended
September 30, 2015
Nine months
Ended
September 30, 2014
Net sales
$
150,516
 
$
152,334
 
Cost of sales
 
77,889
 
 
82,482
 
Gross profit
 
72,627
 
 
69,852
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
39,385
 
 
33,445
 
Operating income
 
33,242
 
 
36,407
 
Interest expense and financing costs
 
25,732
 
 
25,706
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
42,780
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
7,510
 
 
(32,079
)
Income tax expense
 
734
 
 
323
 
Net income (loss)
$
6,776
 
$
(32,402
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
9.82
 
$
(46.74
)
Diluted earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
8.46
 
$
(46.74
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
690,010
 
 
693,287
 
Diluted
 
800,855
 
 
693,287
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(dollars in thousands)
(unaudited)

 
Nine months
Ended
September 30, 2015
Nine months
Ended
September 30, 2014
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
6,776
 
$
(32,402
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
42,780
 
Gain on sale of fixed assets
 
(1
)
 
 
Depreciation expense
 
784
 
 
693
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs
 
1,086
 
 
1,057
 
Amortization of original issue discount
 
785
 
 
779
 
Interest incurred but not paid on PIK toggle notes
 
6,057
 
 
4,993
 
Interest incurred but not paid on 7% senior notes
 
426
 
 
325
 
Interest paid on third lien notes (see Note 2)
 
 
 
(6,528
)
Deferred income taxes
 
(7
)
 
(3
)
Stock compensation expense
 
129
 
 
306
 
Member unit compensation expense
 
82
 
 
185
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 
(2,568
)
 
(218
)
Inventories
 
(241
)
 
17,490
 
Other current assets
 
(2,052
)
 
1,970
 
Prepaid pension costs
 
 
 
(1,112
)
Other assets
 
(106
)
 
(148
)
Accounts payable
 
1,509
 
 
(10,075
)
Accrued pension liabilities
 
123
 
 
(385
)
Accrued postretirement liabilities
 
(94
)
 
(43
)
Accrued expenses and other
 
(63
)
 
(17,792
)
Net cash used in operating activities
 
12,625
 
 
1,872
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(1,100
)
 
(1,096
)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
 
2
 
 
 
Note receivable
 
(430
)
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(1,528
)
 
(1,096
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from revolving credit facility, net
 
(3,184
)
 
12,217
 
Proceeds from term loans
 
 
 
246,700
 
Proceeds from PIK toggle notes
 
 
 
45,000
 
Proceeds from 7% senior notes
 
 
 
11,000
 
Payment of financing costs
 
 
 
(8,457
)
Payment of second and third lien notes (see Note 2)
 
 
 
(317,633
)
Payment of first lien term loan
 
(6,237
)
 
(1,238
)
Prepaid equity issuance costs
 
(305
)
 
 
Payments for secured promissory note
 
 
 
(8,260
)
Redempton of common stock
 
 
 
(1,436
)
Proceeds from issuance of stock
 
1
 
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities
 
(9,725
)
 
(22,107
)
Net decrease in cash
 
1,372
 
 
(21,331
)
Cash, beginning of period
 
8,467
 
 
35,379
 
Cash, end of period
$
9,839
 
$
14,048
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit
(dollars in thousands)
(unaudited)

 
Common
Stock,
Voting
Common
Stock,
Non-Voting
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Beginning balance, January 1, 2014
$
7
 
$
 
$
8,198
 
$
(1,767
)
$
(69,872
)
$
(63,434
)
Stock compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
306
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
306
 
Member unit compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
185
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
185
 
Warrants issued for TPB stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,689
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,689
 
Warrants issued for Intrepid stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,750
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,750
 
Redemption of common stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(764
)
 
 
 
 
(672
)
 
(1,436
)
Net loss
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(32,402
)
 
(32,402
)
Ending balance September 30, 2014
$
7
 
$
 
$
12,364
 
$
(1,767
)
$
(102,946
)
$
(92,342
)
 
Common
Stock,
Voting
Common
Stock,
Non-Voting
Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Beginning balance, January 1, 2015
$
7
 
$
 
$
12,458
 
$
(4,088
)
$
(99,949
)
$
(91,572
)
Common stock voting converted to nonvoting
 
(1
)
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
129
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
129
 
Member unit compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82
 
Issuance of common stock
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
Net income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,776
 
 
6,776
 
Ending balance September 30, 2015
$
6
 
$
1
 
$
12,670
 
$
(4,088
)
$
(93,173
)
$
(84,584
)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(dollars in thousands, except where designated and per share data)

1. Organization:

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements dated September 30, 2015 and 2014 are unaudited, but in the opinion of management reflect all adjustments necessary to present fairly the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2015 and 2014, and the related condensed consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ deficit for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014. All adjustments were of a normal and recurring nature. The results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year.

The Company’s management has evaluated events and transactions that occurred from July 1, 2015 through September 25, 2015, the date these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were issued, for subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Basis of Presentation: The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the financial position, results of operations, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity of the Company, its subsidiaries, NATC Holding and Turning Point, and all other subsidiaries for all periods.

Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Statement of Cash Flows: For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company has reclassified the deferred interest paid on the Third Lien Notes in the amount of $6.5 million from net cash provided by (used in) financing activities to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.

The following is a summary of the impact of the change on the previously reported amounts in the consolidated statements of cash flow:

 
For the nine months ended Septe mb er 30, 2014
 
As Reported
Adjustment
Revised
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$
8,400
 
$
(6,528
)
$
1,872
 
Net cash used in investing activities
$
(1,096
)
$
 
$
(1,096
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
$
(28,635
)
$
6,528
 
$
(22,107
)

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenues and the related costs upon delivery to the customer, at which time there is a transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification © (“ASC”) 605-10-S99. The Company classifies customer rebates as sales deductions in accordance with the requirements of ASC 605-50-25.

Shipping Costs: The Company records shipping costs incurred as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses. Shipping costs incurred were approximately $5.2 million and $4.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Master Settlement Agreement Escrow Account: Pursuant to the Master Settlement Agreement (the “MSA”) entered into in November 1998 by most states (represented by their attorneys general acting through the National Association of Attorneys General) and subsequent states’ statutes, a “cigarette manufacturer” (which is defined to include a manufacturer of make-your-own (“MYO”) cigarette tobacco) has the option of either becoming a signatory to the MSA or opening, funding, and maintaining an escrow account to have funds available for certain potential tobacco-related liabilities, with sub-accounts on behalf of each settling state. NATC has chosen to open and fund an escrow account as its method of compliance. It is NATC’s policy to record amounts on deposit in the escrow account for prior years as a non-current asset. Each year’s annual obligation is required to be deposited in the escrow account

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

by April 15 of the following year. In addition to the annual deposit, many states have elected to require quarterly deposits for the previous quarter’s sales. During April 2015, approximately $0.1 million relating to 2014 sales was deposited. As of September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014, NATC had on deposit approximately $31.8 million and $31.7 million, respectively.

The following shows the amount of deposits by sales year for the MSA escrow account:

Sales Year
September 30, 2015
Deposits
1999
$
211
 
2000
 
1,017
 
2001
 
1,673
 
2002
 
2,271
 
2003
 
4,249
 
2004
 
3,715
 
2005
 
4,552
 
2006
 
3,847
 
2007
 
4,167
 
2008
 
3,364
 
2009
 
1,626
 
2010
 
406
 
2011
 
193
 
2012
 
198
 
2013
 
173
 
2014
 
142
 
2015
 
26
 
Total
$
31,830
 

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

The following disclosure of the estimated fair value of financial instruments is made in accordance with the requirements of ASC 825, Financial Instruments. The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions described below. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents are by definition short-term and the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Accounts Receivable: The fair value of accounts receivable approximates their carrying value.

Revolving Credit Facility: The fair value of the revolving credit facility approximates its carrying value.

Long-Term Debt: The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. As of September 30, 2015, the fair value of the PIK Toggle Notes approximate their face amounts of $57.9 million. As of September 30, 2015, the value of the 7% Senior Notes approximate their face amounts of $12.1 million. As of September 30, 2014, the fair value of the PIK Toggle Notes approximate their face amounts of $50.0 million. As of September 30, 2014, the value of the 7% Senior Notes approximate their face amounts of $11.3 million.

As of September 30, 2015, the fair value of NATC’s First Lien Term Loan and NATC’s Second Lien Term Loan approximate their face amounts of $162.1 million and $80.0 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2014, the fair value of NATC’s First Lien Term Loan and NATC’s Second Lien Term Loan approximate their face amounts of $168.8 million and $80.0 million, respectively.

Foreign Exchange: The fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts was based upon the quoted market price that resulted in an insignificant liability at September 30, 2015. As of September 30, 2014, the Company had no open foreign exchange forward contracts.

F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

4. Inventories:

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for approximately 56% of the inventories. Leaf tobacco is presented in current assets in accordance with standard industry practice, notwithstanding the fact that such tobaccos are carried longer than one year for the purpose of curing.

The components of inventories are as follows:

 
9 /30/2015
9 /30/2014
Raw materials and work in process
$
1,943
 
$
1,722
 
Leaf tobacco
 
22,056
 
 
19,095
 
Finished goods - smokeless products
 
5,207
 
 
4,589
 
Finished goods - smoking products
 
14,475
 
 
14,640
 
Finished goods - NewGen products
 
5,626
 
 
7,872
 
Other
 
1,276
 
 
878
 
 
 
50,583
 
 
48,796
 
LIFO reserve
 
(3,971
)
 
(3,909
)
 
$
46,612
 
$
44,887
 

The Company recorded an inventory valuation allowance of $0.4 million as of September 30, 2015.

5. Accrued Expenses:

Accrued expenses at September 30 consist of:

 
2015
2014
Accrued payroll and related items
$
3,170
 
$
2,889
 
Customer returns and allowances
 
1,754
 
 
1,784
 
Other
 
4,535
 
 
3,105
 
 
$
9,459
 
$
7,778
 

6. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt:

Notes payable and long-term debt consists of the following in order of preference:

 
9 /30/2015
9 /30/2014
First Lien Term Loan
$
160,896
 
$
167,263
 
Second Lien Term Loan
 
78,821
 
 
78,574
 
PIK Toggle Notes
 
56,648
 
 
48,475
 
7% Senior Notes
 
9,866
 
 
8,766
 
Note payable
 
 
 
4,240
 
 
 
306,231
 
 
307,318
 
Less current maturities
 
(1,650
)
 
(1,650
)
Total Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt
$
304,581
 
$
305,668
 

2014 Refinancing

On January 13, 2014, NATC entered into (i) a $170 million First Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement among NATC, TPB, NATC Holding, a wholly owned subsidiary of TPB to which TPB transferred its ownership of all outstanding capital stock of NATC, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), (ii) a $80 million Second Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement among NATC, TPB, NATC Holding and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (the “Second Lien Credit Agreement”), and (iii) a $40 million ABL Credit Agreement among NATC, NATC Holding and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as ABL Agent (the “ABL Credit Agreement”).

F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Redemption and Termination

In addition, on January 13, 2014, NATC completed the early settlement of its previously announced tender offers for the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes for approximately $300.5 million including accrued interest through January 12, 2014. NATC received tenders from the holders of approximately $168.8 million principal amount of Second Lien Notes, or 82.3% of the principal amount outstanding, and $84.9 million principal amount of Third Lien Notes, or 98.1% of the principal amount outstanding. NATC simultaneously called for redemption of all of the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes that were not purchased on the early settlement date in accordance with the redemption provisions of the indentures governing each of the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes. In connection with the redemption, NATC deposited approximately $43.5 million with the trustee to pay the principal, redemption premium and accrued and unpaid interest on the remaining outstanding Second Lien Notes and Third Lien Notes to, but not including, the redemption date. As a result of the satisfaction and discharge, NATC has been released from its remaining obligations under the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes.

The proceeds of the Refinancing Transactions were used to (i) terminate the existing Revolving Credit Facility (which was undrawn at termination), (ii) repurchase notes tendered in connection with the tender offers for the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes, (iii) satisfy and discharge the indentures governing the Second Lien Notes and the Third Lien Notes and (iv) pay transaction related fees and expenses. NATC recorded approximately $42.8 million as a loss on extinguishment of debt on its consolidated statement of operations during the first quarter of 2014 related to the Refinancing Transaction.

First Lien Credit Agreement

All of NATC’s subsidiaries, as well as TPB and NATC Holding, are guarantors under the First Lien Credit Agreement. The First Lien Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and the guarantors (other than TPB) thereunder, including a pledge of the capital stock of NATC and its subsidiaries held by NATC Holding, NATC or any guarantor (other than TPB), other than certain excluded assets (the “Collateral”). The loans designated as LIBOR rate loans shall bear interest at LIBOR Rate then in effect (but not less than 1.25%) plus 6.50% and the loans designated as base rate loans shall bear interest at the (i) highest of (A) the Prime Rate, (B) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (C) LIBOR for an interest period of one month plus 1.00% and (D) 2.25% per year plus (ii) 5.50%. The weighted average interest rate on September 30, 2015 is 7.82%. The First Lien Credit Agreement matures in January 2020.

The First Lien Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, events of default, affirmative covenants and negative covenants, which impose restrictions on, among other things, the ability of NATC and its subsidiaries to make investments, pay dividends, sell assets, and incur debt and additional liens. In addition, the First Lien Credit Agreement requires NATC to maintain a total leverage ratio as follows:

Period
Maximum Ratio
Closing Date through March 31, 2015
6.50 to 1.00
April 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016
6.25 to 1.00
October 1, 2016 through September 30, 2017
6.00 to 1.00
October 1, 2017 through September 30, 2018
5.75 to 1.00
October 1, 2018 and thereafter
5.50 to 1.00

NATC is required to make prepayments under the First Lien Credit Agreement upon the occurrence of certain events, including sales of certain assets, casualty events and the incurrence of additional indebtedness, subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment rights.

F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Second Lien Credit Agreement

The Second Lien Credit Agreement has the benefit of a second priority security interest in the Collateral and contains substantially similar representations and warranties, events of default and covenants as the First Lien Credit Agreement; provided, however, that the total leverage ratio required to be maintained by NATC under the Second Lien Credit Agreement is as follows:

Period
Maximum Ratio
Closing Date through March 31, 2015
6.75 to 1.00
April 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016
6.50 to 1.00
October 1, 2016 through September 30, 2017
6.25 to 1.00
October 1, 2017 through September 30, 2018
6.00 to 1.00
October 1, 2018 and thereafter
5.75 to 1.00

Under the Second Lien Credit Agreement the loans designated as LIBOR rate loans shall bear interest at a rate of at LIBOR Rate then in effect (but not less than 1.25%) plus 10.25% and the loans designated as base rate loans shall bear interest at (i) highest of (A) the Prime Rate, (B) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (C) LIBOR for an interest period of one month plus 1.00% and (D) 2.25% per year plus (ii) 9.25%. The weighted average interest rate on September 30, 2015 is 11.5%. The Second Lien Credit Agreement matures in July 2020.

ABL Credit Agreement

The ABL Credit Agreement provides for aggregate commitments of up to $40 million, subject to a borrowing base, which is the sum of (i) 85% of eligible accounts receivable, plus (ii) the lesser of (A) the product of 70% multiplied by the value of eligible inventory and (B) the product of 85% multiplied by the net recovery percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal multiplied by the value of eligible inventory, plus (iii) the lesser of (A) the product of 75% multiplied by the value of eligible inventory and (B) the product of 85% multiplied by the net recovery percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal multiplied by the value of the eligible finished goods inventory, minus (iv) the aggregate amount of reserves established by the administrative agent.

The interest rates per annum applicable to loans under the ABL Credit Agreement are, at the option of NATC, equal to the applicable Base Rate or LIBOR Rate plus the applicable Interest Margin, as defined below:

Pricing
Level
Average Excess
Availability
Applicable Margin for
Base Rate Loans (the
“Base Rate Margin”)
Applicable Margin for
LIBOR Rate Loans (the
“LIBOR Rate Margin”)
I
> $30,000,000
1.25%
2.25%
II
< $30,000,000 but >
$15,000,000
1.50%
2.50%
III
< $15,000,000
1.75%
2.75%

The ABL Credit Agreement matures in January 2019 and the balance outstanding at September 30, 2015 is $4.2 million. The weighted average interest rate on September 30, 2015 is 2.79%.

PIK Toggle Note s

On January 13, 2014, the Company entered into PIK toggle notes (“PIK Toggle Notes”) with Standard General Master Fund, L.P. for a principal amount of $45 million and warrants to purchase 42,424 of TPB common stock at $.01 per share. Due to the warrants, the PIK Toggle Notes had an original issue discount of $1.7 million and were initially valued at $43.3 million. The PIK Toggle Notes mature and the warrants expire on January 13, 2021.

The PIK Toggle Notes accrue interest based on LIBOR Rate then in effect (but not less than 1.25%) plus 13.75%. Interest is payable on the last day of each quarter and upon maturity. The Company has the flexibility to pay

F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

interest in kind through an increase in the principal amount at the same interest rate as the PIK Toggle Notes. The Company has chosen to increase the Toggle Notes for all interest for the first nine months of 2015 and the face amount of the PIK Toggle Notes is $57.9 million at September 30, 2015.

The PIK Toggle Notes contain covenants which limit the ability of the Company to enter into transactions with affiliates and make dividends or other distributions or repurchase capital stock. The PIK Toggle Notes are unsecured and do not limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt or liens.

7% Senior Notes

In January of 2014, the Company entered into 7% Senior Notes with various stockholders for a principal amount of $11 million and warrants to purchase 11,000,000 units of membership interests in Intrepid, which currently represents 40% of the Intrepid Common Units outstanding on a fully diluted basis, at a purchase price of $1.00 per unit. Due to the warrants, the 7% Senior Notes had an original issue discount of $2.8 million and was initially valued at $8.2 million. The 7% Senior Notes mature and the warrants expire on December 31, 2023.

The 7% Senior Notes accrue interest at 7%. Interest is payable on the last business day of June and December in each year provided that the Company may elect to exercise its option to pay all or a portion of the interest in kind. The Company has chosen to increase its 7% Senior Notes for all interest for the first six months of 2015 and the face amount of the 7% Senior Notes is $12.1 million at September 30, 2015.

The 7% Senior Notes are the general unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank equally with the Company’s other unsecured and unsubordinated debt from time to time outstanding. Redemptions of the 7% Senior Notes may be made by the Company at any time without penalty or premium.

Intrepid

During 2013, Intrepid entered into a Secured Promissory Note (“Secured Promissory Note”) with Standard General for $12.5 million. Standard General is a shareholder of the Company. The Secured Promissory Note had an interest rate of 7% until September 30, 2014. On October 1, 2014, the interest rate on the Secured Promissory Note increased to 15% through its stated maturity of July 15, 2017.

During 2014, Intrepid repaid in full the Secured Promissory Note.

Restricted / Non-Restricted Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

The payment of principal and interest on the First Lien Term Loan, Second Lien Term Loan and ABL are guaranteed by NATC and its subsidiaries (“Issuer/Restricted”). Turning Point and its subsidiary (“Non-Restricted”) are not guarantors of the First Lien Term Loan, Second Lien Term Loan and ABL. The separate financial statements of the Issuer/Restricted are not included herein because the Issuer/Restricted are the Company’s wholly-owned consolidated subsidiaries and are jointly, severally, fully and unconditionally liable for the obligations represented by the First Lien Term Loan, Second Lien Term Loan and ABL. The Company believes that the consolidating financial information for the Issuer/Restricted and the Non-Restricted provide information that is more meaningful in understanding the financial position of the Issuer/Restricted than separate financial statements of the Issuer/Restricted.

The following consolidating financial information presents consolidating financial data for the Issuer/Restricted, Non-Restricted and an elimination column for adjustments to arrive at the information for the Company on a consolidated basis as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014. The principal elimination entries set forth below eliminate investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions.

F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Balance Sheet
September 30, 2015
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Eliminations
Consolidated
ASSETS
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
9,257
 
$
582
 
$
 
$
9,839
 
Accounts receivable
 
4,714
 
 
387
 
 
 
 
5,101
 
Inventories
 
40,747
 
 
5,865
 
 
 
 
46,612
 
Other current assets
 
5,113
 
 
7,826
 
 
 
 
12,939
 
Total current assets
 
59,831
 
 
14,660
 
 
 
 
74,491
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
 
5,375
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,375
 
Deferred financing costs, net
 
6,827
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,827
 
Goodwill
 
128,697
 
 
 
 
 
 
128,697
 
Investment in subsidiaries
 
26,134
 
 
 
 
(26,134
)
 
 
Notes receivable
 
1,600
 
 
 
 
(1,600
)
 
 
Other intangible assets, net
 
8,553
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,553
 
Master Settlement Agreement - escrow deposits
 
31,830
 
 
 
 
 
 
31,830
 
Other assets
 
806
 
 
430
 
 
 
 
1,236
 
Total assets
$
269,653
 
$
15,090
 
$
(27,734
)
$
257,009
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
4,203
 
$
110
 
$
 
$
4,313
 
Accrued expenses
 
8,687
 
 
772
 
 
 
 
9,459
 
Accrued interest expense
 
4,692
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,692
 
Note payable
 
 
 
1,600
 
 
(1,600
)
 
 
Deferred income taxes
 
324
 
 
 
 
 
 
324
 
First lien term loan
 
1,650
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,650
 
Revolving credit facility
 
4,169
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,169
 
Total current liabilities
 
23,725
 
 
2,482
 
 
(1,600
)
 
24,607
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes payable and long-term debt
 
304,581
 
 
 
 
 
 
304,581
 
Deferred Income Taxes
 
6,631
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,631
 
Postretirement benefits
 
4,806
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,806
 
Pension benefits
 
968
 
 
 
 
 
 
968
 
Total Liabilities
 
340,711
 
 
2,482
 
 
(1,600
)
 
341,593
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, voting
 
6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6
 
Common stock, non-voting
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
76,463
 
 
11,202
 
 
(74,995
)
 
12,670
 
Advance to TPB
 
757
 
 
(757
)
 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(4,088
)
 
 
 
 
 
(4,088
)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
 
(144,197
)
 
2,163
 
 
48,861
 
 
(93,173
)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
 
(71,058
)
 
12,608
 
 
(26,134
)
 
(84,584
)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
$
269,653
 
$
15,090
 
$
(27,734
)
$
257,009
 

F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Statement of Operations
for the nine months ended September 30, 2015
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Consolidated
Net sales
$
136,776
 
$
13,740
 
$
150,516
 
Cost of sales
 
68,284
 
 
9,605
 
 
77,889
 
Gross profit
 
68,492
 
 
4,135
 
 
72,627
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
34,746
 
 
4,639
 
 
39,385
 
Operating income
 
33,746
 
 
(504
)
 
33,242
 
Interest expense and financing costs
 
25,627
 
 
105
 
 
25,732
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
8,119
 
 
(609
)
 
7,510
 
Income tax expense
 
734
 
 
 
 
734
 
Net income (loss)
$
7,385
 
$
(609
)
$
6,776
 

F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
for the nine months ended September 30, 2015
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
7,385
 
$
(609
)
$
6,776
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on sale of fixed assets
 
(1
)
 
 
 
(1
)
Depreciation expense
 
784
 
 
 
 
784
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs
 
1,086
 
 
 
 
1,086
 
Amortization of original issue discount
 
785
 
 
 
 
785
 
Interest incurred but not paid on PIK toggle note
 
6,057
 
 
 
 
6,057
 
Interest incurred but not paid on 7% senior notes
 
426
 
 
 
 
426
 
Deferred income taxes
 
(7
)
 
 
 
(7
)
Stock compensation expense
 
129
 
 
 
 
129
 
Member unit compensation expense
 
 
 
82
 
 
82
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 
(2,181
)
 
(387
)
 
(2,568
)
Inventories
 
(4,132
)
 
3,891
 
 
(241
)
Other current assets
 
149
 
 
(2,201
)
 
(2,052
)
Other assets
 
(106
)
 
 
 
(106
)
Accounts payable
 
2,442
 
 
(933
)
 
1,509
 
Accrued pension liabilities
 
123
 
 
 
 
123
 
Accrued postretirement liabilities
 
(94
)
 
 
 
(94
)
Accrued expenses and other
 
820
 
 
(883
)
 
(63
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
13,665
 
 
(1,040
)
 
12,625
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(1,100
)
 
 
 
(1,100
)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
 
2
 
 
 
 
2
 
Note receivable
 
 
 
(430
)
 
(430
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(1,098
)
 
(430
)
 
(1,528
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from (payments for) revolving credit facility, net
 
(3,184
)
 
 
 
 
(3,184
)
Proceeds from (payments for) note receivable
 
(1,600
)
 
1,600
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of stock
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
Payments for first lien term loan
 
(6,237
)
 
 
 
 
(6,237
)
Prepaid equity issuance costs
 
(305
)
 
 
 
 
(305
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
(11,325
)
 
1,600
 
 
(9,725
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash
 
1,242
 
 
130
 
 
1,372
 
Cash, beginning of period
 
8,015
 
 
452
 
 
8,467
 
Cash, end of period
$
9,257
 
$
582
 
$
9,839
 

F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Balance Sheet
September 30, 2014
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Eliminations
Consolidated
ASSETS
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
9,146
 
$
4,902
 
$
 
$
14,048
 
Accounts receivable
 
3,131
 
 
298
 
 
 
 
3,429
 
Inventories
 
36,563
 
 
8,323
 
 
 
 
44,886
 
Other current assets
 
4,542
 
 
3,996
 
 
 
 
8,538
 
Total current assets
 
53,382
 
 
17,519
 
 
 
 
70,901
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
 
5,082
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,082
 
Prepaid pension costs
 
2,131
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,131
 
Deferred financing costs, net
 
8,275
 
 
35
 
 
 
 
8,310
 
Goodwill
 
128,697
 
 
 
 
 
 
128,697
 
Investment in subsidiaries
 
5,089
 
 
 
 
(5,089
)
 
 
Other intangible assets, net
 
8,553
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,553
 
Master Settlement Agreement - escrow deposits
 
31,698
 
 
 
 
 
 
31,698
 
Total assets
$
242,907
 
$
17,554
 
$
(5,089
)
$
255,372
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
2,285
 
$
60
 
$
 
$
2,345
 
Accrued expenses
 
7,411
 
 
367
 
 
 
 
7,778
 
Accrued interest expense
 
4,909
 
 
76
 
 
 
 
4,985
 
Deferred income taxes
 
291
 
 
 
 
 
 
291
 
First lien term loan
 
1,650
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,650
 
Revolving credit facility
 
12,217
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,217
 
Total current liabilities
 
28,763
 
 
503
 
 
 
 
29,266
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes payable and long-term debt
 
301,428
 
 
4,240
 
 
 
 
305,668
 
Deferred Income Taxes
 
6,631
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,631
 
Postretirement benefits
 
4,672
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,672
 
Pension benefits
 
1,477
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,477
 
Total Liabilities
 
342,971
 
 
4,743
 
 
 
 
347,714
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock
 
7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
76,275
 
 
10,684
 
 
(74,595
)
 
12,364
 
Advance to TPB
 
323
 
 
(323
)
 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(1,767
)
 
 
 
 
 
(1,767
)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
 
(174,902
)
 
2,450
 
 
69,506
 
 
(102,946
)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
 
(100,064
)
 
12,811
 
 
(5,089
)
 
(92,342
)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
$
242,907
 
$
17,554
 
$
(5,089
)
$
255,372
 

F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Statement of Operations
for the nine months ended September 30, 2014
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Consolidated
Net sales
$
136,945
 
$
15,389
 
$
152,334
 
Cost of sales
 
72,249
 
 
10,233
 
 
82,482
 
Gross profit
 
64,696
 
 
5,156
 
 
69,852
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
30,307
 
 
3,138
 
 
33,445
 
Operating income
 
34,389
 
 
2,018
 
 
36,407
 
Interest expense and financing costs
 
25,439
 
 
267
 
 
25,706
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
42,780
 
 
 
 
42,780
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
(33,830
)
 
1,751
 
 
(32,079
)
Income tax expense
 
289
 
 
34
 
 
323
 
Net income (loss)
$
(34,119
)
$
1,717
 
$
(32,402
)

F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. ) and Subsidiaries
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
for the nine months ended September 30, 2014
(in thousands)

 
Issuer/
Restricted
Non-Restricted
Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
(34,119
)
$
1,717
 
$
(32,402
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
42,780
 
 
 
 
42,780
 
Depreciation expense
 
693
 
 
 
 
693
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs
 
1,057
 
 
 
 
1,057
 
Amortization of original issue discount
 
779
 
 
 
 
779
 
Interest incurred but not paid on PIK toggle notes
 
4,993
 
 
 
 
4,993
 
Interest incurred but not paid on 7% senior notes
 
325
 
 
 
 
325
 
Interest paid on third lien notes (see Note 2)
 
(6,528
)
 
 
 
(6,528
)
Deferred income taxes
 
(3
)
 
 
 
(3
)
Stock compensation expense
 
306
 
 
 
 
306
 
Member unit compensation expense
 
 
 
185
 
 
185
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 
(135
)
 
(83
)
 
(218
)
Inventories
 
8,633
 
 
8,857
 
 
17,490
 
Other current assets
 
1,762
 
 
208
 
 
1,970
 
Prepaid pension costs
 
(1,112
)
 
 
 
(1,112
)
Other assets
 
(148
)
 
 
 
(148
)
Accounts payable
 
(1,701
)
 
(8,374
)
 
(10,075
)
Accrued pension liabilities
 
(385
)
 
 
 
(385
)
Accrued postretirement liabilities
 
(43
)
 
 
 
(43
)
Accrued expenses and other
 
(17,320
)
 
(472
)
 
(17,792
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
(166
)
 
2,038
 
 
1,872
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(1,096
)
 
 
 
(1,096
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(1,096
)
 
 
 
(1,096
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contributed capital from member
 
(10,500
)
 
10,500
 
 
 
Proceeds from revolving credit facility, net
 
12,217
 
 
 
 
12,217
 
Proceeds from term loans
 
246,700
 
 
 
 
246,700
 
Proceeds from PIK toggle notes
 
45,000
 
 
 
 
 
45,000
 
Proceeds from 7% senior notes
 
11,000
 
 
 
 
 
11,000
 
Payments for secured promissory note
 
 
 
(8,260
)
 
(8,260
)
Payments for first lien term loan
 
(1,238
)
 
 
 
(1,238
)
Payments for second and third lien notes (see Note 2)
 
(317,633
)
 
 
 
(317,633
)
Payments for financing costs
 
(8,422
)
 
(35
)
 
(8,457
)
Redemption of common stock
 
(1,436
)
 
 
 
(1,436
)
Receivable from (advance to) the Company
 
(248
)
 
248
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
(24,560
)
 
2,453
 
 
(22,107
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash
 
(25,822
)
 
4,491
 
 
(21,331
)
Cash, beginning of period
 
34,968
 
 
411
 
 
35,379
 
Cash, end of period
$
9,146
 
$
4,902
 
$
14,048
 

F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7. Income Taxes:

The Company has determined, that at September 30, 2015, its ability to realize future benefits of certain net deferred tax assets does not meet the “more likely than not” criteria in ASC 740, Income Taxes; therefore, a valuation allowance has been recorded. The Company’s income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 does not bear the normal relationship to income before income taxes because of net operating loss carryforwards which were utilized and were partially offset by certain minimum state income taxes. The Company’s income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 does not bear the normal relationship to loss before income taxes because of certain minimum state income taxes.

The Company follows the provisions of ASC 740-10-25, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company has determined that they did not have any uncertain tax positions requiring recognition under the provisions of ASC 740-10-25. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on uncertain tax positions, if any, as part of interest expense. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. In general, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state tax examinations for years prior to 2011.

8. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans:

The components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 
Pension Benefits
Postretirement
Benefits
For the nine months ended September 30
2015
2014
2015
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
$
93
 
$
113
 
$
 
$
 
Interest cost
 
522
 
 
567
 
 
157
 
 
160
 
Expected return on plan assets
 
(887
)
 
(860
)
 
 
 
 
Amortization of gains and losses
 
394
 
 
58
 
 
 
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost
$
122
 
$
(122
)
$
157
 
$
160
 

NATC has a defined benefit pension plan covering its employees. Benefits for the hourly employees’ are based on a stated benefit per year of service, reduced by amounts earned in a previous plan. Benefits for salaried employees are based on years of service and the employees’ final compensation. This defined benefit plan is frozen.

NATC sponsored a defined benefit postretirement plan that covered hourly employees. This plan provides medical and dental benefits. This plan is contributory, with retiree contributions adjusted annually.

NATC expects to contribute approximately $0.3 million to its postretirement plan in 2015 for the payment of benefits. Plan contributions and benefits have amounted to $250 and $254 for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. NATC expects to make no contributions to the pension plan in the year ending December 31, 2015.

9. Share Incentive Plans:

On February 8, 2006, the Board of Directors of TPB adopted the North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”) and approved a form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “Form Award Agreement”) pursuant to which awards under the 2006 Plan may be granted to employees. The Form Award Agreement requires, as a condition of the award, that any and all stock options (vested or otherwise) previously granted to these individuals will be immediately cancelled as of the date of the award. On March 15, 2006, the Board of Directors of TPB approved a form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement pursuant to which awards under the 2006 Plan may be granted to non-employee directors (the “Director Form Award Agreement”). The 2006 Plan provides for the granting of nonqualified stock options and restricted stock awards. Pursuant to the 2006 Plan, 254,503 shares of common stock of TPB are reserved for issuance as awards to employees, consultants and directors as compensation for past or future services or the attainment of certain performance goals. On August 7, 2014, the

F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Board of Directors of TPB amended the 2006 Plan. The 2006 Plan shares were increased to a maximum of 350,000 shares that may be issued pursuant to awards under the 2006 Plan. In addition, the term of the 2006 Plan was extended an additional 10 years. The 2006 Plan is now scheduled to terminate on August 6, 2026. The Board of Directors of TPB may provide that awards under the 2006 Plan shall become vested in installments over a period of time or may specify that the attainment of certain performance measures will determine the degree of vesting, or a combination of both, as set forth in the applicable award agreements. As of September 30, 2015, 102,488 shares of restricted stock and 103,443 options have been granted to employees of NATC and 4,000 shares of restricted stock and 58,209 options have been granted to current and former non-employee directors of TPB under the 2006 Plan.

The total number of shares available for grant under the 2006 Plan is 81,860. Stock option activity is summarized below:

 
Incentive
Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Outstanding, December 31, 2013
 
157,596
 
$
19.59
 
$
13.62
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
23,750
 
 
40.00
 
 
22.63
 
Exercised
 
(11,494
)
 
9.99
 
 
40.00
 
Expired
 
(2,000
)
 
9.99
 
 
40.00
 
Forfeited
 
(5,650
)
 
40.00
 
 
22.63
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2014
 
162,202
 
 
22.67
 
 
12.43
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
(100
)
 
11.05
 
 
5.59
 
Expired
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
(550
)
 
11.05
 
 
5.59
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding, September 30, 2015
 
161,552
 
$
23.06
 
$
12.66
 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 was $7 and $764, respectively.

At September 30, 2015, the outstanding stock options’ exercise price for 94,552 options is $11.05 per share all of which are exercisable. The outstanding stock options’ exercise price for 67,000 options is $40.00 per share of which 66,000 options are exercisable. The weighted average of the remaining lives of the outstanding stock options is approximately 2.2 years for the options with the $11.05 exercise price, and 7.0 years for the options with the $40.00 exercise price. NATC estimates that the expected life of all stock options is ten years from the date of grant. For the $11.05 per share options, the weighted average fair value of options was determined using the Black-Scholes model assuming a ten-year life from grant date; a current share price and exercise price of $11.05; risk free interest rate of 4.366%; a volatility of 30%; and no assumed dividend yield. Based on these assumptions, the fair value of these options is approximately $5.59 per share option granted. For the $40.00 per share options, the weighted average fair value of options was determined using the Black-Scholes model assuming a ten-year life from grant date; a current share price and exercise price of $40.00; risk-free interest rate of 3.57%; a volatility of 40%; and no assumed dividend yield. Based on these assumptions, the fair value of these options is approximately $22.63 per share option granted.

The Company has recorded compensation expense related to the options based on the provisions of ASC 718 under which the fixed portion of such expense is determined as the fair value of the options on the date of grant and amortized over the vesting period. The Company recorded compensation expense of approximately $129 and $306 in the consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10. Unit Incentive Plans and Warrants for Intrepid Brands, LLC :

Effective August 7, 2014, the Company adopted the Intrepid Brands, LLC 2014 Option Plan (“2014 Plan”) for units of ownership in Intrepid. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of the Company by linking the personal interests of the service providers (including employees, consultants and managers) to those of Company equity holders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company equity holders. The 2014 Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, consultants and managers whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

The Administration Committee shall determine the treatment to be afforded to a participant in the event of termination of employment for any reason including death, disability, or retirement. The 2014 Plan contains provisions for equitable adjustment of benefits in the event of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, dividend in kind or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to stockholders of the Company.

Pursuant to the 2014 Plan, the maximum number of Common Units of Intrepid that may be issued pursuant to an exercise of Options awarded under the 2014 Plan is 1,375,000 Common Units. The 2014 Plan shall terminate automatically on the day preceding the tenth anniversary of its adoption unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 11 (b) of the plan. The 2014 Plan is scheduled to terminate on August 6, 2024. As of September 30, 2015, 1,350,485 unit options have been granted to employees of NTC.

The total number of units available for grant under the 2014 Plan is 24,515. Unit option activity is summarized below:

 
Incentive
Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Outstanding, September 30, 2014
 
 
$
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
1,360,990
 
 
1.00
 
 
0.25
 
Exercised
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expired
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
(2,101
)
 
1.00
 
 
0.25
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2014
 
1,358,889
 
 
1.00
 
 
0.25
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expired
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
(8,404
)
 
1.00
 
 
0.25
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding, September 30, 2015
 
1,350,485
 
$
1.00
 
$
0.25
 

At September 30, 2015, under the 2014 Plan, the outstanding unit options’ exercise price for 1,350,485 options is $1.00 per share of which 1,018,665 are exercisable. The weighted average of the remaining lives of the outstanding unit options is approximately 18.7 years. The weighted average fair value of options was determined using the Black-Scholes model assuming a 20-year life from grant date; a current unit price and exercise price of $1.00; risk-free interest rate of 2.65% and a volatility of 20% and no assumed dividend yield. Based on these assumptions, the fair value of the options is approximately $0.25 per unit option granted. The Company recorded approximately $82 in the statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The Company recorded approximately $185 in the statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In January of 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 11,000,000 units of membership in Intrepid Brands, LLC concurrent with the 7% Senior Notes (See Note 6). This represents 40% of the Intrepid Common Units outstanding on a fully diluted basis, at a purchase price of $1.00 per unit. The warrants were exercisable beginning January 21, 2014 and they expire on December 31, 2023.

11. Contingencies:

The Company is involved in various other claims and actions which arise in the normal course of business. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management that the resolution of the proceedings should not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

12. Earnings (Loss) Per Share:

The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted EPS computations of net income (loss):

 
September 30, 2015
September 30, 2014
 
Income
Shares
Per
Share
Income
Shares
Per
Share
Net income (loss)
$
6,776
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
(32,402
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic EPS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average
 
 
 
 
690,010
(1)
$
9.82
 
 
 
 
 
693,287
 
$
(46.74
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted EPS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of Dilutive securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock options & warrants
 
 
 
 
110,845
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
800,855
(1)
$
8.46
 
 
 
 
 
693,287
 
$
(46.74
)
(1) Basic and diluted shares are inclusive of voting and non-voting shares.

For the nine months September 30, 2015, weighted average options to purchase 67,000 shares of common stock were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options were anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method. For the nine months September 30, 2014, weighted average options to purchase 166,186 shares of common stock and weighted average warrants to purchase 42,424 shares of common stock were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method.

13. Segment Information:

In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, the Company has three reportable segments, (1) the Smokeless Products; (2) the Smoking Products; and (3) the NewGen Products. The Smokeless Products segment: (a) manufactures and markets moist snuff; and (b) contracts for and markets chewing tobacco products. The Smoking Products segment: (a) imports and markets cigarette papers, tubes and related products; (b) processes, packages and markets MYO cigarette tobaccos; (c) imports and markets finished cigars and MYO cigar tobaccos and cigar wraps; and (d) processes, packages and markets pipe tobaccos. The NewGen Products segment markets e-cigarettes, e-liquids, vaporizers and other related products. The Company’s products are distributed primarily through wholesale distributors in the United States. The Other segment includes the assets of the Company not assigned to the three reportable segments and Elimination includes the elimination of intercompany accounts between segments.

The accounting policies of these segments are the same as those of the Company. Segment data includes a charge allocating corporate costs to the three reportable segments based on their respective Net sales. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on Operating income.

F-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The table below presents financial information about reported segments for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014:

 
September 30,
2015
September 30,
2014
Net Sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
Smokeless Products
$
54,873
 
$
53,055
 
Smoking Products
 
81,903
 
 
83,890
 
NewGen Products
 
13,740
 
 
15,389
 
 
$
150,516
 
$
152,334
 
Operating Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
Smokeless Products
$
13,189
 
$
15,446
 
Smoking Products
 
21,554
 
 
19,638
 
NewGen Products
 
(504
)
 
2,018
 
Other (1)
 
(152
)
 
(47
)
 
$
34,087
 
$
37,055
 
Less Eliminations (2)
 
(845
)
 
(648
)
 
$
33,242
 
$
36,407
 
Interest expense and Deferred financing costs
 
(25,732
)
 
(25,706
)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 
 
(42,780
)
Income (Loss) before income taxes
$
7,510
 
$
(32,079
)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Smokeless Products
$
86,232
 
$
80,417
 
Smoking Products
 
510,138
 
 
481,668
 
NewGen Products
 
15,090
 
 
17,554
 
Other (1)
 
32,430
 
 
32,506
 
 
 
643,890
 
 
612,145
 
Less Eliminations (2)
 
(386,881
)
 
(356,773
)
 
$
257,009
 
$
255,372
 
(1) “Other” includes our assets that are not assigned to our three reportable segments, such as intercompany transfers and investments in subsidiaries. All goodwill has been allocated to our reportable segments.
(2) “Elimination” includes the elimination of intercompany accounts between segments and investments in subsidiaries.

14. Subsequent Event

NATC made a voluntary prepayment on the First Lien Term Loan of $5.0 million in October 2015.

F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

          Shares


Common Stock

Turning Point Brands , Inc.

Prospectus
   
            , 2015

Sole Book-Running Manager

FBR

YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR ON INFORMATION WE HAVE REFERRED TO YOU. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH DIFFERENT INFORMATION. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION TO BUY ANY COMMON STOCK IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL.

Until 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part II
Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) that we expect to incur in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.

SEC registration fee
$
12,588
 
FINRA filing fee
 
19,250
 
NYSE listing fee
 
25,000
 
Printing and engraving expenses
 
230,000
 
Fees and expenses of legal counsel
 
1,500,000
 
Accounting fees and expenses
 
350,000
 
Transfer agent and registrar fees
 
5,000
 
Miscellaneous
 
125,000
 
Total
$
2,266,838
 
* To be provided by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, which we are subject to, provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation — a “derivative action”), if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with defense or settlement of such action, and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. Under Section 145 of the DGCL, a corporation shall indemnify an agent of the corporation for expenses actually and reasonably incurred if and to the extent such person was successful on the merits in a proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein.

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act, as amended. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the DGCL. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except liability:

for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;
for any act or omission not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;
under Section 174 of the DGCL regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases; or
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors or officers of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors and officers will be further limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our current directors and officers containing provisions that are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These

II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by law against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and officers and with Standard General.

We intend to maintain liability insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that may be incurred by them in their capacity as such.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to such provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

2006 Equity Incentive Plan

On August 8, 2014, we granted options to purchase 23,750 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $40 per share pursuant to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. This issuance was effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the registration exemption provided by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

In April 2013, we granted options to purchase 6,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $40 per share, and in May 2013 we granted options to purchase 3,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $40 per share. These issuances were effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the registration exemption provided by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

7% Senior Notes

In January 2014, we issued $11 million in aggregate principal amount of our 7% senior notes to certain of our stockholders that qualified as “accredited investors” under the Securities Act and issued these noteholders warrants to purchase 11,000,000 units of membership interests in our indirect subsidiary, Intrepid Brands, LLC. The issuance was conducted as a private placement in reliance on the registration exemption provided by Rule 506(b) under Regulation D of the Securities Act.

PIK Toggle Notes

In January 2014, we issued $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our PIK Toggle Notes to Standard General Master Fund, L.P. The PIK Toggle Notes were issued pursuant to the registration exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Issuance of N on-Voting Common Stock

In September 2015, we issued 90,000 shares of our non-voting common stock to Standard General in exchange for a like number of shares of our common stock. The shares of non-voting common stock were issued pursuant to the registration exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number
Description
 
1.1*
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
3.1
Certificate of Incorporation of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1(a) to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004).
 
3.2
 
Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
 
3.3
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws.
 
4.1
β
7% Senior Notes Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2014, between North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. and the noteholders party thereto.

II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Number
Description
 
4.2
β
PIK Toggle Notes Indenture, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. and Standard General Master Fund, L.P.
 
4.3
β
Credit Agreement for First Lien Facility, dated as of January 13, 2014, by and among North Atlantic Holding Company Inc., NATC Holding Company, Inc., North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders Referred to Therein, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Securities LLC and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners.
 
4.4
β
Credit Agreement for Second Lien Credit Facility, dated as of January 13, 2014, by and among North Atlantic Holding Company Inc., NATC Holding Company, Inc., North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders Referred to Therein, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Securities LLC and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners.
 
4.5
β
Credit Agreement for ABL Facility, dated as of January 13, 2014, by and among NATC Holding Company, Inc., North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders Referred to Therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner.
 
4.6
 
Form of Registration Rights Agreement of Turning Point Brands, Inc.
 
5.1*
Opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered.
 
10.1†
 
Form of Turning Point Brands, Inc. 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”).
 
10.2
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Standard General.
 
10.3†
β
2006 Equity Incentive Plan of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (the “2006 Plan”).
 
10.4†
β
Form of Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan.
 
10.5†
β
Intrepid Brands, LLC 2014 Option Plan, dated August 7, 2014 (the “Intrepid Option Plan”).
 
10.6†
β
Form of Option Agreement under the Intrepid Option Plan.
 
10.7†
Form of 2015 Employment Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Lawrence Wexler.
 
10.8†
 
Form of 2015 Employment Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and James Dobbins.
 
10.9†
Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Thomas G. Helms, Jr.
 
10.10
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and certain directors and officers.
 
10.11
β
First Lien Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc., National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.
 
10.12
β
First Lien Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. and National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.
 
10.13
β
First Lien Patent Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.
 
10.14
β
Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc., National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.
 
10.15
β
Second Lien Patent Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.
 
10.16
β
Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc., National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.
 
10.17
Contract Manufacturing, Packaging and Distribution Agreement, dated as of September 4, 2008, between National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Swedish Match North America, Inc.

II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Number
Description
 
10.18
Electronic Cigarette Distribution Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2013, between Intrepid Brands, LLC and VMR Products, LLC.
 
10.19
First Amendment to the Electronic Cigarette Distribution Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2014, between Intrepid Brands, LLC and VMR Products, LLC.
 
10.20
Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1992, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as predecessor to North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S.) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997).
 
10.21
Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1992, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as predecessor to North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (Canada) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997).
 
10.22
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated March 31, 1993 between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).
 
10.23
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreements, dated June 10, 1996, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).
 
10.24
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated September 1996, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).
 
10.25
β
Trademark Consent Agreement, dated March 26, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc.
 
10.26
β
Consent Agreement, dated as of April 4, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc.
 
10.27
β
Amendment No. 1 to Consent Agreement, dated as of April 9, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
 
10.28
β
Amendment No. 2 to Consent Agreement, dated as of June 25, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
 
10.29
Restated Amendment between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc., dated June 25, 1997 (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997).
 
10.30
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreements, dated October 22, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997).
 
10.31
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated June 19, 2002, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).
 
10.32
β
Trademark Consent Agreement, dated July 31, 2003, among Bolloré Technologies, S.A., North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
 
10.33
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated February 28, 2005, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).
 
10.34
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated April 20, 2006, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2006).
 
10.35
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated March 10, 2010, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).

II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Number
Description
 
10.36
β
Amendment No. 2 To Trademark Consent Agreement, dated December 17, 2012, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
 
10.37
β
License and Distribution Agreement dated March 19, 2013 between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
 
10.38
Distributors Supply Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2013, between National Tobacco Company, L.P. and JJA Distributors, LLC.
 
10.39
 
Exchange Agreement between North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. and certain holders of the 7% Senior Notes dated November 4, 2015.
 
10.40
 
Form of Exchange and Sale Agreement between North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. and Standard General for PIK Notes.
 
10.41
 
Form of Exchange Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Standard General for 7% Senior Notes.
 
10.42
Form of Intrepid Brands LLC Warrant Repurchase Agreement.
 
21.1
β
List of Subsidiaries of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc.
 
23.1
 
Consent of McGladrey LLP.
 
23.2*
Consent of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).
 
24.1
 
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page hereto).

Compensatory plan or arrangement.
* To be filed by amendment.
Incorporated by reference.
β Previously filed.

Item 17. Undertakings.

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
a. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
b. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on November 24, 2015.

 
Turning Point Brands , Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence S. Wexler
 
 
Name:
Lawrence S. Wexler
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Lawrence S. Wexler, Mark Stegeman and James Dobbins, and each of them, any of whom may act without joinder of the other, the individual’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for the person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any or all amendments, including post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, including a prospectus or an amended prospectus therein and any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and all other documents in connection therewith to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact as agents or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Lawrence S. Wexler
 
 
Lawrence S. Wexler
Chief Executive Officer
November 24, 2015
   
/s/ Mark A. Stegeman
 
 
Mark A. Stegeman
Chief Financial and
Accounting Officer
November 24, 2015
   
/s/ Thomas F. Helms, Jr.
 
 
Thomas F. Helms, Jr.
Executive Chairman of the
Board of Directors
November 24, 2015
   
/s/ Gregory H.A. Baxter
 
 
Gregory H.A. Baxter
Director
November 24, 2015
   
/s/ H.C. Charles Diao
 
 
H.C. Charles Diao
Director
November 24, 2015
   
/s/ David Glazek
 
 
David Glazek
Director
November 24, 2015
   
/s/ George W. Hebard III
 
 
George W. Hebard III
Director
November 24, 2015
   
/s/ Arnold Zimmerman
 
 
Arnold Zimmerman
Director
November 24, 2015

II-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
Description
 
1.1*
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
3.1
Certificate of Incorporation of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1(a) to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004).
 
3.2
 
Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
 
3.3
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws.
 
4.1
β
7% Senior Notes Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2014, between North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. and the noteholders party thereto.
 
4.2
β
PIK Toggle Notes Indenture, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. and Standard General Master Fund, L.P.
 
4.3
β
Credit Agreement for First Lien Facility, dated as of January 13, 2014, by and among North Atlantic Holding Company Inc., NATC Holding Company, Inc., North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders Referred to Therein, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Securities LLC and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners.
 
4.4
β
Credit Agreement for Second Lien Credit Facility, dated as of January 13, 2014, by and among North Atlantic Holding Company Inc., NATC Holding Company, Inc., North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders Referred to Therein, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Securities LLC and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners.
 
4.5
β
Credit Agreement for ABL Facility, dated as of January 13, 2014, by and among NATC Holding Company, Inc., North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders Referred to Therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner.
 
4.6
 
Form of Registration Rights Agreement of Turning Point Brands, Inc.
 
5.1*
Opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered.
 
10.1†
 
Form of Turning Point Brands, Inc. 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”).
 
10.2
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Standard General.
 
10.3†
β
2006 Equity Incentive Plan of of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (the “2006 Plan”).
 
10.4†
β
Form of Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan.
 
10.5†
β
Intrepid Brands, LLC 2014 Option Plan, dated August 7, 2014 (the “Intrepid Option Plan”).
 
10.6†
β
Form of Option Agreement under the Intrepid Option Plan.
 
10.7†
Form of 2015 Employment Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Lawrence Wexler.
 
10.8†
 
Form of 2015 Employment Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and James Dobbins.
 
10.9†
Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Thomas G. Helms, Jr.
 
10.10
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and certain directors and officers.
 
10.11
β
First Lien Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc., National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.
 
10.12
β
First Lien Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. and National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.
 
10.13
β
First Lien Patent Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.

II-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Number
Description
 
10.14
β
Second Lien Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc., National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.
 
10.15
β
Second Lien Patent Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.
 
10.16
β
Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, between North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc., National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent.
 
10.17
Contract Manufacturing, Packaging and Distribution Agreement, dated as of September 4, 2008, between National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Swedish Match North America, Inc.
 
10.18
Electronic Cigarette Distribution Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2013, between Intrepid Brands, LLC and VMR Products, LLC.
 
10.19
First Amendment to the Electronic Cigarette Distribution Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2014, between Intrepid Brands, LLC and VMR Products, LLC.
 
10.20
Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1992, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as predecessor to North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S.) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997).
 
10.21
Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1992, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as predecessor to North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (Canada) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997).
 
10.22
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated March 31, 1993 between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).
 
10.23
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreements, dated June 10, 1996, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).
 
10.24
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated September 1996, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).
 
10.25
β
Trademark Consent Agreement, dated March 26, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc.
 
10.26
β
Consent Agreement, dated as of April 4, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc.
 
10.27
β
Amendment No. 1 to Consent Agreement, dated as of April 9, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
 
10.28
β
Amendment No. 2 to Consent Agreement, dated as of June 25, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
 
10.29
Restated Amendment between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc., dated June 25, 1997 (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997).
 
10.30
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreements, dated October 22, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997).
 
10.31
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated June 19, 2002, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).

II-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Number
Description
 
10.32
β
Trademark Consent Agreement, dated July 31, 2003, among Bolloré Technologies, S.A., North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
 
10.33
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated February 28, 2005, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).
 
10.34
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated April 20, 2006, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2006).
 
10.35
β
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement, dated March 10, 2010, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada).
 
10.36
β
Amendment No. 2 To Trademark Consent Agreement, dated December 17, 2012, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
 
10.37
β
License and Distribution Agreement dated March 19, 2013 between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
 
10.38
Distributors Supply Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2013, between National Tobacco Company, L.P. and JJA Distributors, LLC.
 
10.39
Exchange Agreement between North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. and certain holders of the 7% Senior Notes dated November 4, 2015.
 
10.40
Form of Exchange and Sale Agreement between North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. and Standard General for PIK Notes.
 
10.41
 
Form of Exchange Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Standard General for 7% Senior Notes.
 
10.42
Form of Intrepid Brands LLC Warrant Repurchase Agreement.
 
21.1
β
List of Subsidiaries of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc.
 
23.1
 
Consent of McGladrey LLP.
 
23.2*
Consent of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).
 
24.1
 
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page hereto).
Compensatory plan or arrangement.
* To be filed by amendment.
Incorporated by reference.
β Previously filed .

II-9

Exhibit 3.2

 

FORM OF SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.

 

                      , 2015

 

Turning Point Brands, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

1. The name of the Corporation is Turning Point Brands, Inc. The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 28, 2004, amended on August 18, 2008, and further amended and restated on September 24, 2015.

 

2. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) and by the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 

3. This Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as heretofore amended or supplemented.

 

4. The Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

First: The name of the corporation is Turning Point Brands, Inc.

 

Second: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware, postal 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at that address is The Corporation Trust Corporation.

 

Third: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the DGCL.

 

Fourth: The Corporation is authorized to issue three classes of stock designated, respectively, as voting common stock (“ Voting Common Stock ”), non-voting common stock (“ Non-Voting Common Stock ” and, together with the Voting Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”) and preferred stock (“ Preferred Stock ”). The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is                       . The total number of shares of Voting Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is                       , with a par value of $0.01 per share, the total number of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is                       , with a par value of $0.01 per share, and the total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is                       , with a par value of $0.01 per share.

 

 
 

Fifth: The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted or imposed upon the Voting Common Stock and the Non-Voting Common Stock are as follows:

 

A.              Subject to the rights of any holders of any shares of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence and be outstanding, the holders of Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to the payment of dividends when and as declared by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law and to receive other distributions from the Corporation. Any dividends declared by the Board of Directors to the holders of the then outstanding Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock shall be paid to the holders thereof pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock held by each such holder as of the record date of such dividend, as if the two classes of stock constituted a single class.

 

B.               Subject to the rights of any holders of any shares of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence and be outstanding, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and assets of the Corporation that may be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock held by each such holder, as if the two classes of stock constituted a single class.

 

C.               Each holder of Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Voting Common Stock held by such holder. Each holder of Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect at the time in question) and applicable law on all matters put to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. Except as otherwise required by law and paragraph D below, each share of Non-Voting Common Stock shall not entitle the holder thereof to any voting rights, including, but not limited to, any right to approve any increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) in the number of authorized shares of Non-Voting Common Stock irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL. The number of authorized shares of Voting Common Stock, Non-Voting Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of either the Voting Common Stock, Non-Voting Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

 

2
 

D.              The holders of Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on matters involving amendments to the terms of the Non-Voting Common Stock that would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the Non-Voting Common Stock, including, without limitation, with respect to the convertibility thereof, any such amendments to which shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Non-Voting Common Stock, voting as a separate class.

 

E.             Each outstanding share of Non-Voting Common Stock may be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Voting Common Stock upon the determination of the Board of Directors, which may be made in its sole discretion.

 

(i) The conversion right provided in this paragraph (E) shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice (the “ Conversion Notice ”) of the election by the Secretary of the Corporation to the holder of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock (the “ Converted Holder ”) to be converted. Subject to prior approval by the Board of Directors, the Conversion Notice shall be countersigned by the Converted Holder, and an officer of the Corporation shall deliver such countersigned Conversion Notice to the office of the transfer agent of the Corporation (the “ Transfer Agent ”) during normal business hours together with (if so required by the Corporation or the Transfer Agent) an instrument of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation and to the Transfer Agent, duly executed by such Converted Holder or his duly authorized attorney, and funds in the amount of any applicable transfer tax (unless provision satisfactory to the Corporation is otherwise made therefor), if required pursuant to subparagraph (iii).

 

(ii) As promptly as practicable after the delivery of a Conversion Notice to the Transfer Agent and the payment in cash of any amount required by the provisions of subparagraphs (i) and (iii), the Corporation will deliver or cause to be delivered at the office of the Transfer Agent to or upon the written order of the Converted Holder, a confirmation of book-entry transfer of shares representing the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Voting Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, issued in such name or names as the Converted Holder may direct by written notice to the Corporation. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of the delivery of the Conversion Notice to the Transfer Agent, and all rights of the Converted Holder shall cease with respect to such shares of Non-Voting Common Stock at such time and the person or persons in whose name or names the shares of Voting Common Stock issued upon conversion shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Voting Common Stock at such time; provided, however, that any delivery of a Conversion Notice and payment on any date when the stock transfer books of the Corporation shall be closed shall constitute the person or persons in whose name or names the shares Voting Common Stock are to be issued as the record holder or holders thereof for all purposes immediately prior to the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open.

 

3
 

(iii) The issuance of shares of Voting Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock shall be made without charge for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance. However, if any such shares to be issued upon conversion are to be issued in a name other than that of the Converted Holder, the person or persons to whom such shares are to be issued shall pay to the Corporation the amount of any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in such issuance, or shall establish to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid.

 

(iv) When shares of Non-Voting Common Stock have been converted, they shall be cancelled and become authorized but unissued shares of Non-Voting Common Stock.

 

Sixth: The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a “ Preferred Stock Designation ”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.

 

Seventh: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

A.              The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, except as otherwise specifically required by law or as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

4
 

B.               The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the by-laws so provide.

 

C.               Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

D.              Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 

E.               An annual meeting of stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

 

Eighth: A. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall have a term of office to expire at the Corporation’s next annual meeting of stockholders after their election, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

B.               A majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and, except as otherwise expressly required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, all matters shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present.

 

C.               Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise required by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum (and not by stockholders), and directors so chosen shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been chosen expires, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

5
 

D.              Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the by-laws of the Corporation.

 

E.               Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

Ninth: The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the by-laws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the by-laws of the Corporation.

 

Tenth: A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (A) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (B) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (C) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (D) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Eleventh: The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

6
 

Twelfth: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “ Court of Chancery ”) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (C) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, or (D) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except as to each of (A) through (D) above, for any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article TWELFTH shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article TWELFTH (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article TWELFTH containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Thirteenth:   In order to preserve the rights of  the Corporation or any “Subsidiary” (as hereinafter defined) to distribute certain products pursuant to the “Distribution Agreements” (as hereinafter defined),  “Restricted Investors” (as hereinafter defined) shall not own (whether of record or beneficially) more than the “Permitted Percentage” (as hereinafter defined) of any class of capital stock of the Corporation at any time outstanding, and the provisions contained in this Article THIRTEENTH shall apply to the extent necessary to prevent the loss by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of such rights. The Board of Directors (or any duly constituted committee thereof) is specifically authorized to make all such reasonable determinations as shall be necessary to  implement the provisions of this Article THIRTEENTH set forth below.

 

7
 

A.              For the purposes of this Article THIRTEENTH, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

1.                Bollore ” shall mean Bollore Technologies, S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of France.

 

2.                Bollore Competitor ” shall mean any Entity that directly or indirectly manufactures, sells, markets, distributes or otherwise promotes cigarette paper booklets, filter tubes, injector machines or filter tips in the Territory.

 

3.                Distribution Agreements ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreements dated as of November 30, 1992 between Bollore and North Atlantic Operating Corporation, Inc., a Delaware corporation and subsidiary of the Corporation, relating to (i) the United States and (ii) Canada, each as amended by a Restated Amendment dated June 25, 1997 and Amendments dated respectively October 22, 1997, October 7, 1999,  October 20, 1999, June 19, 2002, February 28, 2005 and April 20, 2006, and the License and Distribution Agreement, dated March 19, 2013, between Bollore and  North Atlantic Operating Corporation, Inc., in each case as so amended and as may hereafter be amended, modified or superseded, and any other related agreements between or among such parties. 

 

4.                Entity ” means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.

 

5.                Equity Interest ” means the ownership of any class of equity security of an Entity (whether common or preferred and whether voting or non-voting), any security that is convertible into any class of equity security of an Entity (including, but not limited to any warrant, option, convertible note or contract right to acquire any equity security) or any partnership or other equity ownership interest in an Entity.

 

6.                Fair Market Value ” shall mean the average Market Price of one share of stock for the 30 consecutive trading days next preceding the date of determination. The “Market Price” for a particular day shall mean (i) the last reported sales price, regular way, or, in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (“NYSE”) composite tape; and (ii) if the Common Stock is not then listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on the NYSE, as reported on the consolidated reporting system of the principal national securities exchange (then registered as such pursuant to Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges; and (iii) if the Common Stock is not then listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on the NYSE or any national securities exchange, as included for quotation through the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) National Market System; and (iv) if the Common Stock is not then listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on the NYSE or on any national securities exchange, and is not then included for quotation through the NASDAQ National Market System, (x) the average of the closing “bid” and “asked” prices on such day in the over-the-counter market as reported by NASDAQ or, (y) if “bid” and “asked” prices for the Common Stock on such day shall not have been reported on NASDAQ, the average of the “bid” and “asked” prices for such day as furnished by any NYSE member firm regularly making a market in and for the Common Stock. If the Common Stock ceases to be publicly traded, the Fair Market Value thereof shall mean the fair value of one share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, which determination shall be conclusive.

 

8
 

7.                Permitted Percentage ” shall mean 14.9%.

 

8.                Redemption Securities ” shall mean interest bearing promissory notes of the Corporation with a maturity of not more than 10 years from the date of issue and bearing interest and having such other payment terms designed to ensure, in the Corporation’s determination, that the discounted present value of such promissory notes at the date of issuance is substantially equivalent to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) as if paid in cash.

 

9.                Restricted Investor ” means (i) any Bollore Competitor, (ii) any Entity that owns more than a 20% Equity Interest in any Bollore Competitor, or (iii) any person who serves as a director or officer of, or any Entity that has the right to appoint an officer or director of, any Bollore Competitor or of any Entity that owns more than a 20% Equity Interest in any Bollore Competitor.

 

10.               Subsidiary ” shall mean any Entity 50% or more of whose Equity Interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

 

11.               Territory ” means the United States, the District of Columbia, the territories, possessions and military bases of the United States and the Dominion of Canada.

 

B.               Restrictions on Issuance and Transfer . Any purported issuance (including upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any securities of the Corporation) or transfer of any shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation that would result in the ownership by any Restricted Investor, in the aggregate, of a percentage of the outstanding shares of such class of capital stock in excess of the Permitted Percentage shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and for so long as such excess exists, be ineffective as against the Corporation, and neither the Corporation nor its transfer agent shall register such purported transfer or issuance on the stock transfer records of the Corporation, and neither the Corporation nor its transfer agent shall be required to recognize the purported transferee or owner as a stockholder of the Corporation for any purpose whatsoever, except to the extent necessary to effect a further transfer to a person who is not a Restricted Investor and for purposes of effecting any remedy available to the Corporation, in each case consistent with the policy and provisions of this Article THIRTEENTH.

 

9
 

C.               No Voting Rights; Temporarily Withholding Payments of Dividends and Other Distributions . If on any date (including any record date) ownership by any Restricted Investor (including ownership resulting from the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities of the Corporation), in the aggregate, of the outstanding capital stock of any class of the Corporation exceeds the Permitted Percentage, the Corporation shall determine in the manner prescribed below which shares owned by such Restricted Investor constitute such excess (the “ Excess Shares ”), and the Excess Shares shall (so long as such excess exists) not have any voting rights, and the Corporation may (so long as such excess exists) temporarily withhold the payment of dividends and the sharing in any other distribution (upon liquidation or otherwise) in respect of the Excess Shares; provided, however, that any such dividend or distribution shall be set aside for payment to the owners of the Excess Shares when such shares are no longer owned by a Restricted Investor. The determination of those shares that constitute Excess Shares shall be made solely by reference to the date or dates on which such shares were acquired by a Restricted Investor (which, in the event such shares were acquired upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities, shall be deemed to be the date of such exercise, conversion or exchange), starting with the most recent acquisition of shares of capital stock by a Restricted Investor and including, in reverse chronological order of acquisition, all other acquisitions of shares of capital stock by the Restricted Investor from and after the acquisition of those shares of capital stock by the Restricted Investor that first caused the Permitted Percentage to be exceeded, the determination by the Corporation as to those shares that constitute Excess Shares shall be determined by reference to bona fide records maintained by the Corporation’s transfer agent and shall be conclusive and binding on the Restricted Investor in all respects.

 

D.              Redemption of Stock . Excess Shares shall be subject to redemption by the Corporation (by action of the Board of Directors, in its discretion) to the extent necessary to reduce the aggregate number of shares of such capital stock owned by Restricted Investors to the Permitted Percentage. The terms and conditions of such redemption shall be as follows:

 

1.                the per share redemption price to be paid for the Excess Shares (the “ Redemption Price ”) shall be the sum of (i) the Fair Market Value of such shares of capital stock plus (ii) an amount equal to the amount of any dividend or distribution declared in respect of such shares prior to the date on which such shares are called for redemption and which amount has been withheld by the Corporation pursuant to paragraph C of this Article THIRTEENTH;

 

10
 

2.                the Redemption Price shall be paid either in cash (by bank or cashier’s check) or by the issuance of Redemption Securities, as determined by the Board of Directors, in its discretion;

 

3.                the Excess Shares to be redeemed shall be selected in the same manner as provided in paragraph C of this Article THIRTEENTH and shall not exceed the number necessary to reduce the percentage of shares of capital stock owned by the Restricted Investor, in the aggregate, to the Permitted Percentage; provided that the Corporation may adjust upward to the nearest whole share the number of shares to be redeemed so as not to be required to redeem or issue fractional shares;

 

4.                written notice of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”) together with a letter of transmittal to accompany certificates evidencing shares of stock which are surrendered for redemption shall be given either by hand delivery or by overnight courier service first class mail, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of the selected shares to be redeemed, at such holder's last known address as the same appears on the stock register of the Corporation (unless such notice is waived in writing by any such holders) (the “ Redemption Notice ”);

 

5.                the Redemption Date (for purposes of determining right, title and interest in and to shares of capital stock being selected for redemption) shall be the later of (A) the date specified as the redemption date in the Redemption Notice given to holders (which date shall not be earlier than the date such notice is given) or (B) the date on which the funds or Redemption Securities necessary to effect the redemption have been irrevocably deposited in trust for the benefit of such holders;

 

6.                each Redemption Notice shall specify (A) the Redemption Date (as determined pursuant to clause (5) of this paragraph D of this Article THIRTEENTH), (B) the number of shares of capital stock to be redeemed from such holder (and the certificate number(s) evidencing such shares), (C) the Redemption Price and the manner of payment thereof, (D) the place where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for cancellation against the simultaneous payment of the Redemption Price, (E) any instructions as to the endorsement or assignment for transfer of such certificates and the completion of the accompanying letter of transmittal; and (F) the fact that all right, title and interest in respect of the shares so selected for redemption (including, without limitation, voting and dividend rights) shall cease and terminate on the Redemption Date, except for the right to receive the Redemption Price;

 

7.                from and after the Redemption Date, all right, title and interest in respect of the shares selected for redemption (including, without limitation, voting and dividend rights) shall cease and terminate, such shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding (and may either be retired or held by the Corporation as treasury stock) and the owners of such shares shall thereafter be entitled only to receive the Redemption Price; and

 

11
 

8.                upon surrender of the certificates for any shares so redeemed in accordance with the requirements of the Redemption Notice and accompanying letter of transmittal (and otherwise in proper form for transfer as specified in the Redemption Notice), the owner of such shares shall be entitled to payment of the Redemption Price. In case fewer than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate (or certificates) shall be issued representing the shares not redeemed without cost to the holder thereof.

 

E.               Certification Requirements . To the extent necessary to enable the Corporation to determine the percentage of the outstanding capital stock of any class owned by Restricted Investors, the Corporation may require that record or beneficial owners of shares of stock confirm whether or not they are Restricted Investors (by submitting such documentary and other evidence thereof as the Corporation may reasonably require or request) and may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, temporarily withhold and deposit into escrow dividends payable to, any such record holder and owner until adequate confirmation is received. The Board of Directors is authorized to take all such other ministerial acts and to make such interpretations as it may deem necessary or advisable to effectuate the policy and provisions of this Article THIRTEENTH.

 

F.                Severability . Each provision of this Article THIRTEENTH is intended to be severable from every other provision. If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Article THIRTEENTH is held by a court or similar body of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Article THIRTEENTH shall not be affected, and this Article THIRTEENTH shall be construed as if the provisions held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable had never been contained therein.

 

12
 

Fourteenth: The Corporation waives, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the application of the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any other analogous doctrine, with respect to the Corporation, to Standard General LP, a Delaware limited partnership, or any stockholder of the Corporation that is an “Affiliate” (as hereinafter defined)  of Standard General LP (each, a “SG Stockholder”) or any director of the Corporation who is an  employee or “Affiliate” (as hereinafter defined) of any SG Stockholder. Subject to Article THIRTEENTH, no SG Stockholder or director of the Corporation who is an employee or Affiliate of any SG Stockholder shall have any obligation to refrain from (A) engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the Corporation or developing or marketing any products or services that compete, directly or indirectly, with those of the Corporation, (B) investing or owning any interest publicly or privately in, or developing a business relationship with, any Entity (as defined in Article THIRTEENTH) engaged in the same or similar activities or lines of business as, or otherwise in competition with, the Corporation or (C) doing business with any client or customer of the Corporation (each of the activities referred to in clauses (A)-(C), a “Specified Activity”), and the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Specified Activity that may be presented to or become known to any SG Stockholder or any director of the Corporation who is an employee or Affiliate of any SG Stockholder.  As used in this Article FOURTEENTH,  (1) the term “Corporation” means the Corporation and/or any of its Subsidiaries (as defined in Article THIRTEENTH) and (2) the term “Affiliate” means, with respect to Standard General LP, any other Entity directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with Standard General LP; provided that (a) neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries will be deemed an Affiliate of any SG Stockholder and (ii) no stockholder of the Corporation will be deemed an Affiliate of Standard General LP, in each case, solely by reason of any investment in the Corporation and, for the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Entity, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of that Entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee, personal representative or executor, by contract, credit arrangement or otherwise.

 

Fifteenth: The Corporation will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

13
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed on its behalf.

 

    
 

By: Lawrence Wexler

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

 

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS

 

Article I - STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                 Annual Meeting.

 

(1)                An annual meeting of stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

 

(2)                Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be transacted by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (c) by any stockholder of record of the Corporation (the “Record Stockholder”) at the time of the giving of the notice required in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this section. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”)) at an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(3)                For nominations or business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Record Stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of the foregoing paragraph, (a) the Record Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) any such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and (c) the Record Stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a Record Stockholder’s notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 45 or more than 75 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 1(3), if the meeting is convened more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the Record Stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day before such annual meeting or (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Notwithstanding anything in the preceding sentence to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there has been no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or indicating the increase in the size of the Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least 10 days before the last day a Record Stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the preceding sentence, a Record Stockholder’s notice required by this bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall an adjournment, or postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, commence a new time period for the giving of a Record Stockholder’s notice.

 

 
 

 

(4)                Such Record Stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

 

a.                    if such notice pertains to the nomination of directors, as to each person whom the Record Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of such nominees as directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and such person’s written consent to serve as a director if elected;

 

b.                   as to any business that the Record Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of such business, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Record Stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and

 

c.                    as to (1) the Record Stockholder giving the notice and (2) the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “party”):

 

(i)                  the name and address of each such party;

 

(ii)                (A) the class, series, and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by each such party, (B) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by each such party, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which either party has a right to vote, directly or indirectly, any shares of any security of the Corporation, (D) any short interest in any security of the Corporation held by each such party (for purposes of this Section 1(4), a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (E) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially directly or indirectly by each such party that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (F) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which either party is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that each such party is directly or indirectly entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of each such party’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information set forth in this paragraph shall be supplemented by such stockholder or such beneficial owner, as the case may be, not later than 10 days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, that if such date is after the date of the meeting, not later than the day prior to the meeting);

 

- 2 -
 

 

(iii)              any other information relating to each such party that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and

 

(iv)              a statement whether or not each such party will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation reasonably believed by the Record Stockholder or beneficial holder, as the case may be, to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by the Record Stockholder (such statement, a “Solicitation Statement”).

 

(5)                A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at an annual meeting unless (i) the person is nominated by a Record Stockholder in accordance with Section 1(2)(c) or (ii) the person is nominated by or at the direction of the Board of Directors. Only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and the duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting has been made in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defectively proposed business or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

 

- 3 -
 

 

(6)                For purposes of these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(7)                Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 1. Nothing in this Section 1 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 2.                 Special Meetings.

 

(1)                Special meetings of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of these Bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting.

 

(2)                Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors. The notice of such special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) by any stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers a written notice to the Secretary setting forth the information set forth in Section 1(4)(a) and 1(4)(c) of this Article I. Nominations by stockholders of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at such a special meeting of stockholders only if such stockholder of record’s notice required by the preceding sentence shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall an adjournment, or postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder of record’s notice. A person shall not be eligible for election or reelection as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by a stockholder of record in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Article I.

 

- 4 -
 

 

(3)                Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 2. Nothing in this Section 2 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 3.                 Notice of Meetings.

 

Notice of the place, if any, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, shall be given, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, notice of the place, if any, date, and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given to each stockholder in conformity herewith. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise required by law, shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

Section 4.                  Quorum.

 

At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law or by the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

- 5 -
 

 

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date, or time.

 

Section 5.                  Organization.

 

Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.

 

Section 6.                  Conduct of Business.

 

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order. The chairman shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date and time. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

 

Section 7.                 Proxies and Voting.

 

At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or inspectors.

 

All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

 

- 6 -
 

 

Section 8.                 Stock List.

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, prepare and make a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law.

 

A stock list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law. This list shall presumptively determine (a) the identity of the stockholders entitled to examine such stock list and to vote at the meeting and (b) the number of shares held by each of them.

 

Article II - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                 Number, Election and Term of Directors.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. At each annual meeting of stockholders, (i) directors shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders after their election, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, and (ii) if authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors, directors may be elected to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors, regardless of how such vacancy shall have been created.

 

Section 2.                 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise required by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum (and not by stockholders), and directors so chosen shall serve for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders or until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3.                 Regular Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

 

- 7 -
 

 

Section 4.                 Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five days before the meeting or by telephone or by telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile or electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

Section 5.                 Quorum.

 

A majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes at any meeting of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6.                 Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

 

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board of Directors or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 7.                 Conduct of Business.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and, except as otherwise expressly required by law, all matters shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 8.                 Compensation of Directors.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or paid a stated salary or paid other compensation as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

- 8 -
 

 

Section 9.                 Director Qualifications .

 

For so long as the Corporation or a “Subsidiary” (as hereinafter defined) is party to any of the “Distribution Agreements” (as hereinafter defined), no person who is a Bollore Competitor (as hereinafter defined) or who is an officer, director or representative of a Bollore Competitor or any Entity (as hereinafter defined) that owns more than a 20% Equity Interest (as hereinafter defined) in a Bollore Competitor shall be qualified to serve on the Board of Directors. The Corporation may require that any director or nominee for director certify that he or she is not disqualified from service on the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 9 and the Board of Directors is authorized to make such reasonable determinations as shall be necessary to implement this Section 9.

 

For the purposes of this Article II, Section 9, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(1)                “Bollore” shall mean Bollore Technologies, S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of France.

 

(2)                “Bollore Competitor” shall mean any Entity that directly or indirectly manufactures, sells, markets, distributes or otherwise promotes cigarette paper booklets, filter tubes, injector machines or filter tips in the Territory.

 

(3)                “Distribution Agreements” shall mean the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreements dated as of November 30, 1992 between Bollore and North Atlantic Operating Corporation, Inc., a Delaware corporation and subsidiary of the Corporation, relating to (i) the United States and (ii) Canada, each as amended by a Restated Amendment dated June 25, 1997 and Amendments dated respectively October 22, 1997, October 7, 1999,  October 20, 1999, June 19, 2002, February 28, 2005 and April 20, 2006, and the License and Distribution Agreement, dated March 19, 2013, between Bollore and  North Atlantic Operating Corporation, Inc., in each case as so amended and as may hereafter be amended, modified or superseded, and any other related agreements between or among such parties. 

 

(4)                “Entity” means any person, corporation, partnership or other entity.

 

(5)                “Equity Interest” means the ownership of any class of equity security of an Entity (whether common or preferred and whether voting or non-voting), any security that is convertible into any class of equity security of an Entity (including, but not limited to any warrant, option, convertible note or contract right to acquire any equity security) or any partnership or other equity ownership interest in an Entity.

 

(6)                “Subsidiary” shall mean any Entity 50% or more of whose Equity Interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

 

(7)                “Territory” means the United States, the District of Columbia, the territories, possessions and military bases of the United States and the Dominion of Canada.

 

- 9 -
 

 

Article III - COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.                 Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time designate committees of the Board of Directors, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

 

Section 2.                 Conduct of Business.

 

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Article IV - OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                 Generally.

 

The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors, which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The salaries of officers elected by the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by such officers as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

- 10 -
 

 

Section 2.                 Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Chief Executive Officer shall have general responsibility for the management and control of the operations of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of chief executive officer or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 3.                 Chief Financial Officer.

 

The Chief Financial Officer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation. He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall have the power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized. The Chief Financial Officer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.                 Vice President.

 

Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. One Vice President shall be designated by the Board of Directors to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability.

 

Section 5.                 Secretary.

 

The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 6.                 Delegation of Authority.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

Section 7.                 Removal.

 

Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

 

- 11 -
 

 

Section 8.                 Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations.

 

Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

 

Article V - STOCK

 

Section 1.                 Certificates of Stock.

 

Each holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile. Shares of the Corporation’s stock may be in certificated or uncertificated form at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.                 Transfers of Stock.

 

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved, if one has been issued, shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate, if any, is issued therefor.

 

Section 3.                  Record Date.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 3 at the adjourned meeting.

 

- 12 -
 

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 4.                 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

 

In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board of Directors may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

 

Section 5.                 Regulations.

 

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

Article VI - NOTICES

 

Section 1.                  Notices.

 

If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Section 2.                 Waivers.

 

A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

- 13 -
 

 

Article VII - MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1.                  Facsimile Signatures.

 

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2.                 Corporate Seal.

 

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Chief Financial Officer or by an Assistant Secretary.

 

Section 3.                 Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

 

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member or officer reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.                 Fiscal Year.

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.                 Time Periods.

 

In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Article VIII - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                  Right to Indemnification.

 

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article VIII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

- 14 -
 

 

Section 2.                  Right to Advancement of Expenses.

 

In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this Article VIII, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 2 or otherwise.

 

Section 3.                  Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit.

 

If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VIII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

- 15 -
 

 

Section 4.                 Non-Exclusivity of Rights.

 

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or directors or otherwise.

 

Section 5.                 Insurance.

 

The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Section 6.                  Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

Section 7.                 Nature of Rights.

 

The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article VIII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

Article IX - AMENDMENTS

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend and repeal these Bylaws subject to the power of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that, with respect to the power of holders of capital stock to adopt, amend and repeal Bylaws of the Corporation, notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock of the Corporation required by law, these Bylaws or any preferred stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 %) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of these Bylaws.

 

- 16 -
 

Exhibit 4.6

 

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.

 

and the STOCKHOLDERS named herein

 

_________________________________

 

Dated:             , 2015

_________________________________

 

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

1.(a)  Definitions 1
   (b) Interpretation 6
     
2. General; Securities Subject to this Agreement 7
  (a) Grant of Rights 7
  (b) Registrable Securities 7
  (c) Holders of Registrable Securities 7
  (d) Transfer of Registration Rights 8
     
3. Demand Registration 9
  (a) Request for Demand Registration 9
  (b) Incidental or “Piggy-Back” Rights with Respect to a Demand Registration 9
  (c) Effective Demand Registration 10
  (d) Expenses 10
  (e) Underwriting Procedures 10
  (f) Selection of Underwriters 11
  (g) Withdrawal 11
     
4. Incidental or “Piggy-Back” Registration 11
  (a) Request for Incidental or “Piggy-Back” Registration 11
  (b) Expenses 12
     
5. Form S-3 Registration 12
  (a) Request for a Form S-3 Registration 12
  (b) Form S-3 Underwriting Procedures 13
  (c) Limitations on Form S-3 Registrations 13
  (d) Expenses 14
  (e) Automatic Shelf Registration Statement 14
  (f) Shelf Take-Downs 14
     
6. Hedging Transactions 16
     
7. Holdback Agreements 16
  (a) Restrictions on Public Sale by Designated Stockholders 16
  (b) Restrictions on Public Sale by the Company 17
     
8. Registration Procedures 17
  (a) Obligations of the Company 17
  (b) Seller Requirements 21
  (c) Notice to Discontinue 21
  (d) Registration Expenses 21
     
9. Indemnification; Contribution 22
  (a) Indemnification by the Company 22
  (b) Indemnification by Designated Stockholders 23

 

i
 

  (c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings 23
  (d) Contribution 24
     
10. Rule 144 25
     
11. Miscellaneous 25
  (a) Stock Splits, etc. 25
  (b) No Inconsistent Agreements 25
  (c) Remedies 26
  (d) Amendments and Waivers 26
  (e) Notices 26
  (f) Permitted Assignees; Third Party Beneficiaries 26
  (g) Counterparts 27
  (h) Headings 27
  (i) Governing Law 27
  (j) Jurisdiction 27
  (k) Waiver of Jury Trial 28
  (l) Severability 28
  (m) Rules of Construction 28
  (n) Entire Agreement 28
  (o) Further Assurances 28
  (p) Other Agreements 28

 

ii
 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of             , 2015, by and among Turning Point Brands, Inc. (f/k/a North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc.) a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the stockholders that are party to this Agreement from time to time, as set forth herein (each, a “ Designated Stockholder ”).

 

WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, the Designated Stockholders have purchased or otherwise acquired shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 (the “ Common Stock ”) and/or have been issued options to purchase shares of Common Stock.

 

WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, certain of the Standard General Parties (as defined) have acquired shares of the Company’s Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $0.01 (the “ Non-Voting Common Stock ”).

 

WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, certain of the Standard General Parties have acquired warrants initially exercisable for       shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “ Warrants ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for, among other things, the grant of registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities (as hereinafter defined) to the Designated Stockholders.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.            a)            Definitions . As used in this Agreement, and unless the context requires a different meaning, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. The term “ affiliated ” shall have the correlative meaning. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to a Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” means this Registration Rights Agreement as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Approved Underwriter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(f) hereof.

 

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” means an “automatic shelf registration statement” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company (or any duly authorized committee thereof).

 

1
 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.

 

Closing Price ” means, with respect to each type of Registrable Securities, as of the date of determination, (a) if such Registrable Securities are listed on a national securities exchange, the closing price per share or unit of such Registrable Security on such date published in The Wall Street Journal (National Edition) or, if no such closing price on such date is published in The Wall Street Journal (National Edition) , the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such date, as officially reported on the principal national securities exchange on which such Registrable Securities are then listed or admitted to trading; or (b) if such Registrable Securities are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last sale price or, if such last sale price is not reported, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on the automatic quotation system on which such Registrable Securities are then listed, as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets (or any successor thereto); or (c) if on any such date the Registrable Securities are not quoted on any such automatic quotation system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Registrable Securities selected by the Company; or (d) if none of (a), (b) or (c) is applicable, a market price per share or unit determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. If trading is conducted on a continuous basis on any exchange, then the closing price shall be as set forth at 4:00 P.M. New York City time.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Company Free Writing Prospectus ” means each Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with an offering of Registrable Securities.

 

Company Underwriter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Designated Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Designated Stockholders’ Counsel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(i) hereof.

 

Disclosure Package ” means, with respect to any offering of Registrable Securities, (i) the preliminary Prospectus, (ii) each Free Writing Prospectus and (iii) all other information, in each case, that is deemed, under Rule 159 promulgated under the Securities Act, to have been conveyed to purchasers of securities at the time of sale of such securities (including, without limitation, a contract of sale).

 

2
 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(f) hereof.

 

Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Hedging Counterparty ” means a broker-dealer registered under Section 15(b) of the Exchange Act or an Affiliate thereof.

 

Hedging Transaction ” means any transaction involving a security linked to any Registrable Securities or any security that would be deemed to be a “derivative security” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(c) promulgated under the Exchange Act) with respect to any Registrable Securities or transaction (even if not a security) which would (were it a security) be considered such a derivative security, or which transfers some or all of the economic risk of ownership of any Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any forward contract, equity swap, put or call, put or call equivalent position, collar, non-recourse loan, sale of exchangeable security or similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, the following transactions shall be deemed to be Hedging Transactions:

 

(a)           transactions by a Designated Stockholder in which a Hedging Counterparty engages in short sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Prospectus and may use Registrable Securities to close out its short position;

 

(b)           transactions pursuant to which a Designated Stockholder sells short Registrable Securities pursuant to a Prospectus and delivers Registrable Securities to close out its short position;

 

(c)           transactions by a Designated Stockholder in which the Designated Stockholder delivers, in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, Registrable Securities to the Hedging Counterparty who will then publicly resell or otherwise transfer such Registrable Securities pursuant to a Prospectus or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act; and

 

(d)           a loan or pledge of Registrable Securities to a Hedging Counterparty who may then become a selling stockholder and sell the loaned securities or, in an event of default in the case of a pledge, sell the pledged securities, in each case, in a public transaction pursuant to a Prospectus.

 

Incidental Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Incidental Registration Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(c) hereof.

 

3
 

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(c) hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial underwritten public offering of the shares of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Initiating Holders ” means the Standard General Parties or the Helms Parties.

 

Initiating Shelf Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(f) hereof.

 

Inspector ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(i) hereof.

 

IPO Pricing Date ” means the date upon which the Company prices the Initial Public Offering.

 

Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a) hereof.

 

Lock-Up Agreement ” means, with respect to each Designated Stockholder, the lock-up agreement entered into by such Designated Stockholder with the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering.

 

Majority Designated Stockholders ” means beneficial owners of Registrable Securities representing more than 50% of the total number of outstanding Registrable Securities.

 

Market Price ” means, on any date of determination, the average of the daily Closing Price of the applicable type of Registrable Securities for the immediately preceding thirty days on which the national securities exchanges are open for trading; provided , however , that if the Closing Price is determined pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of Closing Price, the “Market Price” means such Closing Price on the date of determination.

 

Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(f) hereof.

 

Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(f) hereof.

 

Permitted Assignee ” means, with respect to any Person, to the extent applicable, (i) such Person’s parents, spouse, siblings, siblings’ spouses, children (including stepchildren and adopted children), children’s spouses, grandchildren or grandchildren’s spouses thereof (“ Family Members ”), (ii) a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, a majority of the beneficial interests of which shall be held by such Person, such Person’s Affiliates and/or such Person’s Family Members, (iii) a trust, the beneficiaries of which are such Person and/or such Person’s Family Members, (iv) such Person’s heirs, executors, administrators, estate or a trust under such Person’s will, (v) an entity described in Section 501(c)(3) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that is established by such Person, (vi) any Affiliate of such Person, (vii) any Person to whom such Person transfers Registrable Securities representing at least 5% of the outstanding Common Stock as of the date of such transfer and (viii) if such Person is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, any wholly-owned subsidiary of such entity or the direct or indirect partners, members, stockholders or Affiliates of such entity.

 

4
 

Permitted Withdrawal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(g) hereof.

 

Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, limited liability company, government (or an agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

 

Pledgee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(i) hereof.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus related to any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus or prospectus supplement that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance on Rule 415, 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, as amended or supplemented by any amendment or prospectus supplement), including post-effective amendments, and all materials incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

 

Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(viii) hereof.

 

Registrable Securities ” means, subject to Section 2(b) and Section 2(d)(i) hereof, whether now or hereafter owned by a Designated Stockholder, any and all (i) shares of Common Stock, (ii) shares of Non-Voting Common Stock, (iii) Warrants and (iv) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to any such share of Common Stock, Non-Voting Common Stock or Warrants, upon exercise or conversion of convertible or exchangeable securities, by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization.

 

Registration Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) hereof.

 

Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

S-3 Initiating Holders ” means the Standard General Parties or the Helms Parties.

 

S-3 Participating Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

S-3 Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Shelf Take-Down ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(f) hereof.

 

Specified Period ” means, (i) with regard to the period after the effective date of the Registration Statement for the Initial Public Offering, 180 days; and (ii) with regard to the period after the effective date of a Registration Statement for an offering other than an Initial Public Offering, 90 days; provided that, in each case, the Specified Period with respect to any offering will end on the first date on which the underwriters of such offering have released the Company and all Designated Stockholders from the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with such offering.

 

5
 

The Helms Parties ” means Thomas Helms Jr. or Helms Management Corp.

 

The Standard General Parties ” means any of Standard General L.P., Standard General Master Fund L.P., Standard General OC Master Fund L.P., Standard General Focus Fund L.P., P Standard General Ltd. or any investment fund Affiliated with any of the foregoing.

 

underwritten public offering ” of securities means a public offering of such securities registered under the Securities Act in which an underwriter, placement agent or other intermediary participates in the distribution of such securities, including, without limitation, a Hedging Transaction in which a Hedging Counterparty participates.

 

Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(f) hereof.

 

Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(f) hereof.

 

Valid Business Reason ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Well-Known Seasoned Issuer ” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act and which (a) is a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(A) of such definition or (b) is a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(B) of such definition and is also eligible to use Form S-3 to register a primary offering of securities in reliance on General Instruction I.B.1 to such Form.

 

(b)            Interpretation . For purposes of this Agreement, unless otherwise noted:

 

(i)           All references to laws, rules, regulations and forms in this Agreement shall be deemed to be references to such laws, rules, regulations and forms, as amended from time to time or, to the extent replaced, the comparable successor laws, rules, regulations and forms thereto in effect at the time.

 

(ii)           All references to agencies, self-regulatory organizations or governmental entities in this Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the comparable successor thereto.

 

(iii)           All references to agreements and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to be references to such agreements or other instruments as they may be amended, waived, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

(iv)           All references to any amount of securities (including Registrable Securities) shall be deemed to be a reference to such amount measured on an as-converted or as-exercised basis.

 

6
 

(v)           If any of the Standard General Parties is dissolved or effects any distribution of 25% or more of the Registrable Securities then held by such partnership, (A) Standard General L.P. shall have the sole right to make all decisions with respect to any Registrable Securities that were distributed by such Standard General Party as if it is the Designated Stockholder of such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, the right to make a request for any Demand Registration under Section 3, the right to make a request any Incidental or “Piggy-Back” Registrations under Section 4, the right to initiate any shelf registration statement on Form S-3 and any offering or sale with respect to any Registrable Securities included in any shelf registration statement under Section 5 and the right to consent or approve any amendment to this Agreement or any waiver of any provision of this Agreement under Section 11 and (B) for purposes of clause (A) and otherwise under this Agreement, the amount of Registrable Securities deemed to be held by Standard General L.P. shall be the amount of Registrable Securities distributed by the Standard General Parties less any amount of Registrable Securities transferred or sold by the distributees or their Permitted Transferees.

 

2.            General; Securities Subject to this Agreement .

 

(a)            Grant of Rights . The Company hereby grants registration rights to the Designated Stockholders upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

(b)            Registrable Securities . For the purposes of this Agreement, Registrable Securities held by any Designated Stockholder will cease to be Registrable Securities, when (i) a Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act by the Commission and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Registrable Securities are sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act are met, (iii) such Registrable Securities are otherwise transferred, the Company has delivered a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such securities not bearing a restrictive legend and such Registrable Securities may be resold without limitation or subsequent registration under the Securities Act; or (iv) the Registrable Securities have ceased to be outstanding.

 

(c)            Holders of Registrable Securities . A Person is deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person owns of record or beneficially owns such Registrable Securities, or holds an option to purchase, or a security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, Registrable Securities whether or not such purchase, conversion, exercise or exchange has actually been effected. If the Company receives conflicting instructions, notices or elections from two or more Persons with respect to the same Registrable Securities, the Company may act upon the basis of the instructions, notice or election received from the registered owner of such Registrable Securities. Registrable Securities issuable upon exercise of an option or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of another security shall be deemed outstanding for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

7
 

(d)            Transfer of Registration Rights .

 

(i)           Each Designated Stockholder may transfer or pledge Registrable Securities with the associated registration rights under this Agreement (including transfers occurring by operation of law or by reason of intestacy) to a Permitted Assignee or a pledgee (“ Pledgee ”) only if (1) such Permitted Assignee or Pledgee agrees in writing to be bound as a Designated Stockholder by the provisions of this Agreement, such agreement being substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, and (2) (A) immediately following such transfer or pledge, the further disposition or transfer of such Registrable Securities by such Permitted Assignee or Pledgee would be restricted under the Securities Act and, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the entire amount of all such Registrable Securities could not be sold in a single sale, without any limitation as to volume or manner of sale pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or (B) such Permitted Assignee, together with its Affiliates, beneficially owns Registrable Securities representing more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock as of the date of such transfer. Upon any transfer or pledge of Registrable Securities other than as set forth in this Section 2(d), such securities shall no longer constitute Registrable Securities, except that any Registrable Securities that are pledged or made the subject of a Hedging Transaction, which Registrable Securities are not ultimately disposed of by the Designated Stockholder pursuant to such pledge or Hedging Transaction shall be deemed to remain “Registrable Securities,” notwithstanding the release of such pledge or the completion of such Hedging Transaction.

 

(ii)           Subject to Section 2(b) hereof, if a Designated Stockholder assigns its rights under this Agreement in connection with the transfer of less than all of its Registrable Securities, the Designated Stockholder shall retain its rights under this Agreement with respect to its remaining Registrable Securities. If a Designated Stockholder assigns its rights under this Agreement in connection with the transfer of all of its Registrable Securities, such Designated Stockholder shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement, except under Section 9 hereof in respect of offerings in which it participated.

 

8
 

3.            Demand Registration .

 

(a)            Request for Demand Registration . To the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, at any time beginning 180 days after the Initial Public Offering, any Initiating Holder may make a written request to the Company to register, and the Company shall register, under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (a “ Demand Registration ”), the number of Registrable Securities stated in such request; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect (i) more than five such Demand Registrations initiated by the Standard General Parties or three such Demand Registrations initiated by the Helms Parties, (ii) a Demand Registration if the Initiating Holders propose to sell Registrable Securities in such Demand Registration at an anticipated aggregate offering price (calculated based upon the Market Price of the Registrable Securities on the date on which the Company receives the written request for such Demand Registration) to the public of less than $40,000,000 (calculated prior to any reduction by an underwriter pursuant to Section 3(e)) unless such Demand Registration includes all of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities the applicable Initiating Holder or (iii) any such Demand Registration within the Specified Period (or such shorter period as the Company may determine in its sole discretion) after the effective date of any other Registration Statement of the Company (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8). In addition, if (1) the Board of Directors, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued because it would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer and sale of securities, acquisition, merger, tender offer, business combination, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving the Company or because such registration would require the Company to disclose material nonpublic information that would not otherwise be required to be disclosed under applicable law, (2) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such proposed transaction or information and (3) the Company has prohibited its executive officers and directors from purchasing, selling or otherwise transacting in the Company’s securities as a result of the proposed transaction or information pursuant to the Company’s securities trading policies (a “ Valid Business Reason ”), (x) the Company may postpone filing a Registration Statement (but not the preparation of the Registration Statement) relating to a Demand Registration until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than sixty days after the date when the Demand Registration was requested or, if later, after the occurrence of the Valid Business Reason and (y) in case a Registration Statement has been filed relating to a Demand Registration, the Company may postpone amending or supplementing such Registration Statement (in which case, if the Valid Business Reason no longer exists or if more than sixty days have passed since such postponement, the Initiating Holders may request a new Demand Registration (which request shall not be counted as an additional Demand Registration for purposes of clause (i) above) or request the prompt amendment or supplement of such Registration Statement). The Company shall give written notice to all Designated Stockholders of its determination to postpone filing, amending or supplementing a Registration Statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may not postpone a filing, amendment or supplement under this Section 3(a) due to a Valid Business Reason (i) for more than 120 days in any twelve-month period or (ii) for more than 60 days in any rolling 90-day period. Each request for a Demand Registration by the Initiating Holders shall state the type and amount of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method of disposition thereof.

 

(b)            Incidental or “Piggy-Back” Rights with Respect to a Demand Registration . Any Designated Stockholder that has not requested a registration under Section 3(a) hereof may, pursuant to this Section 3(b), offer its Registrable Securities under any Demand Registration. The Company shall (i) as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than five Business Days after the receipt of a request for a Demand Registration from the Initiating Holders, give written notice thereof to all of the Designated Stockholders (other than Initiating Holders), which notice shall specify the type and number of Registrable Securities subject to the request for Demand Registration and the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities, and (ii) subject to Section 3(e) hereof, include in the Registration Statement filed pursuant to the Demand Registration all of the Registrable Securities held by such Designated Stockholders from whom the Company has received a written request for inclusion therein within five Business Days of the date on which the Company sent the written notice referred to in clause (i) above. Each such request by such Designated Stockholders shall specify the type and number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered. The failure of any Designated Stockholder to respond within such five Business Day period referred to in clause (ii) above shall be deemed to be a waiver of such Designated Stockholder’s rights under this Section 3(b) with respect to such Demand Registration. Any Designated Stockholder may waive its rights under this Section 3(b) by giving written notice to the Company.

 

9
 

(c)            Effective Demand Registration . Subject to Section 3(a), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts (taking into account, among other things, accounting and regulatory matters) to file a Registration Statement relating to the Demand Registration and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as practicable after it receives a request under Section 3(a) hereof and to remain continuously effective for the lesser of (i) the period during which all Registrable Securities registered in the Demand Registration are sold or (ii) one hundred eighty days.

 

(d)            Expenses . Except as provided in Section 3(g) or 8(d) hereof, the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with a Demand Registration, whether or not such Demand Registration becomes effective.

 

(e)            Underwriting Procedures . If the Initiating Holders so elect, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the offering made pursuant to such Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 3 to be in the form of a firm commitment underwritten public offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such offering shall be the Approved Underwriter selected in accordance with Section 3(f) hereof. In connection with any Demand Registration under this Section 3 involving an underwritten offering, none of the Registrable Securities held by any Designated Stockholder making a request for inclusion of such Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) hereof shall be included in such underwritten offering unless such Designated Stockholder accepts the terms of the offering as agreed upon by the Company, the Initiating Holders and the Approved Underwriter (including, without limitation, offering price, underwriting commissions or discounts and lockup agreement terms), and then only in such quantity as set forth below. If the Approved Underwriter advises the Company that the aggregate amount of such Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering is sufficiently large to have a material adverse effect on the distribution or sales price of the Registrable Securities in such offering, then the Company shall include in such Demand Registration, to the extent of the amount that the Approved Underwriter believes may be sold without causing such material adverse effect, first , such number of Registrable Securities of the Designated Stockholders that are participating in such offering pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) hereof, which Registrable Securities shall be allocated pro rata among the Designated Stockholders participating in the offering, based on the aggregate number of Registrable Securities held by each such Designated Stockholder, second , any other securities of the Company requested by any other holders (including any other Designated Stockholders) to be included in such registration, pro rata among such other holders based on the number of securities held by each such holder, except to the extent any such holders have agreed under existing agreements to grant priority with regard to participation in such offering to any other holders of securities of the Company, and third , securities offered by the Company for its own account.

 

10
 

(f)            Selection of Underwriters . If any Demand Registration or S-3 Registration, as the case may be, of Registrable Securities is in the form of an underwritten public offering, the Initiating Holders or S-3 Initiating Holders, as the case may be, shall select and obtain one or more investment banking firms of national or regional reputation to act as the managing underwriter or underwriters of the offering; provided , however , that such firm or firms shall, in any case, also be approved by the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If any S-3 Registration of Registrable Securities is in the form of a Hedging Transaction, the S-3 Initiating Holders shall select and obtain an investment banking firm of national or regional reputation to act as the Hedging Counterparty of the Hedging Transaction; provided , however , that such firm shall, in any case, also be approved by the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. An investment banking firm or firms selected pursuant to this Section 3(f) shall be referred to as the “ Approved Underwriter ” herein.

 

(g)            Withdrawal . The Initiating Holders shall be entitled to withdraw or revoke a request for a Demand Registration without the prior written consent of the Company if (i) such withdrawal or revocation is as a result of facts or circumstances arising after the date on which a request for a Demand Registration was made and the Initiating Holders reasonably determine that participation in such registration would have a material adverse effect on the Initiating Holders, (ii) the Closing Price is more than twenty percent lower than the Closing Price on the date the Initiating Holders requested such Demand Registration or (iii) the Initiating Holders agree to pay all fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such withdrawn registration (each, a “ Permitted Withdrawal ”). If a Permitted Withdrawal occurs, the related Demand Registration shall not be counted as a Demand Registration for purposes of Section 3(a) hereof. Any Permitted Withdrawal shall constitute and effect an automatic withdrawal by all other Initiating Holders and any other Designated Stockholder participating in such Demand Registration pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereof.

 

4.            Incidental or “Piggy-Back” Registration .

 

(a)            Request for Incidental or “Piggy-Back” Registration . If the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement with respect to an offering of Common Stock, Non-Voting Common Stock or Warrants by the Company for its own account (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8) or for the account of any stockholder of the Company other than Designated Stockholders pursuant to Sections 3 and 5 hereof (other than in connection with the Initial Public Offering), then the Company shall give written notice (an “ Incidental Registration Notice ”) of such proposed filing to each of the Designated Stockholders at least ten Business Days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the proposed registration and distribution and offer such Designated Stockholders the opportunity to register the number of Registrable Securities that each such Designated Stockholder may request (an “ Incidental Registration ”). Any such request by a Designated Stockholder must be made in writing and received by the Company within five Business Days of the date on which the Company sent the Incidental Registration Notice. The failure of any Designated Stockholder to respond to an Incidental Registration Notice within five Business Days shall be deemed a waiver of such Designated Stockholder’s rights under this Section 4(a) with respect to such Incidental Registration. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters in the case of a proposed underwritten offering (the “ Company Underwriter ”) to permit each Designated Stockholder who has requested in writing to participate in the Incidental Registration pursuant to this Section 4(a) to include the number of such Designated Stockholder’s Registrable Securities indicated by such Designated Stockholder in such offering on the same terms and conditions as the Company or the account of such other stockholder, as the case may be, included therein. Any withdrawal of the Registration Statement by the Company for any reason shall constitute and effect an automatic withdrawal of any Incidental Registration related thereto. In connection with any Incidental Registration under this Section 4(a) involving an underwritten offering, the Company shall not be required to include any Registrable Securities in such underwritten offering unless the Designated Stockholders thereof accept the terms of the underwritten offering as agreed upon between the Company, such other stockholders, if any, and the Company Underwriter (including, without limitation, offering price, underwriting commissions or discounts and lockup agreement terms), and then only in such quantity as set forth below. If the Company Underwriter determines that the aggregate amount of the securities requested to be included in such offering is sufficiently large to have a material adverse effect on the distribution or sales price of the securities in such offering, then the Company shall include in such Incidental Registration, to the extent of the amount that the Company Underwriter believes may be sold without causing such material adverse effect, first , (i) all of the securities to be offered for the account of the Company, in the case of a Company initiated Incidental Registration or (ii) all of the securities to be offered for the account of the stockholders who have requested such Incidental Registration, pro rata among such requesting stockholders based on the number of securities held by each such holder, second , any Registrable Securities and any other shares of Common Stock, Non-Voting Common stock or Warrants, as applicable, requested by holders thereof in the case of an Incidental Registration initiated by the Company or by stockholders of the Company to be included in such registration (to the extent that the holders of such securities do not have priority to be included in such registration), pro rata among the Designated Stockholders and such other holders based on the number of securities held by each such holder, and third , all of the securities to be offered for the account of the Company, in the case of an Incidental Registration initiated by any stockholder of the Company.

 

11
 

(b)            Expenses . Except as provided in Section 8(d) hereof, the Company shall bear all Registration Expenses in connection with any Incidental Registration pursuant to this Section 4, whether or not such Incidental Registration becomes effective.

 

5.            Form S-3 Registration .

 

(a)            Request for a Form S-3 Registration . Upon the Company becoming eligible for use of Form S-3 under the Securities Act in connection with a secondary public offering of its equity securities, in the event that the Company shall receive from any S-3 Initiating Holders a written request that the Company register under the Securities Act on Form S-3 (an “ S-3 Registration ”) the sale of all or a portion of the Registrable Securities owned by such S-3 Initiating Holder (which S-3 Registration may be a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, in which case the provisions of Section 5(f) shall apply), the Company shall give written notice of such request to all of the other Designated Stockholders (other than S-3 Initiating Holders) as promptly as practicable but in no event later than ten Business Days before the anticipated filing date of such Form S-3, which notice shall describe the proposed registration, the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities and any other information that at the time would be appropriate to include in such notice, and offer such other Designated Stockholders the opportunity to register the number of Registrable Securities as each such Designated Stockholder may request in writing to the Company, given within ten Business Days of the date on which the Company sent the written notice of such registration. Each request for an S-3 Registration by an S-3 Initiating Holder shall state the type and number of the Registrable Securities proposed to be registered and the intended method of disposition thereof. With respect to each S-3 Registration, the Company shall, subject to Section 5(b) hereof, (i) include in such offering the Registrable Securities of the S-3 Initiating Holders and the Designated Stockholders who have requested in writing to participate in such registration on the same terms and conditions as the Registrable Securities of the S-3 Initiating Holders included therein (collectively, the “ S-3 Participating Stockholders ”) and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a Registration Statement relating to the S-3 Registration (taking into account, among other things, accounting and regulatory matters) and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as practicable after it receives a request under this Section 5(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, immediately upon determination of the price at which such Registrable Securities are to be sold in an S-3 Registration that is a firm commitment underwritten public offering, if such price is below the price which the S-3 Initiating Holders find acceptable, the S-3 Initiating Holders shall then have the right, by written notice to the Company, to withdraw their Registrable Securities from being included in such offering; provided , that such a withdrawal by the S-3 Initiating Holders shall constitute and effect an automatic withdrawal by all other S-3 Participating Stockholders. If the S-3 Initiating Holders request, and if the Company is a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, the Company shall cause such S-3 Registration to be made pursuant to an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement and may omit the names of the S-3 Participating Stockholders and the amount of the Registrable Securities to be offered thereunder.

 

12
 

(b)            Form S-3 Underwriting Procedures . If the S-3 Initiating Holders so elect, the Company shall cause such S-3 Registration pursuant to this Section 5 to be in the form of a firm commitment underwritten public offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such offering shall be the Approved Underwriter selected in accordance with Section 3(f) hereof. In connection with any S-3 Registration under this Section 5 involving an underwritten public offering, none of the Registrable Securities held by any Designated Stockholder making a request for inclusion of such Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 5(a) hereof shall be included in such underwritten offering unless such Designated Stockholder accepts the terms of the offering as agreed upon by the Company, the S-3 Initiating Holders and the Approved Underwriter (including, without limitation, offering price, underwriting commissions and discounts and lockup agreement terms) and then only in such quantity as set forth below. If the Approved Underwriter advises the Company that the aggregate amount of such Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering is sufficiently large to have a material adverse effect on the distribution or sales price of the Registrable Securities in such offering then the Company shall include in such offering, to the extent of the amount that the Approved Underwriter believes may be sold without causing such material adverse effect, first , such number of Registrable Securities of the Designated Stockholders participating in the offering under Section 5(a) hereof, which Registrable Securities shall be allocated pro rata among such Designated Stockholders participating in the offering, based on the number of Registrable Securities held by each such Designated Stockholder, second , any other securities of the Company requested by holders thereof to be included in such registration, except to the extent any such holders have agreed under existing agreements to grant priority with regard to participation in such offering to any other holders of securities of the Company, and third , securities offered by the Company for its own account.

 

(c)            Limitations on Form S-3 Registrations . If the Board of Directors, in its good faith judgment, determines that a Valid Business Reason exists, (x) the Company may postpone filing a Registration Statement relating to an S-3 Registration (but not the preparation of the Registration Statement) until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than sixty days after the date when the S-3 Registration was requested or, if later, after the occurrence of the Valid Business Reason and (y) in case a Registration Statement has been filed relating to an S-3 Registration, the Company may postpone amending or supplementing such Registration Statement (in which case, if the Valid Business Reason no longer exists or if more than sixty days have passed since such postponement, the S-3 Initiating Holders may request the prompt amendment or supplement of such Registration Statement or a new S-3 Registration). The Company shall give written notice to all Designated Stockholders of its determination to postpone or delay amending or supplementing a Registration Statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or delay no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may not postpone a filing or delay amending or supplementing a filing under this Section 5(c) due to a Valid Business Reason (i) for more than 120 days in any twelve-month period or (ii) for more than 60 days in any rolling 90 day period. In addition, the Company shall not be required to effect any registration pursuant to Section 5(a) hereof (i) within the Specified Period after the effective date of any other Registration Statement of the Company (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form thereto), (ii) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the S-3 Initiating Holders or (iii) if the S-3 Initiating Holders, together with the Designated Stockholders (other than S-3 Initiating Holders) registering Registrable Securities in such registration, propose to sell their Registrable Securities at an aggregate price (calculated based upon the Market Price of the Registrable Securities on the last date on which the Company could receive requests for inclusion in such S-3 Registration under Section 5(a) hereof) to the public of less than $20,000,000.

 

13
 

(d)            Expenses . Except as provided in Section 8(d) hereof, the Company shall bear all Registration Expenses in connection with any S-3 Registration pursuant to this Section 5, whether or not such S-3 Registration becomes effective.

 

(e)            Automatic Shelf Registration Statement . After the Registration Statement with respect to an S-3 Registration that is an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective, upon written request by an S-3 Initiating Holder, the Company shall, as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, (i) file with the Commission a prospectus supplement naming the S-3 Participating Stockholders as selling stockholders and the amount of Registrable Securities to be offered and include, to the extent not included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, any other information omitted from the Prospectus used in connection with such Registration Statement as permitted by Rule 430B promulgated under the Securities Act (including the plan of distribution and the names of any underwriters, placement agents or brokers) and (ii) pay any necessary filing fees to the Commission within the time period required.

 

(f)            Shelf Take-Downs . i) Any Designated Stockholder (an “ Initiating Shelf Holder ”) that holds Registrable Securities included in a Form S-3 that provides for offers and sales of Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act (a “Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement”) may initiate an offering or sale of all or part of such Registrable Securities (a “ Shelf Take-Down ”), in which case the provisions of this Section 5(f) shall apply. Unless otherwise required pursuant to clauses (ii) and (iii) below, no S-3 Initiating Holder shall be required to provide any other Designated Holders with notice of a proposed Shelf Take-Down. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that a Shelf Take-Down shall not be considered a Demand Registration for purposes of Section 3 hereof.

 

14
 

(ii)           If in connection with any Shelf Take-Down in which the S-3 Initialing Holder proposes to sell Registrable Securities to the Public at an aggregate price to the public in excess of $20,000,000, the S-3 Initiating Holders so elect in a written request delivered to the Company (an “ Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice ”), a Shelf Take-Down may be in the form of an underwritten public offering (an “ Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ”) and, subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to Section 5(a), the Company shall file and effect an amendment or supplement to its Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose as soon as practicable. Such S-3 Initiating Holders shall indicate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice whether it intends for such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to involve a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the underwriters (a “ Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ”). Upon receipt of an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice indicating that such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down will be a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, the Company shall promptly (but in any event no later than three Business Days prior to the expected date of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) give written notice of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to all other S-3 Participating Stockholders and shall permit the participation of all such S-3 Participating Stockholders that request inclusion in such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down who respond in writing within ten Business Days after the receipt of such notice of their election to participate. The provisions of Section 5(b) (other than the first sentence thereof) shall apply with respect to the right of the Initiating Shelf Holder and any other Shelf Holder to participate in any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down.

 

(iii)           If any Initiating Shelf Holder desires to effect a Shelf Take-Down that does not constitute a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (a “ Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ”), such Initiating Shelf Holder shall so indicate in a written request delivered to the Company no later than two Business Days prior to the expected date of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, which request shall include (i) the total number of Registrable Securities expected to be offered and sold in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, (ii) the expected plan of distribution of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and (iii) the action or actions required (including the timing thereof) in connection with such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, and, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5(a), the Company shall file and effect an amendment or supplement to its Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose as soon as practicable.

 

15
 

6.            Hedging Transactions .

 

(a)           In any S-3 Registration, the S-3 Initiating Holders may (on behalf of themselves and the Designated Stockholders) elect to engage in a Hedging Transaction. The Company agrees that, in connection with any proposed Hedging Transaction, if, in the reasonable judgment of Designated Stockholders’ Counsel (after good-faith consultation with counsel to the Company), it is necessary or desirable to register under the Securities Act such Hedging Transaction or sales or transfers (whether short or long) of Registrable Securities in connection therewith, then the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take such actions (which may include, among other things, the filing of a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement to include additional or changed information that is material or is otherwise required to be disclosed, including, without limitation, a description of such Hedging Transaction, the name of the Hedging Counterparty, identification of the Hedging Counterparty or its Affiliates as underwriters or potential underwriters, if applicable, or any change to the plan of distribution) as may reasonably be required to register such Hedging Transaction or sales or transfers of Registrable Securities in connection therewith under the Securities Act in a manner consistent with the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder with respect to the registration of Registrable Securities. Any information regarding the Hedging Transaction included in a Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus pursuant to this Section 6(a) shall, for purposes of Section 9 hereof, be deemed to be information provided by the Designated Stockholder that is party to such Hedging Transaction and is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement for purposes of Section 9 hereof.

 

(b)           The selection of any Hedging Counterparty shall not be subject to Section 3(f) hereof, but the Hedging Counterparty shall be selected by the Designated Stockholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities subject to the Hedging Transaction that are proposed to be included in such Registration Statement.

 

(c)           If in connection with a Hedging Transaction, a Hedging Counterparty or any Affiliate thereof is (or may be considered) an underwriter or selling stockholder, then it shall be required to provide customary indemnities to the Company regarding the plan of distribution and like matters.

 

7.            Holdback Agreements .

 

(a)            Restrictions on Public Sale by Designated Stockholders .

 

(i)           To the extent requested by the Approved Underwriter or the Company Underwriter, as the case may be, in the case of an underwritten public offering, each Designated Stockholder (other than any Pledgee or Hedging Counterparty) agrees (x) not to effect any public sale or distribution of any Registrable Securities or of any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such Registrable Securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor rule or regulation) promulgated under the Securities Act, or offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of, any Registrable Securities during the Specified Period following the effective date of such registration, except as part of such underwritten public offering and (y) except as otherwise consented to by the Company, not to make any request for a Demand Registration or S-3 Registration under this Agreement that would require the filing of a registration during the Specified Period except as part of such underwritten public offering.

 

(ii)           In connection with the Initial Public Offering, to the extent requested by the managing underwriter therefor, each Designated Stockholder agrees to enter into a Lock-Up Agreement.

 

16
 

(b)            Restrictions on Public Sale by the Company . Unless the Company shall have received the prior written consent of the Majority Designated Stockholders, the Company agrees not to (i) effect any public sale or distribution of any of its securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities (except pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or S-8), (ii) file any Registration Statements relating to the registration of securities for the Company’s account (except pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or S-8), or (iii) make any public announcements related to clause (i) or (ii), in each case, during the period beginning on the effective date of any Registration Statement relating to a registration in which the Designated Stockholders of Registrable Securities are participating and ending on the earlier of (x) the date on which all Registrable Securities registered on such Registration Statement are sold and (y) the Specified Period after the effective date of such Registration Statement (except as part of such registration).

 

8.            Registration Procedures .

 

(a)            Obligations of the Company . Whenever registration of Registrable Securities has been requested or required pursuant to Section 3, Section 4 or Section 5 hereof, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof as quickly as practicable, and in connection with any such request, the Company shall:

 

(i)           use its reasonable best efforts (taking into account, among other things, accounting and regulatory matters) to, as promptly as practicable, prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and cause such Registration Statement to become effective; provided , however , that (x) before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (including, without limitation, any documents incorporated by reference therein), or before using any Free Writing Prospectus, the Company shall provide one firm of legal counsel selected by the Designated Stockholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered in such registration (“ Designated Stockholders’ Counsel ”), any managing underwriter or broker/dealer participating in any disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and any attorney retained by any such managing underwriter or broker/dealer (each, an “ Inspector ” and collectively, the “ Inspectors ”) with an opportunity to review and comment on such Registration Statement and each Prospectus included therein (and each amendment or supplement thereto) and each Free Writing Prospectus to be filed with the Commission, subject to such documents being under the Company’s control, and (y) the Company shall notify the Designated Stockholders’ Counsel and each seller of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the Commission and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered;

 

17
 

(ii)           use its commercially reasonable efforts to, as promptly as practicable, prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the lesser of (x) one hundred twenty days (or, in the case of an S-3 Registration, three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement if such Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act) and (y) such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold (or, if such Registration Statement is an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, on the third anniversary of the date of filing of such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement); and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

(iii)           furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), any Prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act and any Free Writing Prospectus as each such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

 

(iv)           use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any seller of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, and continue such registration or qualification in effect in such jurisdiction for as long as any such seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable any such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to (x) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required, (y) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (z) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

(v)           as soon as possible following its actual knowledge thereof, notify each seller of Registrable Securities: (A) when a Prospectus, any Prospectus supplement, any Free Writing Prospectus, a Registration Statement or a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (B) of any request by the Commission or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement, related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information; (C) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purpose; and (D) of the existence of any fact or happening of any event of which the Company has knowledge which makes any statement of a material fact in such Registration Statement, related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue or which would require the making of any changes in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus in order that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

18
 

(vi)           upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 8(a)(v)(D) hereof or, subject to Sections 3(a) and 5(c) hereof, the existence of a Valid Business Reason use its reasonable best efforts to prepare as soon as possible a supplement or amendment to such Registration Statement, related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus and furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities a reasonable number of copies of such supplement to, or amendment of, such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus as may be necessary so that, after delivery to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(vii)           enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Approved Underwriter or Company Underwriter, if any, selected as provided in Section 3, Section 4 or Section 5 hereof, as the case may be) and take such other commercially reasonable actions as are reasonably required in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities and shall provide all reasonable cooperation, including causing its appropriate officers to attend and participate in “road shows” and other information meetings organized by the Approved Underwriter or Company Underwriter, if and as applicable, and causing counsel to the Company to deliver customary legal opinions in connection with any such underwriting agreements;

 

(viii)           make available at reasonable times for inspection by any Inspector all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Records ”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ officers, directors and employees, and the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement. Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors (and the Inspectors shall confirm their agreement in writing in advance to the Company if the Company shall so request) unless (x) the disclosure of such Records is necessary, in the Company’s judgment, to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the Registration Statement, (y) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom or (z) the information in such Records was known to the Inspectors on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by the Company or has been made generally available to the public. Each Inspector agrees that it shall, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, promptly give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at the Company’s expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential;

 

19
 

(ix)           if such sale is pursuant to an underwritten public offering, obtain a “cold comfort” letter addressed to the underwriters and Participating Holders dated the effective date of the Registration Statement and the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing underwriter reasonably requests;

 

(x)           furnish an opinion of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the seller making such request, covering such legal matters with respect to the registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as the underwriters, if any, and such seller may reasonably request and are customarily included in such opinions;

 

(xi)           comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable but no later than fifteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement, in a manner which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 promulgated under the Securities Act;

 

(xii)           cause any Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which the applicable type of Registrable Securities are then listed;

 

(xiii)           cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

 

(xiv)           cause the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities, as may be reasonably necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company to enable the seller or sellers of Registrable Securities to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(xv)           provide a transfer agent or warrant agent and registrar for the Registrable Securities and a CUSIP number for each type of the Registrable Securities;

 

(xvi)           take all other steps reasonably necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby and reasonably cooperate with the holders or underwriters (in the case of an underwritten offering) of such Registrable Securities to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant thereto;

 

(xvii)           within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, make all required filings of all Prospectuses and Free Writing Prospectuses with the Commission; and

 

20
 

(xviii)           within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, make all required filing fee payments in respect of any Registration Statement or Prospectus used under this Agreement (and any offering covered thereby).

 

(b)            Seller Requirements . In connection with any offering under any Registration Statement under this Agreement, each Designated Stockholder (i) shall promptly furnish to the Company in writing such information with respect to such Designated Stockholder and the intended method of disposition of its Registrable Securities as the Company may reasonably request or as may be required by law or regulations for use in connection with any related Registration Statement or Prospectus (or amendment or supplement thereto) and all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Designated Stockholder not contain a material misstatement of fact or necessary to cause such Registration Statement or Prospectus (or amendment or supplement thereto) not to omit a material fact with respect to such Designated Stockholder necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) shall comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and all applicable state securities laws and comply with all applicable regulations in connection with the registration and the disposition of the Registrable Securities; and (iii) shall not use any Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Company. If any seller of Registrable Securities fails to provide such information required to be included in such Registration Statement by applicable securities laws or otherwise necessary or desirable in connection with the disposition of such Registrable Securities in a timely manner after written request therefor, the Company may exclude such seller’s Registrable Securities from a registration under Sections 3, 4 or 5 hereof.

 

(c)            Notice to Discontinue . Each Designated Stockholder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 8(a)(v)(D) hereof or, subject to Section 3(a) and 5(c) hereof, the existence of Valid Business Reason, such Designated Stockholder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Designated Stockholder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 8(a)(vi) hereof (or if no supplemental or amended prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus is required, upon confirmation from the Company that use of the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus is once again permitted). If the Company shall give any such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, the period referred to in Section 8(a) (ii) hereof) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 8(a)(v)(D) hereof to and including the date when sellers of such Registrable Securities under such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by and meeting the requirements of Section 8(a)(v) hereof (or if no supplemental or amended prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus is required, upon confirmation from the Company that use of the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus is once again permitted).

 

(d)            Registration Expenses . Except as provided under the last sentence of this Section 8(d), the Company shall pay all expenses arising from or incident to its performance of, or compliance with, this Agreement, including, without limitation (i) all expenses, including filing fees, in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or final prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto, (ii) Commission, stock exchange and FINRA registration (including any counsel retained in connection with FINRA registration) and filing fees, (iii) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses, (iv) all expenses with respect to road shows, (v) all fees and expenses incurred in complying with state securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one firm or counsel to any underwriter incurred in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities as may be set forth in any underwriting agreement), (vi) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (vii) the fees, charges and expenses of counsel to the Company and of its independent registered public accounting firm and the reasonable and documented legal fees, charges and expenses of Designated Stockholder’s Counsel and (viii) any liability insurance or other premiums for insurance obtained in connection with any Demand Registration or piggy-back registration thereon, Incidental Registration or S-3 Registration pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, regardless of whether such Registration Statement is declared effective. All of the expenses described in the preceding sentence of this Section 8(d) are referred to herein as “ Registration Expenses .” The Designated Stockholders of Registrable Securities sold pursuant to a Registration Statement shall bear the expense of any broker’s commission or underwriter’s discount or commission relating to the registration and sale of such Designated Stockholders’ Registrable Securities and shall, other than as set forth in clause (vii) above, bear the fees and expenses of their own counsel.

 

21
 

9.            Indemnification; Contribution .

 

(a)            Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Designated Stockholder, its partners, directors, officers, Affiliates, stockholders, members, employees, trustees and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act) such Designated Stockholder from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, or any action or proceeding in respect thereof (including reasonable costs of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (each, a “ Liability ” and collectively, “ Liabilities ”), arising out of or based upon (a) any untrue, or allegedly untrue, statement of a material fact contained in the Disclosure Package, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto; and (b) the omission or alleged omission to state in the Disclosure Package, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading under the circumstances such statements were made, and, subject to the provisions of this Section 9, will reimburse each such indemnified person, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such Liability; provided , however , that the Company shall not be held liable in any such case to the extent that any such Liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission contained in such Disclosure Package, Registration Statement, Prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus or such amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with information concerning such Designated Stockholder furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Designated Stockholder expressly for use therein. The Company shall also provide customary indemnities to any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers, directors and employees and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Designated Stockholders of Registrable Securities.

 

22
 

(b)            Indemnification by Designated Stockholders . In connection with any offering in which a Designated Stockholder is participating pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 5 hereof, such Designated Stockholder agrees severally to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the other Designated Stockholders, any underwriter retained by the Company and each Person who controls the Company, the other Designated Stockholders or such underwriter (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act) to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the Designated Stockholders (including indemnification of their respective partners, directors, officers, Affiliates, stockholders, members, employees, trustees and Controlling Persons), but only to the extent that Liabilities arise out of or are based upon a statement or alleged statement or an omission or alleged omission that was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information with respect to such Designated Stockholder furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Designated Stockholder expressly for use in such Disclosure Package, Registration Statement, Prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus or such amendment or supplement thereto, including, without limitation, the information furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 8(b) hereof and, subject to the provisions of this Section 9, will reimburse the Company, such directors, controlling persons, such other Designated Stockholders and the underwriters for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such Liability; provided , however , that the total amount to be indemnified by such Designated Stockholder pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall be limited to the net proceeds (after deducting the underwriters’ discounts and commissions) received by such Designated Stockholders in the offering to which such Disclosure Package, Registration Statement, Prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus or such amendment or supplement thereto relates.

 

(c)            Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Any Person entitled to indemnification or contribution hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) agrees to give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) after the receipt by the Indemnified Party of any written notice of the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation or threat thereof made in writing for which the Indemnified Party intends to claim indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Agreement; provided , however , that the failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any Liability that it may have to the Indemnified Party hereunder (except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced or otherwise forfeits substantive rights or defenses by reason of such failure). If notice of commencement of any such action is given to the Indemnifying Party as above provided, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other Indemnifying Party similarly notified, to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party. Each Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party agrees to pay the same, (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party and such parties have been advised by such counsel that either (x) representation of such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct or (y) there may be one or more legal defenses available to the Indemnified Party which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party. In any of such cases, the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party, it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Parties and all such reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as incurred. No Indemnifying Party shall be liable for any settlement entered into without its written consent. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the consent of such Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such Indemnified Party is a party and indemnity has been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an Indemnified Party shall have requested the Indemnifying Party to reimburse the Indemnified Party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this Section 9, the Indemnifying Party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without the Indemnifying Party’s written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than thirty business days after receipt by the Indemnifying Party of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Party in accordance with such request or contested the reasonableness of such fees and expenses prior to the date of such settlement.

 

23
 

(d)           Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 from the Indemnifying Party is unavailable to an Indemnified Party hereunder or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party in respect of any Liabilities referred to herein, then each Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party in connection with the actions which resulted in such Liabilities. The relative faults of such Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the Liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(c) hereof, any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding; provided , that the total amount to be contributed by any Designated Stockholder shall be limited to the net proceeds (after deducting the underwriters’ discounts and commissions) received by such Designated Stockholder in the offering.

 

The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

24
 

(e)            Primacy of Indemnification .  The Company hereby acknowledges that certain of the Designated Stockholders have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Indemnitors ”).  The Company hereby agrees that (i) it is the Indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to the Designated Stockholders are primary and any obligation of the Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Liabilities incurred by any of the Designated Stockholders are secondary to any such obligation of the Company), (ii) that it shall be liable for the full amount of all Liabilities to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the articles and other organizational documents of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and the relevant Designated Stockholder), without regard to any rights any Designated Stockholder may have against the Indemnitors, and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Indemnitors from any and all claims (x) against the Indemnitors for contribution, indemnification, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof and (y) that any Designated Stockholder must seek indemnification from any Indemnitor before the Company must perform its indemnification obligations under this Agreement.  No advancement or payment by the Indemnitors on behalf of any Designated Stockholder with respect to any claim for which such Designated Stockholder has sought indemnification from the Company hereunder shall affect the foregoing.  The Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery which any Designated Stockholder would have had against the Company if the Indemnitors had not advanced or paid any amount to or on behalf of such Designated Stockholder.  The Company and the Designated Stockholders agree that the Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of this Section 9.

 

10.            Rule 144 . The Company covenants from and after the IPO Pricing Date that it shall take such action as may be required from time to time to enable such Designated Stockholder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time. The Company shall, upon the request of any Designated Stockholder, deliver to such Designated Stockholder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

11.            Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            Stock Splits, etc. The provisions of this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations recapitalizations and the like occurring after the date hereof.

 

(b)            No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company hereby represents and warrants that it has not previously entered into any agreement granting registration rights to any Person with respect to any securities of the Company. The Company shall not enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with or senior to the rights granted to the Designated Stockholders in this Agreement or grant any additional registration rights to any Person or with respect to any securities that are not Registrable Securities which rights are inconsistent with or senior to the rights granted in this Agreement.

 

25
 

(c)            Remedies . The Designated Stockholders, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, shall be entitled to specific performance of their rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

(d)            Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless consented to in writing by the Company and the Majority Designated Stockholders.

 

(e)            Notices . All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be made by registered or certified first-class mail, return receipt requested, telecopy, electronic transmission, courier service or personal delivery:

 

(i)           If to the Company:

 

Turning Point Brands, Inc.
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, Kentucky 40229
Telecopy: (502) 778-4421
Attention: James Dobbins, Esq.

 

with a copy to:

 

Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP
28 Liberty Street
New York, New York 10005-1413
Telecopy: (212) 530-5301
Attention: Brett Nadritch, Esq.

 

(ii)          If to a Standard General Party:

 

Standard General

767 Fifth Avenue 12 th Floor

New York, New York 10153

  

(iii)         If to a Helms Party:

 

Thomas F. Helms, Jr.

President

75 Woods Lane

East Hampton, New York, 11937

 

(iv)        If to any other Designated Stockholder, at its address as it appears in the books and records of the Company.

 

All such notices, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier, if delivered by commercial courier service; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied, or electronically transmitted. Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 11(e) designate another address or Person for receipt of notices hereunder.

 

(f)            Permitted Assignees; Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the permitted assignees of the parties hereto as provided in Section 2(d) hereof. Except as provided in Section 9 hereof, no Person other than the parties hereto and their permitted assignees is intended to be a beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

26
 

(g)            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(h)            Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(i)            GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THEREOF.

 

(j)            Jurisdiction . Any action or proceeding against any party hereto relating in any way to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be brought and enforced in the federal or state courts in the State of New York, and each party, on behalf of itself and its respective successors and assigns, irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of each such court in respect of any such action or proceeding. Each party, on behalf of itself and its respective successors and assigns, irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to such person or entity at the address for such person or entity set forth in Section 11(e) hereof of this Agreement or such other address as such person or entity shall notify the other in writing. The foregoing shall not limit the right of any person or entity to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to bring any action or proceeding, or to obtain execution of any judgment, in any other jurisdiction.

 

Each party, on behalf of itself and its respective successors and assigns, hereby irrevocably waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising under or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in any court located in the State of New York or located in any other jurisdiction chosen by the Company in accordance with Section 11(j) hereof. Each party, on behalf of itself and its respective successors and assigns, hereby irrevocably waives any claim that a court located in the State of New York is not a convenient forum for any such action or proceeding.

 

Each party, on behalf of itself and its respective successors and assigns, hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable United States federal and state law, all immunity from jurisdiction, service of process, attachment (both before and after judgment) and execution to which he might otherwise be entitled in any action or proceeding relating in any way to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of New York, of the United States or of any other country or jurisdiction, and hereby waives any right he might otherwise have to raise or claim or cause to be pleaded any such immunity at or in respect of any such action or proceeding.

 

27
 

(k)            WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY, ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND ITS RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION BASED UPON, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

(l)            Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired.

 

(m)            Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires, references to sections or subsections refer to sections or subsections of this Agreement. Terms defined in the singular have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa.

 

(n)            Entire Agreement . This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties or undertakings with respect to the subject matter contained herein, other than those set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

(o)            Further Assurances . Each of the parties shall execute such documents and perform such further acts as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(p)            Other Agreements . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of, or release from, any obligations any party hereto may have under, or any restrictions on the transfer of Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company imposed by, any other agreement.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

28
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Registration Rights Agreement on the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
  HOLDERS:
   
  STANDARD GENERAL MASTER FUND L.P.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  STANDARD GENERAL OC MASTER FUND L.P.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  STANDARD GENERAL FOCUS FUND L.P.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 
 
  STANDARD GENERAL LTD.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:    
     
  HELMS MANAGEMENT CORP.
     
  By:  
  Name:  Thomas F. Helms, Jr.
  Title:  President
     
  DESIGNATED STOCKHOLDERS
     
  By:  
  Name:  Thomas F. Helms, Jr.
  Address:  
  Email:  
     
     
  By:  
  Name:  Lawrence Wexler
  Address:  
  Email:  
     
     
  By:  
  Name:  James Dobbins
  Address:  
  Email:  
     
  By:  
  Name: Gregory H.A. Baxter
  Address:  
  Email:  

 
 

Annex A

 

[Name and Address of Transferee]

 

Turning Point Brands, Inc.
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, Kentucky 40229

 

[Name and Address of Transferor]

 

, 20

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of , 2015 (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), by and among Turning Point Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the certain stockholders named therein. All capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

In connection with the transfer by [Name of Transferor] of Registrable Securities with associated registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement to [Name of Transferee] as transferee (the “ Transferee ”), the Transferee hereby agrees to be bound as a Designated Stockholder by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement as provided under Section 2(d)(i) thereto.

 

This agreement shall be governed by New York law.

 

  Yours sincerely,
   
  [Name of Transferee]
   
  By:
    Name: 
    Title: 

 
 

Exhibit 10.1

 

  

FORM OF TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 
 

  

TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Section 1.    Purpose . The purposes of this Turning Point Brands, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan are to promote the interests of Turning Point Brands, Inc. and its stockholders by (a) attracting and retaining employees and directors of, and certain consultants to, the Company and its Affiliates; (b) motivating such individuals by means of performance-related incentives to achieve longer-range performance goals; and/or (c) enabling such individuals to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company.

 

Section 2.    Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Affiliate ” shall mean any entity (i) that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Company or (ii) in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee.

 

Award ” shall mean any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award, Other Stock-Based Award or Performance Compensation Award made or granted from time to time hereunder.

 

Award Agreement ” shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing any Award, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant. An Award Agreement may be in an electronic medium, may be limited to notation on the books and records of the Company and, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, need not be signed by a representative of the Company.

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cause ” as a reason for a Participant’s termination of employment or service shall have the meaning assigned such term in the employment, severance or similar agreement, if any, between the Participant and the Company or a subsidiary of the Company. If the Participant is not a party to an employment, severance or similar agreement with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company in which such term is defined, then unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (i) persistent neglect or negligence in the performance of the Participant’s duties; (ii) conviction (including, but not limited to, pleas of guilty or no contest) for any act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or for any criminal offense related to the Company, any Affiliate or the Participant’s service; (iii) any deliberate and material breach of fiduciary duty to the Company or any Affiliate, or any other conduct that leads to the material damage or prejudice of the Company or any Affiliate; or (iv) a material breach of a policy of the Company or any Affiliate, such as the Company’s code of conduct.

 

1
 

 

Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a) any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the transferee is controlled by the Management Group (other than Standard General LP and its Affiliates);

 

(b) a majority of the Board shall consist of Persons who are not Continuing Directors, as the case may be; or

 

(c) (i) any Person or group of related Persons (other than the Management Group) for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, becomes the beneficial owner of the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having more than fifty percent (50%) of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the Company or (ii) any Person together with its Affiliates becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of more than sixty-six and two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the economic interests of the Company.

 

For the purposes of this definition of Change in Control, “ Affiliate ” shall mean any entity (i) that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Company or (ii) in which the Company has a significant equity interest.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award which provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, then, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described in paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) above, with respect to such Award, shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board (or its successor(s)), or any other committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan and composed of not less than two directors, each of whom is required to be a “Non-Employee Director” (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3) and an “outside director” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) to the extent Rule 16b-3 and Section 162(m) of the Code, respectively, are applicable to the Company and the Plan.

 

Company ” shall mean Turning Point Brands, Inc., together with any successor thereto.

 

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any Person who (a) was a member of the Board on the Effective Date or (b) was nominated for election or elected to the Board with the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

 

Disability ” shall mean a physical or mental disability or infirmity that prevents the performance by the Participant of his or her duties lasting (or likely to last, based on competent medical evidence presented to the Company) for a continuous period of six months or longer.

 

2
 

 

Effective Date ” shall have the definition as set forth in Section 18(a) of the Plan.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

Existing Plans ” shall mean the North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and the Intrepid Brands 2014 Option Plan.

 

Fair Market Value ” shall mean (i) with respect to any property other than Shares, the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee and (ii) with respect to Shares, as of any date, the closing sale price (excluding any “after hours” trading) of the Shares on the date of grant or the date of calculation, as the case may be, on the stock exchange or over the counter market on which the Shares are principally trading on such date (or on the last preceding trading date if Shares were not traded on such date) if the Shares are readily tradable on a national securities exchange or other market system, and if the Shares are not readily tradable, Fair Market Value shall mean the amount determined in good faith by the Committee as the fair market value of the Shares.

 

Good Reason ” as a reason for a Participant’s termination of employment shall have the meaning assigned such term in the employment, severance or similar agreement, if any, between the Participant and the Company or a subsidiary of the Company. If the Participant is not a party to an employment, severance or similar agreement with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company in which such term is defined, then unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean (i) a material diminution in the Participant’s base salary from the level immediately prior to the Change in Control; or (ii) a material change in the geographic location at which the Participant must primarily perform the Participant’s services (which shall in no event include a relocation of the Participant’s current principal place of business to a location less than 50 miles away) from the geographic location immediately prior to the Change in Control; provided that no termination shall be deemed to be for Good Reason unless (a) the Participant provides the Company with written notice setting forth the specific facts or circumstances constituting Good Reason within 90 days after the initial existence of the occurrence of such facts or circumstances, (b) to the extent curable, the Company has failed to cure such facts or circumstances within 30 days of its receipt of such written notice, and (c) the effective date of the termination for Good Reason occurs no later than one 180 days after the initial existence of the facts or circumstances constituting Good Reason.

 

Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 of the Plan and that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Participants who meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

Involuntary Termination ” shall mean termination by the Company of a Participant’s employment or service by the Company without Cause or termination of a Participant’s employment by the Participant for Good Reason. For avoidance of doubt, an Involuntary Termination shall not include a termination of the Participant’s employment or service by the Company for Cause or due to the Participant’s death, Disability or resignation without Good Reason.

 

3
 

 

Management Group ” means one or more of the following: Thomas F. Helms, Jr., Standard General LP and its Affiliates (other than the Company and its subsidiaries) and the other members of the senior management of the Company on the Effective Date.

 

Negative Discretion ” shall mean the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award; provided , that the exercise of such discretion would not cause the Performance Compensation Award to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. By way of example and not by way of limitation, in no event shall any discretionary authority granted to the Committee by the Plan including, but not limited to, Negative Discretion, be used to (a) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained or (b) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the maximum amount payable under Section 4(a) or 11(d)(vi) of the Plan.

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” shall mean a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 of the Plan and that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option or does not meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

 

Option ” shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

Other Stock-Based Award ” shall mean any right granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

 

Participant ” shall mean any employee of, or consultant to, the Company or its Affiliates, or non-employee director who is a member of the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate, eligible for an Award under Section 5 of the Plan and selected by the Committee, or its designee, to receive an Award under the Plan.

 

Performance Award ” shall mean any right granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

 

Performance Compensation Award ” shall mean any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

 

4
 

 

Performance Criteria ” shall mean the measurable criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal(s) for a Performance Period with respect to any performance-based Awards under the Plan, including, but not limited to, Performance Compensation Awards. Performance Criteria may be described in terms of Company-wide objectives or objectives that are related to the performance of the individual Participant or of one or more of the subsidiaries, divisions, departments, regions, functions or other organizational units within the Company or its Affiliates. The Performance Criteria may be made relative to the performance of other companies or subsidiaries, divisions, departments, regions, functions or other organizational units within such other companies, and may be made relative to an index or one or more of the performance criteria themselves. The Committee may grant performance-based Awards subject to Performance Criteria that are either Performance Compensation Awards or are not Performance Compensation Awards. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) for Performance Compensation Awards shall be based on one or more, or a combination of, the following: (i) return on net assets; (ii) pretax income before allocation of corporate overhead and bonus; (iii) budget; (iv) net income; (v) division, group or corporate financial goals; (vi) return on stockholders’ equity; (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital; (ix) revenue; (x) profit margin; (xi) earnings per Share; (xii) net earnings; (xiii) operating earnings; (xiv) free cash flow; (xv) attainment of strategic and operational initiatives; (xvi) appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the Shares or any other publicly-traded securities of the Company; (xvii) market share; (xviii) gross profits; (xix) earnings before interest and taxes; (xx) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (xxi) operating expenses; (xxii) capital expenses; (xxiii) enterprise value; (xxiv) equity market capitalization; (xxv) economic value-added models and comparisons with various stock market indices; or (xxvi) reductions in costs. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, not later than the 90 th day of a Performance Period (or, if longer, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.

 

Performance Formula ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, one or more objective formulas applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to a performance-based Award (including, but not limited to, a Performance Compensation Award) of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the performance-based Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

 

Performance Goals ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. The Committee is authorized at any time not later than the 90 th day of a Performance Period, or at any time thereafter (but only to the extent the exercise of such authority after the first 90 days of a Performance Period would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for the Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code), in its sole discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants, (a) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event or development affecting the Company or its Affiliates; or (b) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its Affiliates, or the financial statements of the Company or its Affiliates, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions.

 

Performance Period ” shall mean the one or more periods of time of at least one year in duration, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a performance-based Award, including, but not limited to, a Performance Compensation Award.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government, political subdivision or other entity.

 

5
 

 

Plan ” shall mean this Turning Point Brands, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

Restricted Stock ” shall mean any Share granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

 

Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean any unit granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

 

Rule 16b-3 ” shall mean Rule 16b-3 as promulgated and interpreted by the SEC under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto, and shall include, without limitation, the Staff thereof.

 

Shares ” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, or such other securities of the Company (i) into which such common stock shall be changed by reason of a recapitalization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination, exchange of shares or other similar transaction, or (ii) as may be determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Plan.

 

Stock Appreciation Right ” shall mean any right granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

 

Substitute Awards ” shall mean any Awards granted under Section 4(c) of the Plan.

 

Section 3.     Administration .

 

(a)                 The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant and designate those Awards which shall constitute Performance Compensation Awards; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award (subject to Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to Performance Compensation Awards) shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee (in each case consistent with Section 409A of the Code); (vii) interpret, administer or reconcile any inconsistency, correct any defect, resolve ambiguities and/or supply any omission in the Plan, any Award Agreement, and any other instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) establish and administer Performance Goals and certify whether, and to what extent, they have been attained; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration or operation of the Plan.

 

6
 

 

(b)                Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including, but not limited to, the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any stockholder.

 

(c)                 The mere fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” or “outside director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and Section 162(m) of the Code, respectively, shall not invalidate any Award otherwise validly made by the Committee under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 to the contrary, the Board, or any other committee or sub-committee established by the Board, is hereby authorized (in addition to any necessary action by the Committee) to grant or approve Awards as necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and to act in lieu of the Committee with respect to Awards made to non-employee directors under the Plan.

 

(d)                No member of the Board or the Committee and no employee of the Company or any Affiliate shall be liable for any determination, act or failure to act hereunder (except in circumstances involving his or her bad faith), or for any determination, act or failure to act hereunder by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of the Plan have been delegated. The Company shall indemnify members of the Board and the Committee and any agent of the Board or the Committee who is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate against any and all liabilities or expenses to which they may be subjected by reason of any determination, act or failure to act with respect to their duties on behalf of the Plan (except in circumstances involving such person’s bad faith).

 

(e)                 With respect to any Performance Compensation Award granted to a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) under the Plan, the Plan shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(f)                 The Committee may from time to time delegate all or any part of its authority under the Plan to a subcommittee thereof. To the extent of any such delegation, references in the Plan to the Committee will be deemed to be references to such subcommittee. In addition, subject to applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant Awards to Participants who are not officers or directors of the Company subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or “covered employees” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code). The Committee may employ such legal or other counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion or computation received from any such counsel, consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee in the engagement of such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company, or the Affiliate whose employees have benefited from the Plan, as determined by the Committee.

 

7
 

 

Section 4.    Shares Available for Awards .

 

(a)                 Shares Available .

 

(i)                  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted from time to time under the Plan shall in the aggregate not exceed, at any time, the sum of (A)       Shares, plus (B) any Shares that again become available for Awards under the Plan in accordance with Section 4(a)(ii). Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options may be granted under the Plan shall be        Shares. Subject in each instance to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards (including, without limitation, Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) may be granted to any single Participant in any fiscal year shall be        Shares, the maximum number of Shares which may be paid to a Participant in the Plan in connection with the settlement of any Award(s) designated as “Performance Compensation Awards” in respect of a single calendar year (including, without limitation, as a portion of the applicable Performance Period) shall be as set forth in Section 11(d)(vi), and the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards (including, without limitation, Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) may be granted to any single non-employee member of the Board in any fiscal year shall be        Shares.

 

(ii)                Shares covered by an Award granted under the Plan shall not be counted unless and until they are actually issued and delivered to a Participant and, therefore, the total number of Shares available under the Plan as of a given date shall not be reduced by Shares relating to prior Awards that (in whole or in part) have expired or have been forfeited or cancelled, and upon payment in cash of the benefit provided by any Award, any Shares that were covered by such Award will be available for issue hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the following Shares shall not be made available for delivery to Participants under the Plan: (A) Shares not issued or delivered as a result of the net settlement of an outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (B) Shares used to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes related to an outstanding Award, and (C) Shares repurchased by the Company using proceeds realized by the Company in connection with a Participant’s exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(b)                Adjustments . Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Committee determines in its sole discretion that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall equitably adjust any or all of (i) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award in consideration for the cancellation of such Award, which, in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall equal the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Share subject to each such Option or Stock Appreciation Right over the per Share exercise price or grant price of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right. The Committee will also make or provide for such adjustments in the numbers of Shares specified in Section 4(a)(i) (and, to the extent consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code, Section 11(d)(vi)) of the Plan as the Committee in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith, may determine is appropriate to reflect any transaction or event described in this Section 4(b); provided , however , that any such adjustment to the numbers specified in Section 4(a)(i) of the Plan (and, to the extent consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code, Section 11(d)(vi) of the Plan) will be made only if and to the extent that such adjustment would not cause any Option intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option to fail to so qualify.

 

8
 

 

(c)                 Substitute Awards .

 

(i)                  Awards may be granted under the Plan in substitution for or in conversion of, or in connection with an assumption of, stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other stock or stock-based awards held by awardees of an entity engaging in an acquisition or merger transaction with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. Any conversion, substitution or assumption will be effective as of the close of the merger or acquisition, and, to the extent applicable, will be conducted in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

 

(ii)                In the event that an entity acquired by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, or with which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company merges, has shares available under a pre-existing plan previously approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or merger, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, to reflect such acquisition or merger) may be used for Awards made after such acquisition or merger under the Plan; provided , however , that Awards using such available shares may not be made after the date awards or grants could not have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan absent the acquisition or merger, and may only be made to individuals who were not employees or directors of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company prior to such acquisition or merger. The Awards so granted may reflect the original terms of the awards being assumed or substituted or converted for and need not comply with other specific terms of the Plan, and may account for Shares substituted for the securities covered by the original awards and the number of shares subject to the original awards, as well as any exercise or purchase prices applicable to the original awards, adjusted to account for differences in stock prices in connection with the transaction.

 

(iii)              Any Shares that are issued or transferred by, or that are subject to any Awards that are granted by, or become obligations of, the Company under Sections 4(c)(i) or 4(c)(ii) of the Plan will not reduce the Shares available for issuance or transfer under the Plan or otherwise count against the limits described in Section 4(a)(i) of the Plan. In addition, no Shares that are issued or transferred by, or that are subject to any Awards that are granted by, or become obligations of, the Company under Sections 4(c)(i) or 4(c)(ii) of the Plan will be added to the aggregate limit described in Section 4(a)(i) of the Plan.

 

9
 

 

(d)                Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Awards . Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.

 

Section 5.     Eligibility . Any employee of, or consultant to, the Company or any of its Affiliates (including, but not limited to, any prospective employee), or non-employee director who is a member of the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate, shall be eligible to be selected as a Participant.

 

Section 6.    Stock Options .

 

(a)                 Grant . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole authority to determine the Participants to whom Options shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by each Option, the exercise price thereof and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option. The Committee shall have the authority to grant Incentive Stock Options, or to grant Non-Qualified Stock Options, or to grant both types of Options. In the case of Incentive Stock Options, the terms and conditions of such Awards shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code and any regulations implementing such statute. All Options when granted under the Plan are intended to be Non-Qualified Stock Options, unless the applicable Award Agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. If an Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, and if for any reason such Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a Non-Qualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan; provided that such Option (or portion thereof) otherwise complies with the Plan’s requirements relating to Non-Qualified Stock Options. No Option shall be exercisable more than ten years from the date of grant.

 

(b)                Exercise Price . The Committee shall establish the exercise price at the time each Option is granted, which exercise price shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and which exercise price (except with respect to Substitute Awards) shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(c)                 Exercise . Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options, including, without limitation, any relating to the application of federal or state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable.

 

(d)                Payment .

 

10
 

 

(i)                  No Shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the aggregate exercise price therefor is received by the Company. Such payment may be made (A) in cash or its equivalent, (B) in the discretion of the Committee and subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee and applicable law, by exchanging Shares owned by the Participant (which are not the subject of any pledge or other security interest and which have been owned by such Participant for at least six months), (C) in the discretion of the Committee and subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee and applicable law, through delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the aggregate exercise price, (D) in the discretion of the Committee and subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee and applicable law, by the Company’s withholding of Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of an Option pursuant to a “net exercise” arrangement (it being understood that, solely for purposes of determining the number of treasury shares held by the Company, the Shares so withheld will not be treated as issued and acquired by the Company upon such exercise), (E) by a combination of the foregoing, or (F) by such other methods as may be approved by the Committee and subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee and applicable law, provided that the combined value of all cash and cash equivalents and the Fair Market Value of any such Shares so tendered to the Company or withheld as of the date of such tender or withholding is at least equal to such aggregate exercise price.

 

(ii)                Wherever in the Plan or any Award Agreement a Participant is permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option or taxes relating to the exercise of an Option by delivering Shares, the Participant may, subject to procedures satisfactory to the Committee and applicable law, satisfy such delivery requirement by presenting proof of beneficial ownership of such Shares, in which case the Company shall treat the Option as exercised without further payment and shall withhold such number of Shares from the Shares acquired by the exercise of the Option.

 

Section 7.     Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(a)                 Grant . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole authority to determine the Participants to whom Stock Appreciation Rights shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by each Stock Appreciation Right Award, the grant price thereof and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise thereof. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with another Award, in addition to another Award, or freestanding and unrelated to another Award. Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with or in addition to an Award may be granted either before, at the same time as the Award or at a later time. No Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable more than ten years from the date of grant.

 

(b)                Exercise and Payment . A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant to receive an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right over the grant price thereof (which grant price (except with respect to Substitute Awards) shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant). The Committee shall determine in its sole discretion whether a Stock Appreciation Right shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares.

 

Section 8.    Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units .

 

(a)                 Grant . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole authority to determine the Participants to whom Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be granted, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock and/or the number of Restricted Stock Units to be granted to each Participant, the duration of the period during which, and the conditions, if any, under which, the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may vest and/or be forfeited to the Company, and the other terms and conditions of such Awards.

 

11
 

 

(b)                Transfer Restrictions . Unless otherwise directed by the Committee, (i) certificates issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Participant and deposited by such Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company, or (ii) Shares of Restricted Stock shall be held at the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form with appropriate restrictions relating to the transfer of such Shares of Restricted Stock. Upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable to such Shares of Restricted Stock, the Company shall, as applicable, either deliver such certificates to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative, or the transfer agent shall remove the restrictions relating to the transfer of such Shares. Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, except as provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(c)                 Payment . Each Restricted Stock Unit shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share. Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in cash, Shares, other securities or other property, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, upon or after the lapse of the restrictions applicable thereto, or otherwise in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement. Dividends paid on any Shares of Restricted Stock or dividend equivalents paid on any Restricted Stock Units shall be paid directly to the Participant, withheld by the Company subject to vesting of the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, pursuant to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, or may be reinvested in additional Shares of Restricted Stock or in additional Restricted Stock Units, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Shares of Restricted Stock and Shares issued in respect of Restricted Stock Units may be issued with or without other payments therefor or such other consideration as may be determined by the Committee, consistent with applicable law.

 

Section 9.     Performance Awards .

 

(a)                 Grant . The Committee shall have sole authority to determine the Participants who shall receive a Performance Award, which shall consist of a right which is (i) denominated in cash or Shares, (ii) valued, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the achievement of such Performance Goals during such Performance Periods as the Committee shall establish, and (iii) payable at such time and in such form as the Committee shall determine.

 

(b)                Terms and Conditions . Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the Performance Goals to be achieved during any Performance Period, the length of any Performance Period, the amount of any Performance Award and the amount and kind of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award. The Committee may require or permit the deferral of the receipt of Performance Awards upon such terms as the Committee deems appropriate and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

 

12
 

 

(c)                 Payment of Performance Awards . Performance Awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments following the close of the Performance Period, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

Section 10.    Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee shall have authority to grant to Participants an Other Stock-Based Award, which shall consist of any right which is (i) not an Award described in Sections 6 through 9 of the Plan, and (ii) an Award of Shares or an Award denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan; provided that any such rights must comply, to the extent deemed desirable by the Committee, with Rule 16b-3 and applicable law. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Other Stock-Based Award, including, but not limited to, the price, if any, at which securities may be purchased pursuant to any Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

 

Section 11.    Performance Compensation Awards .

 

(a)                 General . The Committee shall have the authority, at the time of grant of any Award described in Sections 8 through 10 of the Plan, to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award in order to qualify such Award as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(b)                Eligibility . The Committee will, in its sole discretion, designate not later than the 90 th day of a Performance Period (or, if longer, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) which Participants will be eligible to receive Performance Compensation Awards in respect of such Performance Period. Designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period. The determination as to whether or not such Participant becomes entitled to payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award shall be decided solely in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11. Moreover, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in any subsequent Performance Period, and designation of one person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder shall not require designation of any other person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for such period or any other period.

 

(c)                 Discretion of the Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards . With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goals(s) that is/are to apply, and the Performance Formula, as applicable. Not later than the 90 th day of a Performance Period (or, if longer, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 11(c) and record the same in writing.

 

13
 

 

(d)                Payment of Performance Compensation Awards .

 

(i)                  Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

 

(ii)                Limitation . A Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (1) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (2) the Performance Formula as applied against such Performance Goals determines that all or some portion of such Participant’s Performance Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

 

(iii)              Certification . Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the actual size of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion, if and when it deems appropriate.

 

(iv)              Negative Discretion . In determining the final payout of an individual Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate.

 

(v)                Timing of Award Payments . The Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid as provided for in any applicable Award Agreement.

 

(vi)              Maximum Award Payable . Notwithstanding any provision contained in the Plan to the contrary, the maximum Performance Compensation Award payable to any one Participant under the Plan in respect of any single calendar year (including, without limitation, as a portion of the applicable Performance Period) is        Shares or, in the event the Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, the equivalent cash value thereof on the first day of the Performance Period(s) to which such Performance Compensation Award relates. Furthermore, any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Performance Compensation Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (i) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (ii) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in Shares, by an amount greater than the appreciation of the Shares subject to such Performance Compensation Award from the date such Performance Compensation Award is deferred to the payment date.

 

14
 

 

Section 12.    Amendment and Termination .

 

(a)                 Amendments to the Plan . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that if an amendment to the Plan (i) would materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (ii) would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan, or (iii) must otherwise be approved by the stockholders of the Company in order to comply with applicable law or the rules of the principal national securities exchange upon which the Shares are traded or quoted, such amendment will be subject to stockholder approval and will not be effective unless and until such approval has been obtained; and provided , further , that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award previously granted shall not be effective without the written consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

 

(b)                Amendments to Awards . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, except in the case of a Performance Compensation Award where such action would result in the loss of the otherwise available exemption of the Performance Compensation Award under Section 162(m) of the Code (in such case, the Committee will not make any modification of the Performance Criteria/Goals with respect to such Performance Compensation Award); provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award previously granted shall not be effective without the written consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

 

(c)                 Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events . The Committee is hereby authorized to make equitable adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, all outstanding Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4(b) hereof) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.

 

(d)                Repricing . Except in connection with a corporate transaction or event described in Section 4(b) hereof, the terms of outstanding Awards may not be amended to reduce the exercise price of Options or the grant price of Stock Appreciation Rights, or to cancel Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price or grant price, as applicable, that is less than the exercise price of the original Options or grant price of the original Stock Appreciation Rights, as applicable, without stockholder approval. This Section 12(d) is intended to prohibit the repricing of “underwater” Options and Stock Appreciation Rights and will not be construed to prohibit the adjustments provided for in Section 4(b) of the Plan.

 

15
 

 

Section 13.    Change in Control .

 

In the event of a Change in Control, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in a written resolution upon or prior to the date of grant or set forth in an applicable Award Agreement, the following acceleration, exercisability and valuation provisions will apply:

 

(a)                 Upon a Change in Control, each then-outstanding Option and Stock Appreciation Right will become fully vested and exercisable, and the restrictions applicable to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award or Other Stock-Based Award will lapse, and each Award will be fully vested (with any applicable Performance Goals deemed to have been achieved at a target level as of the date of such vesting), except to the extent that an award meeting the requirements of Section 13(b) hereof (a “ Replacement Award ”) is provided to the Participant holding such Award in accordance with Section 13(b) hereof to replace or adjust such outstanding Award (a “ Replaced Award ”).

 

(b)                An award meets the conditions of this Section 13(b) (and hence qualifies as a Replacement Award) if (i) it is of the same type (e.g., stock option for Option, restricted stock for Restricted Stock, restricted stock unit for Restricted Stock Unit, etc.) as the Replaced Award, (ii) it has a value at least equal to the value of the Replaced Award, (iii) it relates to publicly traded equity securities of the Company or its successor in the Change in Control or another entity that is affiliated with the Company or its successor following the Change in Control, (iv) if the Participant holding the Replaced Award is subject to U.S. federal income tax under the Code, the tax consequences to such Participant under the Code of the Replacement Award are not less favorable to such Participant than the tax consequences of the Replaced Award, and (v) its other terms and conditions are not less favorable to the Participant holding the Replaced Award than the terms and conditions of the Replaced Award (including, but not limited to, the provisions that would apply in the event of a subsequent Change in Control). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Replacement Award may take the form of a continuation of the Replaced Award if the requirements of the preceding sentence are satisfied. The determination of whether the conditions of this Section 13(b) are satisfied will be made by the Committee, as constituted immediately before the Change in Control, in its sole discretion (taking into account the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(iv)(B) and compliance of the Replaced Award or Replacement Award with Section 409A of the Code). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may determine the value of Awards and Replacement Awards that are stock options by reference to either their intrinsic value or their fair value.

 

(c)                 Upon the Involuntary Termination, during the period of two years immediately following a Change in Control, of a Participant holding Replacement Awards, (i) all Replacement Awards held by the Participant will become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable and free of restrictions (with any applicable performance goals deemed to have been achieved at a target level as of the date of such vesting), and (ii) all Options and Stock Appreciation Rights held by the Participant immediately before such Involuntary Termination that the Participant also held as of the date of the Change in Control and all stock options and stock appreciation rights that constitute Replacement Awards will remain exercisable for a period of 90 days following such Involuntary Termination or until the expiration of the stated term of such stock option or stock appreciation right, whichever period is shorter ( provided , however , that, if the applicable Award Agreement provides for a longer period of exercisability, that provision will control).

 

16
 

 

(d)                Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any provision of the Plan or an applicable Award Agreement would cause a payment of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code to be made upon the occurrence of (i) a Change in Control, then such payment shall not be made unless such Change in Control also constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulatory guidance promulgated thereunder or (ii) a termination of employment or service, then such payment shall not be made unless such termination of employment or service also constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulatory guidance promulgated thereunder. Any payment that would have been made except for the application of the preceding sentence shall be made in accordance with the payment schedule that would have applied in the absence of a Change in Control or termination of employment or service, but disregarding any future service and/or performance requirements.

 

Section 14.    Non-U.S. Participants . In order to facilitate the granting of any Award or combination of Awards under the Plan, the Committee may provide for such special terms for awards to Participants who are foreign nationals or who are employed by the Company or any Affiliate outside of the United States of America or who provide services to the Company or an Affiliate under an agreement with a foreign nation or agency, as the Committee may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of the Plan (including, without limitation, sub-plans) as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes, without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose, and the Secretary or other appropriate officer of the Company may certify any such document as having been approved and adopted in the same manner as the Plan. No such special terms, supplements, amendments or restatements, however, will include any provisions that are inconsistent with the terms of the Plan as then in effect unless the Plan could have been amended to eliminate such inconsistency without further approval by the stockholders of the Company.

 

Section 15.    Detrimental Activity and Recapture Provisions . Any Award Agreement may provide for the cancellation or forfeiture of an Award or the forfeiture and repayment to the Company of any gain related to an Award, or other provisions intended to have a similar effect, upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee from time to time, including, without limitation, in the event that a Participant, during employment or other service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall engage in activity detrimental to the business of the Company. In addition, notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, any Award Agreement may also provide for the cancellation or forfeiture of an Award or the forfeiture and repayment to the Company of any gain related to an Award, or other provisions intended to have a similar effect, upon such terms and conditions as may be required by the Committee or under Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC or any national securities exchange or national securities association on which the Shares may be traded or under any clawback policy adopted by the Company.

 

17
 

 

Section 16.    General Provisions .

 

(a)                 Nontransferability .

 

(i)                  Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative.

 

(ii)                No Award may be sold, assigned, alienated, pledged, attached or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported sale, assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute a sale, assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, transfer or encumbrance. In no event may any Award granted under the Plan be transferred for value.

 

(iii)              Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the discretion of the Committee, an Award may be transferred by a Participant solely to the Participant’s spouse, siblings, parents, children and grandchildren or trusts for the benefit of such persons or partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies or other entities owned solely by such persons, including, but not limited to, trusts for such persons, subject to any restriction in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(b)                Dividend Equivalents . In the sole discretion of the Committee, an Other Stock-Based Award or an Award granted pursuant to Sections 8 or 9 hereof, may provide the Participant with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other securities or other property on a current or deferred basis; provided , that in the case of Awards with respect to which any applicable Performance Goals have not been achieved, dividends and dividend equivalents may be paid only on a deferred basis, to the extent the underlying Award vests.

 

(c)                 No Rights to Awards . No Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, Awards, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each or any Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

 

(d)                Share Certificates . Shares or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws. The Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

(e)                 Withholding .

 

18
 

 

(i)                  A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and, subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property) of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan, and to take such other action(s) as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.

 

(ii)                Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, in the discretion of the Committee and subject to such rules as it may adopt (including, without limitation, any as may be required to satisfy applicable tax and/or non-tax regulatory requirements) and applicable law, a Participant may satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by delivery of Shares owned by the Participant (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and which have been owned by the Participant for at least six months) with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or by having the Company withhold from the number of Shares otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Option (or the settlement of such Award in Shares) a number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability.

 

(f)                 Award Agreements . Each Award hereunder shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including, but not limited to, the effect on such Award of the death, disability or termination of employment or service of a Participant and the effect, if any, of such other events as may be determined by the Committee.

 

(g)                No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements . Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the grant of options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, Shares and other types of Awards provided for hereunder (subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required), and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

(h)                No Right to Employment . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting or other service relationship to, or as a director on the Board or board of directors, as applicable, of, the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting or other service relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or any Award Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided in any applicable Award Agreement or any applicable employment or other service contract or agreement with the Company or an Affiliate.

 

(i)                  No Rights as Stockholder . Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or holder or beneficiary of any Award shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under the Plan until he or she has become the holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with each grant of Restricted Stock hereunder, the applicable Award shall specify if and to what extent the Participant shall be entitled to the rights of a stockholder in respect of such Restricted Stock.

 

19
 

 

(j)                  Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.

 

(k)                Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(l)                  Other Laws . The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or other consideration under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Shares or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with the requirements of all applicable securities laws.

 

(m)              No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or such Affiliate.

 

(n)                No Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated without additional consideration.

 

(o)                Deferrals . In the event the Committee permits a Participant to defer any Award payable in the form of cash, all such elective deferrals shall be accomplished by the delivery of a written, irrevocable election by the Participant on a form provided by the Company. All deferrals shall be made in accordance with administrative guidelines established by the Committee to ensure that such deferrals comply with all applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

20
 

 

(p)                Headings . Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

 

Section 17.    Compliance with Section 409A of the Code .

 

(a)                 To the extent applicable, it is intended that the Plan and any Awards granted hereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so that the income inclusion provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code do not apply to the Participants. The Plan and any Awards granted hereunder shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent. Any reference in the Plan to Section 409A of the Code will also include any regulations or any other formal guidance promulgated with respect to such Section by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service.

 

(b)                Neither a Participant nor any of a Participant’s creditors or beneficiaries shall have the right to subject any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of Code) payable under the Plan and Awards granted hereunder to any anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment. Except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code, any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) payable to a Participant or for a Participant’s benefit under the Plan and Awards granted hereunder may not be reduced by, or offset against, any amount owing by a Participant to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

(c)                 If, at the time of a Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (i) the Participant shall be a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) and (ii) the Company shall make a good faith determination that an amount payable hereunder constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A of the Code in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but shall instead pay it on the earlier of (A) the first business day of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service or (B) the date of the Participant’s death.

 

(d)                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, to the extent that the Plan and/or Awards granted hereunder are subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s prior consent, amend the Plan and/or Award, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including, without limitation, amendments, policies, procedures and actions with retroactive effect) as the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the Plan and/or any Award from the application of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) preserve the intended tax treatment of any such Award, or (iii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, without limitation, any regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date of the grant. In any case, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, a Participant shall be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on a Participant or for a Participant’s account in connection with the Plan and Awards granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold a Participant harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.

 

21
 

 

Section 18.    Term of the Plan .

 

(a)                 Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective as of ________, 2015, which was the date of its approval by the Board (the “ Effective Date ”), subject to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months of the Effective Date (with such approval of stockholders being a condition to the right of each Participant to receive any Awards or benefits hereunder). Any Awards granted under the Plan prior to such approval of stockholders shall be effective as of the date of grant (unless, with respect to any Award, the Committee specifies otherwise at the time of grant), but no such Award may be exercised or settled, and no restrictions relating to any Award may lapse, prior to such stockholder approval, and if stockholders fail to approve the Plan as specified hereunder, any such Award shall be canceled. Subject to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months of the Effective Date, no award grants will be made under the Existing Plans on or after the Effective Date, except that outstanding awards granted under the Existing Plans shall continue unaffected from and after the Effective Date.

 

(b)                Expiration Date . No Award will be granted under the Plan more than ten years after the Effective Date, but all Awards granted on or prior to such date will continue in effect thereafter subject to the terms thereof and of the Plan.

 

22
 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

SHAREHOLDER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated as of      (this “ Agreement ”), is between Turning Point Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Standard General Master Fund L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“ Standard General ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                 The Company intends to effect an initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of its common stock, pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; and

 

B.                  The parties hereto recognize the possibility that claims might be made against, and liabilities incurred by, Standard General or related Persons or Affiliates under applicable securities laws or otherwise in connection with the IPO, and the parties hereto accordingly wish to provide for Standard General and related Persons and Affiliates to be indemnified in respect of any such claims and liabilities.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, and the mutual agreements and covenants and provisions herein set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                   Definitions .

 

(a)                 Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with, such Person (ii) any Person directly or indirectly owning or Controlling 10% or more of any class of outstanding voting securities of such Person or (iii) any officer, director, general partner, special limited partner or trustee of any such Person described in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(b)                Claim ” means (i) any threatened, asserted, pending or completed claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative, investigative or other, and whether made pursuant to federal, state or other law; and (ii) any inquiry or investigation, whether made, instituted or conducted, by the Company or any other Person, including without limitation any federal, state or other governmental entity, that Indemnitee determines might lead to the institution of any such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company intends indemnity to be provided hereunder in respect of acts or failure to act prior to, on or after the date hereof.

 

(c)                 Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor entity thereto.

 

(d)                 Company Group ” means the Company and each of its subsidiaries.

 

 
 

 

(e)                Control ” of any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person (whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee or executor, as general partner, or otherwise).

 

(f)                 Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(g)                Expenses ” means all attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs and expenses paid or payable in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in (including on appeal), any Claim.

 

(h)                 Indemnifiable Claim ” means, with respect to any Indemnitee, any Claim by or against such Indemnitee involving any Losses with respect to which such Indemnitee may be entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Agreement.

 

(i)                 Indemnitee ” means Standard General, its Affiliates (other than any member of the Company Group), and the directors, officers, partners, members, employees, agents, advisors, consultants, representatives and controlling persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of each of them, in each case irrespective of the capacity in which such person acts.

 

(j)                Losses ” means any and all Expenses, damages, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties (whether civil, criminal or other), ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or payable in settlement, including without limitation all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

(k)                Person ” means any individual, entity, or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act.

 

(l)                  Related Document ” means any agreement, certificate, instrument or other document to which any member of the Company Group may be a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected from time to time relating in any way to the Offering or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, including without limitation, in each case as the same may be amended from time to time, (i) any registration statement filed by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group with the Commission in connection with the Offering, including all exhibits, financial statements and schedules appended thereto, and any submissions to the Commission in connection therewith, (ii) any prospectus, preliminary, final, free writing or otherwise, included in such registration statements or otherwise filed by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group in connection with the Offering, (iii) any private placement or offering memorandum or circular, information statement or other information or materials distributed by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group or any placement agent or underwriter in connection with the Offering, (iv) any federal, state or foreign securities law or other governmental or regulatory filings or applications made in connection with any Offering or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, (v) any dealer-manager, underwriting, subscription, purchase, stockholders, option or registration rights agreement or plan entered into or adopted by any member of the Company Group in connection with the Offering, or (vi) any quarterly, annual or current reports or other filing filed, furnished or supplementally provided by any member of the Company Group with or to the Commission or any securities exchange, including all exhibits, financial statements and schedules appended thereto, and any submission to the Commission or any securities exchange in connection therewith.

 

2
 

 

(m)                  Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2.                   Indemnification .

 

(a)                 The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all Losses in any way resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, based upon or relating to (i) the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable securities or other laws, in connection with the IPO, any Related Document or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) any other action or failure to act of any member of the Company Group or any of their predecessors, whether such action or failure has occurred or is yet to occur, (iii) the fact that such Indemnitee is or was a stockholder of any member of the Company Group, (iv) any breach or alleged breach by such Indemnitee of any duty imposed on a stockholder, officer or director, or (v) any transaction described in the registration statement on Form S-1 for the IPO under the heading “Certain Relationships and Transactions” to which Standard General or any Affiliate thereof is a party; provided, however, that no Indemnitee shall have a right to indemnification, advancement of expenses or exculpation from liability hereunder in respect of the Company Group’s rights or remedies under any Indemnitee’s contractual obligation to the Company Group.

 

(b)                Without in any way limiting the foregoing Section 2(a), the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Indemnitee from and against any and all Losses resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, based upon or relating to liabilities under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable securities or other laws, rules or regulations in connection with (i) the inaccuracy or breach of or default under any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in any Related Document, or any allegation thereof, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Related Document or (iii) any omission or alleged omission to state in any Related Document a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify such Indemnitee from and against any such Losses to the extent that such Losses arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or omission made in any Related Document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Indemnitee in an instrument duly executed by such Indemnitee and specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation of any Related Document.

 

(c)                 Subject to Section 2(d), without in any way limiting the foregoing, in the event that any Claim is initiated by an Indemnitee, any member of the Company Group or any other Person to enforce or interpret this Agreement, any rights of such Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of Expenses (or related obligations of such Indemnitee) under any member of the Company Group’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or other similar organizational document (collectively, the “ Constituent Documents ”), any other agreement to which Indemnitee and any member of the Company Group are party, any vote of directors of any member of the Company Group, the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or any liability insurance policy, the Company shall indemnify such Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by such Indemnitee or on such Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Claim, whether or not such Indemnitee is successful in such Claim, except to the extent that the Person presiding over such Claim determines that material assertions made by such Indemnitee in such proceeding were in bad faith or were frivolous.

 

3
 

 

(d)                Notwithstanding the foregoing, indemnification shall not be available to the extent that it is finally determined by a court, in a final judgment from which no further appeal may be taken, that such Losses arises out of, or is primarily based upon, the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee.

 

(e)                 Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2 to the contrary, it is understood and agreed that nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide for indemnification in respect of taxes imposed on the basis of income of an Indemnitee.

 

3.                   Contribution .

 

(a)                 If for any reason the indemnity specifically provided for in Section 2 is unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless any Indemnitee from any Losses covered by such indemnity, then the Company, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative fault of each of the members of the Company Group, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, in connection with the state of facts giving rise to such Losses, (ii) the relative benefits received by the members of the Company Group, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, from the IPO or other circumstances giving rise to such Losses and (iii) if required by applicable law, any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

(b)                For purposes of Section 3(a), the relative fault of each member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and of an Indemnitee, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, (i) their respective relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct the state of facts giving rise to such Losses, (ii) in the case of Section 2(b), whether the information whose inclusion in or omission from any Related Document resulted in the actual or alleged inaccuracy or breach of or default under any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement therein, or which is or is alleged to be untrue, required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, was supplied or should have been supplied by the members of the Company Group, on the one hand, or by such Indemnitee, on the other, and (iii) applicable law, and the relative benefits received by each member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and an Indemnitee, on the other, shall be determined by weighing the direct monetary proceeds to the Company Group, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, from the IPO or other circumstances giving rise to such Losses.

 

(c)                 The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that it would not be just and equitable if the Company’s contributions pursuant to Section 3 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in such Section. No Indemnitee shall be entitled to contribution from the Company with respect to any Losses covered by the indemnity specifically provided for in Section 2(b) in the event that such Indemnitee is finally determined to be guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) in connection with such Losses and the Company is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

4
 

 

4.                   Indemnification Procedures .

 

(a)                 To obtain indemnification under this Agreement in respect of an Indemnifiable Claim or Loss, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor, including a brief description (based upon information then available to Indemnitee) of such Indemnifiable Claim or Loss. The failure by Indemnitee to timely notify the Company of any Indemnifiable Claim or Loss shall not relieve the Company from any liability hereunder unless, and only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of such Indemnifiable Claim or Loss and such failure results in forfeiture by the Company of substantial defenses, rights or insurance coverage. The Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or to assume or lead the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee; provided that if Indemnitee determines, after consultation with counsel selected by Indemnitee, that (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict, (ii) the named parties in any such Indemnifiable Claim (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and Indemnitee and Indemnitee shall conclude that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him or her that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company or (iii) Indemnitee has interests in the claim or underlying subject matter that are different from or in addition to those of other Persons against whom the Indemnifiable Claim has been made or might reasonably be expected to be made, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular Indemnifiable Claim for all indemnitees in Indemnitee’s circumstances) at the Company’s expense. The Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such Indemnifiable Claim.

 

(b)                Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Company prior to the final disposition of any Indemnifiable Claim of any and all Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim paid or incurred by Indemnitee or which Indemnitee determines in good faith are reasonably likely to be paid or incurred by Indemnitee and as to which Indemnitee’s counsel provides supporting documentation. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within 20 days after any request by Indemnitee that is accompanied by supporting documentation for specific Expenses to be reimbursed or advanced, the Company shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), (i) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (ii) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (iii) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses; provided that Indemnitee shall repay, without interest any amounts actually advanced to Indemnitee that, at the final disposition of the Indemnifiable Claim to which the advance related, were in excess of amounts paid or payable by Indemnitee in respect of Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim. In connection with any such payment, advancement or reimbursement, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall execute and deliver to the Company an undertaking, which need not be secured and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses, by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, to repay any amounts paid, advanced or reimbursed by the Company in respect of Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim in respect of which it shall have been determined, following the final disposition of such Claim that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

5
 

 

(c)                 Presumptions; Burden and Standard of Proof . In connection with any determination regarding the entitlement of any Indemnitee to be indemnified, or any review of any such determination, by any Person:

 

(i)                  It shall be a presumption that such Indemnitee has met any applicable standard of conduct and that indemnification of such Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances.

 

(ii)                The burden of proof shall be on the Company to overcome the presumption set forth in the preceding clause (i), and such presumption shall only be overcome only by the Company adducing clear and convincing evidence to the contrary.

 

(iii)              The termination of any Claim by judgment, order, finding, award, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that indemnification is not proper or that an Indemnitee did not meet any applicable standard of conduct or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by this Agreement or otherwise.

 

5.                   Certain Covenants . The rights of each Indemnitee to be indemnified under any other agreement, document, certificate or instrument, by-laws or other organizational agreement or instrument, insurance policy or applicable law (collectively, “ Other Indemnity Provisions ”) are independent of and in addition to any rights of such Indemnitee to be indemnified under this Agreement, provided that to the extent that an Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Agreement and by any other Indemnitee under any other agreement, document, certificate, by-law or other organizational agreement or instrument, or by any insurer under a policy maintained by any other Indemnitee, the obligations of the Company hereunder shall be primary, and the obligations of such other Indemnitee or insurer secondary, and the Company shall not be entitled to contribution or indemnification from or subrogation against such other Indemnitee or insurer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Indemnitee may choose to seek indemnification from any potential source of indemnification regardless of whether such indemnitor is primary or secondary. An Indemnitee’s election to seek advancement of indemnified sums from any secondary indemnifying party will not limit the right of such Indemnitee, or any secondary indemnitor proceeding under subrogation rights or otherwise, from seeking indemnification from the Company to the extent that the obligations of the Company are primary, and the Company agrees to indemnify each Indemnitee from and against, and to pay to each Indemnitee, any amount paid or reimbursed by such Indemnitee to or on behalf of another indemnitee, pursuant to indemnification arrangements or otherwise, in respect of the Losses referred to in Section 2. The rights of each Indemnitee and the obligations of the Company hereunder shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnitee. Following the Offering, each member of the Company Group, and each of their corporate successors, shall implement and maintain in full force and effect any and all corporate charter and by-law (or similar organizational document or instrument) provisions that may be necessary or appropriate to enable it to carry out its obligations hereunder to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including without limitation a provision of its certificate of incorporation (or comparable organizational document under its jurisdiction of incorporation) eliminating liability of a director for breach of fiduciary duty to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as amended from time to time. The Company shall not seek or agree to any order of any court or other governmental authority that would prohibit or otherwise interfere, and shall not take or fail to take any other action if such action or failure would reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or otherwise interfering, with the performance of the Company’s indemnification, advancement or other obligations under this Agreement.

 

6
 

 

6.                   No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee in respect of any Losses to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise already actually received payment (net of Expenses incurred in connection therewith) under any insurance policy, the Constituent Documents and Other Indemnity Provisions or otherwise in respect of such Losses otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

7.                   Notices . For all purposes of this Agreement, all communications, including without limitation notices, consents, requests or approvals, required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when hand delivered or dispatched by electronic facsimile or other electronic transmission (with receipt thereof orally confirmed), or one business day after having been sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier service as follows:

 

(a)                 If to the Company, to:

 

Turning Point Brands, Inc.
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, Kentucky 40229
Attention: James Dobbins
Facsimile: (●)
Email: jdobbins@natcinc.net

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP
28 Liberty Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: David Zeltner
Facsimile: (212) 822-5003
Email: dzeltner@milbank.com

 

7
 

 

(b)                If to Standard General, to:

 

     

 

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing and in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address will be effective only upon receipt.

 

8.                   Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement, waive all procedural objections to suit in that jurisdiction, including without limitation objections as to venue or inconvenience, agree that service in any such action may be made by notice given in accordance with Section 7 and also agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware.

 

9.                   Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any Person or circumstance is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to any other Person or circumstance shall not be affected, and the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to make it enforceable, valid or legal. In the event that any court or other adjudicative body shall decline to reform any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal as contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, the parties thereto shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to replace the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal with one or more alternative provisions that effectuate the purpose and intent of the original provisions of this Agreement as fully as possible without being invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal.

 

10.               Successors; Binding Effect . The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns, and each other Indemnitee, but neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder shall be assigned, by the Company without the prior written consent of Standard General. Insofar as any Indemnitee transfers all or substantially all of its assets to a third party, such third party shall thereupon be deemed an additional Indemnitee for all purposes of this Agreement, with the same effect as if it were a signatory to this Agreement in such capacity.

 

11.               Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be waived, modified or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by such Indemnitee and the Company. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto or compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, expressed or implied with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party that are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Any prior agreements or understandings between the parties hereto with respect to indemnification are hereby terminated and of no further force or effect. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

8
 

 

12.               Certain Interpretive Matters . Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (a) “it” or “its” or words of any gender include each other gender, (b) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively, (c) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, (d) the terms “Article,” “Section,” “Annex” or “Exhibit” refer to the specified Article, Section, Annex or Exhibit of or to this Agreement, (e) the terms “include,” “includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” (whether or not so expressed), and (f) the word “or” is disjunctive but not exclusive. Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number will refer to calendar days unless business days are specified and whenever action must be taken (including the giving of notice or the delivery of documents) under this Agreement during a certain period of time or by a particular date that ends or occurs on a non-business day, then such period or date will be extended until the immediately following business day. As used herein, “business day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a United States federal holiday.

 

[ SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE ]

 

9
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

  TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
       
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  
   
  STANDARD GENERAL MASTER FUND L.P.
       
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Shareholder Indemnification Agreement]

 

10
 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

Turning Point Brands, Inc. 

5201 Interchange Way 

Louisville, KY 40229

 

, 2015

 

Larry Wexler
393 Carter Street 

New Canaan, CT 06840

 

Dear Mr. Wexler:

 

As discussed, Turning Point Brands, Inc., together with any successor thereto (“ Turning Point ” and, together with its applicable employing subsidiaries, the “ Company ”), agrees to continue to retain your services on the terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this employment letter (this “ Agreement ”). If you find these terms, provisions and conditions acceptable, please sign this Agreement where indicated and return it to me as soon as possible. This Agreement is contingent upon Turning Point completing the initial public offering of its common stock (the “ IPO ”) on or before July 1, 2016 (such actual date of the IPO, the “ Effective Date ”). As of the Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede and replace, in its entirety, that certain employment agreement, dated February 3, 2010, by and between you and Turning Point and certain of its subsidiaries (the “ Prior Agreement ”), and you shall no longer have any rights or benefits thereunder. In the event the IPO does not occur on or before July 1, 2016, then this Agreement shall be void, and the Prior Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

Position : Unless and until changed by the Company, your job position and title will be President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting to the Board of Directors of Turning Point (the “ Board ”). The Company will also nominate you for election to serve as member of the Board at all relevant times during the Term (as defined below).

 

Duration of Employment : You will continue to be employed by the Company for an initial term of one year, commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the one-year anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and your employment period will be automatically renewed at the expiration of the Initial Term, or upon the applicable anniversary thereof, whichever applicable, unless either you or the Company provides the other with a written notice of non-renewal at least 60 days prior to the applicable expiration date (the Initial Term and any renewal period(s) together, the “ Term ”).

 

Location of Employment : You will continue to be employed by the Company based out of Darien, Connecticut. You understand that, notwithstanding your primary location of employment, you shall be expected to be at the Company’s headquarters in Louisville, Kentucky as necessary to perform the responsibilities of your Position.

 

Salary : Your annual base compensation (“ Salary ”) will be $706,771.69 per calendar year, unless adjusted by the Board in its sole discretion. Salary will be disbursed in periodic installments throughout the year in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll cycle and policies.

 

Annual Bonus : You may be eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 100% of your Salary pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s annual bonus award program as may be in effect from time to time. Eligibility for any annual bonus will be based on your achievement of designated performance metrics as set forth in the Company’s annual bonus award program. Such eligibility and the amount, if any, of the annual bonus shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

Compensation Review : The Board intends to review your compensation on an annual basis, with the first such review to occur in or around March 2016.

 

Annual Paid Vacation Allowance : Four weeks, subject to the terms and conditions herein and in the Company’s vacation policies as in effect from time to time.

 

Severance Benefits Period : A period of 12 months following a termination of your employment with the Company and its subsidiaries by the Company without Cause or resignation of your employment with the Company and its subsidiaries by you for Good Reason, other than in the event of a Change of Control or if such severance occurs within 12 months after the Effective Date. If you resign for Good Reason or are terminated by the Company without Cause within one year following a Change of Control or within 12 months following the Effective Date, the Severance Benefits Period shall be a period of 24 months following such termination of employment.

 

Restricted Period : The Term plus an additional 12 months following any Separation, unless such Separation triggers a Severance Benefit Period of 24 months, in which case the Restricted Period shall continue for 24 months following the Term.

 

Stock Incentives : If you are eligible for stock incentives, separate plan documents will be provided to you. Such plan may be authorized, amended or discontinued by the Board in its sole discretion. Unless specifically provided for in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall have any effect on any existing agreements regarding the Company’s equity incentive programs in which you participate, have participated or are eligible to participate, including without limitation restricted stock, options, common stock, or any other equity instrument (“ Equity Incentive Programs ”).

 

Additional Benefits : You will remain entitled to participate in the medical, dental and 401(k) savings benefit plans offered to the Company’s employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of each such benefit plan in effect from time to time, which may be authorized, amended or discontinued by the Company in its sole discretion. The Company will provide a description of the group benefit programs and enrollment forms.

 

1
 

Additional Terms and Conditions

 

1.      Your Representations : You represent that you are eligible to accept and continue employment, and that you have not previously been, are not currently and will not be subject to any agreement or obligation which would bar or limit your ability to perform your duties and responsibilities with the Company. You also represent that all information you have submitted to the Company as part of any application process and your prior employment with the Company, including without limitation your resume, application for employment and employment records, is true and complete.

 

2.      Duties and Responsibilities : You will be responsible for carrying out all duties and responsibilities associated with your Position, as set forth in a separate Job Description or similarly styled document provided to you, and as otherwise directed by the Company, which may include travel as necessary consistent with your prior employment with the Company. Additional responsibilities and necessary travel may be added, or your Position changed, at the Board’s sole discretion, from time to time, without written modification of this Agreement. You will be subject to, and agree to abide by, such rules, policies and procedures as the Company maintains (including, but not limited to, the Turning Point Brands, Inc. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (as amended from time to time, the “ Code of Conduct and Ethics ”)) or may from time to time establish with respect to executives, employees in general, standard operating procedures, business operations, etc.

 

3.      Use of Vacation : Your Annual Paid Vacation Allowance may be used at any time, subject to the Company’s policies regarding vacations. Vacation days will not carry over from one year to the next, and no compensation will be paid for unused vacation (except as may be required by law upon separation from employment).

 

4.      Separation from Employment : You will, upon separation from employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (such as termination, resignation, death or disability) (each, a “ Separation ”), receive such salary and other benefits as have accrued as of the date and time of Separation, and as may otherwise be required by law, as well as such Salary, bonuses and benefits as may be due and owing under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, in the event that the Company determines in good faith that your Separation is not considered a “separation from service” under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h) because (a) you have not separated but have changed status to a part time employee, consultant or independent contractor performing more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services (whether as an employee, consultant or independent contractor) you performed over the immediately preceding 36-month period, or (b) you are continuing employment with another entity that is considered a single entity with the Company (“ Employer Group ”) under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), any Severance Benefits to which you may be entitled under other provisions of this Agreement shall begin immediately when your status changes such that the Company determines that you have “separated from service” under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h). For this purpose, service performed as an employee or as an independent contractor is counted, except that service as a member of the board of directors of a member of the Employer Group is not counted unless termination benefits under this Agreement are aggregated for purposes of Section 409A of the Code with benefits under any other Employer Group plan or agreement in which you also participate as a director.

 

Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, if you are a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and determined pursuant to procedures adopted by the Company) at the time of your separation from service and if any portion of the payments or benefits to be received by you upon separation from service would be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable pursuant to this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following your separation from service shall instead be paid or made available, with interest at the Wall Street Journal prime rate as of the date of separation from service, on the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following the date of your separation from service or (ii) your death.

 

4.1      Resignation : You may resign at any time for any reason. In such event, the Company may, in the Board’s sole discretion, choose to relieve you of your duties prior to the expiration of the notice period and pay you two weeks’ compensation or your notice period, whichever is shorter. If you resign (other than for Good Reason), you shall not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits. If you resign for Good Reason, you shall be entitled to receive all Severance Benefits, provided that you have executed and delivered a Release and Severance Agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (as may be modified by the Company due to subsequent changes in the law), and all applicable revocation periods relating to the release expire, within 55 days following the date of such termination of employment.

 

4.2      Good Reason : As used herein, the term “ Good Reason ” means any of the following without your consent: (i) a material diminution in your duties, position, authorities or responsibilities; (ii) the failure by the Company to pay or provide to you, within 30 days after receipt of a written demand therefor, any material amount of compensation or expense reimbursement or any benefit which is due, owing and payable pursuant to the terms hereof or of any applicable plan, program, arrangement or policy; (iii) a reduction in your Salary, other than a reduction generally applicable to similarly situated executives of the Company; (iv) a material reduction in your employee benefits, other than a reduction generally applicable to similarly situated executives of the Company; (v) the breach in any material respect by the Company of any of its other obligations or agreements set forth herein; (vi) the Company requires you to be based at any office or location more than 50 miles from the Location of Employment, or (vii) the Company gives notice that it does not wish to renew this Agreement upon expiration of the Term. A termination for Good Reason shall not occur unless: (x) you provide the Company with a written notice detailing the specific circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason within 90 days after the first occurrence of such circumstances, (y) the Company fails to cure such Good Reason event(s) within 30 days following receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances in all material respects, and (z) following the Company’s failure to cure during the 30 day cure period, you terminate employment no later than 90 days after the expiration of such period.

 

2
 

4.3     Change of Control : As used herein, the term “ Change of Control ” shall mean:

 

(a)     any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of Turning Point, other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the transferee is controlled by the Management Group;

 

(b)     a majority of the Board shall consist of Persons who are not Continuing Directors, as the case may be; or

 

(c)     (i) any Person or group of related Persons (other than the Management Group), for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, becomes the beneficial owner of the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having more than fifty percent (50%) of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Turning Point or (ii) any Person, together with its Affiliates, becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of more than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the economic interests of Turning Point.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the consummation of the transactions contemplated in connection with the IPO will not constitute a Change of Control.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to a Person, any entity (i) that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Person or (ii) in which the Person has a significant equity interest.

 

Continuing Director ” means, as of any date of determination, any Person who (a) was a member of the Board on the Effective Date or (b) was nominated for election or elected to the Board with the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election (other than as a result of any actual or threatened proxy contest).

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Management Group ” shall mean one or more of the members of the senior executive management of Turning Point on the Effective Date.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government, political subdivision or other entity.

 

4.4      Death or Disability : The employment relationship will be severed, and this Agreement terminated, upon your death or disability. For purposes of this Agreement, you will be considered “ disabled ” if you are so considered under any applicable disability insurance policy maintained by the Company, or if no such disability insurance policy is in effect, on the date that a physician mutually agreed to by the parties determines that you are or will be unable by reason of illness, accident or other physical or mental condition to perform your duties for a continuous period of 120 days, or for a period of more than 120 days in any 12 month period, and that there is no objectively reasonable accommodation that would allow you to perform your duties.

 

In the event of the termination of your employment due to death or disability, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company will pay a lump sum payment to you in amount equal to the cost of COBRA coverage for continued medical coverage for you (except in the event of death) and your dependents for six months, payable on the 60 th day following the date of such termination of employment. Moreover, you may be eligible for disability benefits under the Company’s disability benefits plan in accordance with the terms of such plan, if any, in effect at such time.

 

4.5      Termination Without Cause : The Company may terminate this Agreement and your employment hereunder without your consent, for no stated reason, or for a stated reason but without Cause, with or without notice. If you are terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below), you shall be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits, provided that you have executed and delivered a Release and Severance Agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (as may be modified by the Company due to subsequent changes in law), and all applicable revocation periods relating to the release expire, within 55 days following the date of such Separation.

 

3
 

4.6      Termination for Cause : Your employment with the Company may be terminated by the Company, and without your consent, for Cause at any time, with or without notice. You shall not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits if you are terminated for, or later are determined to have failed to comply with this Agreement for, any one or more of the following reasons (“ Cause ”):

 

· Your failure to render required or expected services in accordance with your Job Description or Position after being provided at least 10 days’ prior written notice of your failure to render such services;

 

· You are in breach of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, if not cured within 10 days after written notice thereof;

 

· Insubordination, consisting of your continued failure to take specific action that is material to the operation of the Company and within your individual control and consistent with your Position, duties and responsibilities, after being provided at least 10 days’ prior written notice of your failure to take for such action, provided that you have not, in good faith, objected to such action as either a breach of your fiduciary duties, or on legal grounds;

 

· Your material breach of any other agreement between you and the Employer Group if not cured within 10 days after written notice thereof, or any material violation of any rule, policy, procedure or other requirement of the Company;

 

· Your commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement or similar dishonest act against any member of the Employer Group or any customer, client or business associate of any member of the Employer Group;

 

· Your conviction for any felony or crime of dishonesty (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, and which is not subject to further appeal);

 

· Any egregious or unwarranted conduct by you that materially discredits any member of the Employer Group or is materially detrimental to the reputation or standing of any member of the Employer Group; or

 

· Willful misconduct that is demonstrably deliberate on your part, or gross negligence.

 

5.      Severance Benefits : The Severance Benefits payable in certain Separation circumstances as provided herein shall consist of all of the following:

 

5.1      Severance Compensation : Continuation of your then current Salary (or, in the case of a Good Reason termination due to a reduction in Salary, at the Salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction) during the Severance Benefits Period (“ Severance Pay ”). Any Severance Pay will be paid to you incrementally, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll cycle, with the first such payment beginning on the 60 th day following your Separation, and the first such payment will include all accrued amounts during the 60-day period from your Separation date until the 60 th day following your Separation date. You will also receive a severance bonus equal to the average of the annual cash bonuses received by you for the 24 months prior to your Separation (“ Severance Bonus ”). In the event of the termination of your employment by the Company without Cause or resignation by you for Good Reason within one year following a Change of Control or within 12 months following the Effective Date, your Severance Bonus shall instead be equal to two times the average of the annual cash bonuses received by you for the 24 months prior to your Separation. Any Severance Bonus will be paid in two equal installments – the first installment on the later of (i) when all other Company annual bonuses, if awarded, are next paid, or, if not awarded, when such bonuses would have next been paid in April of the year following the year of services, and (ii) the 60 th day following your Separation, and the second installment at the end of the Restricted Period. Severance Pay and Severance Bonus payment timing shall also be subject to the “specified employee” delay in paragraph 4 above for any portion of such amounts that are subject to Section 409A of the Code. Normal payroll taxes and deductions will be withheld from any Severance Pay and Severance Bonus payments.

 

5.2      Health Benefits Stipend and Access : The Company will pay a lump sum payment to you in amount equal to the cost of COBRA coverage for continued medical coverage for you and your dependents for 12 months, payable on the 60 th day following the date of your Separation, and, to the extent determined by the Company to be permitted by the applicable plans and applicable laws (without the imposition of any excise taxes or other penalties), allow you access to group health coverage at the COBRA premium rate payable by you on an after-tax basis, during the Severance Benefit Period, plus the period of actual COBRA coverage to begin at the end of the Severance Benefit Period.

 

5.3      Other Additional Benefits : All additional benefits and stock incentive rights (if any) will cease and expire upon Separation, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or by the separate written terms of those benefits.

 

4
 

5.4      280G Cap : Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by you (including any payment or benefit received in connection with a Change of Control or the termination of your employment related to such a Change of Control, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement) (all such payments and benefits, together, the “ Total Payments ”) would be subject (in whole or part), to any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto (the “ Excise Tax ”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, program, arrangement or agreement, the Company will reduce the Total Payments to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax (but in no event to less than zero); provided, however, that the Total Payments will only be reduced if the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income and employment taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments), is greater than or equal to the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income and employment taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which you would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments).

 

In the case of a reduction in the Total Payments, the Total Payments will be reduced in the following order: (i) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a) will be reduced (if necessary, to zero), with amounts that are payable last reduced first; (ii) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a), with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24), will next be reduced; (iii) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with amounts that are payable last reduced first, will next be reduced; (iv) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24), will next be reduced; and (v) all other non-cash benefits not otherwise described in clauses (ii) or (iv) will be next reduced pro-rata. Any reductions made pursuant to each of clauses (i)-(v) above will be made in the following manner: first, a pro-rata reduction of cash payment and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity not subject to Section 409A of the Code, and second, a pro-rata reduction of cash payments and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity subject to Section 409A of the Code as deferred compensation.

 

For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax: (i) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which you shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code will be taken into account; (ii) no portion of the Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized tax counsel (“ Tax Counsel ”) selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to you and the accounting firm which was, immediately prior to the change in control, the Company’s independent auditor (the “ Auditor ”), does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the “base amount” (as set forth in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) that is allocable to such reasonable compensation; and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments will be determined by the Auditor in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

 

At the time that payments are made under this Agreement, the Company will provide you with a written statement setting forth the manner in which such payments were calculated and the basis for such calculations, including but not limited to, any opinions or other advice the Company received from Tax Counsel, the Auditor, or other advisors or consultants (and any such opinions or advice which are in writing will be attached to the statement). If you object to the Company’s calculations, the Company will pay to you such portion of the Total Payments (up to 100% thereof) as you determine is necessary to result in the proper application of this subsection. All determinations required by this subsection (or requested by either you or the Company in connection with this subsection) will be at the expense of the Company. The fact that your right to payments or benefits may be reduced by reason of the limitations contained in this subsection will not of itself limit or otherwise affect any other rights you have under this Agreement.

 

If you receive reduced payments and benefits by reason of this subsection and it is established pursuant to a determination of a court of competent jurisdiction which is not subject to review or as to which the time to appeal has expired, or pursuant to an Internal Revenue Service proceeding, that you could have received a greater amount without resulting in any Excise Tax, then the Company shall thereafter pay you the aggregate additional amount which could have been paid without resulting in any Excise Tax as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

5.5      Resignations . Following the termination of your employment for any reason, if and to the extent requested by the Board, you hereby agree to resign from the Board, all fiduciary positions (including as trustee) and all other offices and positions you hold as of the date of such termination; provided, however, that if you fail to tender your resignation after the Board has made such request, then you will be deemed to have resigned from such offices and positions.

 

5
 

6.      Indemnification : The Company shall, to the fullest extent to which it is empowered to do so by applicable law, defend, indemnify and hold you harmless from and against all claims, demands, lawsuits, liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, fines, costs and expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable related attorneys’ fees) arising from any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, to which you are or are threatened to be made a party by reason of your services as an officer and/or director of the Company.

 

7.      Non-Disclosure; Non-Use : You agree not to disclose, give, sell or otherwise divulge the “ Confidential Information ” (as defined in the Code of Conduct and Ethics) to any other person or entity at any time without the Company’s prior written consent. You further agree not to (i) use any of the Confidential Information for your own account for or for the account of any other person or entity or (ii) use or retain, without the Company’s prior written consent, any figures, calculations, letters, papers, drawings, computer printouts, computer discs or tapes, or copies thereof or other Confidential Information of any type or description pertaining to the Company, except in furtherance of the Company’s interests.

 

You further agree that, upon your Separation, that you will (i) return physical copies of the Company’s information and Confidential Information in your possession, under your control or removed from the Company’s premises by you or under your direction, (ii) destroy all electronic copies of the Company’s information and Confidential Information in your possession, under your control or which was copied or removed from the Company’s premises or equipment by you or under your direction and (iii) return all Company property in your possession or under your control, including without limitation the following: Company computers, Blackberry or other mobile devices, cellular telephones, Company automobiles and keys and access cards to Company property.

 

In the event that you are legally compelled by regulatory or legal process to disclose the Confidential Information, the foregoing confidentiality obligations shall not apply to you with respect to such information, provided that you have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such compulsion, cooperate with the Company in connection with any of its efforts to prevent or limit the scope of such disclosure and, following completion of such efforts, you only disclose such information as required under such regulatory or legal process then applicable to you.

 

Nothing in this paragraph 7, or in the remainder of this Agreement, shall prohibit you from filing a charge with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, or from talking to or cooperating with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, and no notice to the Company is required under these circumstances.

 

8.      Non-Competition : You acknowledge and agree that, during the course of employment with the Company, you may: (i) receive significant training in, and generate and use, the Company’s good will and experience; (ii) be exposed to confidential aspects of the Company’s business and have access to and became familiar with Confidential Information, and (iii) perform services for the Company that are special, unique, extraordinary and intellectual in character—none of which is commonly known or readily accessible to the public and any of which place or placed you in a position of confidence and trust with the customers, potential customers, vendors, employees of the Company and other persons, the loss of which cannot adequately be compensated by damages in an action at law.

 

You acknowledge and agree that the Company desires to enter into this Agreement to, in part, protect the Company’s vital interest in maintaining its Confidential Information, protect the Company’s investment in your training and development, protect the Company’s business and good will, and avoid Competition (as defined below) with you or any other person or entity with which you are employed or affiliated for a time certain following your Separation. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Competition ” means engaging in, aiding, assisting, owning, or controlling (whether as a shareholder, principal, partner, employee, trustee, officer, director agent, independent contractor, or otherwise) any interest greater than two percent (2%) in any firm, corporation, business, or other entity which is (or with any other person(s) who are) engaged in competition with the Company in any line of business which, at the time of your Separation (or within three months following your Separation), comprised fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Company’s gross sales revenues.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Restricted Area ” shall be the entire United States of America.

 

You agree that, during the Restricted Period, you will not, directly or indirectly, alone or with others, engage in Competition with the Company, its successors or assigns or any purchaser of all or substantially all of Company’s assets within your Restricted Area.

 

You acknowledge having carefully read and considered the non-competition provisions of this Agreement and, having done so, agree that the covenants and restrictions contained herein are, taken as a whole, fair and reasonable in their duration, geographic scope and scope of restricted activities, do not unduly restrict your ability to obtain or maintain a livelihood and are necessary to protect the Company’s good will, trade secrets, Confidential Information and business interests. You expressly agree not to raise any issue disputing the reasonableness of the: (i) geographic scope, (ii) type of employment or line of business or (iii) duration of any such covenants in any proceeding to enforce such covenants and restrictions.

 

9.      No Solicitation, No Interference and No Hire Covenants : You agree that, during the Restricted Period, you will not, directly or indirectly: (i) solicit or encourage any employee or other service provider of the Company or its subsidiaries to leave such employment or service; (ii) interfere with the relationship between the Company and any of its employees or service providers; or (iii) hire any person who, within the six (6) month period preceding such hiring, was employed by, or providing services to, the Company or its subsidiaries.

 

6
 

10.      Mutual Nondisparagement : You agree that following the termination of your employment for any reason, you shall not publicly make any negative, disparaging, detrimental or derogatory remarks or statements (written, oral, telephonic, electronic, or by any other method) about the Company or its subsidiaries or any of their respective owners, partners, managers, directors, officers, employees or agents, including, without limitation, any remarks or statements that could be reasonably expected to adversely affect in a material manner (i) the conduct of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ businesses or (ii) the business reputation or relationships of the Company or its subsidiaries and/or any of their past or present officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, successors and assigns, in each case, except to the extent required by law or legal process. Similarly, following termination of your employment for any reason, neither the Company’s officers in their official capacity, nor the members of the Board, shall make any such statements about you.

 

Nothing in this paragraph 10, or in the remainder of this Agreement, shall prohibit you from filing a charge with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, or from talking to or cooperating with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, and no notice to the Company is required under these circumstances.

 

11.      Intellectual Property : You agree that all patentable inventions, discoveries, and trade secrets, whether or not patented, and whether or not reduced to practice, and all copyright interests that are or have been conceived or developed during your employment with the Company, either alone or jointly with others, if on the Company’s time, using the Company’s facilities, specifically relating to the Company, or to the Company’s business are done as “works made for hire” for the Company, and you hereby assign to the Company all right, title, and interest in all such intellectual property. You agree that the Company shall be the sole owner of all domestic and foreign patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, domain names and other rights pertaining thereto related to such intellectual property, and further agree to execute all documents consistent therewith that the Company reasonably determines to be necessary or convenient for use in applying for, prosecuting, perfecting, or enforcing patents or other intellectual property rights, including the execution of any assignments, patent applications, or other documents that the Company may reasonably request. Upon your failure to do so within 10 business days following the Company’s written request, you hereby irrevocably appoint the Company as your true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of delegation and substitution to execute, deliver, file and record, and on your behalf and in the Company’s name, such documents consistent with this Agreement. This provision is intended to apply only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

12.      Arbitration : Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute, claim or controversy concerning validity, enforceability, breach or termination hereof), shall be finally settled through arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association for arbitration of employment disputes, such arbitration to be conducted in Jefferson County, Kentucky. Each party will be entitled to present evidence and argument to the arbitrator(s). The arbitrator(s) will have the right only to interpret and apply the provisions of this Agreement and may not change any of its provisions, except as expressly provided herein. The arbitrator(s) will permit reasonable pre-hearing discovery of facts, to the extent necessary to establish a claim or a defense to a claim, subject to supervision by the arbitrator(s). In addition, the Company shall propose a reasonable set of rules to guide any such arbitration proceedings. Such rules shall be designed to lead to a prompt and just result without undue delay or expense, but will not be unduly prejudicial to either party. The determination of the arbitrator(s) will be conclusive and binding upon the parties and judgment upon the same may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator(s) will give written notice to the parties stating the arbitrator’s determination, and will furnish to each party a signed copy of such determination. The expenses of arbitration will be borne by the Company, unless the arbitrator(s) determine that you have materially failed to succeed in any claim, in which case the arbitrator(s) may equitably determine, consistent with the application of state or federal law, to apportion some of the fees and expenses to you, not to exceed the maximum permitted by law. Each party shall bear its own costs and expenses of counsel, unless the arbitrator(s) determine that the Company has material liability to you hereunder, in which event the arbitrator(s) may equitably determine that your reasonable counsel fees shall be paid by the Company. Any arbitration hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Kentucky and, where applicable, federal law, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such State.

 

13.      Section 409A of the Code : To the extent that Section 409A of the Code is applicable to any provisions of this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that such provisions comply with Section 409A of the Code and related regulations, and this Agreement shall be so construed.

 

Any reimbursements by the Company to you of any eligible expenses under this Agreement that are not excludable from your income for Federal income tax purposes (the “ Taxable Reimbursements ”) shall be made by no later than the earlier of the date on which they would be paid under the Company’s normal policies and the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of any Taxable Reimbursements, and the value of any in-kind benefits to be provided to you, during any calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year (except for any life-term or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). The right to Taxable Reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

14.      Choice of Law : This Agreement shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed by the laws of the State of Kentucky, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles of such State. The language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be interpreted as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any of the parties.

 

15.      Choice of Forum : Subject to paragraph 12 above, you consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of courts located in the State of Kentucky.

 

7
 

16.      Equitable Remedies : Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company will not be required to seek or participate in arbitration regarding any actual or threatened breach by you of the Non-Disclosure, Non-Competition, No Solicitation, No Interference and No Hire covenants contained in this Agreement or any other covenant under this Agreement for which equitable relief may be sought. You agree that the Company will suffer irreparable harm for any such breach or threatened breach and that the Company may not be adequately compensated by damages, and that, in addition to all other remedies, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and specific performance and to pursue such remedies in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Kentucky and no arbitrator may make any ruling inconsistent with the findings or rulings of such court. You agree to waive any argument of lack of personal jurisdiction or forum non-conveniens with respect to the pursuit of such injunctive relief and specific performance arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

17.      Remedies Cumulative : You agree that nothing herein stated shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any and all other remedies that may be available to the Company at law, in equity, by contract or otherwise in connection with such violation or threatened violation, including without limitation the recovery of monetary damages from you, all of which shall be cumulative to the fullest extent permissible under applicable laws.

 

18.      Insurance and Corporate Document Protections : Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to preclude you from receiving any of the benefits or protections, including without limitation representation, available to you following any Separation under (a) any officers and directors insurance policy maintained by the Company which provides coverage during your employment by the Company as an officer or director of the Company or (b) the Company’s bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation or under applicable law. Any such benefits and protections shall or shall not be provided solely in accordance with the terms and conditions of any such policies, documents and applicable law. The Company covenants to maintain, even after your Separation, its officers and directors insurance policy as in effect as of your Separation from the Company or another officers and directors policy that provides equivalent or greater benefits and protections to you.

 

19.      Entire Agreement : Other than agreements concerning Equity Incentive Programs and the Code of Conduct and Ethics, this Agreement constitutes and sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous oral or written agreements or understandings between the parties, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement. You acknowledge and agree that no representation, promise, inducement or statement of intention has been made by the Company that is not expressly set forth in this Agreement. No party hereto shall be bound by, or liable for, any alleged representation, promise, inducement or statement of intention not expressly set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement cannot be amended, modified or supplemented in any respect, except by a subsequent written agreement signed by all parties hereto.

 

20.      Binding Effect : This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of you and your heirs and the Company and its legal representatives, parent, successors and assigns.

 

21.      No Waiver : No action or inaction by either party shall be taken as a waiver of its right to insist that the other party abide by the obligations under this Agreement, unless such waiver is in writing, expressly waives such rights and is signed by legal counsel for the party making such waiver.

 

22.      Severability : The parties hereby agree that (a) the provisions of this Agreement will be severable in the event that for any reason whatsoever any of the provisions hereof are invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, (b) any such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions will be replaced by other provisions which are as similar as possible in terms to such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions but are valid and enforceable, and (c) the remaining provisions will remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

23.      Survival : Any provision contained in this Agreement, which by its nature or terms survives the Term or the Restricted Period (including but not limited to of the Non-Disclosure, Non-Competition, No Solicitation, No Interference and No Hire covenants), shall survive the Term and the Restricted Period and continue to be binding.

 

I trust that this adequately outlines the Company’s offer and our discussions. If, however, you have any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to call me.

 

 

 

 

 

 

We are pleased to continue your employment and look forward to a long and mutually rewarding relationship.

 

8
 

Sincerely,

 

 

   
Thomas Helms, Jr.  

 

I agree to the terms and conditions of the employment offer set forth above.

 

 

     
Your Signature   Date

 

9
 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF

 

RELEASE AND SEVERANCE AGREMENT

 

This Release and Severance Agreement (this “ Release ”) is entered into by and between [____________] (“ Employee ”) and Turning Point Brands, Inc. (“ Turning Point ” and, collectively with its parent(s), subsdiary(ies), and all other related companies, the “ Company ”). Employee and Turning Point are referred to herein as the “ Parties .”

 

RECITALS

 

A. Employee and Turning Point are parties to an Employment Letter, dated as of [______________________, 2015] (the “ Employment Agreement ”), which provides for severance after termination in certain circumstances, conditioned upon Employee first signing a general release of claims following termination of Employee’s employment, which release becomes irrevocable in accordance with its terms.

 

B. This Release is the contemplated release of claims under the Employment Agreement of which Employee has had notice since the Employment Agreement was executed, it being annexed thereto (the “ Presentation Date ”).

 

C. Employee’s employment with the Company [ended] [will end] on [___________________] (the “ Separation Date ”).

 

D. The Parties desire to settle any and all other claims, if any, that Employee may have against the Company or any of its employees that are releaseable by law.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration for the covenants and mutual promises contained in the Employment Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

 

Part I  

 

For and in consideration of the promises made herein by Employee in Part II and Part III of this Release, and his performance thereof, the sufficiency of which, either separately or combined, is hereby acknowledged, Turning Point agrees as follows:

 

1.1       Severance Benefits to Employee . In exchange for Employee signing this Release, complying with its terms, and not revoking this Release, the Company will pay to Employee the “ Severance Benefits ” (as defined in the Employment Agreement), as and when therein required, if, and only if, Employee signs this Release and returns it to the Company; and (2) the seven (7) day revocation period in Part II, Section 2.4 below has expired on or before the 55 th day after Separation Date, provided that Employee has not exercised his right to revoke this Release in accordance with Part II, Section 2.4 below.

 

1.2      Separate and Adequate Age Claim Consideration . The Parties expressly agree and acknowledge that a portion of the Severance Benefits in Section 1.1 above represents separate and adequate consideration, to which Employee is not otherwise entitled, in exchange for Employee’s Age Claim Waiver, set out below in Part II. Turning Point’s present promise to provide this consideration is exchanged for Employee’s present release of any Age Claims at the time of the execution of this Release.

 

10
 

Part II  

 

For and in consideration of the promises made herein by Turning Point in Part I of this Release, and its performance thereof, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Employee agrees as follows:

 

2.1      General Release and Waiver of All Claims and Potential Claims . Employee hereby releases all claims and potential claims, known and unknown, against the Company that are releasable by law. More specifically, for and on behalf of himself and his family, dependents, heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, Employee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases the Company and its respective predecessors, successors, and all their past, present or future assigns, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, insurers, attorneys, divisions, subdivisions and affiliated entities, together with their respective current and former officers, directors, shareholders, fiduciaries, administrators, trustees, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, insurers and/or representatives, and their respective predecessors, successors and assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, and any and all other affiliated persons, firms, plans or corporations which may have an interest by or through them (collectively “ Releasees ”), both jointly and individually, from any and all claims, actions, arbitrations, and lawsuits, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown to Employee, accrued or unaccrued, which he ever had, now has or may have had against Releasees since the beginning of time through the date of execution of this Release. This general release and waiver of claims includes, but is not limited to, any and all claims, demands, causes of action, suits, debts, complaints, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, damages and expenses that are releasable by law (including, without limitation, attorneys fees and costs actually incurred or to be incurred) of any nature or description whatsoever, in law or equity, whether known or unknown, in connection with or arising out of his employment with the Company and/or termination of said employment. Claims being released include, without limitation, any and all employment-related claims that are releasable by law arising under federal, state or local statutes, ordinances, resolutions, regulations or constitutional provisions prohibiting discrimination in employment on the basis of sex, race, religion, national origin, age, disability and/or veterans’ status, including, but not limited to, claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1981, 1981a, 1983 and 1985, the Civil Rights Act of the State in which Employee resides and works, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, 18 U.S.C. § 1514A, et seq. , the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Executive Order 11246, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq. , the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 201, et seq. , the Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 2601, et seq. , the Genetic Information Non-Discrimination Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000ff et seq , the minimum wage act, wage payment law and wage discrimination statutes and workers compensation statures and similar state laws of the state in which Employee has provided services, in all instances as amended. This general release and waiver of claims also includes, but is not limited to, any and all claims for unpaid benefits or entitlements asserted under any plan, policy, benefits offering or program (except as otherwise required by law), any and all contract or tort claims, including, without limitation, claims of wrongful discharge, assault, battery, intentional infliction of emotional distress, negligence, and/or defamation against Releasees.

 

Nothing in this Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or any other provision in the remainder of this Release shall be construed to prevent Employee from making a claim for indemnity under law or governance documents providing for indemnity or insurance against claims for acts or omissions in his capacity acting as an officer or director of the Company. Furthermore, nothing in this Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or any other provision in the remainder of this Release shall be construed to prohibit Employee from talking to, cooperating in any investigation by, and/or filing a charge with, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (the “ EEOC ”) or any other similar state or local fair employment practices administrative agency. However, by signing this Release, Employee hereby waives the right to recover from Releasees any relief from any charge or claim pursued or otherwise prosecuted by him, or by persons or entities like the EEOC acting by or through him, including, without limitation, the right to attorneys’ fees, costs, and any other relief, whether legal or equitable, sought in such charge, claim, or other proceeding.

 

2.2      Age Claim Waiver . Employee further agrees that his full general release includes a waiver of his rights, if any, to assert or allege discrimination based upon age pursuant to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act or any and all other federal, state or local laws or regulations prohibiting discrimination on the basis of age (collectively, “ Age Claim Waiver ”).

 

2.3      Adequate Consideration Period/Consult an Attorney . Employee acknowledges that he is hereby instructed that he may and should consult an attorney of his own choosing regarding the terms of this Release, and specifically including the Age Claim Waiver, and that he has been given at least [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] days to consider the terms of this Release and whether to sign this Release, although Employee may choose to sign this Release prior to the expiration of this [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] day period. The Parties agree that if Employee fails to execute this Release prior to the expiration of the [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] day period or prior to the deadline set forth in Section 1.1 hereof, this Release will be null and void.

 

2.4      Seven (7) Day Revocation Period . Employee further agrees that he is hereby instructed by the Company that, following his signing of this Release, Employee shall have up to seven (7) days to withdraw, rescind or revoke this Release by providing written notice to [____________________________________________] , but that, in the event Employee exercises his right to withdraw or rescind this Release, all terms of this Release, including, without limitation, Turning Point’s duty to provide the Severance Benefits provided in Part I, Section 1.1, above, shall be void and of no effect.

 

2.5      Permanent Waiver of Re-employment . In order to effect the degree of separation contemplated by the Parties, Employee acknowledges his present intent to permanently remove himself from the labor pool of Releasees as of the Separation Date and forever thereafter. In order to accomplish this present permanent removal from Releasees’ labor pool, Employee agrees that he will not seek and will not accept hiring, rehiring, placement, or reinstatement with Releasees, either as an employee, an independent contractor, a temporary worker, or in any other capacity.

 

11
 

Part III
Other Agreements

 

3.1      Additional Covenants by Employee . Employee represents, warrants and covenants that, as of the date he signs this Release, (1) he is unaware of any wages (as that term is defined by applicable state law) that are owed to him by the Company and that have not been paid; (2) he is unaware of any request for leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act that was denied; (3) he has no known work-related injury, disability, or illness, and has not requested any accommodation under the Americans With Disabilities Act or similar state law that has not been satisfied; and (4) he is unaware of any document, circumstance, occurrence, or any conduct on behalf of the Company or any of its agents, employees, officers or directors, or any Releasee, which can or should be reported to any state or federal authority as a violation of any law, standard, or regulation, upon which representations the Company expressly relies in entering into this Release.

 

3.2      Knowing and Voluntary Agreement . Employee agrees and acknowledges that he has been advised to consult an attorney regarding the terms of this Release and that he has carefully reviewed, studied and thought over the terms of this Release. Employee further acknowledges and agrees that he knowingly and voluntarily entered into and signed this Release after deliberate consideration and review of all of its terms and provisions, that he was not coerced, pressured or forced in any way by the Company, any Releasee or anyone else to accept the terms of this Release, and that the decision to accept the terms of this Release was entirely his own.

 

3.3      No Wrongdoing By the Parties . The Parties further agree that they have entered this Release to resolve any and all claims, if any, Employee may have against the Company or any other Releasee, and that this Release does not constitute an admission of, or is to be used as evidence of, any liability, violation or wrongdoing of any kind.

 

3.4      Choice of Law; Interpretation; Captions . The Parties understand and agree that this Release shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the State of Kentucky and the language of this Release shall in all cases be interpreted as a whole, according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either of the Parties, regardless of which is the drafter of this Release. Captions and headings used herein are for convenience of reference only.

 

3.5      Exclusive Jurisdiction; Venue . The Parties understand and agree that the federal and/or state courts located in the State of Kentucky shall have exclusive jurisdiction with regard to any litigation relating to this Release and that venue shall be proper only in the State of Kentucky and any federal court whose judicial district encompasses the State of Kentucky, and that any objection to this jurisdiction or venue is specifically waived.

 

3.6      Entire Agreement . The Parties agree that this Release sets forth the entire agreement between the Parties on the subject matter herein and fully supersedes any and all other prior agreements or understandings between them, except for the terms in the Employment agreement referred to herein and any agreements between Employee and the Company regarding non-disclosure of confidential information, intellectual property, non-solicitation of customers, employees or contractors, non-competition, and/or other restrictive covenant obligations , which agreements, if any, shall remain in full force and effect according to their terms. This includes, without limitation, Employee’s continuing obligations under Sections 7-11 of the Employment Agreement. This Release may be amended or superseded only by a subsequent writing, executed by the Party against whom enforcement is sought.

 

3.7      Agreement to Indemnify . The Parties agree that should Employee seek to overturn, set aside, or legally challenge any release of claims, promise or covenant made by him under this Release, by judicial action or otherwise, the Company and/or Releasees shall be entitled to recover from Employee its costs of defending and enforcing the terms of this Release and/or any other claim brought by or against the Company or Releasees, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. The Parties acknowledge and agree that each Releasee is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Release and may enforce the terms of this Release accordingly.

 

[signature page follows]

 

12
 

I, [_______________], UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THIS RELEASE CONSTITUTES A FULL AND FINAL RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS THAT ARE RELEASEABLE BY LAW.

 

 

   
  Print Name:    
         
  Date:  

 

STATE OF                                                          )
  ) SS:
COUNTY OF                                                      )

 

Subscribed and sworn to before me by _________, this _______ day of ______________, 20__.

 

   
  Notary Public  
       
  My   Commission
  expires:    
       
  -- and --  

 

  TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
     
  By:  
     
  Title:  
     
  Date:  

 

STATE OF                                                          )
  ) SS:
COUNTY OF                                                      )

 

Subscribed and sworn to before me by __________________________, on behalf of Turning Point Brands, Inc., this _______ day of ______________, 20__.

 

 
  Notary Public  
     
  My Commission expires:  

 

13
 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

Turning Point Brands, Inc.

5201 Interchange Way

Louisville, KY 40229

 

                              , 2015

 

James Dobbins
1006 Monmouth Avenue

Durham, NC 27701

 

Dear Mr. Dobbins:

 

As discussed, Turning Point Brands, Inc., together with any successor thereto (“ Turning Point ” and, together with its applicable employing subsidiaries, the “ Company ”), agrees to continue to retain your services on the terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this employment letter (this “ Agreement ”). If you find these terms, provisions and conditions acceptable, please sign this Agreement where indicated and return it to me as soon as possible. This Agreement is contingent upon Turning Point completing the initial public offering of its common stock (the “ IPO ”) on or before July 1, 2016 (such actual date of the IPO, the “ Effective Date ”). As of the Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede and replace, in its entirety, that certain employment agreement, dated February 3, 2010, by and between you and Turning Point and certain of its subsidiaries (the “ Prior Agreement ”), and you shall no longer have any rights or benefits thereunder. In the event the IPO does not occur on or before July 1, 2016, then this Agreement shall be void, and the Prior Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

Position : Unless and until changed by the Company, your job position and title will be Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

Duration of Employment : You will continue to be employed by the Company for an initial term of one year, commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the one-year anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), and your employment period will be automatically renewed at the expiration of the Initial Term, or upon the applicable anniversary thereof, whichever applicable, unless either you or the Company provides the other with a written notice of non-renewal at least 60 days prior to the applicable expiration date (the Initial Term and any renewal period(s) together, the “ Term ”).

 

Location of Employment : You will continue to be employed by the Company based out of Durham, North Carolina. You understand that, notwithstanding your primary location of employment, you shall be expected to be at the Company’s headquarters in Louisville, Kentucky as necessary to perform the responsibilities of your Position.

 

Salary : Your annual base compensation (“ Salary ”) will be $356,654.86 per calendar year, unless adjusted by the Board of Directors of Turning Point (the “ Board ”) in its sole discretion. Salary will be disbursed in periodic installments throughout the year in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll cycle and policies.

 

 
 

 

Annual Bonus : You may be eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 50% of your Salary pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s annual bonus award program as may be in effect from time to time. Eligibility for any annual bonus will be based on your achievement of designated performance metrics as set forth in the Company’s annual bonus award program. Such eligibility and the amount, if any, of the annual bonus shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

Compensation Review : The Board intends to review your compensation on an annual basis, with the first such review to occur in or around March 2016.

 

Annual Paid Vacation Allowance : Four weeks, subject to the terms and conditions herein and in the Company’s vacation policies as in effect from time to time.

 

Severance Benefits Period : A period of 12 months following a termination of your employment with the Company and its subsidiaries by the Company without Cause or resignation of your employment with the Company and its subsidiaries by you for Good Reason, other than in the event of a Change of Control or if such severance occurs within 12 months after the Effective Date. If you resign for Good Reason or are terminated by the Company without Cause within one year following a Change of Control or within 12 months following the Effective Date, the Severance Benefits Period shall be a period of 24 months following such termination of employment.

 

Restricted Period : The Term plus an additional 12 months following any Separation, unless such Separation triggers a Severance Benefit Period of 24 months, in which case the Restricted Period shall continue for 24 months following the Term.

 

Stock Incentives : If you are eligible for stock incentives, separate plan documents will be provided to you. Such plan may be authorized, amended or discontinued by the Board in its sole discretion. Unless specifically provided for in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall have any effect on any existing agreements regarding the Company’s equity incentive programs in which you participate, have participated or are eligible to participate, including without limitation restricted stock, options, common stock, or any other equity instrument (“ Equity Incentive Programs ”).

 

Additional Benefits : You will remain entitled to participate in the medical, dental and 401(k) savings benefit plans offered to the Company’s employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of each such benefit plan in effect from time to time, which may be authorized, amended or discontinued by the Company in its sole discretion. The Company will provide a description of the group benefit programs and enrollment forms.

 

Additional Terms and Conditions

 

1. Your Representations : You represent that you are eligible to accept and continue employment, and that you have not previously been, are not currently and will not be subject to any agreement or obligation which would bar or limit your ability to perform your duties and responsibilities with the Company. You also represent that all information you have submitted to the Company as part of any application process and your prior employment with the Company, including without limitation your resume, application for employment and employment records, is true and complete.

 

2
 

 

2. Duties and Responsibilities : You will be responsible for carrying out all duties and responsibilities associated with your Position, as set forth in a separate Job Description or similarly styled document provided to you, and as otherwise directed by the Company, which may include travel as necessary consistent with your prior employment with the Company. Additional responsibilities and necessary travel may be added, or your Position changed, at the Board’s sole discretion, from time to time, without written modification of this Agreement. You will be subject to, and agree to abide by, such rules, policies and procedures as the Company maintains (including, but not limited to, the Turning Point Brands, Inc. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (as amended from time to time, the “ Code of Conduct and Ethics ”)) or may from time to time establish with respect to executives, employees in general, standard operating procedures, business operations, etc.

 

3. Use of Vacation : Your Annual Paid Vacation Allowance may be used at any time, subject to the Company’s policies regarding vacations. Vacation days will not carry over from one year to the next, and no compensation will be paid for unused vacation (except as may be required by law upon separation from employment).

 

4. Separation from Employment : You will, upon separation from employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (such as termination, resignation, death or disability) (each, a “ Separation ”), receive such salary and other benefits as have accrued as of the date and time of Separation, and as may otherwise be required by law, as well as such Salary, bonuses and benefits as may be due and owing under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, in the event that the Company determines in good faith that your Separation is not considered a “separation from service” under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h) because (a) you have not separated but have changed status to a part time employee, consultant or independent contractor performing more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services (whether as an employee, consultant or independent contractor) you performed over the immediately preceding 36-month period, or (b) you are continuing employment with another entity that is considered a single entity with the Company (“ Employer Group ”) under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), any Severance Benefits to which you may be entitled under other provisions of this Agreement shall begin immediately when your status changes such that the Company determines that you have “separated from service” under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h). For this purpose, service performed as an employee or as an independent contractor is counted, except that service as a member of the board of directors of a member of the Employer Group is not counted unless termination benefits under this Agreement are aggregated for purposes of Section 409A of the Code with benefits under any other Employer Group plan or agreement in which you also participate as a director.

 

Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, if you are a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and determined pursuant to procedures adopted by the Company) at the time of your separation from service and if any portion of the payments or benefits to be received by you upon separation from service would be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable pursuant to this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following your separation from service shall instead be paid or made available, with interest at the Wall Street Journal prime rate as of the date of separation from service, on the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following the date of your separation from service or (ii) your death.

 

3
 

 

4.1 Resignation : You may resign at any time for any reason. In such event, the Company may, in the Board’s sole discretion, choose to relieve you of your duties prior to the expiration of the notice period and pay you two weeks’ compensation or your notice period, whichever is shorter. If you resign (other than for Good Reason), you shall not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits. If you resign for Good Reason, you shall be entitled to receive all Severance Benefits, provided that you have executed and delivered a Release and Severance Agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (as may be modified by the Company due to subsequent changes in the law), and all applicable revocation periods relating to the release expire, within 55 days following the date of such termination of employment.

 

4.2 Good Reason : As used herein, the term “ Good Reason ” means any of the following without your consent: (i) a material diminution in your duties, position, authorities or responsibilities; (ii) the failure by the Company to pay or provide to you, within 30 days after receipt of a written demand therefor, any material amount of compensation or expense reimbursement or any benefit which is due, owing and payable pursuant to the terms hereof or of any applicable plan, program, arrangement or policy; (iii) a reduction in your Salary, other than a reduction generally applicable to similarly situated executives of the Company; (iv) a material reduction in your employee benefits, other than a reduction generally applicable to similarly situated executives of the Company; (v) the breach in any material respect by the Company of any of its other obligations or agreements set forth herein; (vi) the Company requires you to be based at any office or location more than 50 miles from the Location of Employment, or (vii) the Company gives notice that it does not wish to renew this Agreement upon expiration of the Term. A termination for Good Reason shall not occur unless: (x) you provide the Company with a written notice detailing the specific circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason within 90 days after the first occurrence of such circumstances, (y) the Company fails to cure such Good Reason event(s) within 30 days following receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances in all material respects, and (z) following the Company’s failure to cure during the 30 day cure period, you terminate employment no later than 90 days after the expiration of such period.

 

4.3 Change of Control : As used herein, the term “ Change of Control ” shall mean:

 

(a) any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of Turning Point, other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the transferee is controlled by the Management Group;

 

(b) a majority of the Board shall consist of Persons who are not Continuing Directors, as the case may be; or

 

(c) (i) any Person or group of related Persons (other than the Management Group), for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, becomes the beneficial owner of the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having more than fifty percent (50%) of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Turning Point or (ii) any Person, together with its Affiliates, becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of more than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the economic interests of Turning Point.

 

4
 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the consummation of the transactions contemplated in connection with the IPO will not constitute a Change of Control.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to a Person, any entity (i) that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Person or (ii) in which the Person has a significant equity interest.

 

Continuing Director ” means, as of any date of determination, any Person who (a) was a member of the Board on the Effective Date or (b) was nominated for election or elected to the Board with the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election (other than as a result of any actual or threatened proxy contest).

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Management Group ” shall mean one or more of the members of the senior executive management of Turning Point on the Effective Date.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government, political subdivision or other entity.

 

4.4 Death or Disability : The employment relationship will be severed, and this Agreement terminated, upon your death or disability. For purposes of this Agreement, you will be considered “ disabled ” if you are so considered under any applicable disability insurance policy maintained by the Company, or if no such disability insurance policy is in effect, on the date that a physician mutually agreed to by the parties determines that you are or will be unable by reason of illness, accident or other physical or mental condition to perform your duties for a continuous period of 120 days, or for a period of more than 120 days in any 12 month period, and that there is no objectively reasonable accommodation that would allow you to perform your duties.

 

In the event of the termination of your employment due to death or disability, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company will pay a lump sum payment to you in amount equal to the cost of COBRA coverage for continued medical coverage for you (except in the event of death) and your dependents for six months, payable on the 60 th day following the date of such termination of employment. Moreover, you may be eligible for disability benefits under the Company’s disability benefits plan in accordance with the terms of such plan, if any, in effect at such time.

 

4.5 Termination Without Cause : The Company may terminate this Agreement and your employment hereunder without your consent, for no stated reason, or for a stated reason but without Cause, with or without notice. If you are terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below), you shall be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits, provided that you have executed and delivered a Release and Severance Agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (as may be modified by the Company due to subsequent changes in law), and all applicable revocation periods relating to the release expire, within 55 days following the date of such Separation.

 

5
 

 

4.6 Termination for Cause : Your employment with the Company may be terminated by the Company, and without your consent, for Cause at any time, with or without notice. You shall not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits if you are terminated for, or later are determined to have failed to comply with this Agreement for, any one or more of the following reasons (“ Cause ”):

 

· Your failure to render required or expected services in accordance with your Job Description or Position after being provided at least 10 days’ prior written notice of your failure to render such services;

 

· You are in breach of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, if not cured within 10 days after written notice thereof;

 

· Insubordination, consisting of your continued failure to take specific action that is material to the operation of the Company and within your individual control and consistent with your Position, duties and responsibilities, after being provided at least 10 days’ prior written notice of your failure to take for such action, provided that you have not, in good faith, objected to such action as either a breach of your fiduciary duties, or on legal grounds;

 

· Your material breach of any other agreement between you and the Employer Group if not cured within 10 days after written notice thereof, or any material violation of any rule, policy, procedure or other requirement of the Company;

 

· Your commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement or similar dishonest act against any member of the Employer Group or any customer, client or business associate of any member of the Employer Group;

 

· Your conviction for any felony or crime of dishonesty (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, and which is not subject to further appeal);

 

· Any egregious or unwarranted conduct by you that materially discredits any member of the Employer Group or is materially detrimental to the reputation or standing of any member of the Employer Group; or

 

· Willful misconduct that is demonstrably deliberate on your part, or gross negligence.

 

5. Severance Benefits : The Severance Benefits payable in certain Separation circumstances as provided herein shall consist of all of the following:

 

6
 

 

5.1 Severance Compensation : Continuation of your then current Salary (or, in the case of a Good Reason termination due to a reduction in Salary, at the Salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction) during the Severance Benefits Period (“ Severance Pay ”). Any Severance Pay will be paid to you incrementally, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll cycle, with the first such payment beginning on the 60 th day following your Separation, and the first such payment will include all accrued amounts during the 60-day period from your Separation date until the 60 th day following your Separation date. You will also receive a severance bonus equal to the average of the annual cash bonuses received by you for the 24 months prior to your Separation (“ Severance Bonus ”). In the event of the termination of your employment by the Company without Cause or resignation by you for Good Reason within one year following a Change of Control or within 12 months following the Effective Date, your Severance Bonus shall instead be equal to two times the average of the annual cash bonuses received by you for the 24 months prior to your Separation. Any Severance Bonus will be paid in two equal installments – the first installment on the later of (i) when all other Company annual bonuses, if awarded, are next paid, or, if not awarded, when such bonuses would have next been paid in April of the year following the year of services, and (ii) the 60 th day following your Separation, and the second installment at the end of the Restricted Period. Severance Pay and Severance Bonus payment timing shall also be subject to the “specified employee” delay in paragraph 4 above for any portion of such amounts that are subject to Section 409A of the Code. Normal payroll taxes and deductions will be withheld from any Severance Pay and Severance Bonus payments.

 

5.2 Health Benefits Stipend and Access : The Company will pay a lump sum payment to you in amount equal to the cost of COBRA coverage for continued medical coverage for you and your dependents for 12 months, payable on the 60 th day following the date of your Separation, and, to the extent determined by the Company to be permitted by the applicable plans and applicable laws (without the imposition of any excise taxes or other penalties), allow you access to group health coverage at the COBRA premium rate payable by you on an after-tax basis, during the Severance Benefit Period, plus the period of actual COBRA coverage to begin at the end of the Severance Benefit Period.

 

5.3 Other Additional Benefits : All additional benefits and stock incentive rights (if any) will cease and expire upon Separation, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or by the separate written terms of those benefits.

 

5.4 280G Cap : Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by you (including any payment or benefit received in connection with a Change of Control or the termination of your employment related to such a Change of Control, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement) (all such payments and benefits, together, the “ Total Payments ”) would be subject (in whole or part), to any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto (the “ Excise Tax ”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, program, arrangement or agreement, the Company will reduce the Total Payments to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax (but in no event to less than zero); provided, however, that the Total Payments will only be reduced if the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income and employment taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments), is greater than or equal to the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income and employment taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which you would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments).

 

7
 

 

In the case of a reduction in the Total Payments, the Total Payments will be reduced in the following order: (i) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a) will be reduced (if necessary, to zero), with amounts that are payable last reduced first; (ii) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a), with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24), will next be reduced; (iii) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with amounts that are payable last reduced first, will next be reduced; (iv) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24), will next be reduced; and (v) all other non-cash benefits not otherwise described in clauses (ii) or (iv) will be next reduced pro-rata. Any reductions made pursuant to each of clauses (i)-(v) above will be made in the following manner: first, a pro-rata reduction of cash payment and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity not subject to Section 409A of the Code, and second, a pro-rata reduction of cash payments and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity subject to Section 409A of the Code as deferred compensation.

 

For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax: (i) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which you shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code will be taken into account; (ii) no portion of the Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized tax counsel (“ Tax Counsel ”) selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to you and the accounting firm which was, immediately prior to the change in control, the Company’s independent auditor (the “ Auditor ”), does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the “base amount” (as set forth in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) that is allocable to such reasonable compensation; and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments will be determined by the Auditor in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

 

At the time that payments are made under this Agreement, the Company will provide you with a written statement setting forth the manner in which such payments were calculated and the basis for such calculations, including but not limited to, any opinions or other advice the Company received from Tax Counsel, the Auditor, or other advisors or consultants (and any such opinions or advice which are in writing will be attached to the statement). If you object to the Company’s calculations, the Company will pay to you such portion of the Total Payments (up to 100% thereof) as you determine is necessary to result in the proper application of this subsection. All determinations required by this subsection (or requested by either you or the Company in connection with this subsection) will be at the expense of the Company. The fact that your right to payments or benefits may be reduced by reason of the limitations contained in this subsection will not of itself limit or otherwise affect any other rights you have under this Agreement.

 

8
 

 

If you receive reduced payments and benefits by reason of this subsection and it is established pursuant to a determination of a court of competent jurisdiction which is not subject to review or as to which the time to appeal has expired, or pursuant to an Internal Revenue Service proceeding, that you could have received a greater amount without resulting in any Excise Tax, then the Company shall thereafter pay you the aggregate additional amount which could have been paid without resulting in any Excise Tax as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

5.5 Resignations . Following the termination of your employment for any reason, if and to the extent requested by the Board, you hereby agree to resign from all fiduciary positions (including as trustee) and all other offices and positions you hold as of the date of such termination; provided, however, that if you fail to tender your resignation after the Board has made such request, then you will be deemed to have resigned from such offices and positions.

 

6. Indemnification : The Company shall, to the fullest extent to which it is empowered to do so by applicable law, defend, indemnify and hold you harmless from and against all claims, demands, lawsuits, liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, fines, costs and expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable related attorneys’ fees) arising from any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, to which you are or are threatened to be made a party by reason of your services as an officer and/or director of the Company.

 

7. Non-Disclosure; Non-Use : You agree not to disclose, give, sell or otherwise divulge the “ Confidential Information ” (as defined in the Code of Conduct and Ethics) to any other person or entity at any time without the Company’s prior written consent. You further agree not to (i) use any of the Confidential Information for your own account for or for the account of any other person or entity or (ii) use or retain, without the Company’s prior written consent, any figures, calculations, letters, papers, drawings, computer printouts, computer discs or tapes, or copies thereof or other Confidential Information of any type or description pertaining to the Company, except in furtherance of the Company’s interests.

 

You further agree that, upon your Separation, that you will (i) return physical copies of the Company’s information and Confidential Information in your possession, under your control or removed from the Company’s premises by you or under your direction, (ii) destroy all electronic copies of the Company’s information and Confidential Information in your possession, under your control or which was copied or removed from the Company’s premises or equipment by you or under your direction and (iii) return all Company property in your possession or under your control, including without limitation the following: Company computers, Blackberry or other mobile devices, cellular telephones, Company automobiles and keys and access cards to Company property.

 

9
 

 

In the event that you are legally compelled by regulatory or legal process to disclose the Confidential Information, the foregoing confidentiality obligations shall not apply to you with respect to such information, provided that you have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such compulsion, cooperate with the Company in connection with any of its efforts to prevent or limit the scope of such disclosure and, following completion of such efforts, you only disclose such information as required under such regulatory or legal process then applicable to you.

 

Nothing in this paragraph 7, or in the remainder of this Agreement, shall prohibit you from filing a charge with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, or from talking to or cooperating with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, and no notice to the Company is required under these circumstances.

 

8. Non-Competition : You acknowledge and agree that, during the course of employment with the Company, you may: (i) receive significant training in, and generate and use, the Company’s good will and experience; (ii) be exposed to confidential aspects of the Company’s business and have access to and became familiar with Confidential Information, and (iii) perform services for the Company that are special, unique, extraordinary and intellectual in character—none of which is commonly known or readily accessible to the public and any of which place or placed you in a position of confidence and trust with the customers, potential customers, vendors, employees of the Company and other persons, the loss of which cannot adequately be compensated by damages in an action at law.

 

You acknowledge and agree that the Company desires to enter into this Agreement to, in part, protect the Company’s vital interest in maintaining its Confidential Information, protect the Company’s investment in your training and development, protect the Company’s business and good will, and avoid Competition (as defined below) with you or any other person or entity with which you are employed or affiliated for a time certain following your Separation. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Competition ” means engaging in, aiding, assisting, owning, or controlling (whether as a shareholder, principal, partner, employee, trustee, officer, director agent, independent contractor, or otherwise) any interest greater than two percent (2%) in any firm, corporation, business, or other entity which is (or with any other person(s) who are) engaged in competition with the Company in any line of business which, at the time of your Separation (or within three months following your Separation), comprised fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Company’s gross sales revenues.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Restricted Area ” shall be the entire United States of America.

 

You agree that, during the Restricted Period, you will not, directly or indirectly, alone or with others, engage in Competition with the Company, its successors or assigns or any purchaser of all or substantially all of Company’s assets within your Restricted Area.

 

10
 

 

You acknowledge having carefully read and considered the non-competition provisions of this Agreement and, having done so, agree that the covenants and restrictions contained herein are, taken as a whole, fair and reasonable in their duration, geographic scope and scope of restricted activities, do not unduly restrict your ability to obtain or maintain a livelihood and are necessary to protect the Company’s good will, trade secrets, Confidential Information and business interests. You expressly agree not to raise any issue disputing the reasonableness of the: (i) geographic scope, (ii) type of employment or line of business or (iii) duration of any such covenants in any proceeding to enforce such covenants and restrictions.

 

9. No Solicitation, No Interference and No Hire Covenants : You agree that, during the Restricted Period, you will not, directly or indirectly: (i) solicit or encourage any employee or other service provider of the Company or its subsidiaries to leave such employment or service; (ii) interfere with the relationship between the Company and any of its employees or service providers; or (iii) hire any person who, within the six (6) month period preceding such hiring, was employed by, or providing services to, the Company or its subsidiaries.

 

10. Mutual Nondisparagement : You agree that following the termination of your employment for any reason, you shall not publicly make any negative, disparaging, detrimental or derogatory remarks or statements (written, oral, telephonic, electronic, or by any other method) about the Company or its subsidiaries or any of their respective owners, partners, managers, directors, officers, employees or agents, including, without limitation, any remarks or statements that could be reasonably expected to adversely affect in a material manner (i) the conduct of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ businesses or (ii) the business reputation or relationships of the Company or its subsidiaries and/or any of their past or present officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, successors and assigns, in each case, except to the extent required by law or legal process. Similarly, following termination of your employment for any reason, neither the Company’s officers in their official capacity, nor the members of the Board, shall make any such statements about you.

 

Nothing in this paragraph 10, or in the remainder of this Agreement, shall prohibit you from filing a charge with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, or from talking to or cooperating with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, and no notice to the Company is required under these circumstances.

 

11. Intellectual Property : You agree that all patentable inventions, discoveries, and trade secrets, whether or not patented, and whether or not reduced to practice, and all copyright interests that are or have been conceived or developed during your employment with the Company, either alone or jointly with others, if on the Company’s time, using the Company’s facilities, specifically relating to the Company, or to the Company’s business are done as “works made for hire” for the Company, and you hereby assign to the Company all right, title, and interest in all such intellectual property. You agree that the Company shall be the sole owner of all domestic and foreign patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, domain names and other rights pertaining thereto related to such intellectual property, and further agree to execute all documents consistent therewith that the Company reasonably determines to be necessary or convenient for use in applying for, prosecuting, perfecting, or enforcing patents or other intellectual property rights, including the execution of any assignments, patent applications, or other documents that the Company may reasonably request. Upon your failure to do so within 10 business days following the Company’s written request, you hereby irrevocably appoint the Company as your true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of delegation and substitution to execute, deliver, file and record, and on your behalf and in the Company’s name, such documents consistent with this Agreement. This provision is intended to apply only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

11
 

 

12. Arbitration : Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute, claim or controversy concerning validity, enforceability, breach or termination hereof), shall be finally settled through arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association for arbitration of employment disputes, such arbitration to be conducted in Jefferson County, Kentucky. Each party will be entitled to present evidence and argument to the arbitrator(s). The arbitrator(s) will have the right only to interpret and apply the provisions of this Agreement and may not change any of its provisions, except as expressly provided herein. The arbitrator(s) will permit reasonable pre-hearing discovery of facts, to the extent necessary to establish a claim or a defense to a claim, subject to supervision by the arbitrator(s). In addition, the Company shall propose a reasonable set of rules to guide any such arbitration proceedings. Such rules shall be designed to lead to a prompt and just result without undue delay or expense, but will not be unduly prejudicial to either party. The determination of the arbitrator(s) will be conclusive and binding upon the parties and judgment upon the same may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator(s) will give written notice to the parties stating the arbitrator’s determination, and will furnish to each party a signed copy of such determination. The expenses of arbitration will be borne by the Company, unless the arbitrator(s) determine that you have materially failed to succeed in any claim, in which case the arbitrator(s) may equitably determine, consistent with the application of state or federal law, to apportion some of the fees and expenses to you, not to exceed the maximum permitted by law. Each party shall bear its own costs and expenses of counsel, unless the arbitrator(s) determine that the Company has material liability to you hereunder, in which event the arbitrator(s) may equitably determine that your reasonable counsel fees shall be paid by the Company. Any arbitration hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Kentucky and, where applicable, federal law, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such State.

 

13. Section 409A of the Code : To the extent that Section 409A of the Code is applicable to any provisions of this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that such provisions comply with Section 409A of the Code and related regulations, and this Agreement shall be so construed.

 

Any reimbursements by the Company to you of any eligible expenses under this Agreement that are not excludable from your income for Federal income tax purposes (the “ Taxable Reimbursements ”) shall be made by no later than the earlier of the date on which they would be paid under the Company’s normal policies and the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of any Taxable Reimbursements, and the value of any in-kind benefits to be provided to you, during any calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year (except for any life-term or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). The right to Taxable Reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

12
 

 

14. Choice of Law : This Agreement shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed by the laws of the State of Kentucky, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles of such State. The language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be interpreted as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any of the parties.

 

15. Choice of Forum : Subject to paragraph 12 above, you consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of courts located in the State of Kentucky.

 

16. Equitable Remedies : Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company will not be required to seek or participate in arbitration regarding any actual or threatened breach by you of the Non-Disclosure, Non-Competition, No Solicitation, No Interference and No Hire covenants contained in this Agreement or any other covenant under this Agreement for which equitable relief may be sought. You agree that the Company will suffer irreparable harm for any such breach or threatened breach and that the Company may not be adequately compensated by damages, and that, in addition to all other remedies, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and specific performance and to pursue such remedies in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Kentucky and no arbitrator may make any ruling inconsistent with the findings or rulings of such court. You agree to waive any argument of lack of personal jurisdiction or forum non-conveniens with respect to the pursuit of such injunctive relief and specific performance arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

17. Remedies Cumulative : You agree that nothing herein stated shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any and all other remedies that may be available to the Company at law, in equity, by contract or otherwise in connection with such violation or threatened violation, including without limitation the recovery of monetary damages from you, all of which shall be cumulative to the fullest extent permissible under applicable laws.

 

18. Insurance and Corporate Document Protections : Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to preclude you from receiving any of the benefits or protections, including without limitation representation, available to you following any Separation under (a) any officers and directors insurance policy maintained by the Company which provides coverage during your employment by the Company as an officer or director of the Company or (b) the Company’s bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation or under applicable law. Any such benefits and protections shall or shall not be provided solely in accordance with the terms and conditions of any such policies, documents and applicable law. The Company covenants to maintain, even after your Separation, its officers and directors insurance policy as in effect as of your Separation from the Company or another officers and directors policy that provides equivalent or greater benefits and protections to you.

 

19. Entire Agreement : Other than agreements concerning Equity Incentive Programs and the Code of Conduct and Ethics, this Agreement constitutes and sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous oral or written agreements or understandings between the parties, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement. You acknowledge and agree that no representation, promise, inducement or statement of intention has been made by the Company that is not expressly set forth in this Agreement. No party hereto shall be bound by, or liable for, any alleged representation, promise, inducement or statement of intention not expressly set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement cannot be amended, modified or supplemented in any respect, except by a subsequent written agreement signed by all parties hereto.

 

13
 

 

20. Binding Effect : This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of you and your heirs and the Company and its legal representatives, parent, successors and assigns.

 

21. No Waiver : No action or inaction by either party shall be taken as a waiver of its right to insist that the other party abide by the obligations under this Agreement, unless such waiver is in writing, expressly waives such rights and is signed by legal counsel for the party making such waiver.

 

22. Severability : The parties hereby agree that (a) the provisions of this Agreement will be severable in the event that for any reason whatsoever any of the provisions hereof are invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, (b) any such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions will be replaced by other provisions which are as similar as possible in terms to such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions but are valid and enforceable, and (c) the remaining provisions will remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

23. Survival : Any provision contained in this Agreement, which by its nature or terms survives the Term or the Restricted Period (including but not limited to of the Non-Disclosure, Non-Competition, No Solicitation, No Interference and No Hire covenants), shall survive the Term and the Restricted Period and continue to be binding.

 

I trust that this adequately outlines the Company’s offer and our discussions. If, however, you have any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to call me.

 

14
 

 

We are pleased to continue your employment and look forward to a long and mutually rewarding relationship.

 

Sincerely,

 

_________________________

Larry Wexler

 

I agree to the terms and conditions of the employment offer set forth above.

 

       
Your Signature   Date  

 

15
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF

 

RELEASE AND SEVERANCE AGREMENT

 

This Release and Severance Agreement (this " Release ") is entered into by and between [____________] (" Employee ") and Turning Point Brands, Inc. (" Turning Point " and, collectively with its parent(s), subsdiary(ies), and all other related companies, the " Company "). Employee and Turning Point are referred to herein as the " Parties ."

 

RECITALS

 

A. Employee and Turning Point are parties to an Employment Letter, dated as of [______________________, 2015] (the " Employment Agreement "), which provides for severance after termination in certain circumstances, conditioned upon Employee first signing a general release of claims following termination of Employee's employment, which release becomes irrevocable in accordance with its terms.

 

B. This Release is the contemplated release of claims under the Employment Agreement of which Employee has had notice since the Employment Agreement was executed, it being annexed thereto (the " Presentation Date ").

 

C. Employee's employment with the Company [ended] [will end] on [___________________] (the " Separation Date ").

 

D. The Parties desire to settle any and all other claims, if any, that Employee may have against the Company or any of its employees that are releaseable by law.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration for the covenants and mutual promises contained in the Employment Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

 

Part I  

 

For and in consideration of the promises made herein by Employee in Part II and Part III of this Release, and his performance thereof, the sufficiency of which, either separately or combined, is hereby acknowledged, Turning Point agrees as follows:

 

1.1               Severance Benefits to Employee . In exchange for Employee signing this Release, complying with its terms, and not revoking this Release, the Company will pay to Employee the " Severance Benefits " (as defined in the Employment Agreement), as and when therein required, if, and only if, Employee signs this Release and returns it to the Company; and (2) the seven (7) day revocation period in Part II, Section 2.4 below has expired on or before the 55 th day after Separation Date, provided that Employee has not exercised his right to revoke this Release in accordance with Part II, Section 2.4 below.

 

 
 

 

1.2 Separate and Adequate Age Claim Consideration . The Parties expressly agree and acknowledge that a portion of the Severance Benefits in Section 1.1 above represents separate and adequate consideration, to which Employee is not otherwise entitled, in exchange for Employee's Age Claim Waiver, set out below in Part II. Turning Point's present promise to provide this consideration is exchanged for Employee's present release of any Age Claims at the time of the execution of this Release.

 

Part II  

 

For and in consideration of the promises made herein by Turning Point in Part I of this Release, and its performance thereof, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Employee agrees as follows:

 

2.1 General Release and Waiver of All Claims and Potential Claims . Employee hereby releases all claims and potential claims, known and unknown, against the Company that are releasable by law. More specifically, for and on behalf of himself and his family, dependents, heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, Employee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases the Company and its respective predecessors, successors, and all their past, present or future assigns, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, insurers, attorneys, divisions, subdivisions and affiliated entities, together with their respective current and former officers, directors, shareholders, fiduciaries, administrators, trustees, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, insurers and/or representatives, and their respective predecessors, successors and assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, and any and all other affiliated persons, firms, plans or corporations which may have an interest by or through them (collectively " Releasees "), both jointly and individually, from any and all claims, actions, arbitrations, and lawsuits, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown to Employee, accrued or unaccrued, which he ever had, now has or may have had against Releasees since the beginning of time through the date of execution of this Release. This general release and waiver of claims includes, but is not limited to, any and all claims, demands, causes of action, suits, debts, complaints, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, damages and expenses that are releasable by law (including, without limitation, attorneys fees and costs actually incurred or to be incurred) of any nature or description whatsoever, in law or equity, whether known or unknown, in connection with or arising out of his employment with the Company and/or termination of said employment. Claims being released include, without limitation, any and all employment-related claims that are releasable by law arising under federal, state or local statutes, ordinances, resolutions, regulations or constitutional provisions prohibiting discrimination in employment on the basis of sex, race, religion, national origin, age, disability and/or veterans' status, including, but not limited to, claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1981, 1981a, 1983 and 1985, the Civil Rights Act of the State in which Employee resides and works, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, 18 U.S.C. § 1514A, et seq. , the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Executive Order 11246, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq. , the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 201, et seq. , the Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 2601, et seq. , the Genetic Information Non-Discrimination Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000ff et seq , the minimum wage act, wage payment law and wage discrimination statutes and workers compensation statures and similar state laws of the state in which Employee has provided services, in all instances as amended. This general release and waiver of claims also includes, but is not limited to, any and all claims for unpaid benefits or entitlements asserted under any plan, policy, benefits offering or program (except as otherwise required by law), any and all contract or tort claims, including, without limitation, claims of wrongful discharge, assault, battery, intentional infliction of emotional distress, negligence, and/or defamation against Releasees.

 

17
 

 

Nothing in this Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or any other provision in the remainder of this Release shall be construed to prevent Employee from making a claim for indemnity under law or governance documents providing for indemnity or insurance against claims for acts or omissions in his capacity acting as an officer or director of the Company. Furthermore, nothing in this Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or any other provision in the remainder of this Release shall be construed to prohibit Employee from talking to, cooperating in any investigation by, and/or filing a charge with, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (the “ EEOC ”) or any other similar state or local fair employment practices administrative agency. However, by signing this Release, Employee hereby waives the right to recover from Releasees any relief from any charge or claim pursued or otherwise prosecuted by him, or by persons or entities like the EEOC acting by or through him, including, without limitation, the right to attorneys' fees, costs, and any other relief, whether legal or equitable, sought in such charge, claim, or other proceeding.

 

2.2 Age Claim Waiver . Employee further agrees that his full general release includes a waiver of his rights, if any, to assert or allege discrimination based upon age pursuant to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act or any and all other federal, state or local laws or regulations prohibiting discrimination on the basis of age (collectively, " Age Claim Waiver ").

 

2.3 Adequate Consideration Period/Consult an Attorney . Employee acknowledges that he is hereby instructed that he may and should consult an attorney of his own choosing regarding the terms of this Release, and specifically including the Age Claim Waiver, and that he has been given at least [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] days to consider the terms of this Release and whether to sign this Release, although Employee may choose to sign this Release prior to the expiration of this [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] day period. The Parties agree that if Employee fails to execute this Release prior to the expiration of the [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] day period or prior to the deadline set forth in Section 1.1 hereof, this Release will be null and void.

 

2.4 Seven (7) Day Revocation Period . Employee further agrees that he is hereby instructed by the Company that, following his signing of this Release, Employee shall have up to seven (7) days to withdraw, rescind or revoke this Release by providing written notice to [____________________________________________] , but that, in the event Employee exercises his right to withdraw or rescind this Release, all terms of this Release, including, without limitation, Turning Point's duty to provide the Severance Benefits provided in Part I, Section 1.1, above, shall be void and of no effect.

 

2.5 Permanent Waiver of Re-employment . In order to effect the degree of separation contemplated by the Parties, Employee acknowledges his present intent to permanently remove himself from the labor pool of Releasees as of the Separation Date and forever thereafter. In order to accomplish this present permanent removal from Releasees' labor pool, Employee agrees that he will not seek and will not accept hiring, rehiring, placement, or reinstatement with Releasees, either as an employee, an independent contractor, a temporary worker, or in any other capacity.

 

18
 

 

Part III
Other Agreements

 

3.1 Additional Covenants by Employee . Employee represents, warrants and covenants that, as of the date he signs this Release, (1) he is unaware of any wages (as that term is defined by applicable state law) that are owed to him by the Company and that have not been paid; (2) he is unaware of any request for leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act that was denied; (3) he has no known work-related injury, disability, or illness, and has not requested any accommodation under the Americans With Disabilities Act or similar state law that has not been satisfied; and (4) he is unaware of any document, circumstance, occurrence, or any conduct on behalf of the Company or any of its agents, employees, officers or directors, or any Releasee, which can or should be reported to any state or federal authority as a violation of any law, standard, or regulation, upon which representations the Company expressly relies in entering into this Release.

 

3.2 Knowing and Voluntary Agreement . Employee agrees and acknowledges that he has been advised to consult an attorney regarding the terms of this Release and that he has carefully reviewed, studied and thought over the terms of this Release. Employee further acknowledges and agrees that he knowingly and voluntarily entered into and signed this Release after deliberate consideration and review of all of its terms and provisions, that he was not coerced, pressured or forced in any way by the Company, any Releasee or anyone else to accept the terms of this Release, and that the decision to accept the terms of this Release was entirely his own.

 

3.3 No Wrongdoing By the Parties . The Parties further agree that they have entered this Release to resolve any and all claims, if any, Employee may have against the Company or any other Releasee, and that this Release does not constitute an admission of, or is to be used as evidence of, any liability, violation or wrongdoing of any kind.

 

3.4 Choice of Law; Interpretation; Captions . The Parties understand and agree that this Release shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the State of Kentucky and the language of this Release shall in all cases be interpreted as a whole, according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either of the Parties, regardless of which is the drafter of this Release. Captions and headings used herein are for convenience of reference only.

 

3.5 Exclusive Jurisdiction; Venue . The Parties understand and agree that the federal and/or state courts located in the State of Kentucky shall have exclusive jurisdiction with regard to any litigation relating to this Release and that venue shall be proper only in the State of Kentucky and any federal court whose judicial district encompasses the State of Kentucky, and that any objection to this jurisdiction or venue is specifically waived.

 

19
 

 

3.6 Entire Agreement . The Parties agree that this Release sets forth the entire agreement between the Parties on the subject matter herein and fully supersedes any and all other prior agreements or understandings between them, except for the terms in the Employment agreement referred to herein and any agreements between Employee and the Company regarding non-disclosure of confidential information, intellectual property, non-solicitation of customers, employees or contractors, non-competition, and/or other restrictive covenant obligations , which agreements, if any, shall remain in full force and effect according to their terms. This includes, without limitation, Employee’s continuing obligations under Sections 7-11 of the Employment Agreement. This Release may be amended or superseded only by a subsequent writing, executed by the Party against whom enforcement is sought.

 

3.7 Agreement to Indemnify . The Parties agree that should Employee seek to overturn, set aside, or legally challenge any release of claims, promise or covenant made by him under this Release, by judicial action or otherwise, the Company and/or Releasees shall be entitled to recover from Employee its costs of defending and enforcing the terms of this Release and/or any other claim brought by or against the Company or Releasees, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees. The Parties acknowledge and agree that each Releasee is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Release and may enforce the terms of this Release accordingly.

 

[signature page follows]

 

20
 

 

I, [_______________], UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THIS RELEASE CONSTITUTES A FULL AND FINAL RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS THAT ARE RELEASEABLE BY LAW.

 

   
  Print Name:_________________________
  Date:_________________________
   
STATE OF _________________________ )
  ) SS:
COUNTY OF _________________________ )
   

  

Subscribed and sworn to before me by _________, this _______ day of ______________, 20__.

 

 

   
  Notary Public
   
  My Commission expires:_________________________
   
  -- and --
   
  TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
   
  By: _________________________
   
  Title: _________________________
   
  Date: _________________________
   
STATE OF _________________________ )
  ) SS:
COUNTY OF _________________________ )

 

Subscribed and sworn to before me by __________________________, on behalf of Turning Point Brands, Inc., this _______ day of ______________, 20__.

 

   
  Notary Public
   
  My Commission expires: _________________________
   

 

21
 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

AMENDMENT NO.1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO.1, dated November __, 2015 (this “ Amendment ”), amends the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”) entered into as of April 22, 2008 by and among Turning Point Brands, Inc. (f/k/a North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ TPB ”), North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ NATC ”), and Thomas F. Helms, Jr. (the “ Executive ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, TPB intends to effect an initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of its common stock, pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; and

 

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the IPO, TPB, NATC and the Executive wish to amend the Employment Agreement to provide for certain payments to the Executive and to provide for the termination of the Employment Agreement immediately prior to the closing of the IPO (the “ Closing ”) but contingent upon the Closing.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the Employment Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1. Payment . Following the Closing, TPB shall pay (or cause a subsidiary of TPB to pay) to the Executive the aggregate amount of $596,625 as follows: (i) $298,312.50 within three business days after the Closing and (ii) $298,312.50 on the three month anniversary of the Closing, in each case, less such deductions or amounts to be withheld as shall be required by applicable law.

 

2. Termination . Immediately prior to the Closing, but contingent on the Closing, the Employment Agreement and the Executive’s employment with TPB and its subsidiaries shall terminate and none of TPB, NATC or the Executive shall have any further rights, obligations or duties under the Employment Agreement (other than any rights the Executive has thereunder to indemnification by TPB and/or NATC, which shall survive termination of the Employment Agreement).

 

3. Amendment . This Amendment shall not be altered, modified or changed except by an amendment approved in writing by each of TPB, NATC and the Executive.

 

4. Counterparts This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all the parties have not signed the same counterpart.

 

5. Effect of Amendment . Except as amended by this Amendment, the Employment Agreement remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Amendment No. 1 as of the date first written above.

 

  TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.  
       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  NORTH ATLANTIC TRADING COMPANY, INC.  
       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  By:    
    Name: Thomas F. Helms, Jr.  
       

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No.1 to

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement]

 

 

 
 

Exhibit 10.10

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement, dated as of this _____ day of __________, 20____ (this “ Agreement ) , is made by and between Turning Point Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and ______________ (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                 Section 141 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”) provides that the business and affairs of a corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors.

 

B.                  By virtue of the managerial prerogatives vested in the directors of a Delaware corporation, directors act as fiduciaries of the corporation and its stockholders.

 

C.                  It is critically important to the Company and its stockholders that the Company be able to attract and retain the most capable persons reasonably available to serve as directors and named executive officers (“ NEOs ”) of the Company.

 

D.                 In recognition of the need for corporations to be able to induce capable and responsible persons to accept positions in corporate management, Delaware law authorizes (and in some instances requires) corporations to indemnify their directors and officers, and further authorizes corporations to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of their directors and officers.

 

E.                  The Delaware courts have recognized that indemnification by a corporation serves the dual policies of (1) allowing corporate officials to resist unjustified lawsuits, secure in the knowledge that, if vindicated, the corporation will bear the expense of litigation, and (2) encouraging capable persons to serve as corporate directors and officers, secure in the knowledge that the corporation will absorb the costs of defending their honesty and integrity.

 

F.                   Under Delaware law, a director’s or officer’s right to be reimbursed for the costs of defense of criminal actions, whether such claims are asserted under state or federal law, does not depend upon the merits of the claims asserted against the director or officer and is separate and distinct from any right to indemnification the director or officer may be able to establish.

 

G.                 Indemnitee [is][will be] a [director][NEO] of the Company and his or her willingness to serve in such capacity is predicated, in substantial part, upon the Company’s willingness to indemnify him or her in accordance with the principles reflected above, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, and upon the other undertakings set forth in this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

H.                 Therefore, in recognition of the need to provide Indemnitee with substantial protection against personal liability, in order to procure Indemnitee’s continued service as a director or officer of the Company and to enhance Indemnitee’s ability to serve the Company in an effective manner, and in order to provide such protection pursuant to express contract rights (intended to be enforceable irrespective of, among other things, any amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws (collectively, the “ Constituent Documents ”), any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ) or any change-in-control or business combination transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement and for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

 

I.                    In light of the considerations referred to in the preceding recitals, it is the Company’s intention and desire that the provisions of this Agreement be construed liberally, subject to their express terms, to maximize the protections to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder.

 

AGREEMENT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              Certain Definitions . In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

 

(a)                 Change in Control ” shall have occurred at such time, if any, as Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute a majority of Directors. For purpose of this Section 1(a), “ Incumbent Directors ” means the individuals who, as of the date hereof, are Directors of the Company and any individual becoming a Director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, or appointment, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination); provided, however, that an individual shall not be an Incumbent Director if such individual’s election or appointment to the Board occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (as described in Rule 14a-12(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to the election or removal of Directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board.

 

(b)                Claim ” means (i) any threatened, asserted, pending or completed claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative, investigative or other, and whether made pursuant to federal, state or other law; and (ii) any inquiry or investigation, whether made, instituted or conducted, by the Company or any other Person, including without limitation any federal, state or other governmental entity, that Indemnitee determines might lead to the institution of any such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company intends indemnity to be provided hereunder in respect of acts or failure to act prior to, on or after the date hereof.]

 

2
 

 

(c)                 Controlled Affiliate ” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit, that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of an entity or enterprise, whether through the ownership of voting securities, through other voting rights, by contract or otherwise; provided that direct or indirect beneficial ownership of capital stock or other interests in an entity or enterprise entitling the holder to cast 15% or more of the total number of votes generally entitled to be cast in the election of directors (or persons performing comparable functions) of such entity or enterprise shall be deemed to constitute control for purposes of this definition.

 

(d)                Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Claim in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(e)                 Expenses ” means attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs and expenses paid or payable in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in (including on appeal), any Claim.

 

(f)                 Indemnifiable Claim ” means any Claim based upon, arising out of or resulting from (i) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company (or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer of the Company), or as a director, officer or trustee of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise (each, an “ Enterprise ”), as to which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company (or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee of any such Enterprise), (ii) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in respect of any business, transaction, communication, filing, disclosure or other activity of the Company or any other Enterprise, or (iii) Indemnitee’s status as a current or former director or officer of the Company or as a current or former director, officer or trustee of any other Enterprise or any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in connection with any obligation or restriction imposed upon Indemnitee by reason of such status. In addition to any service at the actual request of the Company, for purposes of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to be serving or to have served at the request of the Company as a director, officer or trustee of another Enterprise if Indemnitee is or was serving as a director, officer or trustee of such Enterprise and (A) such Enterprise is or at the time of such service was a Controlled Affiliate, (B) such Enterprise is or at the time of such service was an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or a Controlled Affiliate, or (C) the Company or a Controlled Affiliate (by action of the Board, any committee thereof or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) (other than as the CEO him or herself)) caused or authorized Indemnitee to be nominated, elected, appointed, designated, employed, engaged or selected to serve in such capacity.

 

(g)                Indemnifiable Losses ” means any and all Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim; provided, however, that Indemnifiable Losses shall not include Losses incurred by Indemnitee in respect of any Indemnifiable Claim (or any matter or issue therein) as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such Indemnifiable Claim was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses as the court shall deem proper.

 

3
 

 

(h)                Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past three years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company) or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other named (or, as to a threatened matter, reasonably likely to be named) party to the Indemnifiable Claim giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(i)                  Losses ” means any and all Expenses, damages, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties (whether civil, criminal or other), ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or payable in settlement, including without limitation all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

(j)                  Person ” means any individual, entity, or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(k)                Standard of Conduct ” means the standard for conduct by Indemnitee that is a condition precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against Indemnifiable Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from an Indemnifiable Claim. The Standard of Conduct is (i) good faith and reasonable belief by Indemnitee that his or her action was in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful, or (ii) any other applicable standard of conduct that may hereafter be substituted under Section 145(a) or (b) of the DGCL or any successor to such provision(s).

 

2.              Indemnification Obligation . Subject only to Section 8 and to the proviso in this Section, the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted or required by the laws of the State of Delaware in effect on the date hereof or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted indemnification, against any and all Indemnifiable Claims and Indemnifiable Losses; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 4, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless the Board has authorized the initiation of such Claim. The Company acknowledges that the foregoing obligation may be broader than that now provided by applicable law and the Company’s Constituent Documents and intends that it be interpreted consistently with this Section and the recitals to this Agreement.

 

4
 

 

3.              Advancement of Expenses . Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Company prior to the final disposition of any Indemnifiable Claim of any and all Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim paid or incurred by Indemnitee or which Indemnitee determines in good faith are reasonably likely to be paid or incurred by Indemnitee and as to which Indemnitee’s counsel provides supporting documentation. Without limiting the generality or effect of any other provision hereof, Indemnitee’s right to such advancement is not subject to the satisfaction of any Standard of Conduct. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within 20 days after any request by Indemnitee that is accompanied by supporting documentation for specific Expenses to be reimbursed or advanced, the Company shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), (a) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses; provided that Indemnitee shall repay, without interest any amounts actually advanced to Indemnitee that, at the final disposition of the Indemnifiable Claim to which the advance related, were in excess of amounts paid or payable by Indemnitee in respect of Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim. In connection with any such payment, advancement or reimbursement, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall execute and deliver to the Company an undertaking, which need not be secured and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses, by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, to repay any amounts paid, advanced or reimbursed by the Company in respect of Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim in respect of which it shall have been determined, following the final disposition of such Indemnifiable Claim and in accordance with Section 8, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

4.              Indemnification for Expenses in Enforcing Rights . Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within 20 days of such request accompanied by supporting documentation for specific Expenses to be reimbursed or advanced, any and all Expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee or which Indemnitee determines in good faith are reasonably likely to be paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Claim made, instituted or conducted by Indemnitee in connection with the following:

 

(a)                 Recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company;

 

(b)                Indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under any provision of the Constituent Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to the Indemnifiable Claims; and

 

(c)                 Indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement if a claim under Section 2 or 3 is not paid in full by the Company within 60 days after the determination set forth in Section 8(d) is made, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days.

 

5
 

 

(i)               In (x) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (y) in any suit brought by the Company to recover an advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Company shall be entitled to recover such Expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable Standard of Conduct. Neither the failure of the Company (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, Independent Counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable Standard of Conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, Independent Counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable Standard of Conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable Standard of Conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.

 

(ii)             In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of Expenses hereunder, or brought by the Company to recover an advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of Expenses shall be on the Company.

 

In the event that the Indemnitee is ultimately determined not to be entitled to such indemnification, reimbursement, advance or insurance recovery pursuant to this Section 4, as the case may be, then all amounts advanced under this Section 4 shall be repaid. Indemnitee shall be required to reimburse the Company in the event that a final judicial determination is made that such action brought by Indemnitee was frivolous or not made in good faith.

 

5.              Partial Indemnity . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Indemnifiable Loss but not for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

6.              Procedure for Notification . To obtain indemnification under this Agreement in respect of an Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor, including a brief description (based upon information then available to Indemnitee) of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss. If, at the time of the receipt of such request, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect under which coverage for such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss is potentially available, the Company shall give prompt written notice of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss to the applicable insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall provide to Indemnitee a copy of such notice delivered to the applicable insurers and, upon Indemnitee’s request, copies of all subsequent correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss, in each case substantially concurrently with the delivery thereof by the Company. The failure by Indemnitee to timely notify the Company of any Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss shall not relieve the Company from any liability hereunder unless, and only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss and such failure results in forfeiture by the Company of substantial defenses, rights or insurance coverage.

 

6
 

 

7.              Defense of Claims . Subject to the provisions of applicable policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, the Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or to assume or lead the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee; provided that if Indemnitee determines, after consultation with counsel selected by Indemnitee, that (a) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict, (b) the named parties in any such Indemnifiable Claim (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and Indemnitee and Indemnitee shall conclude that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him or her that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company or (c) Indemnitee has interests in the claim or underlying subject matter that are different from or in addition to those of other Persons against whom the Claim has been made or might reasonably be expected to be made, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular Indemnifiable Claim for all indemnitees in Indemnitee’s circumstances) at the Company’s expense. The Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such Indemnifiable Claim.

 

8.              Determination of Right to Indemnification .

 

(a)                 To the extent that Indemnitee shall have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or any portion thereof or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including without limitation dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim in accordance with Section 2 and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined in Section 8(b)) shall be required.

 

7
 

 

(b)                To the extent that the provisions of Section 8(a) are inapplicable to an Indemnifiable Claim that shall have been finally disposed of, any determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable Standard of Conduct (a “ Standard of Conduct Determination ”) shall be made as follows: (i) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, or if a Change in Control shall have occurred but Indemnitee shall have requested that the Standard of Conduct Determination be made pursuant to this clause (i), (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board, (B) if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by a majority vote of a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of all Disinterested Directors, or (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; and (ii) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and Indemnitee shall not have requested that the Standard of Conduct Determination be made pursuant to clause (i), by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall cooperate with reasonable requests of the individual or firm making such Standard of Conduct Determination, including providing to such Person documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination without incurring any unreimbursed cost in connection therewith. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within 20 days of such request accompanied by supporting documentation for specific costs and expenses to be reimbursed or advanced, any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person making such Standard of Conduct Determination.

 

(c)                 The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause any Standard of Conduct Determination required under Section 8(b) to be made as promptly as practicable. If (i) the Person empowered or selected under Section 8 to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall not have made a determination within 30 days after the later of (A) receipt by the Company of written notice from Indemnitee advising the Company of the final disposition of the applicable Indemnifiable Claim (the date of such receipt being the “ Notification Date ”) and (B) the selection of an Independent Counsel, if such determination is to be made by Independent Counsel, that is permitted under the provisions of Section 8(e) to make such determination, and (ii) Indemnitee shall have fulfilled his or her obligations set forth in the second sentence of Section 8(b), then Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable Standard of Conduct; provided that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the Person making such determination in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluation or documentation and/or information relating thereto.

 

(d)                If (i) Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses pursuant to Section 8(a), (ii) no determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law is a legally required condition precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses, or (iii) Indemnitee has been determined or deemed pursuant to Section 8(b) or (c) to have satisfied the applicable Standard of Conduct, then the Company shall pay to Indemnitee, within 60 days after the later of (x) the Notification Date in respect of the Indemnifiable Claim or portion thereof to which such Indemnifiable Losses are related, out of which such Indemnifiable Losses arose or from which such Indemnifiable Losses resulted and (y) the earliest date on which the applicable criterion specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall have been satisfied, an amount equal to the amount of such Indemnifiable Losses. Nothing herein is intended to mean or imply that the Company is intending to use Section 145(f) of the DGCL to dispense with a requirement that Indemnitee meet the applicable Standard of Conduct where it is otherwise required by such statute.

 

8
 

 

(e)                 If a Standard of Conduct Determination is required to be, but has not been, made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b)(i), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board or a Board Committee, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Standard of Conduct Determination is required to be, or to have been, made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b)(ii), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either case, Indemnitee or the Company, as applicable, may, within five business days after receiving written notice of selection from the other, deliver to the other a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not satisfy the criteria set forth in the definition of “ Independent Counsel ” in Section 1(h), and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is properly and timely made and substantiated, (i) the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit and (ii) the non-objecting party may, at its option, select an alternative Independent Counsel and give written notice to the other party advising such other party of the identity of the alternative Independent Counsel so selected, in which case the provisions of the two immediately preceding sentences and clause (i) of this sentence shall apply to such subsequent selection and notice. If applicable, the provisions of clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to successive alternative selections. If no Independent Counsel that is permitted under the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(e) to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall have been selected within 30 days after the Company gives its initial notice pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 8(e) or Indemnitee gives its initial notice pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 8(e), as the case may be, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person or firm selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person or firm with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person or firm so appointed will act as Independent Counsel. In all events, the Company shall pay all of the actual and reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel incurred in connection with the Independent Counsel’s determination pursuant to Section 8(b).

 

9.              Presumption of Entitlement . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, in making any Standard of Conduct Determination, the Person making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable Standard of Conduct, and the Company may overcome such presumption only by its adducing clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. Any Standard of Conduct Determination that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by the Indemnitee in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

 

10.            No Other Presumption . For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any applicable Standard of Conduct or that indemnification hereunder is otherwise not permitted.

 

9
 

 

11.            Non Exclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee to be indemnified under any other agreement, document, certificate, instrument, Constituent Documents, insurance policy or applicable law (collectively, “ Other Indemnity Provisions ”) are independent of and in addition to any rights of Indemnitee to be indemnified under this Agreement, provided that the obligations of the Company hereunder shall be primary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indemnitee may choose to seek indemnification from any potential source of indemnification regardless of whether such indemnitor is primary or secondary. Indemnitee’s election to seek advancement of indemnified sums from any secondary indemnifying party will not limit the right of Indemnitee, or any secondary indemnitor proceeding under subrogation rights or otherwise, from seeking indemnification from the Company to the extent that the obligations of the Company are primary. To the extent that (a) Indemnitee otherwise would have any greater right to indemnification under any Other Indemnity Provision, Indemnitee will without further action be deemed to have such greater right hereunder, and (b) any change is made to any Other Indemnity Provision which permits any greater right to indemnification than that provided under this Agreement as of the date hereof, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder. The Company may not, without the consent of Indemnitee, adopt any amendment to any of the Constituent Documents the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or any Other Indemnity Provision.

 

12.            Liability Insurance and Funding . For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Company and for not less than six years thereafter, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to cause to be maintained in effect policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage for Indemnitee that is at least as favorable in scope and amount to that provided by the Company’s current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Upon request, the Company shall provide Indemnitee or his or her counsel with a copy of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials. In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance obtained by the Company, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the Company’s directors and officers most favorably insured by such policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company may, but shall not be required to, create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means, including without limitation a letter of credit, to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy its obligations to indemnify and advance expenses pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) in renewing or seeking to renew any insurance hereunder, the Company will not be required to expend more than 3.0 times the premium amount of the immediately preceding policy period (equitably adjusted if necessary to reflect differences in policy periods).

 

13.            No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee in respect of any Indemnifiable Losses to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise already actually received payment (net of Expenses incurred in connection therewith) under any insurance policy, the Constituent Documents and Other Indemnity Provisions or otherwise (including from any Enterprise referred to in Section 1(f)) in respect of such Indemnifiable Losses otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

14.            Exclusions from Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to (a) indemnify or advance funds to Indemnitee for Expenses or Losses with respect to proceedings initiated by Indemnitee, including any proceedings against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees and not by way of defense, except (i) proceedings referenced in Section 4 (unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous) or (ii) where the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such proceedings, (b) indemnify Indemnitee if a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction determines that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law (c) indemnify Indemnitee for the disgorgement of profits arising from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or any similar successor statute.

 

10
 

 

15.            Successors. Binding Agreement and Survival .

 

(a)                 The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including without limitation any Person acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor will thereafter be deemed the “ Company ” for purposes of this Agreement), but shall not otherwise be assignable or delegable by the Company.

 

(b)                This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Indemnitee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees and legatees.

 

(c)                 This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in Sections 15(a) and 15(b). Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, Indemnitee’s right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a transfer by the Indemnitee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 15(c), the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned or transferred.

 

(d)                For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall survive and continue even though Indemnitee may have terminated his or her service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit, as to which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

16.            Notices . For all purposes of this Agreement, all communications, including without limitation notices, consents, requests or approvals, required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when hand delivered or dispatched by electronic facsimile or other electronic transmission (with receipt thereof orally confirmed), or one business day after having been sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Company (to the attention of the Secretary of the Company) and to Indemnitee at the applicable address shown on the signature page hereto, or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing and in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address will be effective only upon receipt.

 

11
 

 

17.            Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement, waive all procedural objections to suit in that jurisdiction, including without limitation objections as to venue or inconvenience, agree that service in any such action may be made by notice given in accordance with Section 16 and also agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware.

 

18.            Validity . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any Person or circumstance is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to any other Person or circumstance shall not be affected, and the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to make it enforceable, valid or legal. In the event that any court or other adjudicative body shall decline to reform any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal as contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, the parties thereto shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to replace the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal with one or more alternative provisions that effectuate the purpose and intent of the original provisions of this Agreement as fully as possible without being invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal.

 

19.            Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be waived, modified or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Indemnitee and the Company. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto or compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, expressed or implied with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party that are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

 

20.            Certain Interpretive Matters . Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (a) “it” or “its” or words of any gender include each other gender, (b) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively, (c) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, (d) the terms “Article,” “Section,” “Annex” or “Exhibit” refer to the specified Article, Section, Annex or Exhibit of or to this Agreement, (e) the terms “include,” “includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” (whether or not so expressed), and (f) the word “or” is disjunctive but not exclusive. Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number will refer to calendar days unless business days are specified and whenever action must be taken (including the giving of notice or the delivery of documents) under this Agreement during a certain period of time or by a particular date that ends or occurs on a non-business day, then such period or date will be extended until the immediately following business day. As used herein, “business day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a United States federal holiday.

 

12
 

 

21.            Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Constituent Documents constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Any prior agreements or understandings between the parties hereto with respect to indemnification are hereby terminated and of no further force or effect.

 

22.            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

13
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Indemnitee has executed and the Company has caused its duly authorized representative to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Turning Point Brands, Inc.

 

By:                                                                               

 

Name:                                                                          

 

Title:                                                                            

 

INDEMNITEE:

 

Name:                                                                          

 

ddress:                                                                         

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

 

 

Exhibit 10.17

 
CONTRACT MANUFACTURING, PACKAGING AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
 
BETWEEN
 
NATIONAL TOBACCO COMPANY, L.P.
 
AND
 
SWEDISH MATCH NORTH AMERICA, INC.
 

September 4, 2008

 

 
 

 

    TABLE OF CONTENTS  
       
      Page
       
1. Definitions 1
     
  1.1 Ancillary Agreements 1
       
  1.2 CCC 1
       
  1.3 Common Ingredients 2
       
  1.4 Distribution 2
       
  1.5 FDA 2
       
  1.6 Government Agency 2
       
  1.7 Leased Equipment 2
       
  1.8 Manufacturing Plant 2
       
  1.9 NTC Products 2
       
  1.10 OSHA 2
       
  1.11 Plant Machinery 2
       
  1.12 Tobacco Buyout Act 2
       
  1.13 TTB 2
       
  1.14 USDA 2
       
  1.15 Proprietary Flavor 2
       
  1.16 Terms Defined Elsewhere 3
       
2. Term of Agreement 4
     
  2.1 Term of Agreement 4
       
  2.2 Renewal Terms of Agreement 4
       
  2.3 Termination of Agreement 5
       
  2.4 Mediation Remedy 6
       
3. Manufacturing Plant 7
     
  3.1 Location of the Manufacture of the NTC Products 7
       
  3.2 Access to the Manufacturing Plant 7
       
4. Pre-Manufacturing 7
     
  4.1 Pre-Manufacturing Schedule 7
       
  4.2 Plant Construction 7
       
  4.3 Plant Machinery 8
       
  4.4 Permits 8
       
  4.5 Specifications 8

 

- i -
 

 

         
    TABLE OF CONTENTS    
         
        Page
         
  4.6 Pre-Manufacturing and Start-up   9
         
  4.7 Tax Matters   9
         
5. Manufacturing   10
       
  5.1 Exclusive Manufacturer   10
         
  5.2 Budgeting Process   10
         
  5.3 Manufacturing Process   10
         
  5.4 Manufacturing Capacity   11
         
  5.5 Manufacturing Components   11
         
  5.6 Intentionally Omitted   13
         
  5.7 Product Development; Pre-Production Processing   13
         
  5.8 Work Force for Manufacturing   13
         
  5.9 Maintenance and Consumables   14
         
  5.10 Responsibility Allocation of Manufacturing Activities   14
         
  5.11 Inventory Control   14
         
  5.12 Completion of Manufacture; Inspection   15
         
  5.13 Compliance with Regulations   15
         
  5.14 Supply of Information   16
         
6. Manufacturing Fee   16
       
  6.1 Manufacturing Fee   16
         
  6.2 Reflection of Cost Change   17
         
7. Payment Terms   19
       
8. Modified or New NTC Products   19
       
  8.1 Modified NTC Products   19
         
  8.2 New NTC Products   19
         
9. Transportation   20
       
  9.1 Transportation Logistics   20
         
  9.2 Transportation Cost Responsibility   20
         
10. Customer Returns   20
       
11. Recall and Other Service Campaigns   21
       
  11.1 Government Inquiry   21
         
  11.2 Recall Campaigns   21
         
- ii -
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
        Page
         
         
  11.3 Expenses   21
         
12. Indemnification and Limitation of Liability   22
       
  12.1 Indemnification by NTC   22
         
  12.2 Indemnification by SM   22
         
  12.3 Product Liability Claims   22
         
13. Change of Control; NTC’s Right of First Refusal with Respect to SM’s Sale of its Chewing Tobacco Unit or Sale, Lease or Disposition of the Manufacturing Plant   23
       
  13.1 Adoption of Agreement   23
         
  13.2 NTC’s Right of First Refusal to Acquire the Manufacturing Plant   24
         
14. Representations and Warranties   26
       
  14.1 Representations and Warranties of SM   26
         
  14.2 Representations and Warranties of NTC   27
         
15. General Provisions   27
       
  15.1 Assignment   27
         
  15.2 Amendments; Persons Authorized to Act for the Parties   27
         
  15.3 Notice   27
         
  15.4 Force Majeure   28
         
  15.5 Transaction Upon and After Expiration or Termination   28
         
  15.6 Third Person   29
         
  15.7 Cumulative Remedies; Specific Performance   29
         
  15.8 Alternative Dispute Resolution   29
         
  15.9 Governing Law and Forum   30
         
  15.10 Nondisclosure of Confidential and Proprietary Information   30
         
  15.11 Severability   31
         
  15.12 Survival   31
         
  15.13 Insurance   31
         
  15.14 Compliance with Applicable Law   32
         
  15.15 Exhibits; Entire Agreement   32
         
  15.16 Counterparts   32
         
  15.17 Successors and Assigns   32
         
  15.18 Enumeration and Headings; Gender and Number   32

 

- iii -
 

 

         
  TABLE OF CONTENTS    
         
        Page
         
  15.19 Construction   32
         
  15.20 Non-solicitation of Employees   33
         
  15.21 Publicity   33
         
  15.22 Right to Provide Services   33

- iv -
 

 

CONTRACT MANUFACTURING, PACKAGING AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

T his C ontract M anufacturing , P ackaging and D istribution A greement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into on and as of the 4 th day of September, 2008 (“Effective Date”), between N ational T obacco C ompany , L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“NTC”), an d S wedish M atch N orth A merica , I nc ., a Delaware corporation (“SM”).

 

W hereas , NTC owns facilities and equipment necessary for the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of chewing tobacco products; and

 

W hereas , SM owns facilities and equipment necessary for the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of chewing tobacco products; and

 

W hereas , by manufacturing the parties’ chewing tobacco products at SM’s modem plant, rather than NTC’s outdated facility, the parties can jointly achieve efficiencies in variable costs, overhead absorption and capital expense in light of increasing government regulation that they could not achieve on their own.

 

W hereas , SM desires to produce, manufacture, package and distribute the NTC Products (as defined herein) on behalf of NTC, and NTC desires for SM to produce, manufacture, package and distribute the NTC Products, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

N ow T herefore , the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. D efinitions . In addition to the terms that are defined herein, the terms defined below )shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1 Ancillary Agreements. The term “Ancillary Agreements” shall mean such additional agreements entered into by and between SM and NTC, as may be necessary to accomplish the transaction contemplated herein for the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products, all as referenced herein, including, but not limited to:

 

(a) Provisional Lease Agreement, as defined in Section 2.3(a);

 

(b) Office Space and Research Laboratory Lease Agreement, as defined in Section 4.2;

 

(c) Equipment Lease, as defined in Section 4.3(a);

 

(d) Software License Agreement, as defined in Section 4.3(b);

 

(e) Confidentiality Agreement, as attached hereto as Exhibit A; and

 

(f) Permission Letter, as defined in Section 5.5(a)(2).

 

If a dispute arises as to such terms and conditions to be contained in any of the Ancillary Agreements, the provisions of Section 15.9 of this Agreement shall apply.

 

1.2 CCC . The term “CCC” shall mean the Commodity Credit Corporation.

 

 
 

 

1.3 Common Ingredients. The term “Common Ingredients” shall mean those ingredients that are listed on Schedule 5.5(a), which may be amended from time to time to include replacement ingredients comparable to the ingredients listed on Schedule 5.5(a) .

 

1.4 Distribution . The terms “Distribution” shall mean the transportation of the NTC Products by SM to a first level distribution center.

 

1.5 FDA . The term “FDA” shall mean the Food and Drug Administration.

 

1.6 Government Agency. The term “Government Agency” shall mean any federal, state or local government or governmental agency or authority.

 

1.7 Leased Equipment. The term “Leased Equipment” shall mean all of the equipment, machinery, tooling, and computer and information technology equipment necessary for the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products that SM shall lease from NTC in accordance with Section 4.3(a) and the Equipment Lease.

 

1.8 Manufacturing Plant. The term “Manufacturing Plant” shall mean SM’s manufacturing plant located at 1121 Industrial Drive, Owensboro, Kentucky 42301 or any other location that SM produces and manufactures its chewing tobacco products in the United States, as determined by SM in its sole discretion in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 3.1.

 

1.9 NTC Products. The term “NTC Products” shall mean the chewing tobacco products presently produced by NTC, as more particularly described on Schedule 1.9 , as may be amended from time to time, and which are to be produced, manufactured and distributed by SM Pursuant to this Agreement.

 

1.10 OSHA. The term “OSHA” shall mean the Occupational Safety & Health Act of 1970, as amended.

 

1.11 Plant Machinery. The term “Plant Machinery” shall mean the machinery, equipment, tooling, computer and information technology equipment necessary for the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products, which includes such equipment (i) owned by SM (ii) leased or licensed by SM or (iii) leased or licensed to SM by NTC in accordance with Section 4.3.

 

1.12 Tobacco Buyout Act. The term “Tobacco Buyout Act” shall mean the Fair and Equitable Tobacco Reform Act of 2004.

 

1.13 TTB. The term “TTB” shall mean the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau.

 

1.14 USDA. The term “USDA” shall mean the United States Department of Agriculture.

 

1.15 Proprietary Flavor. The term “Proprietary Flavor” shall mean any flavor or ingredient supplied by NTC to SM for inclusion in an NTC Product (or New NTC Products, as applicable). Proprietary Flavors does not include the Common Ingredients listed on Schedule 5.5(a) .

 

- 2
   

 

1.16 Terms Defined Elsewhere. The following is a list of additional terms used in this Agreement and a reference to the Section hereof in which such term is defined:

 

Term Section
   
Access Personnel 3.2
Additional Fees 6.1(c)
Agreement Preamble
Amended Agreement 13.1 (b)(2)
Annual CPI 6.2(a)
Approved Employees 15.10(c)
Attachments 15.15
Base Rate 6.1(a)
Base Rate Increase 6.2(a)
Breach Cure Period 2.3 (a)(1)
Budget Forecast 5.2
Buy-Out Fee 13.1(b)(2)
CAGR 6.2(a)
CPI 6.1(a)
CPI Increases 6.2(a)
Capacity Limits 5.3
Confidential Information 15.10(a)
Provisional Lease Agreement 2.3(a)(1)
ffective Date Preamble
quipment Lease 4.3(a)
Extension Cure Period 2.3(a)(2)
Firm Forecast 5.3
Five Year Annual Growth Rate 6.2(a)
Forecast Date 5.35.2
Force Majeure 15.4
Fuel Surcharges 6.1(c)
Government Expenses 6.1(b)
Incentives 4.6(b)
Initial Term 2.1
Inventory 5.5(a)
Laws 5.13
Losses 12.1
Maintenance Items 5.9(a)
Manufacturing Fee 6.1
Manufacturing Forecasts 5.3
MSDS 4.5
NTC Preamble
NTC Indemnitees 12.2
NTC Inspection 5.12
NTC Items 5.5(a)
New NTC Products 8.2
Non-Chewing Tobacco Manufacturer Transaction 13.1(b)

 

- 3
   

 

Notice 15.3
Office Space and Research Laboratory Lease 4.2
Packaging Materials 5.5(a)(2)
Permission Letter 5.5(a)(2)
Permits 4.4
Policy for Ingredients 4.5
Pre-Manufacturing Activities 4.6(a)
Pre-Manufacturing Performance Standards 4.6(a)
Previous Year 6.2(b)
Product Development 5.7
Product Liability Claims 12.3
Provisional Lease Agreement 23(a)(1)
Renewal Term 2.2
Right of Access 3.2
Right of First Refusal 13.2
SM Preamble
SM Base Distribution 6.1(a)
SM Chewing Tobacco Unit 13.2
SM Indemnitees 12.1
SM Items 5.5(a)
Software License Agreement 4.3(b)
Specifications 4.5
TMA 13.1(b)(2)a
Term 2.2
Termination Period 2.2
Volume Increase Adjustment 6.2(c)
Volume Reduction Fee 6.2(b)
Year 1 Pounds 13.1(b)(2)a
Year 2 Fee 13.1(b)(2)
Year 2 Pounds 13.1(b)(2)a
Year 2 Pounds Calculation 13.1(b)(2)b
Year 3 Fee 13.1(b)(2)
Year 3 Pounds 13.1(b)(2)b

 

2. T erm of A greement .

 

2.1 Term of Agreement. The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue for a ten (10) year period (the “Initial Term”).

 

2.2 Renewal Terms of Agreement. Upon the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for five (5) successive ten year periods (each a “Renewal Term” and, collectively the “Renewal Terms”), unless (a) a party delivers written notice to the other party at least one-hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the commencement of a Renewal Term of its intent to terminate this Agreement two (2) years from the date of the commencement of such Renewal Term (“Termination Period”) or (b) the Agreement is otherwise terminated or cancelled pursuant to the terms herein. The Initial Term and the Renewal Terms shall be collectively referred to herein as the “Term.” In the event that SM elects to terminate this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section set forth above, NTC may, in its sole discretion, elect to commence the Provisional Lease Agreement, upon delivery of written notice to SM as set forth in Section 2.3(a)(1), which shall automatically commence on the next calendar day after expiration of the Termination Period.

 

- 4
   

 

2.3 Termination of Agreement. NTC shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3(a)(1) and 2.3(a)(3), and as otherwise provided herein. SM shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3(b) and as otherwise provided herein. A termination of this Agreement for any reason by any party shall automatically constitute a simultaneous cancellation and termination of all Ancillary Agreements as of the effective termination date, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and/or the Ancillary Agreements.

 

(a) Events of Default by SM.

 

(1) If SM breaches any material provision of this Agreement and such breach is not cured to NTC’s reasonable satisfaction within a period of sixty (60) calendar days (“Breach Cure Period”) after NTC delivers written notice to SM describing the breach in sufficient detail to allow SM to initiate a cure, the term of the Provisional Lease Agreement between NTC and SM, substantially in the form of Exhibit B (“Provisional Lease Agreement”), shall commence on the next calendar day after expiration of the Breach Cure Period and receipt by SM of written notice from NTC that NTC will initiate the Provisional Lease Agreement unless NTC opts to terminate this Agreement or accept such incident of breach as set forth in Section 2.3(a)(2). Pursuant to the terms of, and following commencement of, the Provisional Lease Agreement, this Agreement shall be modified as set forth in the Provisional Lease Agreement and SM shall lease to NTC the portion of the Manufacturing Plant and Plant Machinery utilized by SM for the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products. Upon commencement of the Provisional Lease Agreement, the obligations of SM hereunder to manufacture, produce, package and distribute the NTC Products shall forever cease and SM shall have no liability pursuant to the terms of this Agreement for acts or omissions occurring after commencement of the Provisional Lease Agreement.

 

(2) Instead of opting to initiate the Provisional Lease Agreement following an uncured breach in the manner set forth herein, NTC shall have the right, but not the obligation, to (i) terminate this Agreement after expiration of the Breach Cure Period after delivery of written notice of termination to SM, if such incident of breach of a material provision remains uncured to the reasonable satisfaction of NTC; (ii) accept such incident of breach; or (iii) elect to extend the Breach Cure Period as provided herein. At the expiration of the Breach Cure Period, NTC shall have the right, but not the obligation, to extend the Breach Cure Period upon delivery of written notice to SM for twelve (12) successive 30 day periods (“Extension Cure Period”). If at the end of the twelve (12) Extension Cure Periods SM has not cured such incident of breach that triggered the Breach Cure Period, NTC shall either: (i) accept such incident of breach; (ii) terminate this Agreement; or (iii) elect to commence the Provisional Lease Agreement. If NTC accepts such incident of breach during either the Breach Cure Period or Extension Cure Period, NTC waives its rights to (i) terminate this Agreement and (ii) elect to commence the Provisional Lease Agreement, with respect to such incident of breach only. Failure by NTC to notify SM in writing of its intention to (i) commence an Extension Cure Period; (ii) terminate this Agreement; or (iii) elect to commence the Provisional Lease Agreement all in the manner set forth herein shall cause this Agreement to continue in full force and effect, and NTC waives its right to terminate this Agreement or commence the Provisional Lease Agreement with respect to such incident of breach only.

 

- 5
   

 

(3) If SM materially refuses, halts, suspends, terminates, delays or stops the production, manufacture, packaging and/or distribution of the NTC Products without cause (excluding repairs, scheduled maintenance and holidays) for a period of at least fourteen (14) calendar days, NTC may at any time after such period elect to commence the term of the Provisional Lease Agreement pursuant to the terms of the Provisional Lease Agreement upon prior written notice to SM.

 

(4) If SM files a petition in bankruptcy, or a petition in bankruptcy is filed against SM, or SM becomes insolvent, bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or goes into liquidation or receivership, in the event SM is unwilling or unable to continue with its obligations of production, manufacturing and distribution of the NTC Products hereunder, NTC shall, subject to approval by the Trustee in Bankruptcy and the Bankruptcy Court, have (i) a right of first refusal to purchase the Manufacturing Plant provided (x) NTC agrees to assume by contract assignment any then existing tobacco product manufacturing agreement(s) applicable to the Manufacturing Plant in effect at that time in which SM has duties similar to some or all of the SM duties in this Agreement (and subject to the specific written approval of such third parties to such contract assignment) and (y) NTC’s purchase price for the Manufacturing Plant meets or exceeds the price at which the bankruptcy trustee or debtor-in-possession proposes to sell the Manufacturing Plant and such sale is approved by the Bankruptcy Court; or (ii) terminate this Agreement upon delivery of written notice to SM.

 

(b) Events of Default by NTC. If NTC breaches any material provision of this Agreement and such breach is not cured to SM’s reasonable satisfaction after SM delivers written notice of such breach to NTC within a period of (i) thirty (30) days in the case of a payment default; (ii) ninety (90) days in the case of a failure to comply with a reporting or forecasting obligation or a material default of any other obligation of NTC, except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.3(b); or (iii) two (2) years in the case of bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership or insolvency of NTC or NTC makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, SM may terminate this Agreement after the expiration of the applicable period to cure.

 

(c) Termination by Mutual Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated or amended by mutual written agreement of the parties at any time.

 

(d) Non-Waiver. Termination of this Agreement by default or breach by a party shall not constitute a waiver of any rights of the other party in reference to services performed prior to such termination, including but not limited to, the right to payments hereunder, rights to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenditures or any other rights such other party might have under this Agreement at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

2.4 Mediation Remedy. If a dispute arises out of this Agreement and if the dispute cannot be settled through negotiation, the parties agree to try in good faith to settle the dispute by mediation before resorting to arbitration, litigation, or some other dispute resolution procedure. The parties agree to use The Center For Dispute Resolution Inc., located in Cincinnati, Ohio. The fees for the mediation will be borne equally by the parties.

 

- 6
   

 

3. M anufacturing P lant .

 

3.1 Location of the Manufacture of the NTC Products. SM shall produce, manufacture, package and distribute the NTC Products at the Manufacturing Plant. If at any time during the Term of this Agreement SM intends to transfer, move or relocate the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of its chewing tobacco operations, SM shall provide NTC with 180 days prior written notice of such intention to transfer the production of its chewing tobacco operations to another facility or site in the United States. The result of any such transfer, move or relocation of the chewing tobacco operation of SM or Manufacturing Plant will not result in an increase to the Manufacturing Fee.

 

3.2 Access to the Manufacturing Plant. At all times during normal business hours during the Term and subject to the terms hereof, NTC’s designated employees, agents or authorized representatives, including, but not limited to, any auditors of NTC, (“Access Personnel”) shall have the right of access to those areas of the Manufacturing Plant specific to the production, processing, packaging and distribution of NTC Products (“Right of Access”). SM reserves the right to limit the number of Access Personnel to a number of individuals deemed reasonable and which will not unduly interrupt or disrupt normal operations at such Manufacturing Plant. NTC shall submit to SM the names of the Access Personnel not directly employed by NTC for approval, which shall not be unreasonable withheld and based on the determination that such Access Personnel does not work for a competitor (other than NTC). Such Access Personnel shall at all times while at the Manufacturing Plant. comply with SM rules of conduct (a copy of which shall be provided to NTC) and they shall be accompanied by one or more SM representatives. Each of the Access Personnel shall be bound in writing to the NTC duties of confidentiality , provided hereunder and the Confidentiality Agreement prior to SM allowing access to the Manufacturing Plant by such Access Personnel. NTC shall provide evidence of such writing to SM after request by SM. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SM reserves the right to limit or deny access to the Manufacturing Plant to any Access Personnel that SM considers detrimental to SM’s operation due to a violation of the rules of conduct of SM.

 

4. P re -M anufacturing .

 

4.1 Pre-Manufacturing Schedule. NTC and SM shall cooperate in the performance of the Pre-Manufacturing Activities (defined below) in order to commence the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products at the Manufacturing Plant with a target of 180 days from the Effective Date. NTC will provide sufficient quantities of NTC Products, as mutually agreed upon by SM and NTC, for SM to use as control products during this six month start-up period. These start-up NTC Products will be used to ensure SM’s ability to produce the NTC Products. NTC certifies that the NTC Products have at least a four month shelf life to cover development time. Such NTC Products will be supplied at NTC sole expense.

 

4.2 Plant Construction. SM shall, at its own cost, construct such new facilities, or expand or modify the existing Manufacturing Plant, as necessary to produce, manufacture, package, store, inventory and distribute the NTC Products under this Agreement, including all materials, components, and other items for the NTC Products in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. SM shall provide all utilities for construction and operation of the Manufacturing Plant, including, but not limited to, gas, water and electricity. Contemporaneously herewith, SM and NTC shall enter into a lease for office and research laboratory space at the Swedish Match Leaf location at 1100 Ewing Road, Owensboro, Kentucky 42301 or such other facility as mutually agreed and as set forth in Exhibit C (“Office Space and Research Laboratory Lease”). NTC will be responsible for all costs, procurement and installation of all furnishings and equipment that it requires at such facility.

 

- 7
   

 

4.3 Plant Machinery. Except as otherwise provided herein, SM shall purchase, procure, maintain, lease, license and provide all necessary machinery and equipment for the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products. SM shall also license and/or lease from NTC the Leased Equipment under the terms and conditions set forth in the following agreements to be entered into by and between NTC and SM:

 

(a) equipment lease agreement for the Leased Equipment substantially in the form of Exhibit D (the “Equipment Lease”); and

 

(b) license agreement for software for the Leased Equipment substantially in the form of Exhibit E (the “Software License Agreement”).

 

The Manufacturing Fee as set forth in Section 6.1 includes all costs incurred by SM for the procurement, maintenance, lease and license of Plant Machinery. The Leased Equipment may be used by SM for the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products and any similar products of SM and other parties, including, but not limited to, chewing tobacco.

 

4.4 Permits. SM shall, at its own costs and expense, obtain and/or maintain any necessary permits or other governmental approvals; including, but not limited to, those required by the FDA, with respect to the construction and operation of the Manufacturing Plant and the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products as of the Effective Date (the “Permits”). All costs for Permits required in the future shall be paid by SM; provided, however, the costs of such Permits attributable to the NTC Products that SM would not have otherwise incurred absent this Agreement shall be allocated to NTC on the applicable per unit basis. NTC will fully cooperate with SM, at NTC’s own cost and expense, in obtaining any necessary Permits.

 

4.5 Specifications. NTC shall provide to SM, in, writing, all quality and composition requirements, components, manufacturing instructions, coded recipes, NTC Items (defined below in Section 5.5(a)), inspection standards and other documents and data (collectively, the “Specifications”) reasonably required by SM to produce, manufacture, package and distribute the NTC Products under this Agreement. SM shall keep and treat the Specifications as Confidential Information as provided for in Section 15.10 and the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement. SM must review and pre-approve all Specifications for the purpose of assuring that SM is capable of providing the enumerated services hereunder for the NTC Products within said Specifications and within the pricing assumptions of the Base Rate. All Specifications provided by NTC must comply with the SM Policy for Ingredients (“Policy for Ingredients”) attached hereto as Schedule 4.5 . If during the Term, SM or any affiliate of SM changes or amends the SM Policy for Ingredients so that the Specifications for the NTC Products do not comply with such amended Policy for Ingredients, then SM must use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an exemption to allow non-compliance for the Specifications. If SM is unable to obtain such compliance exemption for the Specifications, then NTC may either (i) revise the non-complying Specifications, and such revisions shall be at the sole cost and expense of SM; or (ii) elect to trigger the application of the provisions of Section 8.2 for the NTC Products with the non-conforming Specifications. Any reduction to the volume of the NTC Products as a result of NTC moving the production of the NTC Products with the non-conforming Specifications or because of an amendment or change to the Policy for Ingredients shall not be included in the volume of the NTC Products when determining the Volume Reduction Fee. Once Specifications are approved by SM, NTC will not modify or amend the Specifications unless authorized in advance, in writing, by SM, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld and as set forth in Section 8. SM shall ensure that the necessary processes and quality systems are in place to comply with the Specifications for the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products. NTC will be responsible for, and will directly and timely pay each vendor for all costs associated with the development and delivery to SM of material safety data sheets (“MSDS”) for each Proprietary Flavor.

 

- 8
   

 

4.6 Pre-Manufacturing and Start-Up.

 

(a) Pre-Manufacturing Activities . SM shall be responsible for the installation, start-up and trial of the Plant Machinery, and all other activities necessary to prepare the Manufacturing Plant for the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products (“Pre-Manufacturing Activities”). The Pre-Manufacturing Activities shall include specific process and inspection plans, targets of achievement (as they pertain to product quality), and all other standards or requirements for the Pre-Manufacturing Activities (collectively, the “Pre-Manufacturing Performance Standards”). SM shall (i) procure from NTC or third parties all equipment, parts, ingredients, components or materials which are needed and (ii) conduct such activities that are necessary to achieve the Pre-Manufacturing Performance Standards during the Pre-Manufacturing Activities period. NTC will be responsible for all costs associated with related artwork and cylinder charges including, but not limited to, packaging material changes. In the event that sample batches, in whole or in part, are reused or reworked into NTC Products by NTC (in its discretion), at its facilities, NTC shall reimburse SM for its proportional expense of such materials used for such sample batches and labor costs saved by NTC.

 

(b) Pre-Manufacturing Training. Upon the request of SM, NTC shall provide adequate support and assistance to SM as necessary to successfully complete the Pre-Manufacturing Activities. For a period of six (6) months after the Effective Date of this Agreement, SM shall have the exclusive right to seek any national, state and local economic and tax incentives which may be provided by the Commonwealth of Kentucky, City of Owensboro, or other third parties to the parties as a result of the activities engaged in by the parties in connection with or during the performance of this Agreement or the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products (collectively, the “Incentives” and individually an “Incentive”). After the expiration of such six (6) month period, NTC shall also have the right to seek all possible Incentives. Any Incentives obtained by either party shall remain the exclusive benefit of such party.

 

4.7 Tax Matters . As of the Effective Date, SM shall be responsible for payment of all federal excise taxes associated with the production, manufacturing, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products, and such taxes are reflected in the Government Expenses component of the Manufacturing Fee. Any increases in federal excise tax during the Term will be timely paid by NTC in a mutually agreeable manner, either by adjusting the Manufacturing Fee or direct billing and payment.

  

- 9
   

 

5. M anufacturing .

 

5.1 Exclusive Manufacturer . During the Term of this Agreement, SM shall be the exclusive manufacturer of the NTC Products set forth in Schedule 1.9, as may be amended from time-to-time to add any New NTC Products, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 8.

 

5.2 Budgeting Process. Upon execution of this Agreement, NTC will provide SM with a twelve month forecast for calendar year 2009 in accordance with the informational requirements of Schedule 5.2 . On or before July 1 of each year during the Term, NTC shall provide SM with the next calendar year’s anticipated annual volumes of NTC Products to be produced, manufactured, packaged and distributed pursuant to this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement (“Budget Forecast”) in accordance with the Informational Requirements of Schedule 5.2 . The parties understand and agree that the Budget Forecast provided by NTC each year is only the best estimate of NTC at that time and does not create a binding obligation for NTC to meet such volumes specified on the Budget Forecast.

 

5.3 Manufacturing Process . Throughout the Term, NTC shall provide SM with monthly rolling forecasts of NTC’s manufacturing requirements for the NTC Products for the immediately succeeding six (6) months (“Manufacturing Forecasts”). Such Manufacturing Forecasts shall be supplied on or before the first day of each calendar month (“Forecast Date”). The Manufacturing Forecasts shall provide the requirements for the NTC Products on a SKU by SKU basis and by first level distribution center. The Manufacturing Forecast will be used by SM as part of its material resource planning process, and, as such, NTC will be responsible for the costs of any materials, which are located in the Manufacturing Plant or on the floor at the supplier, that have been obtained by SM based on the Manufacturing Forecasts and used exclusively in the NTC Products. The quantities of the NTC Products reflected in the first month of the Manufacturing Forecast will be broken down on a weekly basis, by SKU for each first level distribution center, and may only be modified by prior written notice from NTC to SM which must be approved by SM and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (“Firm Forecast”). SM shall have the obligation to satisfy each Firm Forecast, with the understanding that if the volume of any Firm Forecast exceed the monthly capacity limits for the production of the NTC Products (“Capacity Limits”) set forth on Schedule 5.3 by more than seven percent (7%), then NTC will incur a ten percent (10%) increase to the Base Rate for only those amounts that exceed 107% of the Capacity Limits. Capacity Limits shall be revised by SM on an annual basis and such revisions shall be based upon on the percentage change in volume of the NTC Products in the preceding calendar year. Furthermore, additional increases in quantities to such Firm Forecast may result in additional costs (a reasonable estimate of such costs to be identified to NTC prior to production for NTC’s approval), which also will be reflected in an adjusted Manufacturing Fee for those NTC Products required in such Firm Forecast. SM shall provide NTC, in writing, with a production schedule reflecting the production completion dates and SKUs for the NTC Products as soon as such schedule is determined by SM and/or if SM alters such production schedule with respect to the NTC Products. NTC acknowledges that SM will require the flexibility to build inventory for planned Manufacturing Plant shut downs and agrees to reasonably cooperate with SM.

 

- 10
   

 

Forecast Model

   
Forecast Date: June 1
   
Manufacturing Forecasts: July 1 – December 31
   
Firm Forecast by SKU and Distribution Center: July 1 - July 31
   

 

5.4 Manufacturing Capacity. SM shall give NTC written notice as soon as practicable after SM becomes aware of, and at minimum ninety (90) days prior to, any potential or regularly scheduled shut-downs. Even if SM provides notice of a potential or regularly scheduled shut-down more than ninety (90) days before such shutdown, the Capacity Limits for the month(s) of such shutdown shall not be reduced and the amount of the NTC Products on the applicable Manufacturing Forecast shall still be met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SM shall give NTC six (6) months prior written notice of any and all labor negotiations.

 

5.5 Manufacturing Components.

 

(a) Inventory. On behalf of NTC, SM shall order all tobacco leaf material and Proprietary Flavor (the “NTC Items”) that must be used in the production, manufacture and packaging of the NTC Products in accordance with any and all instructions or guidelines provided by NTC, which shall be approved by SM in accordance with Sections 4.5 and 8.1. NTC shall pay for such NTC Items, including freight costs. NTC will notify SM of any special storage instructions for the NTC Products, including, but not limited to, conditioned space and refrigeration. SM will take possession of NTC Items upon delivery at the Manufacturing Plant. SM shall, at its sole cost and expense, provide the Packaging Materials and all other standard packing materials and Common Ingredients (as per Schedule 5.5(a)) required for the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products based upon the Specifications (the “SM Items”). SM shall provide NTC with monthly reports that list the amounts of NTC Items and SM Items on site and ordered for each item of Inventory and any other information that NTC should reasonably request be included in such reports. NTC Items, SM Items, Packaging Materials and any NTC Products produced, manufactured and packaged by SM hereunder shall be collectively referred to herein as “Inventory.”

 

(1) Certification of Tobacco Leaf. NTC will supply tobacco leaf to SM, NTC shall supply SM with any USDA, FDA or other Government Agency certifications required for tobacco leaf. NTC shall supply written certifications from its suppliers to SM, with each shipment, that all tobacco purchased and provided to SM hereunder by NTC and used in the production, manufacture and packaging of NTC Product in the Manufacturing Plant will be free from disease, defects, contamination by illegal or unauthorized pesticides, or other problems that would render such tobacco as defective and prohibit its use in the NTC Product under applicable Law. NTC will bear all costs associated with such defective tobacco supplied by NTC or its agents, including but not limited to storage and destruction, recalls, returns, and any applicable fines, penalties, levies and other expenses. NTC shall use its best efforts to assure that all tobacco delivered to SM by NTC or its agents will have undergone the same strict processing standards as were adhered to by NTC immediately prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

- 11
   

 

(2) Packaging Materials. SM shall purchase the foil, cartons, and all other necessary materials for the packaging of the NTC Products (“Packaging Materials”), in accordance with any and all instructions or guidelines provided by NTC, which shall be approved by SM for the purpose of assuring that SM is capable of performing its obligations within any such instructions or guidelines. NTC will be responsible for conducting all shelf life studies associated with the NTC Product in the Packaging Materials. If SM packages the NTC Products in conformity with the Specifications, it is understood and agreed that SM assumes no responsibility or liability for any adverse consumer perception or action of any kind against NTC or third parties due to any NTC requested packaging changes and NTC shall defend and indemnify SM and hold it harmless from any resulting legal action, including payment of SM’s reasonable attorneys’ fees. NTC will be solely responsible for insuring that all Packaging Materials required in the Specifications conform to all applicable Laws. To the extent required by SM’s vendors of the Packaging Materials, NTC shall grant written permission to said vendors to provide to SM any of the proprietary Packaging Materials for the sole and limited purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Such permission shall be substantially in the form of the attached Exhibit F (“Permission Letter”). NTC shall provide SM with at least one hundred and fifty (150) days prior written notice of any changes to the Packaging Materials which must be approved by SM, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any revisions to such Packaging Materials by NTC are subject to the terms and conditions of Section 8.1. All Packaging Materials will be ordered as per the example in Schedule 5.5(a)(2) Packaging Material Ordering Matrix and in accordance with the minimum order guaranties for foil and cartons set forth on Schedule 5.5(a)(2)(i) . If SM intends to order more than 120 sales days of inventory, based upon the Budget Forecast provided pursuant to Section 5.2, for the Packaging Material for any NTC Products, then SM must notify NTC of such order and allow NTC an opportunity to, (i) approve such order and accept all potential obsolescence associated with the order, or (ii) modify such order and accept all incremental costs associated with the smaller volume runs at the supplier. NTC will provide a response to SM regarding its request to order certain Packaging Materials beyond 120 Sales Days within 5 business days of receiving such notification and if NTC does not respond within 5 business days, SM will order such quantities of the Packaging Material described in the notice in accordance with the Packaging Material Ordering Matrix set forth on Schedule 5.5(a)(2) . SM will use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize obsolescence of any Packaging Materials; provided, however, the costs of all Packaging Materials purchased by SM for use in NTC Products, whether stored at an SM location or at the supplier and which is based on the Manufacturing Forecast is the responsibility of NTC. If SM changes its specifications for packaging of the NTC Products, SM must give NTC 120 days prior written notice of any such changes to the packaging specifications of SM that will affect the NTC Products and SM shall, at its own cost and expense, test the NTC Products with the new packaging specifications. SM will request NTC approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, when it intends to test NTC Products with packaging specifications other than those provided by NTC to SM. NTC must respond to SM’s request for approval of such testing on the NTC Products within ten days or such request is deemed approved. SM will be responsible for all costs of any obsolescence of Packaging Materials caused by changes to the packaging specifications initiated by SM.

 

- 12
   

 

(b) Promotional Materials. NTC shall have the right to contract with third parties for the final packaging of promotional materials related to the NTC Products. SM may, at NTC’s sole discretion, submit a bid to obtain a contract with NTC for the final packaging of any such promotional materials. NTC shall be under no obligation to award SM a contract for any final packaging of promotional materials. If NTC does award SM a contract to provide the final packaging of promotional materials for NTC, the costs to be paid to SM that are associated with the final packaging of the promotional materials shall be in addition to the Manufacturing Fee and shall be invoiced in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 7.

 

(c) Use of NTC Items. NTC Items may not be sold by SM to third parties and/or utilized by SM, except as otherwise provided herein, without the prior written permission of NTC.

 

5.6 Intentionally Omitted.

 

5.7 Product Development; Pre-Production Processing. SM shall make a reasonable amount of time and space available to NTC on the manufacturing line at the Manufacturing Plant to allow NTC to produce samples of NTC Products and to perform test runs for the development (“Product Development”) of potential new products for NTC. NTC will not be allowed to conduct any Product Development at the Manufacturing Plant during the Pre-Manufacturing Activities phase of this Agreement. NTC shall provide at least thirty (30) days written notice to SM to schedule the space and time for the Product Development. All test run product and samples of potential new NTC Products shall be stored in a segregated area in the Manufacturing Plant and NTC Access Personnel shall be granted reasonable access rights thereto in accordance with Access Rights set forth above. NTC will be responsible for all direct costs, including, but not limited, to labor and materials, associated with the Product Development and SM shall provide a detailed breakdown of all direct costs within 15 calendar days of NTC’s notice of Product Development. (SM will provide a detailed estimate of direct costs in advance). Should NTC wish to utilize SM’s third party sensory panel group contractors to test products or for other approved purposes, NTC must provide SM with reasonable advance written notice. If SM approves such use of the sensory panel group within its sole discretion, NTC will be responsible for all costs associated with such use.

 

5.8 Work Force for Manufacturing. SM shall provide a fully trained and skilled work force, including management, labor and technical services, sufficient to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement. If at any time within the first two (2) years from the Effective Date SM requires additional labor to perform its obligations under this Agreement, SM will first consider offering such additional positions to the employees qualified for such positions that were employed by NTC during the calendar year prior to the Effective Date, all subject to then applicable SM hiring practices, including, but not limited to, acceptable background check and drug testing, and in all instances SM, in its sole discretion, shall hire the best qualified candidate. All employee hiring and firing decisions shall be at SM’s sole discretion. All SM personnel shall be and remain employees of SM and shall not be considered employees of NTC. SM shall bear all legally required responsibilities for the SM personnel. Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein or as required by applicable law, the relationship between SM and NTC shall be that of an independent contractor. Neither SM employees, nor its directors, officers, agents or other SM personnel shall be considered employees of NTC, and none of such individuals of SM shall, as a result of this Agreement, be entitled to participate in any pension, stock, bonus, profit sharing or other benefit plans for NTC’s employees.

 

- 13
   

 

5.9 Maintenance and Consumables.

 

(a) Maintenance. SM shall maintain and repair all Plant Machinery used by SM in the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products, including, but not limited to, the Leased Equipment. SM shall purchase, own and maintain all necessary inventories of replacement parts for the machine specifications. Replacement parts and materials for the Leased Equipment shall be of equal or better quality than such items purchased and stocked for the equipment owned by SM (“Maintenance Items”). The maintenance and repair cost, including the on-going replenishment of the inventory items described as Maintenance Items, shall be paid by SM and such cost shall be covered by the Manufacturing Fee. In relation to the Plant Machinery and Maintenance Items, both parties agree to the following:

 

(1) SM shall keep detailed maintenance records for all Leased Equipment in accordance with SM’s then current maintenance record keeping policy for its own equipment of a similar nature.

 

(2) After termination of this Agreement, SM shall provide NTC or any designee of NTC all maintenance records kept pursuant to Section 5.9(a)(l).

 

5.10 Responsibility Allocation of Manufacturing Activities.

 

(a) Production Yield. SM will utilize commercially reasonable efforts to maximize the production yield on all of the NTC Products it produces hereunder. SM will track production yields on the NTC Products in accordance with its then current policy for tracking its own product production yields and communicate the results to NTC.

 

(b) Process Control. NTC’s Access Personnel shall have the Right of Access to the Manufacturing Plant pursuant to Section 3.2. At all times during the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products, Access Personnel shall have the right to observe and inspect the processes, methods, techniques, actions and activities utilized by SM’s employees or agents used during the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products in order to meet the requirements of SM hereunder. NTC and/or SM, as appropriate, in conjunction with the other party hereto, will take corrective measures for any instance in which the NTC Product falls outside the Specifications.

 

(c) Quality Control. SM shall utilize quality control services in the manufacturing, production, packaging, distribution of the NTC Products to a comparable extent and degree that SM monitors the quality of its own products of a similar nature, all in accordance with the IS0 standards of SM. NTC’s Access Personnel shall have the right to reasonably monitor or audit the quality control process utilized by SM.

 

5.11 Inventory Control. SM shall routinely perform thorough inspections and inventory all Inventory located at the Manufacturing Plant in accordance with SM inventory control practices set forth on Schedule 5.11 . Access Personnel of NTC shall have the right to observe the inspection of the Inventory and may audit the Inventory records at any time upon reasonable notice. SM shall provide NTC with secure segregated storage space at the Manufacturing Plant for the storage of the Proprietary Flavor. SM shall be responsible for the inventory management of all Inventory.

 

- 14
   

 

5.12 Completion of Manufacture; Inspection. Throughout the Term, SM will utilize its then current quality standards and practices to assure NTC Product is in compliance with Specifications. NTC may conduct periodic and reasonable inspections (each an “NTC Inspection”) of the NTC Products in a manner that will not unduly disrupt SM operations. Upon reasonable request by NTC, SM shall transport any NTC Products designated for inspection to a mutually agreed location within the Manufacturing Plant. NTC may conduct reasonable audits of the Manufacturing Plant and process associated with the manufacture, production and packaging of NTC Products at any time upon reasonable prior notice, but limited to no more often than once every calendar quarter. SM shall reasonably cooperate with NTC during any audit. SM shall give prompt notice to NTC of any defects or discrepancies it discovers in the NTC Products. SM shall rerun, repair or correct any material defects or discrepancies in the NTC Products that are discovered by either SM or NTC. SM shall be responsible for all costs associated with any such rerun, repair or corrective actions; provided, however, NTC will be responsible for all costs associated with any such rerun, repair or corrective action if due to (i) non-conforming materials/ingredients supplied by NTC or the vendors of NTC, (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct of NTC or (iii) any other action directly caused by NTC.

  

5.13 Compliance with Regulations. SM shall comply with all laws of any Government Agency, including, but not limited to, environmental, manufacturing, hazardous materials compliance, OSHA, TTB, USDA, CCC, Tobacco Buyout Act and FDA (collectively, “Laws”), with respect to the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products and/or the operation or maintenance of the Manufacturing Plant. SM shall obtain NTC’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, for any report required by Laws to be submitted by SM regarding the NTC Products. NTC will be responsible for all government reporting applicable to NTC Products for 2008. Beginning with the 2009 reporting year, SM will assume responsibility for government mandated tobacco ingredient and constituent reporting for NTC Products manufactured under this Agreement provided NTC provides SM with the specific ingredient information in a format and timeframe that allows SM to prepare, obtain NTC approval, and submit reports that timely meet the reporting requirements and, where possible, include such NTC Products information in a composite format with SM products to better protect proprietary information. NTC shall provide all necessary ingredients information necessary for government reporting. NTC is responsible for securing all necessary consents from suppliers for any required ingredient disclosures. SM shall pay all costs, fees and expenses to comply with all FDA regulations as they exist as of the Effective Date that impact both SM and NTC equally. Any future increases in such FDA related costs attributable to the NTC Products that SM would not have otherwise incurred absent this Agreement shall be allocated to NTC on the applicable per unit basis and reflected in an amended Manufacturing Fee. SM shall comply with all necessary reporting obligations to comply with any of the Laws. SM shall indemnify NTC for any loss, expense, cost or damages, including penalties, interest and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by NTC as a result of SM’s failure to comply with such Laws. SM shall, at its own cost and expense, comply with all Laws regarding testing and/or analysis of the NTC Products. If SM voluntarily executes or participates in any agreement or settlement, including without limitation, the Smokeless Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement and any other smokeless tobacco settlement agreement, that may affect, restrict, limit, impede or impact the production, manufacture, packaging or distribution of any NTC Product by SM at the Manufacturing Plant the parties will work together to eliminate any adverse impact such settlement has on the production, manufacture, packaging or distribution of NTC Products. If the parties are not able to eliminate the adverse impact on the NTC Products, NTC may, in its sole discretion, elect to commence the Provisional Lease Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.3(a). NTC must elect to commence the Provisional Lease Agreement within two (2) years of the execution of an agreement by SM that would trigger NTC’s rights under this Section or NTC will be deemed to have forever waived the right to trigger the Provisional Lease Agreement with respect to that isolated agreement.

 

- 15
   

 

5.14 Supply of Information. SM shall furnish NTC with periodic reports consistent with the normal reporting practices of SM or as otherwise mutually agreed, including, but not limited to, reports regarding (i) governmental reporting, (ii) a reconciled inventory statement, which includes all work in progress, production, finished goods and any other required information, and (iii) manufacturing, all to be in a form and provided at such times or intervals as may be reasonably requested by NTC. SM shall keep accurate records and statements of accounts relating to the NTC Products produced, manufactured, packaged and distributed by SM. During SM’s regular business hours, NTC shall, with reasonable prior notice, have a right to inspect such records during the Term and for one (1) year after the termination or cancellation of this Agreement, or longer if required by Laws. Each party shall promptly provide the other party with any facts or information which would reasonably be expected to materially affect the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products or as needed to achieve the purposes of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, facts or information on any Laws pertaining to or affecting the content, importation, taxation or the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products.

 

6. Manufacturing Fee.

 

6.1 Manufacturing Fee. NTC shall pay SM a manufacturing fee (“Manufacturing Fee”) in accordance with Schedule 6.1 for each pound of the NTC Products produced, manufactured, packaged and distributed by SM hereunder, subject to periodic adjustments set forth in Section 6.2.

 

(a) Base Rate. The Manufacturing Fee has been determined based on the following pricing assumptions of SM (the “Base Rate”): (i) the price for the SM Items, labor, Packaging Materials, rent and utilities utilized in the manufacture, production and packaging of the NTC Products; (ii) a base volume of 7,153,000 for the NTC Products; (iii) the price for the storage of a maximum of two (2) weeks worth of tobacco leaf in the Manufacturing Plant (approximately 120,000 pounds); (iv) the price to load the NTC Product onto a truck (destined for NTC’s designated location) at the dock of the Manufacturing Plant; provided that NTC shall pay the freight costs to transport the NTC Product to the designated location (“SM Base Distribution”); (v) the per pouch weight of the NTC Products; (vi) Specifications are reasonably similar to the specifications of SM and/or industry standards; (vii) excludes the use of anything other than full Tersa bales and boxes for the leaf; (viii) quantity discounts and minimum order quantities for ingredient/materials and (xix) the cost of those items described as included in the Manufacturing Fee in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

 

- 16
   

 

(b) Government Fees, Costs Assessments or Other Expenses of NTC. Any fees of a Governmental Agency imposed on SM and directly attributable to the NTC Products, which SM would not have otherwise incurred absent this Agreement (“Government Expenses”), shall be allocated to NTC on the applicable per unit basis of the Government Agency, including, but not limited to, the federal excise tax and all such fees, costs and expenses described in Section 5.2.

 

(c) Additional Fees. The Manufacturing Fee does not include the following costs or savings of SM incurred, which shall be assessed to NTC in addition to the Manufacturing Fee in accordance with this Section 6.1(c) (“Additional Fees”): (i) the applicable ratable portion of the fuel surcharges incurred by SM in the purchase of those materials that are considered SM Items, which shall be based on the actual volume of the NTC Products attributable to such fuel surcharges, as set forth on Schedule 6.1(c) (“Fuel Surcharges”); and (ii) any distribution services provided by SM, except as otherwise set forth herein.

 

(d) Extreme Cost Fluctuations. If during the Term of this Agreement SM experiences an extraordinary and temporary increase to the cost of a Common Ingredient, which is beyond the reasonable control of SM, SM may request that NTC approve a temporary increase to the Base Rate to accommodate for such extraordinary and temporary increase that SM is experiencing; provided, however, if NTC approves such increase to the Base Rate, such increase shall not exceed the costs directly attributable to the NTC Products, based on volume. If SM requests that NTC approve such temporary increase to the Base Rate, SM shall provide NTC with detailed, current and historical, pricing information and supporting information for each month during the immediately preceding 12 months or from the date of the last CPI Increase to the Base Rate (whichever period is less), for all Common Ingredients. NTC is under no obligation to approve the temporary increase to the Base Rate. If NTC does approve such temporary increase, SM shall (i) continue to provide all price information for the Common Ingredients to NTC during such increase to the Base Rate, and (ii) all increases shall be invoiced separately in accordance with the invoice requirements of Section 7. If NTC does not approve such temporary increase to the Base Rate, SM may seek to mediate the dispute in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.4. During any such mediation, the current and historical pricing information (described above) for all Common Ingredients shall be reviewed to determine the appropriateness of an increase to the Base Rate for such extreme and temporary cost increases in the Common Ingredients. Any adjustments to the Base Rate pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) shall not occur more than once during a 12 month period for the same Common Ingredient.

 

6.2 Reflection of Cost Change. Following the national publication of the annual CPI index, which is normally around January 15 th of each calendar year during the Term, SM will provide notice of any adjustment to the Manufacturing Fee to reflect any applicable changes in costs incurred by SM in accordance with this Section 6.2. NTC shall pay the Manufacturing Fee of the previous calendar year during the month of January. Any Adjustments to the Manufacturing Fee will become effective on February 1 of the applicable calendar year.

 

(a) CPI Increases. SM may modify the Base Rate of the Manufacturing Fee to reflect the cost increases or decreases (if any) directly attributable to the components of the Base Rate of the Manufacturing Fee that SM will incur in the performance of its obligations provided herein (“Base Rate Increases”). Any increase by SM to the Base Rate to accommodate for the Base Rate Increases (“CPI Increases”) shall not exceed the five (5) year rolling National Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) as set forth on Schedule 6.2(a) . The CPI Increase shall be calculated using the Compound Annual Growth Rate (“CAGR”) for each of the last five (5) years annual CPI (“Annual CPI”), which shall be calculated by: (i) dividing the Annual CPI of the previous calendar year by the Annual CPI from five (5) years ago; (ii) the quotient from (i) above shall be raised to the 1/5 power (“Five Year Annual Growth Rate”); and (iii) the number one (1) shall be subtracted from the Five Year Annual Growth Rate.

 

- 17
   

 

Example of Calculation for CPI Increases  
   
Description Amount
   
Annual CPI 2002 179.900
Annual CPI 2007 207.342
Divide (CPI 2007 / CPI 2002) 1.153
Raise to the 1/5th Power 1.0288
Subtract One for Average % Increase 2.880%
   

As a one time occurrence, the CPI Increase assessed on February 1,2009, shall be computed by (i) determining the Annual CPI for the 12 months ended December 2008 (this should be nationally published around January 15, 2009); and (ii) dividing the Annual CPI of 2008 by two (2).

 

(b) Volume Reduction Fee. SM may modify the Base Rate due to a reduction of the actual volume of the previous year (“Previous Year”) on all NTC Products compared to the actual volume of the year preceding the Previous Year (“Volume Reduction Fee”). The Volume Reduction Fee shall not be subject to the cap of CPI Increase. Any reduction to the actual volume determined using the method set forth above that is less than one (1) percent shall not trigger the application of the Volume Reduction Fee to the Base Rate. To determine the Volume Reduction Fee, every one (1) percent decrease in volume (plus fractional percentages greater than one (1) percent) shall cause an increase of .25 percent (one quarter of a percent) to be applied to the Base Rate. The 2008 base volume for the NTC Products will be 7,153,000 pounds. Schedule 6.2(b) sets forth an illustrative calculation of the Volume Reduction Fee and CPI Increase. Any and all calculations required pursuant to this Section 6 shall be rounded to the third decimal place.

 

(c) Volume Increase Adjustment.

 

(1) Organic Volume Increase Adjustment. Beginning in 2012 (“Lock-Out Period”), SM shall modify the Base Rate due to an increase of the actual volume of the Previous Year on all NTC Products compared to the actual volume of the year preceding the Previous Year (“Organic Volume Increase Adjustment”). The Organic Volume Increase Adjustment shall not be subject to the cap of the CPI Increase. Any increase to the actual volume determined using the method set forth above that is less than one (1) percent shall not trigger the application of the Organic Volume Increase Adjustment to the Base Rate. To determine the Organic Volume Increase Adjustment, every one (1) percent increase in volume shall cause a decrease of 0.250 percent to the Base Rate. Schedule 6.2(c)(1) sets forth an illustrative calculation of the Organic Volume Increase Adjustment.

 

- 18
   

 

(2) Acquisition Volume Increase Adjustment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lock-Out Period shall not apply for any increase in the actual volume as a result of (i) acquisitions by NTC of other producérs of chewing tobacco or (ii) contractual arrangements entered into by NTC with other producérs of chewing tobacco (“Acquisition Volume Increase Adjustment”) The terms Acquisition Volume Increase Adjustment and Organic Volume Increase Adjustment shall be collectively referred to herein as “Volume Increase Adjustment.” The Acquisition Volume Increase Adjustment will be determined as follows: every one (1) percent increase in total actual volume shall cause a decrease of 0.1 percent to the Base Rate and in no case will the total decrease to the Base Rate be greater than 10%. Schedule 6.2(c)(2) sets forth an illustrative calculation of the Acquisition Volume Increase Adjustment.

 

7. Payment Terms . Every Monday, or the next business day if Monday is a national holiday, SM shall deliver by email to NTC an invoice, together with an itemized accounting, for the Manufacturing Fee incurred during the preceding week, and such invoice shall include the informational requirements set forth on Schedule 7 . Additionally, any provision in this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement that requires payment by NTC to SM in addition to the Manufacturing Fee shall be subject to the invoicing and payments of this Section 7. NTC shall pay such invoice within seven (7) days from the date of invoice. Payments of the Manufacturing Fee and any invoices shall be made through ACH Debit. If there is any dispute over an invoice, NTC shall pay the invoice as delivered and the parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any issues regarding any amounts in dispute. In the event payment is not timely received by SM, interest and penalties will apply as set forth on Schedule 7 .

 

8. Modified or New NTC Products .

 

8.1 Modified NTC Products. During the manufacturing stage of this Agreement, SM shall make such modifications to the Specifications, NTC Items or SM Items for the NTC Products, as listed on Schedule 1.9 , excluding those modifications described in Section 8.2, as reasonably directed by NTC, and subject to the prior approval of SM of the physical characteristics of such changes, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine any changes in the Manufacturing Fee directly associated with changes to costs as a result of such modifications and test run samples. If the parties are unable to reach an agreement regarding any such changes to the Manufacturing Fee, NTC may elect, in its sole discretion, to trigger the application of the provisions of Section 8.2.

 

- 19 -
 

 

8.2 New NTC Products. If NTC desires to have SM manufacture, produce, package and distribute additional or new products in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (“New NTC Products”), NTC shall provide written notice of its intent to add any such New NTC Products to Schedule 1.9 . A chewing tobacco product of NTC shall be considered a New NTC Product if such product is not listed on Schedule 1.9 . SM shall provide NTC with an estimated cost to manufacture, produce, package and distribute the New NTC Products based on existing costs for the NTC Products and the parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine a price for the New NTC Products. If there is no material change in the cost to manufacture, produce, package and distribute the New NTC Products, SM shall manufacture, produce, package and distribute the New NTC Products at a price that is the most comparable (in size and volume) to an existing NTC Product, as may be adjusted by the parties to reflect the costs attributable to the New NTC Product. If the parties are unable to reach an agreement on the price for the New NTC Products, NTC shall have the right to seek third party bids for the New NTC Products and select any such third party to manufacture, produce, package and distribute the New NTC Products. If SM is awarded the right to manufacture, produce, package and distribute any such New NTC Product, the parties shall amend Schedule 1.9 to include the New NTC Products within the definition of NTC Products and NTC shall provide SM with the Specifications for any such New NTC Products. Such Specifications will be reviewed and approved by SM for the purpose of assuring that SM is capable of providing the enumerated services hereunder for the New NTC Products within said Specifications and within SM’s normal cost standards, and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by SM. SM shall not be obligated to utilize any new automated equipment acquired by SM after the Effective Date for a maximum of twelve months for the production, manufacture or packaging of New NTC Products. If after that 12 month period, SM has available capacity SM will utilize available capacity to produce NTC products on said equipment (SM will make available to NTC all straight time production hours after SM products have been produced for the day and SM will make available to NTC overtime hours at an additional fee). If at any time, NTC desires to acquire and install any automated equipment in the Manufacturing Plant, NTC may either (i) purchase such automated equipment itself and SM shall install such automated equipment or (ii) SM shall (at the direction of NTC) purchase automated equipment. In both circumstances, SM shall adjust the Base Rate accordingly and SM shall only use such equipment on the packaging of the NTC Products.

 

9. T ransportation .

 

9.1 Transportation Logistics. SM shall be responsible for the unloading of all Inventory for the NTC Products at the Manufacturing Plant and the loading of the NTC Products onto the designated carriers of NTC (“Designated Carriers”), a list of such carriers shall be provided to SM and may be amended from time to time by NTC upon prior written notice to SM. SM shall also be responsible for the coordination and arrangements for the transportation of the NTC Products with the Designated Carriers. NTC shall receive control and possession of the NTC Products either upon receipt of a bill of lading after the NTC Products have been loaded or upon completion of the unloading of the NTC Products at a distribution center.

 

9.2 Transportation Cost Responsibility.

 

(a) Normal Cost. SM shall pay the costs associated with arranging and coordinating the logistics services for the NTC Products with the Designated Carriers as well as loading and unloading the NTC Products at the Manufacturing Plant. NTC shall pay the Designated Carriers for the actual transportation costs of the NTC Products from the Manufacturing Plant to the designated delivery location.

 

(b) Abnormal Cost. SM shall be responsible for additional costs associated with emergency logistics requirements, expediting parts or other abnormal expenses resulting from any production inefficiency, willful misconduct or negligence of SM.

 

- 20 -
 

 

10. C ustomer R eturns . NTC shall be responsible for delivery of all returned NTC Products to the Manufacturing Plant. NTC will assure that all returns comply with SM returned product requirements with respect to size, weight and electronic notification of content and SM will reasonably cooperate with NTC to allow it to comply with the SM requirements. SM shall provide NTC with training and education on its return system and requirements. SM shall process all returns at its sole cost and expense provided the TTB accepts the alternative method for handling the NTC product as it has for SM’s current product SM shall provide the TTB with an opportunity to inspect and certify destruction of the returned NTC Products. It is understood that_SM destroys all returned products, resulting in no reclaim. SM will seek and must receive approval from the TTB for any alternative procedure for the destruction of NTC Product other than as set forth herein before SM can be responsible for handling returned NTC Product. The responsibilities for the returns shall be allocated between SM and NTC in accordance with Schedule 10 .

 

11. R ecall and O ther S ervice C ampaigns .

 

11.1 Government Inquiry. In the event that any request, allegation or inquiry from, or any initial or final determination by, any Government Agency concerning suspected or alleged noncompliance with any governmental standard or regulation relating to any of the NTC Products is received by SM, SM shall promptly notify NTC and provide written notice describing such request or inquiry. NTC shall thereupon assume full responsibility to represent the interests of the parties in connection with such request, allegation, inquiry or determination. NTC, in its sole discretion, shall make the decision whether or not to conduct a recall campaign, or whether or not to challenge the determination of a Government Agency before the appropriate agency or in court. SM will reasonably cooperate with either decision by NTC regarding a recall campaign or challenge.

 

11.2 Recall Campaigns. If, as a result of field experience, test data or otherwise, SM believes it may be necessary or desirable to conduct a recall campaign or other service campaign relating to any of the NTC Products, written notice describing the evidence supporting such determination or belief shall be provided to NTC as soon as practicable. NTC, in its sole discretion, shall decide whether to conduct a recall campaign. If NTC decides to conduct a recall campaign for any of the NTC Products for any reason, SM shall reasonably cooperate in any such recall campaign. Unless otherwise agreed upon, all costs and expenses incurred as a result of a recall attributable to a Specification defect for the NTC Products or defects in NTC Items or other items supplied to SM by NTC or its agents, shall be the sole responsibility of NTC. All costs and expenses incurred as a result of a recall attributable to the production, manufacture or packaging of the NTC Products not in conformity with the duties of SM hereunder, shall be the responsibility of SM. NTC may, at its sole discretion, pay any costs or expenses associated with a recall campaign based on the non-conforming production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products; provided, however, NTC shall be reimbursed by SM for all reasonable costs and expenses that are associated with such recall.

 

11.3 Expenses. SM will indemnify and hold NTC harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, demands, penalties, fines, suits, judgments, settlements, damages (including incidental and consequential damages), costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees), and expenses connected therewith, which, directly or indirectly arise out of or result from a recall attributable to the production, manufacture or packaging of the NTC Products that does not conform with the duties of SM hereunder. NTC shall be entitled to recover from SM, and SM shall reimburse NTC for, any and all reasonable and actual damages of NTC resulting from a recall attributable to the non-conforming production, manufacture or packaging of the NTC Products.

 

- 21 -
 

 

12. I ndemnification and L imitation of L iability .

 

12.1 Indemnification by NTC. NTC shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless SM and its directors, officers, employees, agents, partners, affiliates and their personal representatives, successors and assigns (“SM Indemnitees”) from, and shall pay to SM Indemnitees the amount of any and all claims, liabilities, losses, demands, penalties, fines, suits, judgments, settlements, damages (including incidental and consequential damages), costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) (“Losses”) which SM Indemnitees shall suffer, sustain or become subject to by virtue of or which, directly or indirectly, arise out of or result from: (i) any act or omission of NTC in connection with any obligation under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, (ii) any third party product liability claim or action (including claims or actions resulting from a defect attributed to the Specifications), (iii) the negligent, willful or intentional misconduct of NTC, (iv) any violation of any Laws, (v) any authorized act or omission of SM in connection with any obligation under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, (vi) any breach of its obligations and warranties under this Agreement, or (vii) those Losses set forth in Section 12.3(b).

 

12.2 Indemnification by SM. SM shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless NTC and its directors, officers, employees, agents, partners, affiliates, and their personal representatives, successors and assigns (“NTC Indemnitees”) from, and shall pay to NTC Indemnitees the amount of, any and all Losses which NTC Indemnitees shall suffer, sustain or become subject to by virtue of or which, directly or indirectly, arise out of or result from: (i) any unauthorized act or omission of SM in connection with any obligation under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, (ii) any third party product liability claim or action (excluding claims or actions resulting from a defect attributed to the Specifications), (iii) the negligent, willful or intentional misconduct of SM, (iv) any violation of any Laws, (v) any breach of its obligations and warranties under this Agreement, or (vi) those Losses set forth in Section 12.3(a). NTC shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to settle any claims, complaints or other grievances of customers of the NTC Products without seeking the approval of SM; provided (x) the amount of an individual claim is not in excess of $250; (y) NTC obtains a release from such customer at or about the time at which payment is made; and (z) the aggregate total amount of such claims during a calendar year does not exceed $10,000.

 

12.3 Product Liability Claims. With respect to third-party product liability claims, whether based upon negligence, strict liability, or any other legal theory and whether including personal injury or property damage (individually or collectively, the “Product Liability Claims”), the parties agree as follows:

 

(a) Manufacturing Defects and Specification Non-Conformance. SM agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless NTC and the NTC Indemnitees from and against any and all Losses incurred by NTC or any NTC Indemnitee arising out of or related to Product Liability Claims resulting from any manufacturing defect relating to the NTC Products or the failure of the NTC Products to conform to the Specifications.

 

- 22 -
 

 

(b) Failure to Warn and Design Defects. NTC agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless SM and SM Indemnitees from and against any and all Losses incurred by SM or any SM Indemnitee arising out of or related to Product Liability Claims resulting from any failure to warn or design defect relating to the NTC Products, but only to the extent the NTC Products comply with the Specifications.

 

(c) Consumer Complaint Information. Upon execution of this Agreement NTC shall provide SM with the necessary historical information (preceding 24 months) regarding its consumer complaints related to the NTC Products. NTC shall, as soon as practical and at least once a week (if applicable) provide necessary information to SM of all consumer complaints it receives with respect to NTC Products produced by SM. All consumer complaint information should be sent to SM’s Quality Department representatives as determined by SM and provided to NTC in writing.

 

13. C hange of C ontrol ; NTC’ s R ight of F irst R efusal with R espect to SM’ s S ale of its C hewing T obacco U nit or S ale , L ease or D isposition of the M anufacturing P lant .

 

13.1 Adoption of Agreement.

 

(a) Change of Control of SM. If SM intends to transfer all or substantially all its assets or transfers more than 50% of its equity interests to a third party, such third party must specifically adopt this Agreement in writing in order for SM to transfer its rights and.obligations under this Agreement. As a condition of any such transaction, any third party acquirer shall adopt this Agreement in writing. SM acknowledges and agrees that the failure of the third party acquirer to adopt this Agreement is a breach of a material provision of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of Section 2.3(a) shall apply. Any breach by a successor of SM, shall be treated as a default under this Agreement and the terms and conditions of Section 2.3(a) shall apply.

 

(b) Change of Control of NTC.

 

(1) Sale or transfer by NTC to third party who is not engaged in the manufacture of chewing tobacco products. NTC may transfer all or substantially all of its assets or transfer more than 50% of its equity interests to a third party that is not at the time of such transfer engaged in the manufacture of chewing tobacco products (“Non-Chewing Tobacco Manufacturer Transaction”). As a part of any such Non-Chewing Tobacco Manufacturer Transaction, NTC shall have the right to assign and delegate its rights, liabilities and obligations hereunder to such third party acquirer, and such third party acquirer shall specifically adopt this Agreement in writing.

 

(2) Sale or transfer by NTC to third party who is engaged in the manufacture of chewing tobacco products. If NTC intends to transfer all or substantially all its assets or transfers more than 50% of its equity interests to a third party who is at the time engaged in the manufacture of chewing tobacco products, such third party must specifically adopt this Agreement in writing in order for NTC to transfer its rights, liabilities and obligations under this Agreement; except the parties shall amend this Agreement (“Amended Agreement”) to (i) reduce the Term to a three (3) year period from the date of adoption by such third party acquirer, and (ii) grant the third party acquirer the option to transfer all, or any portion, the production and manufacture of the NTC Products in the 2 nd and 3 rd years of the Amended Agreement for a per pound fee [$0.50 per pound in year 2 (“Year 2 Fee”) and $0.10 per pound in year 3 (“Year 3 Fee”)] of the NTC Products transferred from the Manufacturing Plant (“Buy-Out Fee”). If the third party acquirer elects to transfer any of the NTC Products from the Manufacturing Plant during the 2 nd year and/or 3 rd year of the Amended Agreement, all Buy-Out Fees shall be paid to SM in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement at the beginning of each applicable year.

 

- 23 -
 

 

a.           Year Two Pounds . To calculate the projected pounds of the NTC Products in the 2 nd year of the Amended Agreement that may be subject to a Buy-Out Fee, the parties shall determine the total pounds of the NTC Products produced in the Manufacturing Plant during the 1 st year of the Amended Agreement (“Year 1 Pounds”) and reduce the Year 1 Pounds by the average industry Tobacco Merchants Association (“TMA”) category decline in volume for the immediately preceding three (3) calendar years (“Year 2 Pounds”); provided, however, if there is a change in control of NTC during the first 12 months of the Term of this Agreement, for purposes of this Section 13.1(b)(2)a the year 1 Pounds shall be 7,153,000 pounds. If the third party acquirer elects to transfer any or all of the NTC Products from the Manufacturing Plant in the 2 nd year of the Amended Agreement, the third party acquirer shall pay the Year 2 Fee for each pound of the NTC Products transferred from the Manufacturing Plant based on the Year 2 Pounds.

 

b.           Year Three Pounds . To calculate the projected pounds of the NTC Products in the 3 rd year of the Amended Agreement that may be subject to a Buy-Out Fee, the parties shall determine the total pounds of the NTC Products either (i) actually produced in the Manufacturing Plant during the 2 nd year (if any) of the Amended Agreement; or (ii) the Year 2 Pounds calculated pursuant to Section 13.1(b)(2)a herein (“Year 2 Pounds Calculation”) and reduce the Year 2 Pounds Calculation by the average industry TMA category decline in volume for the immediately preceding three (3) calendar years (“Year 3 Pounds”). If the third party acquirer elects to transfer any or all of the NTC Products from the Manufacturing Plant in the 3 rd year of the amended Agreement, the third party acquirer shall pay the Year 3 Fee for each pound of the NTC Products transferred from the Manufacturing Plant based on the Year Three Pounds.

 

(3) Breach or Default. As a condition of any such transaction, any third party acquirer shall adopt this Agreement in writing. NTC acknowledges and agrees that the failure of the third party acquirer to adopt this Agreement is a breach of a material provision of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of Section 2.3(b) shall apply. Any breach by a successor of NTC, shall be treated as a default under this Agreement and the terms and conditions of Section 2.3(b) shall apply.

 

13.2 NTC’s Right of First Refusal to Acquire the Manufacturing Plant.

 

(a) NTC’s Right of First Refusal. In accordance with and subject to the terms of this Section 13.2, SM hereby grants to NTC the right of first refusal (“Right of First Refusal”) to purchase the Manufacturing Plant. Such Right of First Refusal shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end on the termination of this Agreement.

 

- 24 -
 

 

(b) NTC’s Right of First Refusal with respect to SM’s Sale of its Chewing Tobacco Unit. In the event that SM intends to sell, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its loose leaf chewing tobacco business unit or assets thereof (“SM Chewing Tobacco Unit”), NTC may exercise its Right of First Refusal unless one of the following events occur prior to the commencement of any sale, transfer, assignment or disposition of SM’s Chewing Tobacco Unit:

 

(1) SM and NTC agree in writing to move the manufacture, production, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products to another location of SM;

 

(2) Any proposed purchaser, transferee or assignee adopts this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions herein; or

 

(3) NTC waives in writing all of its rights with respect to this Section 13.2.

 

(c) NTC’s Right of First Refusal with Respect to SM’s Proposed Sale of Manufacturing Plant. In the event SM or any affiliate or successor of SM determines that it intends to sell the Manufacturing Plant, other than in a sale/lease back financing plan in which SM continues to be the operating entity, SM shall give written notice of such intention to NTC along with a fully executed copy of a purchase agreement between SM and a third party purchaser which sets forth the price and all other terms of the proposed sale. NTC shall have thirty (30) days after its actual receipt of such notice and copy of the purchase agreement from SM within which to elect to purchase the Manufacturing Plant at the price and under the same terms as that contained in the purchase agreement. In the event NTC does not elect to exercise such Right of First Refusal, then SM may sell the Manufacturing Plant, free of the Right of First Refusal, but only under the terms of the purchase agreement and only to the same party disclosed to NTC. If the sale does not take place as therein provided, NTC’s Right of First Refusal shall be reinstated and apply to all subsequent offers during the Term.

 

(d) NTC’s Right of First Refusal with Respect to SM’s Proposed Lease, Transfer, Assignment, Closure or Other Disposition of the Manufacturing Plant. In the event SM or any affiliate or successor of SM determines that it intends to lease, transfer, close or otherwise dispose of the Manufacturing Plant, SM, or its successor, shall give written notice of such intention to NTC describing all terms and conditions of such event. NTC shall have thirty (30) days after its actual receipt of such notice within which to elect to purchase the Manufacturing Plant at a price determined by an independent certified appraiser selected by the parties. In the event NTC does not elect to exercise such Right of First Refusal, SM may lease, transfer, close or dispose of the Manufacturing Plant, free of the Right of First Refusal, but only under the terms and conditions described in the notice. If such lease, transfer, closure or other disposition does not take place as therein provided, NTC’s Right of First Refusal shall be reinstated and apply to all subsequent events.

 

- 25 -
 

 

(e) NTC’s Election not to Exercise its Right of First Refusal to Acquire or Lease the Manufacturing Plant Pursuant to Section 13.2(c) or 13.2(d). In the event that SM intends to sell, lease, transfer, assign, close or otherwise dispose of the Manufacturing Plant and NTC does not elect to exercise its Right of First Refusal in accordance with Sections 13.2(c) or 13.2(d), one of the following events must occur prior to the commencement of any sale, lease, transfer, assignment, closure or other disposal of the Manufacturing Plant:

(1) SM and NTC agree in writing to move the manufacture, production, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products to another location of SM;

(2) Any proposed purchaser, lessee, transferee or assignee adopts this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 13.1; or

(3) NTC waives in writing all of its rights with respect to this Section 13.2.

(f) SM’s Compliance with Agreement. SM shall not (i) sell, transfer or dispose of its Chewing Tobacco Unit; nor (ii) sell, lease, transfer, assign, close or otherwise dispose of the Manufacturing Plant without complying with the applicable provisions of this Section 13.2(f). The provisions of this Section 13.2 shall not affect SM’s rights of relocation pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement.

14. R epresentations and W arranties .

14.1 Representations and Warranties of SM. SM hereby represents, warrants, covenants and guarantees to NTC:

(a) The NTC Products shall conform to the Specifications, as approved by SM, and any other requirements of the NTC Products agreed to by SM that NTC has delivered to SM in writing. The NTC Products shall be suitable and fit for their intended purpose as tobacco products. The NTC Products shall be produced, manufactured, packaged and distributed in accordance with all applicable Laws;

(b) At no time during the Term nor for a period of three (3) years after the termination of this Agreement, shall SM, or any employee, agent, or representative of SM, reverse engineer any NTC Item, component, Proprietary Flavor, or any other materials used in the NTC Products;

(c) SM shall provide NTC with written notification of any reasonably anticipated material disruption or interruption of the services provided hereunder;

(d) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all appropriate corporate action. Furthermore, neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will, directly or indirectly, violate any provision of any contract, agreement, or other obligation of SM. The performance by SM of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement does not and will not constitute a breach or violation of any judgment or order or any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound;

 

- 26 -
 

(e) There are no adverse proceedings, claims or actions pending or threatened against SM which would impair or adversely affect SM’s ability to perform and comply with all terms, conditions and provisions contained in this Agreement; and

(f) SM has the technical and business know-how and technical ability to produce, manufacture, package and distribute the NTC Products in compliance with this Agreement in a timely manner. SM has and shall maintain the necessary personnel to conduct its business in the manner required by this Agreement.

14.2 Representations and Warranties of NTC . NTC hereby represents, warrants, covenants and guarantees to SM:

(a) The NTC Products, if produced, manufactured, packaged and distributed in accordance with the Specifications and all applicable Laws, shall be suitable and fit for their intended purpose as tobacco products;

(b) At no time during the Term nor after the termination of this Agreement, shall NTC, or any employee, agent, or representative of NTC, make any personal or third party use of any SM Item or disclose any Confidential Information of SM in violation of the terms of this Agreement;

(c) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all appropriate corporate action. Furthermore, neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will, directly or indirectly, violate any provision of any contract, agreement, or other obligation of NTC. The performance by NTC of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement does not and will not constitute a breach or violation of any judgment or order or any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound; and

(d) There are no adverse proceedings, claims or actions pending or threatened against NTC which would impair or adversely affect NTC’s ability to perform and comply with all terms, conditions and provisions contained in this Agreement.

15. G eneral P rovisions .

15.1 Assignment. Neither this Agreement, nor any right (other than a right to receive payment), nor obligation hereunder may be assigned or delegated to any third person or entity in whole or in part whether by operation of law or otherwise. Any attempt to assign this Agreement shall trigger the provisions of Section 13.

15.2 Amendments; Persons Authorized to Act for the Parties. Each change, variation or modification of this Agreement shall be effective only when made in writing and signed by an authorized officer or representative of each of the parties.

 

- 27 -
 

15.3 Notice. Any notices permitted or required by this Agreement shall be deemed made on the day personally delivered in writing, mailed by certified or registered mail, postage paid, to the other party or received via email at the address set forth below, or to such other persons and address as either party may designate in writing (the “Notice”):

 

  If to NTC: National Tobacco Company, L.P.
    3029 W. Muhammad Ali Blvd.
    P.O. Box 32980
    Louisville, KY 40232-2980
    Attn: General Counsel
     
  With a copy to: Greenebaum Doll & McDonald PLLC
    3500 National City Tower
    101 South Fifth Street
    Louisville, Kentucky 40202
    Attn: C. Christopher Muth
              Richard S. Cleary
     
  lf to SM: Swedish Match North America, Inc.
    7300 Beaufont Springs Drive, Suite 400
    Richmond, Virginia 23225
    Attn: Vice President, Operations & Supply
     
  With a copy to: Swedish Match North America, Inc.
    7300 Beaufont Springs Drive, Suite 400
    Richmond, Virginia 23225
    Attn: General Counsel

15.4 Force Majeure. In the event that either party hereto finds itself unable, by reason of Force Majeure as defined herein, to carry out its obligations hereunder, in whole or in part, the obligations of the party to the Agreement to the extent that it is affected by such Force Majeure shall be suspended as long as the impossibility so caused lasts, except as otherwise provided herein. The term “Force Majeure” as used herein means any event, whether accidental or not, beyond the control of the party affected by such event, but not necessarily unpredictable by such party, including, but not limited to, any natural calamity, war (whether declared or not), civil war, terrorism, riot, sabotage, blockade, organized labor strike or work stoppage, fire, explosion, wind, flood, earthquake or weather which materially interrupts manufacturing facilities or transportation systems.

During an event of Force Majeure affecting only a certain portion of SM’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, SM shall allocate its resources and capacity to manufacture, produce, package and distribute its own products and the NTC Products on a pro rated basis proportional to the latest 6 months of historical volumes by the parties during the Force Majeure.

 

- 28 -
 

15.5 Transaction Upon and After Expiration or Termination. Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, (i) the credits and liabilities which have effectively arisen under this Agreement prior to such expiration or termination. shall continue to remain in force; (ii) neither SM nor any third party at the request of SM shall produce, manufacture, package and distribute the NTC Products unless otherwise agreed by NTC in writing; (iii) neither party hereto shall disclose to any third party for any purpose or use for such party’s own benefit, any (1) information regarding the process or technique of manufacturing the NTC Products or parts for the NTC Products, (2) the design, processes and operations of SM in the production, manufacturing, packaging or distribution of the NTC Products, and (3) the intellectual property or any other confidential know-how, information or knowledge of the other party which has been obtained under or in connection with this Agreement, unless otherwise permitted by the owner thereof in writing; (iv) each party shall return to the other, or dispose of, any items of the other party in its possession as directed by such other party; (v) within 30 days following such termination or expiration of this Agreement, NTC may enter and inspect the Manufacturing Plant in order to ensure that SM has observed its obligations stipulated in this Section 15.5 or elsewhere in this Agreement; and (vi) within 30 days following such termination or expiration of this Agreement, SM may enter upon and inspect any NTC facility in order to ensure that NTC has observed its obligations stipulated in this Section 15.5. Each party reserves the right to claim damages against the other in the event of a failure by such other party to perform its obligations stipulated herein. In no event shall (i) NTC have the right to purchase SM-owned Plant Machinery, or (ii) SM have the right to purchase the Leased Equipment without prior written consent.

15.6 Third Person. Except as expressly contemplated in this Agreement by the parties hereto, nothing in this Agreement is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon or to give any other person or entity any legal or equitable rights, remedies or benefits under or by reason of this Agreement.

15.7 Cumulative Remedies; Specific Performance. No right or remedy conferred upon or reserved to any of the parties under the terms of this Agreement is intended to be, nor shall it be deemed, exclusive of any other right or remedy provided in this Agreement or by law or equity, but each shall be cumulative of every other right or remedy. The parties understand and acknowledge that a party may be damaged irreparably by reason of a failure of another party to perform any obligation under this Agreement. Accordingly, if any party attempts to enforce the provisions of this Agreement by specific performance (including preliminary or permanent injunctive relief), the party against whom such action or proceeding is brought waives the claim or defense that the other party has an adequate remedy at law. Each party hereby affirmatively waives the requirement that a party seeking enforcement of this Section 15.7 post any bond, demonstrate the likelihood of irreparable damage, or demonstrate that any actual damages will be suffered as a result of a party’s breach of any provision of this Agreement.

15.8 Alternative Dispute Resolution. Subject to either party’s right to seek injunctive relief, in the event of a dispute concerning this Agreement or the parties’ obligations hereunder, the parties shall endeavor in good faith to settle the dispute through negotiation and the Mediation Remedy set forth in Section 2.4. If the dispute cannot be resolved through negotiation or mediation or another mutually agreeable dispute resolution mechanism, the parties agree to submit the matter in dispute to binding arbitration. Written notice of the intent to submit a matter to arbitration shall be given by the party requesting it. The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and its Supplementary Procedures for Large, Complex Disputes and conducted in a neutral location mutually agreed upon by the parties. Three (3) arbitrators shall be used to decide the outcome of the arbitration. Each party shall select one (1) arbitrator, and the two (2) selected arbitrators will then select a third arbitrator.

 

- 29 -
 

15.9 Governing Law and Forum. This Agreement is made in the Commonwealth of Kentucky and shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of Kentucky, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Notwithstanding that the parties have agreed that any dispute hereunder shall be resolved pursuant to Section 15.7 of this Agreement, the parties agree that the federal and state courts sitting in Cincinnati, Ohio have personal jurisdiction over the parties and that proper jurisdiction and venue for any dispute arising from or under this Agreement which shall be the subject of an injunction, such other equitable relief as may be necessary to protect a party’s interest, or the enforcement of an arbitration panel or similar alternative dispute resolution body, shall be commenced in the federal or state courts sitting in Cincinnati, Ohio.

15.10 Nondisclosure of Confidential and Proprietary Information.

(a) Confidential Information . The term “Confidential Information” shall mean: (i) any items, concepts, processes, systems, technical know-how or information promotional material, recipes, documents, specifications (including Specifications), proprietary information, supplied, disclosed, divulged and/or provided by either party in connection with (a) the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of the NTC Products, (b) the production, manufacture, packaging and distribution of any products of SM, and/or (c) this Agreement; (ii) the intellectual property of a party; (iii) all documents, records, data compilations, computerized records, drawings, photographs, models or other items, concepts, process or information to which either party may be provided access by the other party; (iv) any other information derived by either party as a result of performing the obligations of this Agreement; and (v) certain terms and conditions of this Agreement that are not excluded pursuant to Section 15.10(b).

(b) Exclusions. The term “Confidential Information” shall not include information that is: (i) or becomes available in the public domain through no wrongful act of either party; (ii) already in a party’s possession prior to the performance of the obligations hereunder without an obligation of confidentiality; (iii) independently developed by a party without access to the Confidential Information; (iv) required to be disclosed by a party in the course of performance of its obligations under this Agreement; (v) required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable Law; or (vi) required to be disclosed pursuant to any final and unappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction or Government Agency served on either party, provided that (to the extent legally permitted) the receiving party gives the other party written notice within two (2) days of receipt of such order and at least thirty (30) days prior to the disclosure of any Confidential Information pursuant to such order. The required disclosures of information in subsections (iv) and (v) of this Section 15.10 shall be limited in scope to that which is necessary to fulfill obligations herein and/or comply with applicable Laws.

(c) Use of Confidential Information . Except as otherwise authorized in writing by either party, or except as may be required by a final and unappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction or a Government Agency, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement, neither party shall and neither party shall permit any related parties, or any other person under the control of such party, to (i) communicate, disclose, describe, characterize, duplicate, imitate or otherwise make known any Confidential Information to any third person or entity; or (ii) use any Confidential Information for the party’s financial benefit, or the financial benefit of any employee, officer, director or agent of such party, or for any other purpose than to achieve the purposes of the Agreement. Each party shall communicate and/or disclose such Confidential Information to only those employees, officers, directors or affiliates of such party that have a need to know and must receive certain Confidential Information for the performance of his or her activities hereunder (“Approved Employees”).

 

- 30 -
 

 

(d) Protection of Certain Confidential Information. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement, each party shall designate in writing the type of Confidential Information of such party that an Approved Employee of the other party is entitled to access or receive, and such other party shall not disclose or communicate, or permit disclosure or communication of, any other type of Confidential Information to such Approved Employee.

(e) Other Obligations. In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement, the parties shall (i) take all reasonable steps to keep the Confidential Information confidential and (ii) cause each of their respective directors, officers, employees, subcontractors and agents exposed to any of the Confidential Information to keep all Confidential Information confidential. The parties specifically agree that due to the highly sensitive nature of the Confidential Information, the obligations to maintain secrecy and confidentiality set forth herein shall continue indefinitely beyond the termination of the Agreement.

(f) Agreement to Return all Property and Information. SM agrees that, upon (i) written request by NTC; or (ii) the expiration or termination of this Agreement, SM shall promptly deliver to NTC all property, information, documents, and Confidential Information of NTC. NTC agrees that, upon (i) written request by SM; or (ii) the expiration or termination of this Agreement, NTC shall promptly deliver to SM all property, information, documents, and Confidential Information of SM. Each party may keep one copy of all records and other Confidential Information only to the extent needed for archival purposes and as otherwise required by law.

15.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. If any provision is held invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

15.12 Survival. The provisions of this Agreement which by their very nature are intended to survive the termination of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Sections 4.5, 5.9(a)(2), 5.14, 10, 11, 12, 14.1(b), 15.5, 15.6, 15.7, 15.8, 15.9, 15.10, 15.11 and 15.21 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and remain the binding obligations of the parties hereto.

15.13 Insurance. During the term of this Agreement, SM shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and maintain in full force and effect, insurance with reputable insurance companies rated A or better by insurance rating companies such as A.M. Best, of the type and in such amounts as adequate for all risks in accordance with customary business practices within the industry, which may include the use of high deductible or retention policies, including, but not limited to (i) worker’s compensation and employer’s liability insurance providing statutory coverage that will comply in all respects to the statutes of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and providing employer’s liability limits consistent with SM’s current coverage for all claims in one policy period; (ii) commercial general liability, including coverage for products, completed operations, contractual liability, bodily injury and property damages consistent with SM’s current combined single limit per occurrence; (iii) automobile liability and/or vehicle liability, including owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with limits in accordance with SM policies and procedures; and (iv) umbrella liability and excess liability coverage consistent with SM’s current coverage per occurrence applying excess of employer’s liability and of insurance required in (ii) and (iii) above. Coverage may be in the form of automobile and/or vehicle liability and/or umbrella coverage. At NTC’s request, NTC, and any additional entity related to NTC, shall be added as an additional insured party on all policies effected to obtain the above coverage. Upon the execution of this Agreement, SM shall provide to NTC certificates of insurance endorsed by an authorized representative of the insurance provider evidencing that the insurance required hereunder is in full force and effect and that such insurance will not be canceled or materially changed without giving NTC at least thirty (30) days prior written notice.

 

- 31 -
 

15.14 Compliance with Applicable Law. Each party agrees to comply with all applicable Laws in the performance of this Agreement.

15.15 Exhibits; Entire Agreement. All referenced exhibits, schedules, appendices or other attachments to this Agreement (collectively, the “Attachments”) shall constitute part of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be incorporated into this Agreement by reference and made a part of this Agreement as if set out in full at the point where first mentioned. This Agreement, including the Attachments constitutes the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any and all prior understandings and agreements, either oral or written, relating thereto. By signing this Agreement, the parties acknowledge receipt of all Attachments, and the terms thereof, incorporated by reference into this Agreement.

15.16 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. Facsimile copies of signatures will be treated as originals for all purposes.

15.17 Successors and Assigns. Subject to the provisions of Section 13, this Agreement is binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

15.18 Enumeration and Headings; Gender and Number. All enumeration, headings and captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect, or be construed as affecting, the meaning, interpretation or construction of this Agreement. The plural form and masculine form of all nouns and pronouns used herein shall be construed as including the singular form and feminine form, respectively, and the singular form and feminine form of all nouns and pronouns used herein shall be construed as including the plural form and masculine form, respectively, as the context may require.

15.19 Construction. This Agreement has been negotiated by the parties and their respective counsel. This Agreement will be fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms and without any strict construction in favor or against either party. Any ambiguity will not be construed or interpreted against the drafting party.

 

- 32 -
 

15.20 Non-solicitation of Employees. Except as provided in this Agreement, during the Term and for 6 months after the expiration or termination of this Agreement, neither party shall directly solicit any employees of the other party without such other party’s written consent; however, this shall not preclude the indirect solicitation of employees through general advertisements or recruiting efforts conducted by persons who were not directly involved in the management of the delivery or receipt of the services hereunder and are not acting under the direction of persons so involved, and either party may discuss employment with, and hire, such persons who respond to such indirect solicitations or initiate such discussions on their own. Further, during the term and for 6 months after expiration of the termination of this Agreement, NTC shall not directly solicit any member of SM’s sensory panel referenced in Section 5.7 above without SM’s prior written consent.

15.21 Publicity. Except as otherwise required by applicable Laws, neither party shall use the other party’s name in any media release, public announcement or public disclosure relating to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.

15.22 Right to Provide Services. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein or agreed to in writing by the parties, SM and the SM personnel providing services to NTC may perform similar services for other parties, and this Agreement shall not prevent SM from using personnel and equipment utilized hereunder for such other parties.

 

[S ignature P age F ollows ]

 

- 33 -
 

 

I n W itness W hereof , each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

  N ational T obacco C ompany , L.P.  
         
  By:         SIGNATURE  
         
  Title:     
      (“NTC”)  
         
  S wedish M atch N orth A merica , I nc .  
         
  By:    
       
  Title:     
      (“SM”)  

 

- 34 -
 

 

I n W itness W hereof , each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

  N ational T obacco C ompany , L.P.  
         
  By:    
         
  Title:     
      (“NTC”)  
         
  S wedish M atch N orth A merica , I nc .  
         
  By:     SIGNATURE  
       
  Title:        President  
      (“SM”)  

 

- 34 -

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

ELECTRONIC CIGARETTE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This Electronic Cigarette Distribution Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into on October 15, 2013 (the “Execution Date”) to be effective as of September 1, 2013 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Intrepid Brands, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Intrepid”) and VMR Products, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“VMR”), each, a “Party” and, collectively, “the Parties.”

 

VMR has represented that it has significant experience and capabilities in designing, sourcing, manufacturing and marketing electronic cigarettes, some of which carry the V2CIGS and V2 trademarks. Intrepid has represented that it, and its Affiliates, have significant experience and capabilities in the wholesale and retail distribution of tobacco products in the United States.

 

This Agreement addresses the marketing, supply and distribution of electronic cigarette products branded with the V2CIGS or V2 trademarks.

 

A.         DEFINITIONS

 

When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated. Additional defined terms will be found in the attached appendices.

 

1.         “ Acquirer ” means the surviving entity, buyer (in the event of a sale of substantially all assets) of VMR or Intrepid, as applicable, following a Change in Control.

 

2.         “ Addendum ” means a written addendum to this Agreement, signed and dated by the Parties, which shall become a part of and otherwise be governed by the terms of this Agreement.

 

3.         “ Adulterated ” means, In relation to any V2 Product, a product: (1) that consists in whole or in part of any filthy, putrid, or decomposed substance, or is otherwise contaminated by any added poisonous or added deleterious substance that may render the product injurious to health; or (2) that has been prepared, packed, or held under insanitary conditions whereby it may have been contaminated with filth, or whereby it may have been rendered injurious to health.

 

4.         “ Affiliate ” of a Party means any other entity directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with that Party, e.g., a subsidiary, sister, cousin or parent corporation. For purposes of this definition, “Control” and its correlative terms “Controlled” and “Controlling” means (1) the legal, beneficial or equitable ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least a majority of the equity interests of an entity; or (2) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity or the election of a majority of the board of directors or comparable governing body of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

5.         “ Applicable Laws ” means all U.S. federal, state or local laws, including all regulations and re-interpretations of regulations, having any bearing on the subject matter of this Agreement, the Parties, their products or their business dealings and practices.

 

6.         “ Average Equivalized Share ” means average market share measured by the sale of MSA EQ Units as opposed to sales units.

 

7.         “ Bricks & Mortar Distribution ” means distribution through the Bricks and Mortar Distribution Channel.

 

8.         “ Bricks & Mortar Distribution Channel ” means US sellers of tobacco products who sell or distribute products, including tobacco products, primarily through a physical location, as opposed to over the internet.

 

9.         “ Bricks & Mortar Distributor ” means a distributor in the Bricks & Mortar Distribution Channel. 

 

Page 1

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

10.       “ Bricks & Mortar Trade Show ” means a trade show, trade exhibition, or exposition organized, attended by, and directed primarily toward members of the Bricks & Mortar Distribution Channel, as opposed to individual consumers.      

     

11.       “ Bulk Shipping Standards ” means that, with respect to shipments of V2 Products, all common items (by SKU) are organized together and all product is shipped upright.

 

12.       “ Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday, as defined in 5 U.S.C. section 6103.

 

13.       “ Certificate of Compliance ” means a certificate issued by VMR to Intrepid prior to the shipment of V2 Products stating that the subject products are (i) in all respects in compliance with the applicable V2 Product Specifications and the warranties with regard thereto provided in Section G.1 of this Agreement and (ii) the number of cases of V2 Products in the shipment upon delivery is within three percent of the number of cases of V2 Products shown on the bill of lading.

 

14.       “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any consolidation or merger directly or indirectly involving VMR or Intrepid in which the holders of VMR’s or Intrepid’s outstanding units immediately prior to such consolidation or merger do not, immediately after such consolidation or merger, retain either (i) units representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity, or (ii) units representing a majority of the voting power of an entity that wholly owns, directly or indirectly, the surviving entity; (b) the sale, transfer or assignment of securities of VMR or Intrepid representing a majority of the voting power of all of VMR’s or Intrepid’s outstanding voting securities to an acquiring party or group in a single transaction or series of transactions; or (c) the sale of all or substantially all of VMR’s or Intrepid’s assets; provided, however, that transactions intended to effectuate an internal reorganization, including changing the domicile of the company, that are not intended to, and do not, effectuate any change in ultimate ownership shall not be deemed to constitute a “Change in Control.”

 

15.       “ Combined COGS ” means the sum of VMR Delivered COGS and the Intrepid Selling Expense.

 

16.       “ Confidential Information ” means all confidential or proprietary information, documents, and materials, whether printed or in machine-readable form or otherwise, including but not limited to technical and non-technical information, patents, patent applications, trade secrets, copyrighted information, ideas, techniques, sketches, drawings, works of authorship, models, inventions, know-how, processes, marketing and sales data, apparatuses, equipment, current, future, and proposed products and services, information concerning research, experimental work, development, design details and specifications, engineering information, financial information, procurement requirements, purchasing, manufacturing, customer lists, investors, directors, employees, business and contractual relationships, business forecasts, sales and merchandising, marketing plans and any information a Disclosing Party may provide regarding third parties.

 

a)         Confidential Information includes all information that should reasonably have been understood because of legends or other markings, the circumstances of disclosure, or the nature of the information itself, to be proprietary and confidential, regardless of whether such information is marked “Confidential” or “Proprietary.”

 

b)         Confidential Information does not include information that:

 

I.           was obtained from a third party, who was or was believed to have been in lawful possession of such information and was not in violation of any contractual or legal obligation with respect to such information;

 

ii.           is part of the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party or its Representatives;

 

iii.           was independently ascertained or developed by the Receiving Party without reference to the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party;

 

Page 2

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

                   iv.      consists solely of the existence of this Agreement and its terms, but only to the extent such information must be disclosed in order to carry out the intents and purposes of this Agreement; or

 

v.       was approved for disclosure and release by written authorization of the Disclosing Party.

 

17.       “ Consumer Marketing ” means those activities directed to consumers for the purpose of promoting V2 Products and increasing the Gross Margin Pool, including but not limited to print, radio and television media, consumer direct mail, and in-store, chain-purchased signage packages. Consumer Marketing does not include any expenditure by VMR in relation to the promotion of products to Bricks & Mortar Distributors or its participation in trade shows, Bricks & Mortar Trade Shows or otherwise.

 

18.       “ Consumer Marketing Commitment ” means ten (10) percent of the Gross Margin Pool, which VMR shall expend on V2 Products Consumer Marketing.

 

19.       “ Cast/Profit Model ” means the metrics and rationale and all other information captured and described in Appendix A with respect to V2 Products. All references to the terms used in the Cost/Profit Model shall be deemed to reference the appropriate line item in Appendix A depending on the context.

 

20.       “ Day ” shall have its ordinary meaning, and shall not mean Business Day.

 

21.       “ Disclosing Party ” means a Party who has disclosed to the other Confidential Information.

 

22.       “ Effective Date ” is specified in the Preface to this Agreement.

 

23.       “ Electronic Cigarette ” means an electronic device containing or intended to be used with tobacco-derived ingredients and/or nicotine, including any disposable device, rechargeable device, cartomizer, atomizing cartridge, tank cartridge, liquid, and/or applicable accessories.

 

24.       “ Electronic Cigarette Average Retail Prices ” means the price as reflected in syndicated Nielsen Convenience data for Electronic Cigarettes on an EQ Unit basis. For the avoidance of doubt, the Electronic Cigarette Average Retail Prices are calculated as follows: Assume three EQ Units sold (one single unit disposable sold for $10, and one two-pack disposable sold for $18 for both), the Electronic Cigarette Average Retail Price would be $9.33 ((10+18)/3).

 

25.       “ EQ Unit ” means equivalent units as used by Nielsen, MSA and others in order to compare the number of products sold taking into account the variable number of products offered in different consumer selling units. For the avoidance of doubt, a two pack of Electronic Cigarettes equals two EQ Units, a five pack of cartomizers is equal to five EQ Units. A starter kit is equal to as many cartomizers as are included in such kit.

 

26.       “ Express Kit ” means a rechargeable Electronic Cigarette battery, sold with a single flavor cartridge and a USB charger.

 

27.       “ FDA ” means the United States Food and Drug Administration.

 

28.       “ Final Termination Date ” means the later to occur of (a) the effective termination date of this Agreement or (b) the last date upon which Intrepid has any rights under this Agreement to sell V2 Products.

 

29.       “ FOB Intrepid-Designated Warehouse ” means, with regard to VMR’s shipment of V2 Products, the ship-to address set out in an Intrepid Purchase Order. VMR shall pay all shipping costs and remain responsible for the products until Intrepid or its agent takes physical possession of the products. For the avoidance of doubt, all risk of loss or damage arising during transportation and delivery shall lie solely with VMR, with the risk of loss transferring to Intrepid only upon its or its agent’s receipt of the products.

 

30.       “ Force Majeure ” means any of the following events: an act of God (such as a fire, explosion, earthquake, drought, tidal wave and flood), war, hostilities, act of foreign enemies, embargo, revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power or civil war, contamination by radioactivity or from any nuclear waste, assembly, riot, strike, lock out, stoppage and delay by Customs, and acts or threats of terrorism; provided, however, that no act of Force Majeure shall exist if the event was within the reasonable control of the party claiming such Force Majeure or the event was caused by the negligence of the claiming party.

Page 3

 

 
 

  

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

31.       “ Government Levies ” means any and all government fees, taxes, or levies.

 

32.       “ Gross Margin Pool ” means the Intrepid List Price less the Combined COGS.

 

33.       “ Indemnitee ” means an Intrepid Indemnified Person or VMR Indemnified Person, as the case may be.

 

34.       “ Indemnity Claims ” means any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, actions, judgments, assessments, tax, costs and expenses, including without limitation, interest, penalties and reasonable legal fees and disbursements.

 

35.       “ Intellectual Property means all (i) trademarks, service marks, brand names, Internet domain names, logos, symbols, trade dress, assumed names, fictitious names, trade names, and other indicia of origin, all applications and registrations for all of the foregoing, and all goodwill associated therewith and symbolized thereby, including all extensions, modifications and renewals of same (collectively, “ Trademarks ”); (ii) inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents, registrations, and applications therefor, including divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part and renewal applications, and including renewals, extensions and reissues (collectively, “ Patents ”); (iii) confidential and proprietary information, trade secrets and know-how, including research and development, manufacturing and production processes, product configurations, schematics, formulae, designs, drawings, prototypes, models, specifications and any confidential, secret or proprietary aspects of a business (including, without limitation, customer lists, supplier lists, marketing information, pricing arrangements with customers or suppliers, capital structure or financial information) (collectively, “ Trade Secrets ”); (iv) published and unpublished works of authorship, whether copyrightable or not, copyrights therein and thereto, and registrations and applications therefor, and all renewals, extensions, restorations and reversions thereof (collectively, “ Copyrights ” ); and (v) all other intellectual property or proprietary rights and claims or causes of action arising out of or related to any infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any of the foregoing, including rights to recover for past, present and future violations thereof (collectively, “ Other Proprietary Rights ”).

 

36.       “ Intellectual Property Rights ” means any and all rights in Intellectual Property.

 

37.       “ Intrepid Indemnified Persons ” means intrepid and its respective directors, officers, Affiliates, employees, agents.

 

38.       “ Intrepid List Price ” means the published price at which Intrepid offers V2 Products to Bricks & Mortar Distributors.

 

39.       “ Intrepid Margin ” means the Intrepid List Price less the Intrepid Selling Expense.

 

40.       “ Intrepid Purchases from VMR ” means the dollar amount of Purchase Orders for V2 Products Issued by Intrepid to VMR over the 12 months immediately preceding any Change in Control involving VMR.

 

41.       Intrepid Returns ” means the return of V2 Products by Intrepid’s direct customers. For purposes of the Cost/Profit Model (Appendix A), the rate of Intrepid Returns has been estimated at two (2) percent in the Intrepid Selling Expense.

 

42.       “ Intrepid Sales to Trade ” means the Intrepid Purchases from VMR, multiplied by the Trade Markup Factor.

 

43.       “ Intrepid Selling Expense ” means the sum of Intrepid’s applicable selling expenses, specifically, and limited to, shipping, returns, discounts, allowances and merchandising, subject to the following:

 

            a)         The Intrepid Selling Expense shall also reflect Intrepid trade pricing incentives on applicable Non-Pre-Priced Products;

 

Page 4

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

            b)         If less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Non-Pre-Priced/List Price Increment is returned to Trade, the margin surplus received therefrom shall be included in the Gross Margin Pool and shall not be categorized as an Intrepid Selling Expense;

 

            c)         Should Intrepid offer trade pricing incentives on applicable Non-Pre-Priced Product greater than the Non-Pre-Priced/List Price Increment, without the prior written consent of VMR, Intrepid shall absorb the additional cost associated with the difference between the trade pricing incentive offered and the Non-Pre-Priced List Price Increment. If VMR provides prior written approval, VMR and Intrepid shall share the additional cost associated with the difference between the trade pricing incentive offered and the Non Pre-Priced List Price Increment equally.

 

44.       “ Intrepid Selling Expense Percentage ” means the Intrepid Selling Expense as a percentage of the Intrepid List Price.

 

45.       “ Intrepid Unsatisfactory Quarter ” means the following, beginning on January 1, 2016. For 2016, Intrepid Unsatisfactory Quarter means Intrepid’s failure to sustain a V2 Products Average Equivalized Share for any calendar quarter that is seventy-five percent (75%) or greater than that established in the fourth calendar quarter of 2015.

 

For 2017 and for each year thereafter, Intrepid Unsatisfactory Quarter shall mean Intrepid’s failure to sustain a V2 Products Average Equivalized Share for any calendar quarter that is seventy-five percent (75%) or greater than that established for the highest Average Equivalized Share calendar quarter in the previous four consecutive calendar quarters.

 

46.       “ Intrepid V2 Product Inventory Date ” means June 24, 2013.

 

47.       “ Intrepid’s Regulatory Department ” means the Senior Director of Scientific and Regulatory Affairs, the Vice President of Regulatory Affairs, and the Assistant General Counsel responsible for FDA compliance, which such positions are currently held by Dr. David M. Johnson, Ron Tully, and Susan R.H. Gernert, respectively. Contact information for such persons is as follows and will be updated by Intrepid as it changes: dmjohnson@NationalTobacco.com (502-494-8847), rtully@NationalTobacco.com (917-596-8567), and sgernert@NationalTobacco.com (502-439-0339).

 

48.       “ Intrepid Sales to Trade % of VMR Total Effective Net Sales ” means Intrepid Sales to Trade divided by VMR Total Effective Net Sales.

 

49.       “ Material Breach ” means, as to Intrepid, as defined in Section C.2.a.iv. of this Agreement and, as to VMR, as defined in Section C.3.a.i, of this Agreement.

 

50.       “ Misbranded ” means, in relation to any V2 Product, a product (1) the labeling of which is false or misleading in any particular; or (2) the associated advertising of which is false or misleading in any particular.

 

51.       “ Model Intrepid Selling Expense Percentage ” means the Intrepid Selling Expense Percentage, as set out in the V2 Cost/Profit Model (Appendix A).

 

52.       “ Model VMR Delivered COGS ” means the VMR Delivered COGS, as set out in the V2 Cost/Profit Model (Appendix A). In relation to products not covered in Appendix A as of the Effective Date, any future Addendum shall dictate the relevant Model VMR Delivered COGS. Model VMR Delivered COGS shall be deemed a maximum, meaning no VMR Delivered COGS may exceed such number.

 

53.       “ MSA ” means Management Science Associates, Inc.

 

54.       “ NTC ” means National Tobacco Company, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and an Affiliate of Intrepid.

 

55.       “ Nielsen ” means the Nielsen Company.

  

56.       “ Non-Competitive ” means, in the context of an environment of declining Electronic Cigarette Average Retail Prices, the failure of the 12 week average applicable VMR Delivered COGS (measured as of the Electronic Cigarette Average Retail Prices determination date) to be less than the product of the applicable Reference COGS Compression Rate (as defined in Appendix B) multiplied by the applicable twelve week Electronic Cigarette Average Retail Prices as of the most recent Nielsen Convenience data. See Appendix B for illustrative examples of Non-Competitive pricing calculations and further explanation. For the avoidance of doubt and in the event that there is a conflict between the definition and the formula, the formula governs.

Page 5

 

  

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

  

57.       “ Non-Compliant Products ” means those V2 Products that do not conform to the V2 Product Specifications or do not conform to a Certificate of Compliance.

 

58.       “ Non-Pre-Priced Products ” means those products, the packaging of which does not reflect a suggested retail selling price.

 

59.       “ Non-Pre-Priced/List Price Increment ” means the difference between Intrepid’s List Price for a Non-Pre-Priced Product and the corresponding Pre-Priced Product.

 

60.       “ Non-Traditional Sales Channels ” means US only retail kiosk business, both franchises and VMR owned, hospitality sales (e.g. hotels and cruise lines) and VMR’s vending machine franchise business.

  

61.       “ OEM Business ” means the sourcing, manufacturing or supply of Electronic Cigarettes by VMR to third-party manufacturers, sellers, and distributors of Electronic Cigarettes.

 

62.       “ POS ” means point-of-sale advertising materials and displays.

 

63.       “ Pre-Priced Products ” means those V2 Products, as applicable, the packaging of which reflects a suggested retail selling price.

 

64.       “ Product Delivery Date ” means the date identified in Intrepid’s Purchase Order on or before which VMR shall deliver V2 Products to Intrepid’s designated warehouse. During the first twelve (12) months after the Intrepid V2 Product Inventory Date, the Product Delivery Date shall not be less than ninety (90) days after the Purchase Order date. After this initial twelve (12) month period, with the understanding that the ordering and delivery process will become more efficient, the Product Delivery Date shall not be less than seventy (70) days after the Purchase Order date.

 

65.       “ Product Issue ” means, with respect to V2 Products covered by this Agreement: (1) any issue relating to a potential safety hazard or unsafe condition caused by or associated with such product, (2) any issue related to the quality of the products, including, but not limited to, manufacturing or design defects that may impact the quality of the products, labeling, packaging, declared net contents ingredients, or formula, or (3) advisement of an issue or condition stipulated by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over such products.

 

66.       “ Product Order & Payment Process ” means the process and requirements set out in Appendix C.

 

67.       “ Purchase order ” means Intrepid’s written order which specifies (1) the identity and quantity of each product; (2) the price for each such product; (3) a Product Delivery Date; and (4) a designated Intrepid warehouse to which VMR shall deliver the products.

 

68.       “ Quarterly Meetings ” means meetings or conference calls that shall be held within forty-five (45) Days after the end of each calendar quarter, at or during which Representatives of each Party shall participate and address various agenda items, as described elsewhere in this Agreement, keeping minutes of same and creating Addenda as may be required.

 

69.       “ Recall ” means recall, recovery, replacement, and/or retrofit due to FDA requirements or for other reasons reasonably determined by either Party related to a Product Issue and the implementation process and expense of such Recall.

 

70.       “ Receiving Party ” means a Party who has received Confidential Information from the other Party.

Page 6

 

 

 
 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

71.       “ Reference Average Retail Price ” means the Electronic Cigarette Average Retail Price for a product as measured by Nielsen for the 12-week period ending July 6, 2013, except that for new products it shall mean the Electronic Cigarette Average Retail Price reported by Nielsen for that product as of the closest relevant release date.

 

72.       “ Reference COGS Compression Rate ” means the number calculated on Appendix B. Such calculation method shall also be used for products not otherwise specifically identified on Appendix B, if necessary for interpretation of this Agreement.

 

73.       “ Remaining Margin Pool ” means the Gross Margin Pool less Consumer Marketing Commitment.

 

74.       “ Representative ” means a director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, licensor, independent contractor or other representative of a Party or the Affiliate of a Party. For the avoidance of doubt, with regard to Confidential Information, an Acquirer or anticipated Acquirer shall be deemed to be a Representative.

 

75.       “ Review Material ” means reports, notes, analyses, compilations, files, data, forecasts, studies, memoranda or other documents that contain or otherwise reflect Confidential Information.

 

76.       “ RW3 ” means Intrepid’s proprietary field sales database.

 

77.       “ SKU ” means stock keeping unit.

 

78.       “ Statistically Significant ” means that number of defective V2 Products that, when the sampling procedures provided in Appendix F are followed, would allow Intrepid to reject the entire shipment in which such V2 Products were shipped.

 

79.       “ Terms and Conditions of Sale ” means any terms or conditions associated with the sale of a product, including but not limited to pricing.

 

80.       “ Total Purchase Price Paid for VMR ” means the following, as applicable:

 

a)       If a Change in Control with regard to VMR shall occur as the result of a series of transactions, it shall mean the greater of (i) the amount received as a result of the final transaction that resulted in the Change in Control, divided by the incremental percentage of ownership acquired by the Acquirer in that final transaction, or (ii) the cumulative amounts received in all transactions in which any portion of ownership of VMR was transferred, including the final transaction that resulted in the Change in Control, divided by the cumulative ownership percentage in VMR transferred in all those transactions.

 

b)       If a Change in Control with regard to VMR shall occur in a single transaction pursuant to which VMR goes to less than 50% controlled by the members who own VMR as of the Effective Date, it shall mean the amount received in that transaction divided by the percent ownership in VMR acquired by the Acquirer in that transaction.

 

For purposes of determining amounts received under this definition, any deferred or contingent payout amounts will be deemed to have been received at the same time as amounts actually received upon the completion of the transaction resulting in the Change in Control.

 

81.       “ Trade Markup Factor ” means that number determined by taking Intrepid’s latest 12-month aggregate sales to the trade and dividing that figure by the sum resulting from the following calculation: for each SKU of V2 Products sold to the trade by Intrepid during that 12-month period, multiply the number of units of such SKU sold during the period by the then current VMR Delivered COGS per unit for that SKU, and then add the sum of the products obtained.

 

82.       “ TTB ” means the United States Alcohol and Tobacco Tax & Trade Bureau.

 

Page 7

 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

83.       “ UPC ” means uniform product code.

 

84.       “ US ” means the fifty States of the United States, the District of Columbia, and worldwide U.S. military commissaries and exchanges.

 

85.       “ V2CIGS Marks ” means trademarks, trade names, logos, copyrights, and other identifying material relating to VMR’s V2CIGS ® brand.

 

86.       “ V2CIGS Web Platform ” means any VMR-owned website on which V2 Products are sold.

 

87.       “ V2 Marks ” means trademarks, trade names, logos, copyrights, and other identifying material relating to VMR’s V2 TM brand.

 

88.       “ V2 Products ” means those products that carry either the V2CIGS Marks or the V2 Marks.

 

89.       “ V2 Products Forecast ” means a rolling, six (6)-month, good faith, estimation of the demand for V2 Products by SKU, by month.

 

90.       “ V2 Products Intellectual Property ” means any and all Intellectual Property associated with the V2 Products.

 

91.      “ V2 Product Prices ” means VMR’s price to Intrepid for the V2 Products. The V2 Product Prices shall be i) FOB Intrepid-Designated Warehouse, and ii) equal to the sum of the VMR Delivered COGS and the VMR Gross Margin as set forth on Appendix A. The Parties shall create an Addendum in relation to any amendment of V2 Product Prices or the negotiated price of any V2 Product not subject to this Agreement on the Effective Date. With regard to any product not subject to this Agreement on the Effective Date, the Addendum shall also set forth all information needed to complete Appendix A, as applicable, and Appendix B, as reasonably agreed by the Parties. The V2 Product Prices are inclusive and no additional charges, including for shipping, taxes, labeling, duties, storage and insurance shall be charged to Intrepid.

 

92.       “ V2 Product Specifications ” means the requirements for each V2 Product listed in Appendix H, as amended from time to time as mutually agreed to by the Parties.

 

93.       “ V2 Work Plan ” means a forward-looking work plan developed, maintained and executed by Intrepid in consultation with VMR in relation to the distribution, sale, and trade marketing of the V2 Products within the Bricks & Mortar Distribution Channel, which shall encompass no less than a three-month period of time.

 

94.       “ VMR Delivered COGS ” means the costs of goods sold in relation to V2 Products, which shall include but not be limited to all expenses associated with product design, production, quality assurance, importation, insurance, logistics, Government Levies, duties and other charges as may be applicable, as set out in Appendix A. Should any new Government Levies not reflected in the Cost/Profit Model (Appendix A) or V2 Product Prices on the Effective Date be imposed, the Parties shall in good faith amend Appendix A by mutual agreement reflecting in VMR’s Delivered COGS such Government Levies as indicated in the Cost/Profit Model, i.e., on a pass through basis and not be subject to any mark-up such as the Maximum VMR Logistics Costs rate.

 

95.       “ VMR Distribution Appointment Exceptions ” means those customers, trade channels and products identified in Appendix D, which shall be the only exceptions to the exclusive Bricks & Mortar Distribution rights granted to Intrepid.

 

96.       “ VMR US Eligible e-Nicotine Internet Net Sales ” means those VMR US net sales of VMR Products containing nicotine over the internet. If a ban on internet sales of VMR Products is in effect, Column B in Appendix I applies and the numerical value entered for VMR US Eligible e-Nicotine Internet Net Sales shall be equal to zero (0).

 

97.       “ VMR US Eligible Non-Nicotine Internet Net Sales ” means those VMR US net sales of VMR Products not containing nicotine including, without limitation, batteries and accessories, over the internet. If a ban on internet sales that includes non-nicotine VMR Products is in effect, Column B in Appendix I applies and the numerical value entered for VMR US Eligible Non-Nicotine Internet Net Sales shall equal zero (0).

 

Page 8

 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

98.       “ VMR Gross Margin ” means the amount calculated on Appendix A, as applicable for each product.

 

99.       “ VMR Indemnified Persons ” means VMR and its respective directors, officers, Affiliates, employees and agents.

 

100.     “ VMR Net Margin Split ” means fifty percent (50%) of the Remaining Margin Pool.

 

101.     “ VMR OEM Excluded Businesses ” means those businesses listed in Appendix E, subject to the additional terms set forth therein. For purposes of this definition, “acquisition” includes participation in a merger, sale of stock, or disposition of all or substantially all of an entity’s assets.

 

102.     “ VMR Product ” means any product designed, manufactured, sourced, marketed or sold by VMR.

 

103.     “ VMR’s Regulatory Department ” means the VP, Compliance & General Counsel, which such position is currently held by Sanjiv S. Desai, Contact information for such persons is as follows and will be updated by VMR as it changes: sanjiv@v2cigs.com (305-515-2791).

 

104.     “ VMR Total Effective Net Sales ” means VMR Eligible Total Net Sales plus the difference between Intrepid Sales to Trade and Intrepid Purchases from VMR.

 

105.     “ VMR Eligible Total Net Sales ” means net sales by VMR from all product lines over the 12 months immediately preceding the effective date of any Change in Control involving VMR, provided, however, that if at the time VMR Eligible Total Net Sales are to be determined, internet sales of Electronic Cigarettes are not yet subject to a ban at the federal level but are subject to effective bans in specific states, sales from those states will be excluded in determining the VMR Eligible Total Net Sales figure. For example:

 

a)        If a ban on internet sales of VMR Products is in effect, Column B in Appendix I applies and the VMR Eligible Total Net Sales shall exclude the sales of those VMR Products affected by such ban.

 

b)        If no ban is effect or there are no announcements, regulations or other indications of intent on the part of regulatory authorities in the US to promulgate such a ban, Column B in Appendix I applies.

 

c)       If there are announcements, regulations or other Indications of intent on the part of regulatory authorities in the US to promulgate a ban of nicotine and non-nicotine products over the internet, then Column D in Appendix I applies.

 

d)       If there are announcements, regulations or other Indications of intent on the part of regulatory authorities in the US to promulgate a ban solely on nicotine products over the internet, then Column F in Appendix I applies.

 

106.      “ Weighted Electronic Cigarette Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section B.3.a. As an example, meeting the Weighted Electronic Cigarette Distribution test would occur if the following is true: If 100,000 retail store locations carry any number of brands of Electronic Cigarettes and sell a total of 26 Million EQ Units over the applicable thirteen week period, and 40,000 retail store locations carry three or more brands of Electronic Cigarettes and sell thirteen million EQ Units over the same applicable thirteen week period (13/26 = 50%), then the Weighted Electronic Cigarette Distribution test has been met.

 

B.        DISTRIBUTION OF V2 PRODUCTS

 

1.          Distribution Appointment – Subject only to the VMR Distribution Appointment Exceptions, VMR:

 

     a)       Appoints Intrepid as its exclusive distributor within the Bricks & Mortar Distribution Channel of V2 Products; and

 

Page 9

 

 

 

  

EXECUTION COPY

 

b)          Agrees that it will not prior to the Final Termination Date appoint or grant to any third party the right to distribute the V2 Products within the Bricks & Mortar Distribution Channel.

 

2.           Obligations of VMR – VMR shall:

 

a)           Transition of Bricks and Mortar Distribution to Intrepid.

  

i.          Immediately, upon execution of this Agreement, cease all efforts to obtain new distribution for V2 Products within the Bricks & Mortar Distribution Channel;

 

ii.          Transition to Intrepid all existing VMR Bricks and Mortar Distributors within one hundred twenty (120) Days from the Intrepid V2 Product Inventory Date, other than those customers identified as VMR Distribution Appointment Exceptions (Appendix D);

 

iii.           If Intrepid incurs any costs or charges from Bricks and Mortar Distributors relating to damaged or unsaleable product claims with respect to V2 Products sold to such Bricks and Mortar Distributors by any party or parties other than Intrepid or NTC, or has to accept returns of any such V2 Products, VMR shall reimburse Intrepid for all such costs, charges and return payments within thirty (30) Days after receipt from Intrepid of an invoice providing reasonable detail with respect to such costs, charges and return payments, and shall if reasonably possible provide VMR with physical possession of such damaged or unsaleable products;

 

iv.           Refrain from fulfilling any orders from Bricks and Mortar Distributors for V2 Products on or after thirty (30) Days from the Intrepid V2 Product Inventory Date; and

 

v.          Use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid and mitigate any conflicts between the exclusive distribution rights granted to Intrepid and the VMR Distribution Appointment Exceptions, and work cooperatively with Intrepid to resolve such conflicts.

 

b)           Sales of Certain V2 Products - Neither market nor sell on V2CIGS Web platform the following V2 Products:

 

i.          Disposable Electronic Cigarettes, the consumer selling unit of which comprises less than five (5) individual
Electronic Cigarettes; and

 

ii.          Express Kits.

 

c)           OEM Business – Refrain from supplying, selling, sourcing on behalf of or otherwise providing Electronic Cigarettes to VMR OEM Excluded Businesses.

 

d)           Product Design – Have sole authority over and be solely responsible for (a) the design of the V2 Products, and (b) the development and design of the V2 Product packaging, subject to B(5) below.

 

e)           Manufacture & Supply - Manufacture and supply the V2 Products to Intrepid.

 

f)           Consumer Marketing – For the sole purpose of promoting V2 Products sales within the Bricks & Mortar Distribution Channel, as opposed to online, expend the Consumer Marketing Commitment on Consumer Marketing in such manner as it determines in its sole but reasonable discretion; provided, however, VMR shall expend all such funds solely on direct to consumer marketing. The content of such Consumer Marketing shall be determined by VMR in its sole but reasonable discretion, but shall be subject to the approval of Intrepid’s Legal Department, whose evaluation shall be based solely on legal, legislative and regulatory risks and whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. VMR shall work cooperatively with Intrepid’s Legal Department in relation to such evaluation and approval. Further, if the balance of Consumer Marketing Commitment funds exceeds the amount accrued over the two closed quarters immediately preceding the most recent closed calendar quarter, such excess shall flow into the Remaining Margin Pool and be split equally, at Intrepid’s discretion, between the Parties and Intrepid’s half immediately paid over to it.

 

Page 10

   

  

 

 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY 

 

g)           POS Materials

 

i.          Design V2 Product POS materials in consultation with Intrepid. These POS materials shall be subject to the approval of Intrepid’s Legal Department which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and based solely on legal, legislative and regulatory risks.

 

ii.          Approve or disapprove all POS orders and reorders within seven days, or approval shall be deemed to have occurred.

 

h)            Technical Assistance - Confer with Intrepid on technical issues as Intrepid may reasonably request. With regard to any third-party, out-of-pocket costs related to such technical issues, the Parties shall confer and agree upon how the Parties will share such costs, and neither Party shall have any liability for such costs unless it has agreed to incur such costs in writing.

 

i)            Store Locator - Place a store locator on the V2CIGS Web Platform upon Intrepid’s achievement of distribution in 10,000 retail accounts, as measured by Intrepid’s RW3 software, MSA or any other reliable source of such data including, without limitation, non-reporting jobbers and sub-jobbers.

 

j)            Quality Assurance and Bulk Shipping Standards – Take appropriate measures to ensure that V2 Products are produced in accordance with good manufacturing practices and meet the production and quality requirements contained in the V2 Product Specifications. VMR shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that V2 Products comply with the Bulk Shipping Standards. In the event that a shipment fails to meet the Bulk Shipping Standards, VMR and Intrepid agree to share equally the costs required to reorganize such shipment to meet the Bulk Shipping Standards.

 

k)            FDA & Other Regulatory Submissions & Compliance – Make all FDA and other regulatory submissions in relation to the V2 Products. VMR shall provide updates to Intrepid regarding VMR’s communication to and filings with the FDA that relate to the V2 Products or that reasonably might be expected to have a material adverse effect on Intrepid or its ability to distribute the V2 Products under this Agreement. If the Parties disagree whether any such communications to or filings with the FDA are required or warranted that relate to the V2 Products or that reasonably might be expected to have a material adverse effect on Intrepid or its ability to distribute the V2 Products, they agree to consult immediately with independent experienced FDA regulatory counsel and to abide by the conclusions and recommendations of such counsel.

 

3.           Obligations of Intrepid – Intrepid shall:

 

a)           Promotion & Sale – Make the primary focus of its sales organization driving growth in sales of the V2 Products and devote such time, skill and attention as is reasonably required to actively and effectively promote, market, sell, and create a demand for the V2 Products until the following conditions are met: (1) V2 Products are in distribution in 35,000 or more retail stores; and (2) any three (3) or more Electronic Cigarette brands are in retail store locations, and such store locations account for fifty percent (50%) or more of the total Electronic Cigarette Bricks and Mortar Distribution Channel volume based on EQ Units as measured over a rolling thirteen week period by MSA (“Weighted Electronic Cigarette Distribution”). After attaining such goals, Intrepid shall continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue continued store and share growth.

 

b)            Distribution – Establish and implement sales plans that support distribution of V2 Products in not less than 50,000 retail stores within the first twelve (12) months after the Intrepid Product Inventory Date.

 

c)            Trade Marketing – Pay for and execute all trade marketing initiatives and communication, including displays, POS, placement and program allowances and distributor sales drives.

 

Page 11

 

  

 

 

  

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

d)           Order Fulfillment - Fulfill orders for V2 Products in a timely and commercially reasonable manner, consistent with its fulfillment of orders for other products.

 

e)            Facilitation of Product Delivery Date – In order to facilitate VMR’s compliance with the Product Delivery Date, Intrepid shall provide to VMR on a monthly basis documentation regarding its sales and inventory position.

 

4.            Incidental Costs & Expenses – With regard to incidental costs and expenses absorbed or paid by one Party on behalf of the other Party, where the other Party has previously agreed in writing to pay such costs or expenses, each Party agrees to reimburse the other for such costs and expenses within thirty (30) Business Days after notice thereof.

  

5.            Product Changes – VMR may, at its sole discretion, modify the V2 Product Specifications, provided however, that with respect to substantial modifications, it shall provide at least seven (7) days’ written notice prior to the implementation of such modifications to Intrepid and shall consider but shall not be obligated to implement any changes suggested by Intrepid during such seven (7) day period. Any change to the V2 Product Specifications or the applicable packaging which would require a change to such products’ UPC shall require mutual consent of the Parties.

 

6.            Certificate of Compliance - With regard to all V2 Products, VMR shall Issue to Intrepid a Certificate of Compliance with respect to each Purchase Order which VMR shall provide to Intrepid prior to each shipment, and in no case later than the Product Delivery Date.

 

7.            Rejection of Non-Compliant Products – VMR shall promptly process the return of Non-Compliant Products and refund or credit Intrepid’s account in an amount equal to the Intrepid payments made in relation to Non-Compliant Products. If Intrepid establishes that a Statistically Significant number of any given V2 Product in any shipment are Non-Compliant Products, VMR shall either:

 

i. Refund or credit Intrepid’s account for the entire shipment; or

  

ii. Solely bear the burden of expeditiously inspecting one hundred percent (100%) of such Products in the subject shipment in order to segregate and establish the number of discrete Non-Compliant Products, and refund or credit Intrepid’s account in an amount equal to the Intrepid payments made in relation to the number of Non-Compliant Products.

  

VMR shall be entitled to receive the results of any tests conducted that result in the rejection by Intrepid of Non-Compliant Products.

 

8.           Development of Trade Marketing & Sales Presentation Materials – Subject to legal review by both VMR and Intrepid, the Parties shall collaboratively develop trade marketing and sales presentation materials, utilizing shared internal data sources and each Party shall bear the costs it incurs In connection with the development of such materials.

 

9.           Recall Procedures – In the event of a Product Issue, the Parties shall follow the following procedures:

 

a)          If either Party learns of a Product Issue, it will promptly contact the Intrepid Regulatory Department and the VMR Regulatory Department and each Party will communicate to the other all relevant facts known to It. The Parties will cooperate In communication with the public and governmental agencies and in correcting any such condition that is found, alleged or suspected to exist. The Parties will consult with one another prior to making any statements to the public or to any governmental agency concerning the Product Issue, except in circumstances in which doing so would prevent timely notification that may be required to be given under applicable law or regulation.

 

Page 12

 

 

 

 

 

  

EXECUTION COPY

  

b)           In addition, the Parties shall contact Intrepid’s Regulatory Department and the VMR Regulatory Department immediately, i.e. within approximately sixty (60) minutes of becoming aware of a malfunction that could result in serious Injury or a serious injury associated with a V2 Product. A malfunction that could result in serious injury or a serious injury includes, but is not limited to, the failure of the V2 Product to meet the V2 Product Specifications or otherwise perform as intended, and such malfunction is likely to cause an injury or illness that is life threatening, results in permanent impairment of a body function or permanent damage to a body structure, or necessitates medical or surgical intervention to preclude permanent impairment of a body function or permanent damage to a body structure.

 

c)           The Parties each agree to comply diligently and promptly with all Recall, correction or removal procedures and related requests of the other Party or any regulatory body. If the Parties disagree whether a Recall, correction, removal, or related request is warranted, they agree to consult immediately with independent experienced FDA regulatory counsel and to abide by the conclusions and recommendations of such counsel.

  

d)           Each Party shall reimburse the other for all reasonable, direct, out-of-pocket expenses or payments actually incurred or made by the Party to be reimbursed that are associated with the correction of a Product Issue or institution and implementation of a Recall, correction or removal, including but not limited to, the actual cost of the products, as well as the costs of inspection, investigation, replacement, retrieval, segregation, storage, transportation, destruction and/or disposal, and reasonable attorneys’ fees, that result from (1) the Indemnifying Party’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, or (2) the negligent act or omission, willful misconduct or fault of the indemnifying Party or, in the case of VMR, its manufacturers.

 

10.         Bricks & Mortar Trade Shows – Intrepid shall manage participation in Bricks and Mortar Trade Shows. However, should VMR choose to attend and feature V2 Products at Bricks & Mortar Trade Shows, VMR may do so, subject to the following:

 

a)           VMR shall be responsible for all associated costs which shall not be credited against the Consumer Marketing Commitment;

 

b)           VMR shall obtain and comply with Intrepid’s guidance regarding all relevant legal and regulatory matters, including but not limited to the design of trade show materials and booth;

 

c)           VMR shall rely on Intrepid personnel to staff the trade show facility in coordination and consultation with VMR; and

 

d)           VMR shall be available at such trade shows for the purpose of providing support to Intrepid as may be reasonably requested.

 

11.         Pricing

 

a)           V2 Product Pricing - VMR shall sell the V2 Products to Intrepid at the V2 Product Prices. The Model VMR Delivered COGS shall be deemed a maximum for VMR Delivered COGS.

 

Page 13

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

b)            Most Favored Nations Terms and Conditions of Sale - In the event VMR grants to any third party Terms and Conditions of Sale on V2 Products or products substantially similar to V2 Products more favorable than those provided to Intrepid, VMR shall promptly advise Intrepid of such fact, and the relevant terms of this Agreement shall be reset automatically to the more favorable Terms and Conditions of Sale unless Intrepid waives or chooses to limit its rights under this paragraph in writing.

 

12.        V2 Product Orders, Fulfillment & Payment - Intrepid shall issue Purchase Orders (the terms and conditions of which, to the extent that they are in addition to or different from the terms set forth in this Agreement; shall not control) and shall pay for the V2 Products pursuant to the Product Order & Payment Process, with which VMR shall also comply. VMR shall fulfill Intrepid’s Purchase Orders for V2 Products on or before the Product Delivery Date. All risk of loss or damage arising during transportation and delivery shall Iie solely with VMR, with the risk of loss transferring to Intrepid only upon its receipt of the products. Any orders for delivery during January through March of any year must be received by December 1 of the prior year. No Purchase Orders shall be submitted after January 1 of each year until February of that year for April or May delivery. Maximum orders shall be no more than 125% of the fourth month in the last forecast, except that for orders for delivery during Chinese New Year the maximum will be 125% of the total for the months of January and February in the most recent forecast.

  

13.        Increase in Intrepid List Price – Should Intrepid Increase the Intrepid List Price, for reasons unrelated to taxes, fees, or other inherent product costs, Intrepid shall notify VMR within seven (7) Business Days after the date of notification to its trade customers of such increase. VMR, in turn, may within the next thirty (30) Days, increase the V2 Product Prices in conformity with the formula set forth In Appendix A. The resulting increase In the V2 Product Prices shall be added into Cumulative VMR Share of Intrepid Net Margin Increase from List Price Increases (line (e)(2) of Appendix A).

 

14.        Monthly Reporting – On a monthly basis, the Parties shall provide to one another a written report detailing the following Information and data regarding V2 Products:

 

a)          Intrepid to VMR

 

i.         Wholesale and retail distribution;

 

ii.        Sales of V2 Products;

 

iii.       A V2 Products Forecast; and

 

iv.       Inventory position for each SKU

 

b)         VMR to Intrepid

 

i.        The calculation of the Consumer Marketing Commitment for previous month’s Purchase Order deliveries;

 

ii.       A summary of all V2 Product Consumer Marketing Commitment expenditures and results;

 

iii.      Cumulative Consumer Marketing Commitment amount and expenditures against such amount, along with supporting documentation, if requested; and

 

iv.      Capacity for production for each month for the next twelve (12) months by SKU.

 

C.         TERM AND TERMINATION

  

1.          Term . The initial term of this Agreement shall be five (5) years, beginning on the Effective Date. Thereafter, absent earlier termination, this Agreement shall automatically renew for additional, consecutive two (2) year terms unless terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or by the mutual Agreement of the Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, it is the intention of the Parties that for so long as the Parties remain in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and no other event of termination provided for in this Agreement has occurred, the Agreement shall continue in effect unless and until terminated by mutual consent.

 

Page 14

 

       

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

2.          VMR Rights to Terminate the Agreement .

 

a.       Grounds for Termination - VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

  

i.         35,000 Retail Store Test. Intrepid (a) fails by June 24, 2014, to have V2 Products in distribution in at least 35,000 retail store locations or (b) thereafter fails to maintain distribution of V2 Products in at least 35,000 retail stores for two consecutive quarters, measured as of the end of the quarter as reflected in the reports delivered by Intrepid at Quarterly Meetings, for reasons under either clause (a) or clause (b) that are unrelated to the availability of V2 Products from VMR or government regulatory action that limits availability of locations at which the V2 Products can be sold. With respect to clause (a), above, VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by delivery to Intrepid of a written notice of termination within thirty (30) Days after VMR’s receipt of the June 2014 quarterly report. With respect to clause (b), above, VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by delivery of a written notice of termination within thirty (30) Days after VMR’s receipt of the Quarterly Meeting report showing failure to maintain distribution in at least 35,000 retail stores for the second consecutive quarter. Any such termination notice shall also clearly state which course of action VMR Intends to take under Section C.2.b.i., below, with respect to such termination. Failure to provide such a notice of termination within the applicable 30-Day period shall be deemed a waiver by VMR of the specific failure to meet the requirements of this subsection and shall constitute a termination of any further obligation on the part of Intrepid with respect to the applicable clause. For the avoidance of doubt, the number of retail store locations in which V2 Products are in distribution shall be as Indicated on and through the store locator on the V2CIGS Web Platform verified by Intrepid’s RW3 software, MSA or any other reliable source of such data including, without limitation, non-reporting jobbers and sub-jobbers.

 

ii..        Peak Share Test. Should Intrepid experience two consecutive Intrepid Unsatisfactory Quarters, VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by delivery to Intrepid of a written notice of termination within thirty (30) Days of receipt of the MSA report indicating that the referenced event has occurred. Any such termination notice shall also clearly state which course of action VMR intends to take under Section C.2.b.i., below, with respect to such termination. Failure to provide such a notice of termination within said 30-Day period shall be deemed a waiver by VMR of its termination rights under this subsection, but for only that specific occurrence.

 

iii..       Minimum Order Requirements. Intrepid shall order at least $20,000,000 worth of V2 Products, based on VMR’s invoice price therefor for each calendar year during the term of this Agreement. If it fails to satisfy its obligation under this subsection, VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by delivery to Intrepid of a written notice of termination no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such failure occurs. Any such termination notice shall also clearly state which course of action VMR intends to take under Section C.2.b.i., below, with respect to such termination. Failure to provide such a notice of termination by said date shall be deemed a waiver by VMR of the specific failure to meet the requirements of this subsection and shall constitute a termination of any further obligation on the part of Intrepid with respect to this subsection.

 

Page 15

 

     

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

iv. Material Breach, The following are Material Breaches under which VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement:

 

          A.      Intrepid’s Failure to Pay - Should Intrepid fail to make any payment to VMR for the V2 Products within seven (7) Days after the date on which payment is due, VMR shall within the next forty-five (45) Days provide written notice to Intrepid regarding such failure. Intrepid shall then have seven (7) Days from the date on which Intrepid receives any such notice in which to cure such payment default and if it fails to cure such payment default within such seven (7) Day period, VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement; provided, however, that if as of the date upon which Intrepid fails to pay in a timely fashion it has within the past 12-month period from that date failed three other times to make a payment to VMR in a timely fashion, the current such failure may not be cured and VMR shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement upon Intrepid’s failure to make the payment within seven (7) Days after the date on which payment is due. Upon delivery by VMR of any such written notice of failure to Intrepid, VMR may suspend its performance under this Agreement until such time as the failure is cured.

  

          B.      Bankruptcy of Intrepid - Should Intrepid have an involuntary proceeding in bankruptcy filed against it, which proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) Days of its filing, or seek protection by filing for bankruptcy, VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement.

 

          C.      Other Breaches - In the event of any other breach by Intrepid of its obligations under this Agreement, VMR shall within the next thirty (30) Days provide Intrepid written notice of such breach. Upon receipt of any such notice, Intrepid shall have forty-five (45) Days in which either to cure such breach or, if it cannot be cured within that period, to so notify VMR, provide VMR with a plan reasonably acceptable to VMR for curing such breach as expeditiously as reasonably possible, and proceed to effectuate such cure. Failure by Intrepid to effectuate such a cure shall cause the underlying breach to become a Material Breach and give VMR a right to terminate this Agreement immediately upon such failure to cure.

 

In order to terminate in the case of a Material Breach, VMR must provide written notice to Intrepid of its intent to terminate within thirty (30) Days of the date upon which the Material Breach termination right accrues. Any such termination notice shall also clearly state which course of action VMR intends to take under Section C.2.b.ii, below, with respect to such termination. Failure to provide such notice termination by the date required shall constitute a waiver by VMR of its termination rights hereunder with respect to that particular Material Breach.

 

b.         Effect of Termination

  

i.   Effect of Termination Pursuant to Sections C.2.a.i thru C.2.a.iii. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to any of sections C.2.a.i. (35,000 Retail Store Test), C.2.a.ii. (Peak Share Test), or C.2.a.iii (Minimum Order Requirements), VMR must elect to do one of the two options set forth below.

 

Page 16

 

     

 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

A.            Purchase as of the effective date of termination all of Intrepid’s V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders for any and all V2 Products at the prices charged to Intrepid for those products. VMR shall pay Intrepid for its V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders, including any shipping costs, within thirty (30) Days after the date upon which Intrepid provides written notice to VMR of its inventory position, by SKU, as of the effective date of termination.

 

B.           Allow Intrepid to continue selling V2 Products from its V2 Product inventory for a period of 180 Days from the date of receipt of the notice of termination and then, at the end of said 180-Day period, VMR shall purchase any and all of Intrepid’s remaining V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders for V2 Products at the price charged to Intrepid for those products. VMR shall pay Intrepid for its V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders, including any shipping costs, within thirty (30) Days after the date upon which Intrepid provides written notice to VMR of its final inventory position, by SKU, as of that date which is 180 Days after the effective date of termination.

 

ii.         Effect of Termination Pursuant to Section C.2.a.iv. Upon terminating pursuant to Section C.2.a.iv ( Material Breach ), VMR must elect to do one of the two options set forth below.

 

1.           Purchase as of the effective date of termination all of Intrepid’s V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders for any and all V2 Products at the prices charged to Intrepid for those products. VMR shall pay Intrepid for its V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders, including any shipping costs, within thirty (30) Days after the date upon which Intrepid provides notice of its inventory position, by SKU, as of the effective date of termination.

 

2.          Allow Intrepid to continue selling V2 Products from its V2 Product inventory for a period of 180 Days from the date of receipt of the notice of termination. At the end of that 180-Day period, Intrepid shall return all remaining inventory to VMR at Intrepid’s cost.

 

3.         Intrepid Rights to Terminate the Agreement .

 

           a.       Grounds for Termination - Intrepid shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  i.         Material Breach. The following are Material Breaches under which Intrepid shall have the right to terminate this Agreement:

 

          A.          VMR’s Failure to Deliver - Should VMR fail to make any delivery of V2 Products within thirty (30) Days after the Product Delivery Date on the corresponding open Purchase Order, Intrepid shall within the next thirty (30) Days provide written notice to VMR regarding such failure. If as of the date upon which VMR fails to deliver V2 Products within thirty (30) days after a Product Delivery Date it has had three other such timely delivery failures in the 12 months preceding that date, Intrepid shall have the right to terminate this Agreement; provided, however, that a delivery that was timely when first made shall not be considered to become untimely hereunder because of a quality default under subsection 3.a.i.B, below, that requires reshipment of products in order to cure. Upon delivery by Intrepid of a written notice of failure to VMR under this subsection 3.a.i.A., Intrepid may suspend its performance under this Agreement until such time as the failure is waived or cured, including without limitation its obligations under Section B.3.a. (Promotion & Sale) , Section C.2.a.i. (35,000 Retail Store Test) , Section C.2.a.ii. (Peak Share Test) , and Section C.2.a.iii ( Minimum Order Requirements ). 

Page 17

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

B.        Quality Issues

 

          (1)          Non-Statistically Significant Default. Should VMR deliver any Non-Compliant Products (other than products that fail to comply with the Bulk Shipping Standards), Intrepid shall within the next thirty (30) Days provide written notice to VMR regarding such failure. If Intrepid provides such notice to VMR and if the number of Non-Compliant Products in such delivery was not Statistically Significant, VMR shall then have forty-five (45) Days from the date on which it receives any such notice in which either to replace the Non-Compliant Products or to reimburse Intrepid for any payments that it made to VMR for such products, whereupon VMR shall be deemed to have cured such Non-Statistically Significant Breach.

 

          (2)           Statistically Significant Default. Should VMR deliver any Non-Compliant Products (other than products that fail to comply with the Bulk Shipping Standards) and if the number of Non-Compliant Products in that particular delivery is Statistically Significant, Intrepid shall within the next thirty (30) Days provide written notice to VMR regarding such failure and VMR shall have forty-five (45) Days from the date on which it receives such notice to cure such default or, if the default cannot be cured within that period, to so notify Intrepid, provide Intrepid with a plan reasonably acceptable to Intrepid for curing such default as expeditiously as possible, and proceed to effectuate such cure. Failure by VMR to effectuate such a cure shall cause the quality default to become a Material Breach and give Intrepid the right to terminate this Agreement.

 

          (3)          Multiple Statistically Significant Defaults. If, as of any date upon which VMR delivers a Statistically Significant number of Non-Compliant Products, it has made three prior deliveries of Statistically Significant Non-Compliant Products in the 12-month period immediately’ preceding such date, the current quality default may not be cured and Intrepid shall have the right to terminate this Agreement.

 

Page 18 

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

          (4)           Suspension of Performance. Upon delivery by Intrepid of a written notice of failure to VMR with regard to a Statistically Significant default under subsection 3.a.1.B(2), above, Intrepid may suspend its performance under this Agreement until such time as the failure is waived or cured, including without limitation its obligations under Section B.3.a. (Promotion & Sale) , Section C.2.a.i. (35,000 Retail Store Test) , Section C.2.a.ii. (Peak Share Test) , and Section C.2.a.iii (Minimum Order Requirements) .

 

      C.           Bankruptcy of VMR – Should VMR have an involuntary proceeding in bankruptcy filed against it, which proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) Days of its filing, or seek protection by filing for bankruptcy, Intrepid shall have the right to terminate this Agreement.

 

D.           Other Breaches – In the event of any other breach by VMR of its obligations under this Agreement, Intrepid shall within the next thirty (30) Days provide VMR written notice of such breach. Upon receipt of any such notice, VMR shall have forty-five (45) Days in which either to cure such breach or, if it cannot be cured within that period, to so notify Intrepid, provide Intrepid with a plan reasonably acceptable to Intrepid for curing such breach as expeditiously as reasonably possible, and proceed to effectuate such cure. Failure by VMR to effectuate such a cure shall cause the underlying breach to become a Material Breach and give Intrepid a right to terminate this Agreement.

 

In order to terminate in the case of a Material Breach, Intrepid must provide written notice to VMR of its intent to terminate within thirty (30) Days of the date upon which the Material Breach termination right accrues. Any such termination notice shall also clearly state which course of action Intrepid intends to take under Section C.3.b.i., below, with respect to such termination. Failure to provide such notice termination by the date required shall constitute a waiver by Intrepid of its termination rights hereunder with respect to that particular Material Breach.

 

ii.            Non-Competitive Pricing . Should VMR’s pricing become Non-Competitive, Intrepid shall within the next thirty (30) Days provide written notice to VMR regarding such failure, which notice shall also provide the relevant Nielsen pricing data that evidences the Non-Competitive pricing. If Intrepid provides VMR with such a thirty (30) Day notice, VMR shall then have forty-five (45) Days from the date on which VMR receives any such notice in which to cure such default by adjusting VMR’s COGS to eliminate the Non-Competitive status; provided, however, that if VMR fails to cure said Non-Competitive status within forty-five (45) Days from the date of VMR’s receipt of said written notice of Non-Competitive pricing status, Intrepid shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by delivering written notice of termination to VMR within thirty (30) Days of VMR’s failure to cure said Non-Competitive pricing status.

 

b.         Effects of Termination

 

i.           Effect of Termination Pursuant to Section C.3.a.l. Upon terminating pursuant to Section C.3.a.i. (Material Breach) , Intrepid shall continue to sell V2 Products from its Intrepid V2 Product inventory for a period of 180 Days from the date of VMR’s receipt of the notice of termination and then, at the end of said 180-Day period, VMR shall purchase any and all of Intrepid’s remaining V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders for V2 Products at the price charged to Intrepid for those products. VMR shall pay Intrepid for its V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders, including any shipping costs, within thirty (30) Days after the date upon which Intrepid provides written notice to VMR of its final inventory position, by SKU, as of that date which is 180 Days after the effective date of termination.

 

Page 19

 

 
 

   


 

EXECUTION COPY

 

ii.         Effect of Termination Pursuant to Section C.3.a.ii. Upon terminating pursuant to Section C.3.a.ii (Non-Competitive Pricing) , Intrepid must elect to do one of the two options set forth below.

 

1.           Intrepid shall continue to sell V2 Products from its V2 Product inventory for a period of 180 Days from the date of VMR’s receipt of the notice of termination and then, at the end of said 180-Day period, VMR shall purchase any and all of Intrepid’s remaining V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders for V2 Products at the price charged to Intrepid for those products. VMR shall pay Intrepid for its V2 Product inventory and open Purchase orders, including any shipping costs, within thirty (30) Days after the date upon which Intrepid provides written notice to VMR of its final inventory position, by SKU, as of that date which is 180 Days after the effective date of termination.

 

2.           Intrepid shall continue selling V2 products from its V2 Product inventory for a period of 360 Days from the date of receipt of the termination notice by VMR. VMR shall have no obligation to purchase any remaining V2 Products from Intrepid’s V2 Product inventory after the end of the 360-Day period. At any time during the last 180 Days of such 360-Day period, VMR shall have the right upon 30-Days’ written notice to Intrepid to purchase any and all of Intrepid’s V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders for V2 Products remaining as of the end of that 30-Day period at the price charged to Intrepid for those products.

 

4.          No Obligation to Purchase Overaged Product . Notwithstanding the foregoing, VMR shall have no obligation under this Section C to purchase any V2 Products that have fewer than eight (8) months of shelf life remaining as of the effective date of termination under this section, based on such V2 Products’ “Best Before” dating.

 

5.           Termination for Force Majeure . Should an event of Force Majeure occur and continue for a period of greater than 60 consecutive days, the other party, at its sole option shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Party claiming the Force Majeure event. In the event of a termination pursuant to this subsection on account of a Force Majeure event, the effect of the termination will be as follows:

 

a.          If the Party claiming Force Majeure is VMR, Intrepid may continue to sell V2 Products from its V2 Product inventory for a period of 180 Days from the date of VMR’s receipt of the notice of termination and then, at the end of said 180-Day period, VMR shall purchase any and all of Intrepid’s remaining V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders for V2 Products at the price charged to Intrepid for those products. VMR shall pay Intrepid for its V2 Product inventory and open Purchase Orders, including any shipping costs, within thirty (30) Days after the date upon which Intrepid provides written notice to VMR of its final inventory position, by SKU, as of that date which is 180 Days after the effective date of termination.

 

Page 20 

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

b.          If the Party claiming Force Majeure Is Intrepid, Intrepid may continue selling V2 Products from Its V2 Product inventory for a period of 180 Days from the date of receipt of the notice of termination. At the end of that 180-Day period, Intrepid shall return all remaining inventory to VMR at Intrepid’s cost.

 

D.        INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND MARKS

 

1.          VMR Intellectual Property, and Marks

 

a)           VMR Intellectual Property Warranty – VMR represents and warrants to Intrepid that it owns all rights in the U.S. to the V2CIGS Marks and the V2 Marks and that the marketing, sale and distribution of V2 Products as contemplated by this Agreement will not Infringe or violate any third party trademark, copyright, trade dress, trade secret, patent, or other intellectual property or contract right.

 

b)          V2 Products Intellectual Property – All Intellectual Property Rights in the V2 Products and all rights in the V2CIGS Marks and the V2 Marks shall be the sole and exclusive property of VMR, and Intrepid shall acquire no right, title or interest in or to such Intellectual Property Rights.

 

c)           Intrepid’s Use of V2CIGS Marks and V2 Marks – VMR grants to Intrepid a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicensable license to use the V2CIGS Marks and V2 Marks for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement. Intrepid shall use the V2CIGS Marks and the V2 Marks only in accordance with the VMR Trademark Usage Guidelines attached hereto as Appendix G, which may be amended by VMR from time to time subject to Intrepid’s consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and only in accordance the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

d)          Unauthorized Use – During the term of this Agreement, Intrepid shall promptly report to VMR any unauthorized use, duplication, copying or reproduction of the V2CIGS Marks or V2 Marks and any potential infringement or other violation of VMR’s Intellectual Property Rights of which it becomes aware.

 

e)           Exclusive Property of VMR - All present and future V2CIGS Marks and V2 Marks shall remain the sole and exclusive property of VMR and no rights to the V2CIGS Marks or V2 Marks shall vest in Intrepid because of this Agreement.

 

f)            Effect of Termination  – Intrepid’s limited license to use the V2CIGS Marks or the V2 Marks shall expire upon the termination of this Agreement, except to the extent necessary to permit Intrepid to exercise any rights hereunder to continue selling V2 Products,

 

E.        CONFIDENTIALITY

 

1.         Duty of Confidentiality  - Except as required by law, a Receiving Party shall not disclose Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party to any third party or person without the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party.

 

2.         Duty of Care - A Receiving Party shall use the same degree of care in protecting and using the Confidential Information as it would use in protecting its own Confidential information, but in no case shall a Receiving Party exercise a degree of care that is either less than a reasonable degree of care or inconsistent with generally accepted business practices.

 

3.         Time Limit Confidentiality – Each Party’s Review Material and Confidential Information shall be kept confidential by the other Party for a period of time not less than: (a) the longest term of this Agreement, plus (b) five (5) additional years. 

 

Page 21

 

 

 
 

 

 

 EXECUTION COPY

 

4.         Limitations on the Use of Information – The Parties agree with regard to each other’s Confidential Information and Review Material:

 

a)         Limitations on Use and Disclosure

 

i.          Not to use Review Material or Confidential Information other than for the purposes described in or otherwise intended by this Agreement;

 

ii.          To reveal Review Material and Confidential Information only (A) to those of its Representatives who have a need to know the same and who are bound by duties of confidentially equivalent to those in this Agreement, (B) to potential investors, strategic partners who have entered into confidentiality agreements with the Disclosing Party imposing on such recipients obligations of confidentiality with respect to such material or information equivalent to those in this Agreement, (C) to lenders subject to customary understandings as to maintaining the confidentiality thereof and (D) in connection with a public offering or private placement of securities as and to the extent required by securities laws, provided that, in connection with a private placement, the offering material shall contain customary restrictions on maintaining the confidentiality thereof; and

 

iii           To destroy or promptly return to the Disclosing Party any and all Confidential Information disclosed under this Agreement as directed by the Disclosing Party.

 

b)          Liability for Representatives - The Parties are responsible for any breach of confidentiality by their Representatives.

 

c)          Legally Ordered Disclosure

 

 i.          If either Party or anyone to whom they may transmit Confidential Information or Review Material is requested or required to disclose the same, or any other matter, disclosure of which is prohibited by this Agreement, by administrative or judicial action, including without limitation by deposition, interrogatory, request for Information in legal proceedings, subpoena, civil investigative demand, order, statute, rule, request or other requirement promulgated or imposed by a judicial, regulatory, self-regulatory, legislative body or governmental agency, that Party, if legally permitted, shall promptly after notice of such action notify the Disclosing Party to allow the Disclosing Party the opportunity to seek any legal remedies available to it for the purpose of maintaining the confidentiality.

 

ii.          If such legal remedy is not obtained, the Receiving Party shall furnish only that portion of Confidential Information, Review Material or other information that is required or requested, and the Receiving Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts, at the Disclosing Party’s sole cost and expense, to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment shall be accorded to all such documents, data, or information disclosed.

 

d)          Injunctive Relief – The Parties agree:

 

 i.         That upon the breach or threatened breach by one Party of its obligations of confidentiality under this Agreement, the non-breaching Party shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such breach because:

 

 a.          The rights and benefits of each of the Parties under the confidential provisions of this Agreement are unique;

 

 b.          No adequate remedy exists at law should one of the Parties breach any of its confidentiality obligations;

 

 c.          It would be difficult to determine the amount of damages resulting from such a breach; and

 

Page 22

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

d.          Such a breach would cause irreparable injury to the non-breaching Party;

 

ii.          That a Party seeking Injunctive relief in relation to Confidential Information may do so without the requirement of posting bond; and

 

iii.         That notwithstanding the foregoing provisions regarding injunctive relief, this Agreement shall not be construed as prohibiting a Party from pursuing any other remedy available to it as a result of a breach or threatened breach of the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement.

 

e)       Title to Confidential Information -  All Confidential Information disclosed to, delivered to, or acquired by a Receiving Party shall be and remain the sole property of the Disclosing Party.

 

F.       CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

1.        Notice of Change in Control of VMR - Within thirty (30) Business Days after a Change in Control involving VMR, the Acquirer shall provide written notice to Intrepid advising it of the Change in Control transaction and confirming that it has been informed by VMR of the obligations undertaken by VMR under the Agreement, has reviewed a copy of this Agreement, and has assumed and will fulfill all such obligations. That portion of the purchase price paid to VMR or its members in connection with any such transaction that equals the amount that would be payable to Intrepid under Section F.2.d., below, in the event of a termination of this Agreement under Section F.2. shall be placed into escrow at the time such transaction is consummated and held there until the first to occur of the following: (a) one-hundred eighty (180) Days have passed from the effective date of the Change in Control without a written notice of termination being provided to Intrepid pursuant to Section F.2.a., below; or (b) the Acquirer of VMR has waived in writing its right to terminate this Agreement under Section F.2., below; or (c) a notice of termination has been provided to Intrepid pursuant to Section F.2.a., below. In the case of either (a) or (b), the amount placed in escrow may at that time be paid over to VMR. In the case of (c), that portion of the escrowed amount equal to the payment to be made to Intrepid pursuant to Section F.2.d., below, shall be paid over to Intrepid, after which the remainder of the amount in escrow may be paid over to VMR. 

 

2.         Termination of the Agreement Upon a Change In Control of VMR – If, upon a Change in Control of VMR, the Acquirer of VMR wishes to terminate this Agreement, then the Acquirer may do so only If all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

a.        Within no more than one-hundred eighty (180) Days after the effective date of the Change In Control, the Acquirer provides to Intrepid a written notice of termination of this Agreement, to be effective 180 Days after the receipt by Intrepid of the notice.

 

b.        The Acquirer’s notice of termination shall also set forth the Acquirer’s election as to the following options regarding disposition of V2 Products that are located solely In Intrepid’s inventory or in transit, including any and all open Purchase Orders, on the effective date of termination.

 

i.           The Acquirer shall within thirty (30) Days after the effective date of notice of termination purchase V2 Products that are located solely in Intrepid’s inventory or in transit, including any and all open Purchase Orders, at the then current Intrepid List Price with payment to be made to Intrepid upon delivery of the V2 Products. Upon payment to Intrepid by Acquirer, this Agreement shall terminate immediately.

 

ii.          The Acquirer shall permit Intrepid to sell its remaining V2 Product inventory during the 180-Day notice of termination period and at the conclusion of which, or at any time during such period on 30 Days’ notice, the Acquirer shall purchase all then remaining inventory at current Intrepid List Price with payment to be made to Intrepid upon delivery of the V2 Products.

 

 Page 23

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

iii.        The Acquirer shall permit Intrepid to sell its remaining V2 Product inventory for an additional period of 180 Days beyond the 180-Day termination notice period (i.e., a total of 360 Days from the receipt of the termination notice), and thereafter, or at any time during the 180 Days subsequent to the end of the termination notice period, on 30 Days’ notice, Acquirer shall purchase, and Intrepid shall sell all V2 Products remaining in Intrepid’s inventory at Intrepid’s cost.

 

c.           During the term of this Agreement, through the effective date of any termination of the Agreement hereunder, and thereafter with regard to obligations that survive termination, the Acquirer fully performs the obligations undertaken by VMR; provided, however, that Acquirer and VMR shall not be required to fulfill purchase orders for V2 Products issued after the notice of termination.

 

d.           Payment is made to Intrepid on or prior to the effective date of a termination of the Agreement hereunder in an amount intended by the Parties to provide Intrepid with a fair share of the value created under this Agreement to the effective date of the Change in Control, as determined pursuant to this subsection. The payment shall be an amount equal to the Total Purchase Price Paid for VMR multiplied by a percentage equal to 50% times Intrepid Sales to Trade % of VMR Total Effective Net Sales, as calculated in accordance with the illustration attached to this Agreement as Appendix I, and the following provisions:

 

i. If upon the date of payment hereunder sales of Electronic Cigarettes in the US over the Internet or through the mail are not banned and there exist on that date no announcements, regulations or other indications of intent on the part of regulatory authorities In the US to promulgate such a ban, the payment to Intrepid will be calculated as set forth in Column B of Appendix 1.

 

ii. If upon the date of payment hereunder (A) sales of Electronic Cigarettes in the US over the internet or through the mail are banned, but that ban Is subject to pending litigation, or (B) there exist on that date announcements, regulations or other indications of intent on the part of regulatory authorities in the US to promulgate such a ban that are not yet finally effective, the payment to Intrepid will be calculated (X) as set forth in Column D of Appendix I if VMR US Eligible e-Nicotine internet Sales and VMR US Eligible Non-Nicotine Internet Net Sales are both included in such ban or proposed ban, or (Y) as set forth in Column F of Appendix I if such VMR US Eligible Non-Nicotine Internet Net Sales are not banned or proposed to be banned.

 

iii. If upon the date of payment hereunder sales of Electronic Cigarettes in the US over the internet or through the mail are banned and any litigation relating to that ban has been fully and finally resolved, the payment to Intrepid will be calculated as set forth in Column B of Appendix I, except that all VMR sales related to banned products will be eliminated from the calculation.

 

iv. For purposes of calculations under subsection ii, above, Assumed US Internet Duration represents the Parties’ recognition that where a potential ban on internet or mail sales of Electronic Cigarettes is pending but not final, the Acquirer of VMR is paying some portion of the purchase price for the remaining opportunity to sell on the internet and/or to leverage the VMR database for enhancing retail sales. The Parties have agreed to a maximum of three years for the Assumed US Internet Duration (which is the number used in the illustrations on Appendix I), but have also agreed that that number shall be reduced by whatever period of time has elapsed from the time a ban or intention to ban internet sales was first announced and the effective date of the Change in Control transaction. The reduction for periods of less than a full year will be calculated based on a 365-Day year, rounded to one decimal point.

 

Page 24

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

v. If a Change In Control transaction involving VMR shall occur within 30 months from the Effective Date of this Agreement, the payment to be made to Intrepid upon a termination of this Agreement hereunder shall be calculated as provided above except that the Intrepid Sales to Trade to be used In such calculation shall be the greater of the following numbers: (A) Intrepid Sales to Trade over the 12 months preceding the effective date of the Change in Control; or (B) Intrepid’s actual sales to the trade over the three months preceding the effective date of the Change in Control times 4.

 

3.           Trade Communication Regarding Termination – Neither Acquirer nor Intrepid shall notify or otherwise relay information regarding termination, which shall be deemed Confidential Information, to any third party, including their trading partners, until fifteen (15) Days prior to the last day on which Intrepid is permitted to sell V2 Products, unless agreed otherwise in writing.

 

4.           No Obligation to Purchase Overaged Product -- Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquirer shall have no obligation under this Section F to purchase any V2 Products that have fewer than eight (8) months of shelf life remaining as of the effective date of termination under this section, based on such V2 Products’ “Best Before” dating.

 

G.         WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION

 

1.           Warranties – VMR warrants that all V2 Products shall be of merchantable quality, fit for the particular purpose intended (which is known to VMR), and free of material defects in title, design, workmanship and material and comply to all applicable Product Specifications. VMR warrants that at the time of receipt of shipment by Intrepid, the V2 Products supplied by VMR to Intrepid hereunder (i) shall meet the Product Specifications, and (ii) shall not be Adulterated or Misbranded under applicable law, provided, however, that VMR shall not be liable for any noncompliance with the foregoing due to the handling or packaging of the V2 Products by Intrepid. All warranties shall survive inspection, acceptance and payment, and the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement. EXCEPT AS IS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO EACH PRODUCT AND AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, VMR DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR AS TO THE CONDITION OF THE V2 PRODUCTS. IN ADDITION, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL VMR BE LIABLE TO INTREPID FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS AND FOR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION), ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE DISTRIBUTION, SALE, USE, INABILITY TO USE, OR RESULTS OF USE OF THE V2 PRODUCTS.

 

2.            Indemnification

 

a)           Intrepid to VMR - Without prejudice to any other right available to VMR in law or under equity, Intrepid shall irrevocably and unconditionally indemnify, defend and hold harmless VMR Indemnified Persons from and against Indemnity Claims asserted against or incurred by any VMR Indemnified Person and relating to any act, event or omission of Intrepid in relation to Intrepid’s commitments under this Agreement, including without limitations those that arise out of, result from or may be payable by virtue of:

 

i.          The negligent, reckless or willful misconduct of or any alleged misrepresentation, tort or breach of contract by Intrepid, its employees or agents; 

 

Page 25

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

ii.          Intrepid’s failure to comply with its obligations, undertakings or covenants under this Agreement; or

 

iii.         Intrepid’s failure to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

b)           VMR to Intrepid – Subject to the specific intellectual property indemnification provision contained in subsection 2.c., below, and the specific Recall indemnification provision contained in Section B.9., above, and without prejudice to any other right available to Intrepid in law or under equity, VMR shall irrevocably and unconditionally indemnify, defend and hold harmless Intrepid Indemnified Persons from and against any and all Indemnity Claims asserted against or incurred by any Intrepid Indemnified Person and relating to any act, event or omission of VMR, including without limitations those that arise out of, result from or may be payable by virtue of:

 

i.           The negligent, reckless or willful misconduct of or any alleged misrepresentation, tort or breach of contract (including breach of warranty) by VMR, its employees or agents;

 

ii.          Allegations that the practice or development of the V2 Products Intellectual Property violates Applicable Laws, rules or regulations;

 

iii.         Any allegation of, or actual, defective V2 Products manufactured by, or sourced from, VMR;

 

iv.         VMR’s failure to comply with its obligations, undertakings or covenants under this Agreement; and

 

v.          VMR’s failure to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

c)          VMR agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Intrepid harmless from any Indemnity Claims as a result of any allegation, judgment or adjudication against Intrepid or final settlement, arising from any claim asserted by a third party unrelated to Intrepid, that VMR or Intrepid (through its actions pursuant to the terms of this Agreement) infringed any applicable U.S. patent, trademark, or copyright of any third party, or misappropriated any rights thereto, with respect to the practice or development of the V2 Products Intellectual Property all as contemplated herein; provided that Intrepid (i) provides VMR with prompt written notice of any such claim(s), (ii) promptly tenders to VMR sole control over the defense and settlement of such claim(s) at VMR’s expense and with VMR’s choice of counsel (provided that any such settlement shall not involve an admission of wrongdoing or fault on the part of Intrepid or any of its affiliates without Intrepid’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and (iii) provides full information and assistance to VMR permitting it to defend and/or settle such claim(s). In the event that any portion of V2 Products Intellectual Property is held, or in VMR’s sole opinion, may be held to constitute an Infringement, VMR, at its expense may either (x) modify such intellectual property so that it becomes non-infringing, or (y) procure a license to use the infringing portion of the intellectual property, in lieu of all other claims by Intrepid except for the above stated indemnification. This Section states VMR’s entire liability and Intrepid’s sole and exclusive remedy for third party claims related to infringement or misappropriation of intellectual property.

 

d)           Rights of Indemnitee

 

i.           In the event of a tender by an indemnified Party to an indemnifying Party of the defense of a claim hereunder, the indemnified Party shall have the right to consent to the counsel selected to defend its interests, such consent not to be withheld unreasonably.

 

Page 26

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

ii.           All indemnity rights under this Agreement shall survive the term and termination of this Agreement, and are without prejudice to any other rights and remedies available to an Indemnitee.

 

e)           Third Party Beneficiary – The Parties acknowledge and agree that sales of V2 Products were made by VMR to NTC prior to the Effective Date, which sales were in anticipation of the execution of this Agreement. VMR specifically agrees that the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to all such V2 Products in the same manner and to the same extent as if those V2 Products had been sold hereunder to Intrepid and further agrees that NTC shall be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement with respect to those V2 Products.

 

f)           Limitation of Indemnity Rights  – The rights of indemnification under this Section G shall be limited to third party claims.

 

H.          LEGAL AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

 

1.           Legal Compliance – The Parties shall comply with all Applicable Laws.

 

2.           Federal Excise Tax - Should Electronic Cigarettes become subject to federal excise tax, VMR shall agree to make all necessary payments and to otherwise remain compliant with the regulations of the TTB, which shall include but not be limited to legally compliant destruction of returned products and the generation and provision of tax affidavits to Intrepid.

 

3.           Good Manufacturing Practices – VMR shall perform all manufacturing activities contemplated under this Agreement in accordance with generally-recognized manufacturing, quality and safety standards, including relevant good manufacturing practices as are required under US law pertaining to the manufacture of Electronic Cigarettes.

 

4.           Regulatory Submissions & Compliance – VMR will comply with FDA and other applicable regulatory requirements, including but not limited to document submission and the adoption and Implementation of appropriate practices and procedures in relation thereto.

 

5.           Regulatory Inquiries, Disclosures & Filings – Subject to the confidentiality terms of this Agreement, VMR shall alert and provide to Intrepid the content of all legal and regulatory inquiries, submissions, disclosures and filings, as well as any actual or anticipated meetings with a regulatory body, legislator, trade association, or similar group which may relate to or bear upon V2 Products, any Electronic Cigarette sold by VMR, or the Electronic Cigarette category generally.

 

6.           Regulators, Preparation - Because the regulation of Electronic Cigarettes is in flux, each Party shall prepare for anticipated regulations, reasonably implementing changes in advance of prescribed effective dates and shall bear their own costs in preparation therefor.

 

I.          QUARTERLY MEETINGS

 

1.          The Parties shall have Quarterly Meetings, at which the Parties shall address the following agenda items, and prepare necessary Addenda as required, with minutes of the meetings to be kept by a recorder selected jointly by the Parties, whose minutes shall be distributed promptly after the meeting, and which such minutes will control unless disputed by a Party within 30 Days after its receipt of such minutes. The meetings will address the following information for the calendar quarter just ended, and any other information relevant to the operation of this Agreement.

 

Page 27

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

a)           With Regard to V2 Products

 

i.           Intrepid shall address and provide supporting documentation with respect to:

 

a.          The Intrepid Selling Expense in the previous quarter, Including Intrepid’s expenditures in relation to:

 

i.           Shipping;

 

ii.          Returns;

 

iii.         Discounts;

 

iv.         Allowances;

 

v.          Merchandising; and

 

vi.         Trade pricing incentives on Non-Pre-Priced Products.

 

b.          The status of the wholesale and retail distribution of V2 Products;

 

c.          The V2 Products Forecast;

 

d.          Market pricing of any V2 Products; and

 

e.          Intrepid’s V2 Work Plan including a summary of all expenditures, executions, results and outcomes;

 

ii.          VMR shall address and provide supporting documentation with respect to:

 

a.          The Consumer Marketing Commitment, including but not limited to past and upcoming expenditures for the prior and forthcoming three (3) months;

 

b.          Cumulative Consumer Marketing Commitment amount and expenditures against such amount;

 

c.          Monthly updated capacity projections by SKU for each of the upcoming twelve (12) months;

 

d.          Actual VMR COGS for the quarter compared to Model VMR COGS and VMR COGS as calculated for invoice preparation; and

 

e.           VMR’s logistics expenditures for the quarter compared to model VMR logistics costs and future expectations. If VMR’s logistics costs go over 15% in any quarter due to air freight costs, Intrepid shall reimburse VMR, pursuant to clause v, below, one-half of that portion of the excess related to air freight that caused VMR’s logistics costs to exceed 15%.

 

f.          VMR other V2 Product sales by SKU and quantity to Excluded Customers pursuant to Appendix D.

 

iii.         Jointly, the Parties will discuss and negotiate in good faith to attempt to reach agreement in writing with respect to any changes to the Cost/Profit Model, including V2 Product Prices, which shall be documented in an Agreement Addendum. Also, the Parties will prepare Cost/Profit Models for all new products being sold, and Appendix A shall be amended accordingly. The parties shall update Appendix E, if necessary per its terms.

 

iv.          Reconciliation of Pricing Discrepancies – At the Quarterly Meetings, the Parties shall in good faith reassess, adjust and reconcile pricing discrepancies for V2 Products based on the following principles:

 

a.          The Parties shall share equally in the Remaining Margin Pool;

 

b.          With the exception of the potential impact of returns above two percent (2%) or the reduction of the Intrepid List Price, the Parties shall maintain VMR’s Gross Margins, as reflected in the Cost/Profit Model, as its minimum margins for the V2 Products. Should Intrepid wish to reduce the Intrepid List Price with the effect of reducing VMR’s Gross Margin, Intrepid may do so only with VMR’s prior written approval, which consent is not to be unreasonably withheld, taking into account the competitiveness of V2 Products; and

 

Page 28

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

  

c.           The Parties’ actual costs shall be compared to those in the Cost/Profit Model, and the benefit or detriment of any costs savings or augmented expense shall be shared equally between the Parties, with the following exceptions:

 

i.          The Model Intrepid Selling Expense Percentage, with the exception of Intrepid Returns, shall be deemed a maximum; provided, however, that given the need for higher upfront selling expenses during the initial rollout of V2 Products to the Bricks & Mortar Distribution Channel, the Parties agree that for the first six quarters of distribution from the Intrepid V2 Product Inventory Date, the Model Intrepid Selling Expense Percentage will be calculated and applied based on the aggregate amount of such expenses during that six-quarter period (i.e., the amount of such spending will be reviewed each quarter but will not be reconciled until the expiration of the six-quarter period).

 

ii.         The Parties shall share equally, whether positively or negatively, in any fluctuations in the rate of Intrepid Returns above a return rate greater than two percent (2%); and

 

iii.        The Model VMR Delivered COGS shall be deemed a maximum.

 

v.          Payment will be made by the owing party with respect to a pricing reconciliation determination within thirty (30) days after distribution of the applicable meeting minutes unless such minutes are disputed. In the event there is a dispute, payment shall be made within thirty (30) days of the resolution of such dispute. Any undisputed amount shall be paid within the original thirty (30) day period.

 

b)            Regulatory & Legal Matters - Jointly the Parties will discuss all pending or anticipated regulatory and legal matters, including their impact on this Agreement, the sale of the V2 Products, the Cost/Profit Model, the payment of taxes and assessment and product pricing.

 

J.          FUTURE ZIG-ZAG VAPOR PRODUCTS

 

1. The Parties agree to enter into discussions immediately upon execution of this Agreement to negotiate and execute a separate agreement pursuant to which VMR will become the sole producer of Electronic Cigarettes for Intrepid and its Affiliates, including vapor products under the ZIG-ZAG brand, and will receive from Intrepid sales rights with regard to U.S. internet, U.S. mall kiosk and U.S. VMR flagship retail stores. Such agreement shall be contingent upon the Parties reaching mutual agreement on the material terms including, without limitation, the following terms by no later than December 1, 2013:

 

a. design, product specifications, and product performance characteristics which shall be substantially defined of the three device prototypes of ZIG-ZAG vapor products that were discussed by the Parties on October 9, 2013;
   
b. maximum pricing and pricing methodologies for all three such prototype devices and for related e-liquids, gels and herbal products, and pricing methodologies for all future devices and related products;
   
c. pricing agreements for products to be sold on the VMR websites and through Brick & Mortar Distribution which shall have consistent MSRP’s;

 

Page 29

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

d. sharing and joint ownership of Intellectual Property information and rights with regard to such devices (not in escrow);
   
e. the dates by which each such device will launch;
   
f. production of all such devices in VMR-dedicated facilities;
   
g. no use worldwide of the technology, designs, or other Intellectual Property related to such devices for either party, without mutual written consent;
   
h. either delivery to Intrepid of all Intellectual Property relating to the current ZIG-ZAG Electronic Cigarettes or delivery of such Intellectual Property into an agreed-upon escrow;
   
i. upon execution of an agreement as contemplated in this Section J.1, VMR shall be permitted to open an aggregate of 20 VMR flagship stores without the approval of Intrepid;
   
J. Intrepid shall have the right to distribute Vapor Couture at Bricks and Mortar in the US once Intrepid has reached distribution of V2 Products in 35,000 retail stores and the price methodologies shall parallel those of the V2 Products;
   
k. Intrepid shall be permitted to continue regional distribution of pre-existing products which compete with the exclusivity of those contemplated in this Section J.1;
   
1. VMR shall not sell any open system vapor products in the US except for those already existing or already designed by VMR.; and
   
m. the Parties have agreed that Intrepid may source, from a non-VMR third party, the liquid nicotine for ZIG-ZAG products and would sell the nicotine to VMR for inclusion in the cartomizers and for subsequent sales on the web provided that Intrepid’s sale price to VMR is reasonably comparable to prices at which VMR is able to source such nicotine.

 

K.          GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1.           Integration - This Agreement and the attached appendices constitute the entire and only agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and all other prior negotiations, representations, agreements, and understandings are hereby superseded, including that certain Letter of Intent executed on behalf of VMR on March 15, 2013, and on behalf of NTC on March 18, 2013, and the parties release each other, and NTC, from any obligations under such Letter of Intent and prior agreements. No agreements altering or supplementing the terms of this Agreement may be made except by a written document signed by both Parties.

 

2.           Authority – The Parties warrant that they have the right to enter into this Agreement, and that this Agreement, and compliance with the terms hereof do not violate any other agreements of the Party, or require any consent or approval not already obtained.

 

3.           Notice

 

a)          All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications required by this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed as follows:

 

i.           If to Intrepid: ATTN: General Counsel, 5201 Interchange Way, Louisville, KY 40229

 

ii.          If to VMR: ATTN: General Counsel, 3050 Biscayne Boulevard, Miami, FL 33137

 

b)          Such notices may be given by:

 

i            Personal delivery;

 

ii.          Nationally recognized courier service, with signature confirmation of receipt;

 

iii.         US Mail, with signature confirmation of receipt; or

 

Page 30

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

iv.           Electronic mail, but only if the receiving Party has given written and explicit consent to this method of notification for each and every event requiring notice;

 

c)         Notice shall be deemed effective upon personal receipt or two days after the date such communication is sent if sent by courier service, US Mail or electronic mail.

 

4.           Assignment & Successors in Interest

 

a)         Neither Party shall assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the express written consent of the other, except for such assignments as are made to Affiliates or pursuant to a Change in Control, which are permitted without notice or consent (except as otherwise provided herein);

 

b)         Unless otherwise stated herein, this Agreement is binding on the Parties and their permitted successors and assigns.

 

5.          Insurance -

 

a)         VMR agrees to maintain, during the entire term of this Agreement and, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, following the termination of this Agreement for such time as any of the products sold hereunder by VMR shall reasonably remain at the facilities of Intrepid (at least three years), commercial general liability insurance, Including, but not limited to, public liability, completed operations and product liability coverage, $1 Million each occurrence, $2 Million policy aggregate for all coverages other than product liability. Products Liability coverage shall be written with limits not less than $10 Million each occurrence and aggregate, with a deductible of no more than $25,000. Also, VMR agrees to name Intrepid as an additional insured/vendor with respect to their products liability coverage. The use of a commercial umbrella policy is permitted to satisfy any minimum required Insurance limits. Such coverage shall be written on an claims made form with an extended reporting period of 24 months.

 

b)         The Parties each agree to maintain a policy of workers’ compensation insurance as required by law, with statutory limits, in the state(s) In which any services, work, or labor are being performed by its employees relating to the production of V2 Products or the sale of V2 Products under this Agreement. In addition, each Party agrees that any such state shall be named in section 3.A of the workers’ compensation declarations page for such policy.

 

c)         The insurance coverage required herein shall be provided by an insurance company or companies reasonably acceptable to Intrepid. The insurance coverage shall be primary to any coverage Intrepid may have whether pursuant to or independent of this Agreement. The insurance coverage provided hereunder shall not in any way be endorsed, amended or otherwise restricted to limit the coverage provided under a simplified commercial general liability insurance policy promulgated by Insurance Services Office, Inc. or its successor organization.

 

d)         VMR agrees to furnish, together with its execution of this Agreement and thereafter in advance of any annual renewal of or any relevant and material change in VMR’s insurance coverage, a fully complying current certificate of insurance and a copy of the actual policies (with pricing redacted) for Intrepid’s approval, which certificate shall provide that Intrepid and its Affiliates and directors, managers, officers, representatives, employees and assigns are additional insureds/vendor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Intrepid’s review or approval of such certificate shall not relieve VMR to any degree of its obligation to maintain the required coverage hereunder.

 

Page 31

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

e)         VMR shall notify Intrepid at least seven (7) Days in advance of any relevant and material changes In VMR’s insurance coverage. Each certificate shall indicate that the coverage represented thereby shall not be canceled, or modified until at least thirty (30) Days’ prior written notice has been given to Intrepid. The insurance requirements set forth herein are minimum coverage requirements and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation on VMR’s liability under this Agreement, including its indemnity obligations.

 

6.          Cost Savings – VMR shall order V2 products, and VMR Products, from the manufacturers in such a way as to maximize cost savings by obtaining discounts related to economies of scale whenever possible Including consolidating purchases, whenever possible, between V2 Internet and retail orders, but not to the detriment of delivery dates, and share such discounts with Intrepid.

 

7.          Media & Public Relations – If not specifically contemplated by and articulated in this Agreement or as required by Applicable Law, neither Party shall make any public statement relating to the other Party or any aspect of this Agreement unless the content of such statement has been previously discussed with and agreed upon by the other Party.

 

8.          Modification - No modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by both Parties hereto.

 

9.          Relationship of the Parties - The relationship of the Parties is that of independent contractors, and neither party shall incur any debts or make any commitments for the other party. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create or shall be alleged or construed as creating between the Parties the relationship of joint venturers, co-partners, employer and employee or principal and agent.

 

10.        Force Maieure – With prompt written notice to the other Party, the obligations of a Party shall be excused during such time as and to the extent that performance is prevented by any Force Majeure, until such Force Majeure is lifted by notice of the claiming party, or the right to Force Majeure terminates per the terms of this Agreement.

 

11.        Remedies – Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the remedies which may be provided to Intrepid or VMR at law or in equity in connection with the sale and purchase of products except as explicitly set forth herein. Except as explicitly set forth herein, all rights and remedies of the parties shall be cumulative and not alternative, in addition to and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided for herein which may be provided or permitted by law or equity in case of any breach, failure or default or threatened breach, failure or default of any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement. The rights and remedies afforded either party shall be continuing and not exhausted by any one or more uses thereof, and may be exercised at any time or from time to time; and any option or election to enforce any such right or remedy may be exercised or taken at any time and from time to time. The expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, or the change In status of a party, shall not discharge or release any party from any liability or obligation then accrued or any liability or obligation continuing, or intended by its nature or terms to continue, beyond or arising out of the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, or such change in status, including, without limitation, any warranties of VMR.

 

12.        Governing Law & Dispute Resolution -

 

a)         This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

b)         in the event of any breach, dispute, claim, or disagreement arising from or relating to this Agreement, other than as explicitly set forth In Section E permitting injunctive relief, the Parties shall follow the following steps in order.

 

Page 32

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

i. The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to settle the dispute, claim or disagreement; they shall consult and negotiate with one another in good faith and, recognizing their mutual interests, attempt to reach a just and equitable solution satisfactory to both Parties.

 

ii. If either Party determines that such negotiations are not resolving the dispute satisfactorily, such Party may by written notice to the other demand that the dispute be submitted to mediation. For purposes of clarity, any such mediation provided for hereunder shall be non-binding mediation. When such a demand is made, the Parties must, within 10 Days, jointly make arrangements for the mediation of the dispute with the American Arbitration Association, whose Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the written demand for mediation shall govern the mediation in all respects, except as modified by agreement of the Parties. The mediation shall be conducted in Atlanta, Georgia. The expenses of mediation, including reasonable compensation of the mediator, shall be borne equally by the Parties hereto, except that each Party shall bear the compensation and expenses of its own counsel, witnesses, and employees.

 

iii. If the dispute has not been resolved within 30 Days of any written demand for mediation, or within such longer time period as the Parties may agree, then, with notice by either Party to the other, the dispute, claim or disagreement shall be finally settled by arbitration (unless this Agreement specifically sets forth rights to pursue a remedy in litigation) in Atlanta, Georgia, and administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the provisions of its Commercial Arbitration Rules except as modified herein. The arbitrator or arbitrators shall promptly hear and determine (after due notice of hearing and giving the parties a reasonable opportunity to be heard) the questions submitted, and shall render a decision within 60 Days after appointment. The arbitrator or arbitrators shall expeditiously resolve any discovery or e-discovery disputes and shall do so respecting the interests of the parties In an expedited, efficient and cost-saving process for resolving the controversy through arbitration. Moreover, unless the parties otherwise agree, no party shall request more than two depositions and no discovery shall be conducted within 10 days of the date set for the hearing by the arbitrator or arbitrators. The decision of the single arbitrator, or arbitrators if a board is utilized, or the majority thereof, made in writing shall be final, binding and non-appealable upon the Parties as to the questions submitted, and the parties to the arbitration will abide by and comply with such decision. The decision may be enforced in a court of competent jurisdiction. The expenses of arbitration, including reasonable compensation of the arbitrators, shall be borne equally by the Parties, except that each party shall bear the compensation and expenses of its own counsel, witnesses, and employees.

 

iv. If the only dispute between the Parties is the proper calculation methodology of an amount that must be determined per the terms of this Agreement, instead of AAA arbitration, the parties shall utilize Grant Thornton as an accounting arbitrator to determine which Parties’ calculation is correct. Each Party shall submit its calculation to the accounting arbitrator. No further submissions or discovery shall be permitted. Such accounting arbitrator shall only be permitted to choose one of the Parties’ calculations (each party will submit one calculation) as opposed to such arbitrator calculating a third value, and shall institute a schedule and deadline for such determination and fact finding intended to quickly resolve such dispute. The expenses of the accounting arbitration, including reasonable compensation of the arbitrators, shall be borne equally by the Parties.

 

13.         Waiver - No term or provision shall be deemed waived and no breach excused unless a Party waives a provision or consents to a breach in a signed document that expressly states that it is a “waiver” or “consent” and no waiver or consent shall act as a waiver or consent in any future instance where a waiver or consent would be required.

 

14.        Further Assurances - The Parties shall execute and deliver, from time to time at or after the Effective Date, for no additional consideration and at no additional cost to the requesting Party, such further documents, assurances or things as may be reasonably necessary to give full effect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and to allow each Party fully to enjoy and exercise the rights accorded and acquired by it under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Page 33

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

15.        Headings; Singular & Plural Terms; Interpretation - The descriptive headings of clauses are inserted solely for convenience of reference and are not intended as complete or accurate descriptions of content and shall not be used to interpret the provisions of this Agreement. The singular of any term shall Include the plural thereof and the plural of any term shall include the singular. Operative terms, conditions and covenants may be included in definitions or addenda, and will be given equal weight and effectiveness as binding covenants regardless of where located. The word “or” is not exclusive. A reference to a person includes its permitted successors and permitted assigns as permitted herein. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” are not limiting. References to any document, instrument or agreement (a) shall include all exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto, (b) shall include all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof, and (c) shall mean such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time and in effect at any given time. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any document shall refer to such document as a whole and not to any particular provision of such document. This Agreement is the result of negotiations among, and has been reviewed by the Parties. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any party.

 

16.        Severability; Survival - Any invalidity of any provision in this Agreement shall not affect the validity of any other of Its provisions. If any court or arbiter shall determine that any provision of this Agreement is In any way unenforceable, such provision shall be reduced only to the extent necessary to make such provision enforceable, and the remainder of the Agreement shall remain operative except for any obligation the performance of which is dependent upon the severed portion, in which case the dependent obligation also shall be severed. The provisions of any term or provision that by Its nature survives the expiration or termination of this Agreement, shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement and continue to be binding.

 

17.         Accounting Terms – Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, all accounting terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings commonly given them in the accounting industry.

 

18.        Time is of the Essence - For purposes of this Agreement, and all deadlines and dates hereunder, time is of the essence.

 

19.        Counterparts - This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original; and, it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one counterpart. Any original executed Agreement or other related document may be photocopied and stored on computer storage medium (an “Imaged Agreement”). If an Imaged Agreement Is Introduced as evidence in any judicial, arbitration, mediation or administrative proceeding, it shall be considered as admissible evidence; provided that such Imaged Agreement bears the signature of the party against whom enforcement is sought; and further provided that there is no evidence that such Imaged Agreement has been manipulated or otherwise altered in any way. No party hereto shall object to the admissibility of the Imaged Agreement on the basis that such was not originated or maintained in documentary form under either the hearsay rule, the best evidence rule, or other rule of evidence.

 

[ Remainder of page Intentionally left blank. Signature page below.]

 

Page 34

 

 

 
 

 

 

Intrepid/VMR DRAFT 10/15/13 v. 27

 

The signatures of the Parties’ officers below Indicate the Parties agreement, and intent, to be bound by this Agreement. 

     
I ntrepid B rands , LLC   VMR Products, LLC
     
/s/ Larry Wexler   /s/ Jan Andries Verleur
Larry Wexler, CEO   Jan Andries Verleur, CEO
     
10/15/13   10/15/2013
DATE   DATE

 

Page 35

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

List of Appendices

 

   
Appendix A V2 Products & Pricing Cost/Profit Model
Appendix B Sample Non-Competitive Pricing Calculations
Appendix C V2 Product Order & Payment Process
Appendix D VMR Distribution Appointment Exceptions
Appendix E VMR OEM Excluded Businesses
Appendix F Statistical Sampling
Appendix G VMR Trademark Usage Guidelines
Appendix H V2 Product Specifications
Appendix I Buyout Provisions and Calculation Illustrations

 

Intrepid-VMR Agreement, Appendix A i

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

Appendix A
V2 Products & Pricing
Cost/Profit Model
 

           
    V2 Products
    Express Kit Cartridges
5-Pack
Disposable
E-Cig (M6)
 
a Suggested Retail Price ($/Unit) 12.99 9.99 5.99  
           
b Maximum VMR COGS Pre-Logistics ($) 3,75 1.75 1.60  
c Maximum VMR Logistics Costs (%) 15 15 15  
d VMR Delivered COGS Less Government
Levies ($)

[d = b + (bxc)]
4.31 2.01 1.84  
           
e1 Government Levies 0.00* 0.00* 0.00*  
e2 Cumulative VMR Share of Intrepid Net
Margin Increases From List Price Increases
0.00* 0.00* 0.00*  
f VMR Delivered COGS
[d + e1 + e2]
4.31 2.01 1.84  
           
g Intrepid Shipping (%) 0,49 0.64 1.07  
h Intrepid Returns (%) 2.00 2.00 2.00  
i Intrepid Discounts (%) 3.50 3.50 3.50  
J Intrepid Allowances/Merchandising (%) 9.62 9.62 9.62  
k Intrepid Selling Expense (%)
[k = g + h + l + j]
15.62 15.77 16.19  
           
l Intrepid List Price ($) 7.09 5.45 3.27  
m Intrepid Selling Expense ($)
[l x k]
1.11 0.86 0.53  
n Intrepid Margin ($)
[l - m]
5.98 4.59 2.74  
           
o Combined COGS ($)
[f + m]
5.42 2.87 2.37  
           
p Gross Margin Pool ($)
[l - o]
1.67 2.58 0.90  
q Consumer Marketing Commitment ($)
[p x .10]
0.167 0.258 0.090  
r Remaining Margin Pool ($)
[p - q]
1.50 2.32 0.81  
           
s VMR Net Margin Split (%) 50 50 50  
t VMR Net Margin ($)
[r x s]
0.75 1.160 0.405  
           
u Intrepid Net Margin Split (%) 50 50 50  
           
v Intrepid Net Margin ($)
[r x u]
0.75 1.160 0.405  
           
w VMR Gross Margin ($)
[t + q]
0.917 1.418 0.495  

  

   

 

Intrepid-VMR Agreement, Appendix A ii

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY 

           
    V2 Products
    Express Kit Cartridges
5-Pack
Disposable
E-Cig (M6)
 
x V2 Product Prices ($)
[w + f]
5.227 3.428 2.335  

 

* $0.00 as of Effective Date. Any changes to e1 or e2 during the term of the Contract will be reflected appropriately with an updated Appendix prepared and initialed by both Parties.

 

Appendix A will be updated and initialed by both Parties when any additional SKUs are added to Appendix H.

 

Intrepid-VMR Agreement, Appendix A iii

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
Intrepid-VMR Agreement, Appendix A iv

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

APPENDIX B

 

Sample Non-Competitive Pricing Calculations

 

At any point in time, V2 Products may be Non-Competitive IF:

 

Twelve week average VMR
Delivered COGS per EQ unit
@ X point in time
> (Reference CIGS Compression Rate) X
(Electronic Cigarette Average Retail Prices @ X
point in time)
  Then Non-Competitive

  

For example, using the reference numbers below for Disposables, if the then current twelve week average VMR Delivered COGS per EQ Unit is still $1.84, and the then current Electronic Cigarette Average Retail Price is $6.99 (drop of $1.93 from reference), then using the above formula, VMR would be Non-Competitive (1.84>(.258*6.99)).  

 

    V2 Disposable
E-Cig
V2 Cartridges (5-Pack)
A

Model Delivered COGS per EQ unit ($)

 

1.84 .402
B

Reference Average Retail Price per EQ unit ($)

 

[per Nielsen, as of 12 weeks ending 07/06/13]

 

8.92 3.23
C

Compressed Reference Average Retail Price per EQ unit ($)

 

[B X.80]

 

7.14 2.58
D

Reference COGS Compression Rate

 

[A ÷ C]

 

25.8% 15.6%

 

Appendix B will be updated and initialed by both Parties when any additional SKUs are added to Appendix H 

   
Intrepid-VMR Agreement, Appendix B i


 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 Appendix C
Product Order & Payment Process

 

The Parties shall comply with this Product Order & Payment Process with regard to all Intrepid orders for Products.

 

1.          Preliminary Order Form

 

A.          Intrepid - Utilizing the Preliminary Order Form, or in a form substantially similar to that contained herein, as set forth below, Intrepid shall communicate to VMR the identity and quantity of each V2 Product it wishes to order by completing columns I and II and the Product Delivery Date.

 

B.          VMR - Within no more than five (5) Business Days after receiving a Preliminary Order Form, VMR shall complete and return such Preliminary Order Form to Intrepid, having identified in columns III through VI its current VMR Delivered COGS, Government Levies, VMR Gross Margin, and the V2 Product Price to Intrepid for each V2 Product.

 

      Preliminary Order Form
Date:     Date:
Product
Delivery
Date:
           
I
Product
Description
II
Quantity
  III
VMR Delivered
COGS
IV
Government
Levies
V
VMR Gross
Margin
VI
V2 Product
Price
             
             
             

  

2.          Purchase Order – Upon receipt of a completed Preliminary Order Form, Intrepid shall Issue a Purchase Order which will include the Preliminary Order Form V2 Product Price, destination for delivery, and state a delivery date that is compliant with the minimum delivery window applicable under the Agreement (90 or 70 days, as applicable).

 

3.           Bill of Lading – VMR shall provide a bill of lading with every shipment. 

 

4.           Invoice – Upon receipt of Intrepid’s Purchase Order, VMR shall issue an Invoice showing the amount owed by Intrepid, and such amount less Government Levies.

 

5.           Advanced Deposit

 

A.           Year One – From the Intrepid V2 Product Inventory Date until August 1, 2014, within five (5) Business Days of issuing a Purchase Order, Intrepid shall pay to VMR via ACH payment an amount equal to twenty-five (25) percent of the current VMR Delivered COGS associated with the V2 Products ordered;

 

B.           Year Two – From August 2, 2014 through August 1, 2015, within five (5) Business Days of issuing a Purchase Order, Intrepid shall pay to VMR via ACH payment an amount equal to ten (10) percent of the current VMR Delivered COGS associated with the V2 Products ordered;

   
Intrepid-VMR Agreement, Appendix C i

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

C.           Subsequent Years – From and after August 2, 2015, Intrepid shall not make an Advanced Payment.

 

If during Year 2 or thereafter either the reduction in the deposit amount from 25% to 10% or the elimination of the deposit requirement after Year 2 shall cause VMR cash flow issues that it anticipates may adversely affect its ability to order subcomponent inventories as necessary to meet the Product Delivery Dates in Purchase Orders, VMR shall notify Intrepid of that fact and Intrepid agrees to discuss with VMR options under which Intrepid may assist with such cash flow issues; provided, however, that nothing in this provision shall in any way obligate Intrepid to provide VMR with financing or other concessions.

 

6.           Payment – Within fifteen (15) Days after delivery of the V2 Products, Intrepid shall pay to VMR the balance of the Purchase Order Amount.

   
Intrepid-VMR Agreement, Appendix C ii

  

 

 
 

 

 

Appendix D

VMR Distribution Appointment Exceptions

 

The following VMR customers, distribution channels and products are excepted from VMR’s grant to Intrepid of exclusive distribution rights of the V2 Products:

 

1.           Excluded Customers

 

To the extent that Bricks & Mortar Distributors that are not customers of Intrepid wish to order V2 Product inventory not carried by Intrepid from VMR, VMR may make such sales; provided, however, that VMR may not solicit such customers. VMR will provide information to Intrepid on any such sales at the Quarterly Meetings. Intrepid, at its option, may at any time elect to begin to carry such V2 Product inventory and assume any such customers and VMR at that time will cease to sell to such customer such V2 Products. The Parties will also discuss the option of Intrepid providing 50% of VMR’s average monthly raw Inventory carrying costs for V2 Product inventory not carried by Intrepid in return for a 50-50 split by the Parties of the profits on any VMR sales of such products to Brick & Mortar Distributors under this paragraph.

 

2.           Excluded Channels

 

 a.         Internet Sales (with the exception of (i) disposable Electronic Cigarettes, the consumer selling unit of which comprises less than five (5) individual Electronic Cigarettes, and (ii) Express Kits, neither of which shall be sold by VMR on the internet);

 

   b.         Mobile phone sales;

 

   c.         Direct response sales;

 

   d.         Retail “Kiosk” Business, both franchises and VMR-owned (limited to no more than 100 U.S. kiosks);

 

   e.         Hospitality Sales, e.g., hotels, cruise lines; 

 

    f.         International Sales and rights to all VMR Brands;

 

     g.         VMR’s vending machine franchise business; and

 

     h.         VMR flagship stores (limited to no more than 10 such stores).

 

With regard to kiosks and flagship stores, the caps established above are intended to limit the potential adverse impact of such outlets on retail store efforts of Intrepid under this Agreement. Any additional kiosk or flagship store placements above the caps set forth above must be agreed upon by the Parties in writing.

 

 3.         Excluded Products - Also excluded from the distribution rights granted intrepid under this Agreement are VMR’s other existing and future branded products that do not carry either the V2CIGS Marks or the V2 Marks, including, but not limited to, Vantage Vapor and Vapor Couture.

 

   
Intrepid-VMR Agreement, Appendix D i

 

 

 
 

 

 

Appendix E 

VMR OEM Excluded Businesses

 

Distributors
McLane Company HT Hackney   WAM Marketing Group
Coremark  Eby Brown  Costco Peer Marketing Associates, Inc.
Retailers
7-Eleven CVS/Caremark Racetrac Delhaize
Couche-Tard/Circle K Casey’s General Stores VPS (Village Pantry) Dollar General
Speedway Rite Aid Kum N Go Super Valu
Murphy Oil Sheetz Kwik Trip Safeway
Pantry QuikTrip Holiday Publix
Valero WaWa Hess Ahold
Walgreens  Kroger Sunoco Meijer
Walmart/Sams Stripes  Family Dollar  
Tobacco Manufacturers & Marketers
Republic Tobacco/ Top Tobacco Swisher International Prime Time International Imperial Tobacco/ Commonwealth/RBA
Liggett Swedish Match Trendsettah  
JTI (Japan Tobacco) New Image Global Good Times  

   

Notwithstanding anything to in this Agreement that may conflict with the following, VMR may continue to manufacture OEM or enter into new OEM agreements with those entities who are not listed above in this Appendix E, but if an entity not listed in Appendix E enters into a merger or acquisition transaction with an OEM Excluded Business, there are one of two outcomes:

 

(a) if VMR entered into an OEM agreement with an entity not listed above in Appendix E prior to the merger or acquisition transaction, the OEM Excluded Business shall no longer be categorized as an OEM Excluded Business; or

 

(b) if an OEM Excluded Business enters into a merger or acquisition transaction with an entity not listed in Appendix E and no agreement exists at such time between such OEM and VMR, that entity shall become an OEM Excluded Business.

 

Appendix E shall be amended as necessary in accordance with the foregoing terms at the first quarterly meeting after such Transaction.

   
Intrepid-VMR Agreement, Appendix D ii

 

 

 
 

 

Appendix F

 

Statistical Sampling

 

The parties agree that ASTM Document E1994-09 (Reapproved 2013) will form the statistical basis for determining sample size required for the rejection of any given lot of product provided to NTC based on an Average Outgoing Quality Limit (AOQL) of 0.5% and a Lot Tolerance Percent Defective (LTPD) of 2%. The use of the sampling table A1.3 for single sampling at LTPD of 2.0% and an AOQL Process Average of 0.5% will define the required number of samples ( n ) based on the lot size. The lot size will be determined by the number of each unique consumer selling unit per individual delivery to NTC. This table also provides the acceptance number ( c ) for the particular characteristic in question. If the number of defective items exceeds the value for c and the total sample size equals or exceed n then NTC can reject the entire shipment. Any specification individually or any combination of specifications may be used to fulfill the requirements of rejection based on ASTM E1994.

 

The referenced table is given below for convenience.

 

(TABLE A1.3)

 

 

 

Appendix G

 

VMR Trademark Usage Guidelines

 

 

 

 

     
  October 15, 2013  

 

 
 

 

 

 

VISUAL IDENTITY GUIDELINES

 

TABLE

OF CONTENTS

 

01 V2 Cigs Welcome  
     
1.1 About these Guidelines 04
     
1.2 Identity Policy 05
     
02 Immediate Recognition  
     
2.1 Brand Statement 07
     
2.2 Positioning Statement 07
     
2.3 Core Values 08
     
03 Basic Signature Standards  
   
3.1 The V2 Cigs Logo 10
     
3.2 Identity Signature 11
     
3.3 Incorrect Signature Uses 12
     
3.4 Signature Colors 13
     
3.5 Signature Combination 14
     
3.6 Signature Positioning 15
     
3.7 Typography 17
     
04 Online Recognition  
     
4.1 Website Design/Functionality 19-20
     
4.2 Sliders, Panels & Banner Advertisements 21
     
05 Brand Advertising  
     
5.1 Brand Advertising 23

 
 

 

 

 

V2 CIGS WELCOME 01

 

3

 
 

 

 

 

1.1 ABOUT THESE GUIDELINES

A Reliable Company

Relies on Its Image of Reliability.

 

The V2 Cigs logos, marks and graphics—collectively referred to as the V2 Cigs “Identity”—define the visual expression of the V2 Cigs brand. This guide is designed to define best practices for using the V2 Cigs Identity to help ensure the continuing success of the V2 Cigs brand.

 

These guidelines provide obligatory instructions for anyone working with the visual image of the V2 Cigs brand, including but not limited to staff, affiliates, partners, franchisees, third-party vendors and other companies or organizations that will produce materials utilizing the V2 Cigs Identity. These guidelines are intended to set fundamental guidelines that allow for creativity and individual expression while maintaining the integrity of the V2 Cigs Identity.

 

  (CIGS LOGO)

 

4           INTRODUCTION

 

 
 

 

 

 

1.2 IDENTITY POLICY

Usage.

 

This manual will help ensure consistency by providing standards and specifications for the use of the V2 Cigs brand identity. This manual should be followed in all forms of communication that represent V2 Cigs including TV, social media, signage, print, online and outdoor. There are no limitations to where this brand can go. As the digital landscape continues to change, these guidelines will adapt and change to improve connectivity. Any modifications to these guidelines must be approved in advance by V2 Cigs.

 

 

Contact:

Adam Kustin

Vice President, Marketing

(e) adam@V2Cigs.com

(p) 877.378.2767 ext. 1843

 

INTRODUCTION    5

 

 
 

 

 

 

IMMEDIATE RECOGNITION   02

 

6          IMMEDIATE RECOGNITION

 

 
 

 

 

 

2.1 BRAND STATEMENT

V2 Cigs Is an Industry Leader.

 

V2 Cigs has become a distinguished leader in the electronic cigarette category. Known for creating products with superior vapor production and great flavor, V2 Gigs strives to continually improve technology and production in an ongoing effort to become the most trusted name in the industry.

 

2.2 POSITIONING STATEMENT

Lead, Enrich & Transform the Industry.

 

At V2 Cigs, we set the bar for quality, consistency and product performance. These are the cornerstones of the V2 Cigs philosophy. V2 Cigs is the brand that current and future customers can always trust for superior products in the electronic cigarette category.

 

IMMEDIATE RECOGNITION     7

 

 

 

 

 

2.3 CORE VALUES

Quality. Innovation. Transparency.

 

Quality

 

V2 Cigs is committed to continuous improvement and superior quality. As one of the industry’s only vertically Integrated operations, V2 Cigs controls every element necessary to earn customer trust by offering better products and services.

 

Innovation

 

V2 Cigs has become a pioneer in a category that did not exist a mere decade ago. Creativity and innovation are in our DNA. V2 Cigs thrives as a leader in a constantly changing market.

 

Transparency

 

Setting the highest standards for transparency is how V2 Clgs leads by example. We put our engineering practices, batch testing, consumer guarantees and other quality assurances out there for the whole world to see. Our systems were created on the premise that their implementation will be synonymous with best practices in the emerging electronic cigarette industry.

 

8     IMMEDIATE RECOGNITION

 

 

 

 

 

BASIC SIGNATURE
STANDARDS
03

 

BASIC SIGNATURE STANDARDS     9

 

 

 

 

 

3.1 THE V2 CIGS LOGO
Strength of Our Brand.

 

(LOGO 3.1)

 

The V2 Cigs logo is the essential element of the V2 Cigs Identity. It may not be modified in any way nor used in any context not detailed in these guidelines.

 

10     BASIC SIGNATURE STANDARDS

 

 

 

 

 

3.2 IDENTITY SIGNATURE

Consistency Is Key.

 

There are four basic versions of the V2 Cigs logo that can be configured vertically or horizontally and with or without the corresponding “vapor” element to make up 16 acceptable versions or signatures of the V2 Cigs mark. Each signature should be used in its entirety and the relationship between the elements should never be adjusted or changed.

 

(3.2 IMG)

 

BASIC SIGNATURE STANDARDS     11

 

 

 

3.3 INCORRECT SIGNATURE USES

Corporate Logo Consistency.

 

Correct and consistent use of the V2 Cigs Identity is critical to maintaining the integrity of the V2 Cigs brand. Under no circumstances can anyone change:

   
· The shape or proportions of the logo
· The colors of the logo
· The angle of the logo

 

(LOGO 3.3)

 

12     BASIC SIGNATURE STANDARDS

 

 

 

 

 

3.4 SIGNATURE COLORS
Corporate Color Consistency.

 

The precise primary and secondary colors are delineated herein. Use the primary color for the logo and the secondary color to complement it. Under no circumstances is it ever acceptable to substitute different colors for the corporate colors.

     
The V2 Cigs logo is always to appear entirely in the primary color. Consult printers for the most accurate reproduction of the logo colors.   (LOGO)  
     
     
The secondary color is to be used to compliment the primary color. Examples include headlines and text, but not to be used interchangeably with the primary logo color.     (LOGO)

 

BASIC SIGNATURE STANDARDS     13

 

 
 

 

 

 

3.5 SIGNATURE COMBINATION

Primary Color Scheme.

     

Reinforce
Color

 

These color palettes used  here are to be used when designing any graphic element representing V2 Cigs. The use of these palettes will ensure color consistency and visual harmony while granting creative flexibility.  

   
     

  

14     BASIC SIGNATURE STANDARDS

 

 
 

 

 

 

3.6 SIGNATURE POSITIONING
Invisible Ground.

  

The Exclusion Zone, the space around the logo, is defined as the minimum distance from the signature to other elements. The Exclusion Zone is always an area equal to half the height of the logotype that is kept clear on all sides of the signature. The Exclusion Zone is proportional and changes depending on the size of the logotype. All surrounding elements (text, photos, graphics, etc.) should be placed outside the Exclusion Zone.

  

Horizontal Logo

 

 

  

BASIC SIGNATURE STANDARDS     15

 

 
 

 

 

 

Vertical Logo

 

(VERTICAL LGO)  

 

16     BASIC SIGNATURE STANDARDS

 

 
 

 

 

 

3.7 TYPOGRAPHY
Approved Fonts.

 

The primary typefaces used In conjunction with the V2 Cigs Identity are Museo for headlines and medium-sized texts and Helvetica for body copy. While these are not the only acceptable fonts, consistent use of these two type families will contribute to a unified brand image.

  

Museo 300 

Museo 700

  

Designed in 2008, Museo is a semi-serif typeface with open forms and original details. Designed to be a display font, Museo is ideal for headlines and medium-sized texts. The fonts styles are numbered (100, 300, etc.) rather than identified by weight (bold, semi bold, etc.)

 

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

Abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789

 

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

Abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789

 

 

Helvetica 

Helvetica is one of the most widely used typefaces in the English-speaking world. It is favored for use in many corporate typefaces and by the U.S. government for its simple, classic style and easy readability.*

 

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 

Abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz

0123456789  

 

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXY  

Abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz

0123456789

 

' When Helvetica is unavailable, please substitute with the Arial font.

  

BASIC SIGNATURE STANDARDS     17

 

 
 

 

 

 

   
ONLINE RECOGNITION 04

  

18     ONLINE RECOGNITION

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1  WEBSITE DESIGN/FUNCTIONALITY
Online Reliability.

 

V2 Cigs is America’s No. 1 online retailer of electronic cigarettes. V2Cigs.com is currently ranked in the top 2,000 websites in the nation, and receives more than six million monthly unique visitors, as tracked by online web-metrics provider Alexa.com. The following standards must be kept so that our presence online can continue to grow:

 

Website Buttons

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

V2 Cigs Email Signature

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

CONFIDENTIALITY NOTICE: The information in this e-mail including any attachments, is confidential, and privileged. This e-mail is intended to be reviewed by only the individual or organization named above. If you are not the intended recipient or an authorized representative of the intended recipient, you are hereby notified that any review, dissemination, or copying of this e-mail, and its attachments, if any, or the information contained herein is prohibited. If you have received this e-mail in error, please immediately notify the sender by return e-mail and delete this e-mail from your system.

 

ONLINE RECOGNITION      19

 

 

 

 

 

 

Website Color & Gradient

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

 

(GRAPHIC)  

20     ONLINE RECOGNITION

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2 SLIDER PANEL & BANNER ADVERTISMENTS
Reliable Placement.

 

Here are samples of the V2 Cigs logo placed in online media. Please use this as a reference of what is acceptable when using the logo and product.  

 

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

(GRAPHIC)

 

ONLINE RECOGNITION      21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BRAND ADVERTISING 0 5

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22 BRAND ADVERTISING

 

 
 

  

 

  

 

  5.1 BRAND ADVERTISING
Our Core Commitment.

 

   
  The electronic cigarette market is a crowded place with new competitors popping up every day. V2 Cigs is the brand consumers can trust. Our commitment to quality, transparency and innovation is how we continue to earn this trust. Our advertising has to communicate those values while still capturing attention with big ideas that break new ground.
   

  

 

BRAND ADVERTISING 23

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

(VISUAL IDENTITY GUIDELINES LOGO)  

 

  www.v2cigs.com

 

 
 

  

Appendix H

 

Product Specifications

 

The Parties mutually agree that by November 5, 2013, the V2 Product Specifications for the SKUs referenced on the attached shall be completed in substantially the form of the attached sheets and shall be initialed by both Parties. Furthermore, the Parties also agree that the protocols by which the Product Specifications are to be tested shall be mutually agreed upon by no later than December 31, 2013, with both Parties also initialing and attaching such protocols.

 

Also, V2 Product Specifications includes the requirement that no product be delivered at the FOB point with less than twenty (20) months’ shelf life remaining based on the V2 Product’s “Best Before” dating.

 

 
 

 

VMR PRODUCTS LLC

  

e-Liquid Testing
Specification Sheets

 

V2 Red and V2 Menthol 1.8%

 

Operations

 

10/1/2013

  

This document provides e-liquid specifications for testing, including units, minimum detection levels, and enforced limits as they apply to all VMR e-liquid batch testing policies.

   

 
 

 

(LOGO)

 

                        V2 Red 1.8%

 

                     1. Propylene Glycol

Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
  Propylene Glycol 77.5% ± 2.5% 0.1 % per 1,000mg

                     2. Nicotine

  Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
  Nicotine 1.75% - 1.8% 0.01 % per 1,000mg

                    3. Diethylene Glycol

  Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
  Diethylene Glycol < 0.009 0.01 % per 1,000mg

                    4. Nitrosamines

  Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
  Nitrosamines < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg

                    5. Phthalates (6 Items)

  Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
  Dibutyl phthalate (DBP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Benzyl butyl phthalate (BBP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Diethyl hexyl phthalate (DEHP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Di-n-ocytl phthalate (DnOP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Di-iso-nonyl phthalate (DiNP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Di-iso-decyl phthalate (DiDP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg

                    6. Phthalates (17 Items)

  Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
  Dimethyl phthalate (DMP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Diethyl phthalate (DEP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Diisobutyl phthalate (DIBP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Dibutyl phthalate (DBP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Bis (2-methoxyethyl) phthalate (DMEP) < 0.99 1,0 mg/kg
  Bis (4-methyl-2-pentyl) phthalate (BMPP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Bis (2-ethoxyethyl) phthalate (DEEP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Dipentyl phthalate (DPP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Dihexyl phthalate (DHXP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Benzyl butyl phthalate (BBP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Bis (2-n-butoxyethyl) phthalate (DBEP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Di-cyclohexyl-phthalate (DCHP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Di-n-octyl phthalate (DNOP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Dinonyl phthalate (DNP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Diphenyl phthalate < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
  Diisononyl phthalate (DINP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg

 

VMR PRODUCTS, LLC

3050 BISCAYNE BLVD FLOOR 8, MIAMI, FL 33137* PH: 305-517-1159* FAX: 305-571-9383

  

 
 

 

2  |

 

7. Total Lead

Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
Total Lead (Pb) < 9.99 10 ppm

8. Heavy Elements

Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
Soluble Lead (Pb) < 4.99 5.0 ppm
Soluble Antimony (Sb) < 4.99 5.0 ppm
Soluble Arsenic (As) < 2.49 2.5 ppm
Soluble Barium (Ba) <4.99 5.0 ppm
Soluble Cadmium (Cd) < 4.99 5.0 ppm
Soluble Chromium (Cr) < 4.99 5.0 ppm
Soluble Mercury (Hg) < 4.99 5.0 ppm
Soluble Selenium (Se) < 4.99 5.0 ppm

 

Remarks

(1) N.D.= not detected, less than MDL

(2) mg/kg = milligram per kilogram

(3) MDL = method detection limit

(4) ppm = parts per million

(5) %, w/w = percentage of weight by weight

 

Test Method

Test Item Test Method Test
Instrument
Propylene Glycol JY/T 021-1996 GC-FID
Nicotine JY/T 021-1996 GC-FID
Diethylene Glycol JY/T 003-1996 GC-MS
Nitrosamines JY/T 003-1996 GC-MS
Phthalates (6 Items) CPSC-CH-C1001-09.3 GC-MS
Phthalates (17 Items) GB/T 21911-2008 GC-MS
Total Lead CPSC-CH-E1003-09.1 ICP-OES
Heavy Elements US ASTM F963-11 ICP-OES

 

 
 

 

(VMR LOGO)  

V2 Menthol 1.8%

 

1. Propylene Glycol

Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
Propylene Glycol 62% ± 2.5% 0.1

% per 1,000mg

2. Nicotine

Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
Nicotine 1.75% - 1.8% 0.01 % per 1,000mg

  3. Diethylene Glycol

Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
Diethylene Glycol < 0.009 0.01 % per 1,000mg

   4. Nitrosamines

Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
Nitrosamines < 0.99 0.01 mg/kg

5. Phthalates (6 Items)

Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
Dibutyl phthalate (DBP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Benzyl butyl phthalate (BBP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Diethyl hexyl phthalate (DEHP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Di-n-ocxtl Phthalate (DnOP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Di-iso-nonyl Phthalate (DiNP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Di-iso-decyl phthalate (DiDP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg

6. Phthalates (17 Items)

Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
Dimethyl phthalate (DMP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Diethyl phthalate (DEP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Diisobutyl phthalate (DIBP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Dibutyl phthalate (DBP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Bis (2-methoxyethyl) phthalate (DMEP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Bis (4-methyl-2-pentyl) phthalate (BMPP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Bis (2-ethoxyethyl) phthalate (DEEP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Dipentyl phthalate (DPP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Dihexyl phthalate (DHXP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Benzyl butyl phthalate (BBP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Bis (2-n-butoxyethyl) phthalate (DBEP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Di-cyclohexyl-phthalate (DCHP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Di-n-octyl phthalate (DNOP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Dinonyl phthalate (DNP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Diphenyl phthalate < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg
Diisononyl phthalate ( DINP) < 0.99 1.0 mg/kg

  

VMR PRODUCTS, LLC
3050 BISCAYNE BLVD FLOOR 8, MIAMI, FL 33137* PH: 305-517-115 9* FAX: 305-571-9383

 

 
 

 

4 |

 

7. Total Lead

Test Item Enforced Limits MDL Unit
Total Lead (Pb) < 9.99 10 ppm

8. Heavy Elements

Test Item Enforced Limits  MDL  Unit 
Soluble Lead (Pb)  < 4.99  5.0  ppm 
Soluble Antimony (Sb)  < 4.99  5.0  ppm 
Soluble Arsenic (As) < 2.49  2.5  ppm 
Soluble Barium (Ba)  < 4.99  5.0  ppm 
 Soluble Cadmium (Cd) < 4.99  5.0  ppm 
 Soluble Chromium (Cr) < 4.99  5.0  ppm 
Soluble Mercury (Hg)  < 4.99  5.0  ppm 
 Soluble Selenium (Se) < 4.99  5.0  ppm 

 

Remarks  
  (1) N.D.= not detected, less than MDL
  (2) mg/kg = milligram per kilogram
  (3) MDL = method detection limit
  (4) ppm = parts per million
  (5) %, w/w = percentage of weight by weight

  

Test Method

Test Item Test Method Test
Instrument
Propylene Glycol JY/T 021-1996 GC-FID
Nicotine JY/T 021-1996 GC-FID 
Diethylene Glycol JY/T 003-1996 GC-MS
Nitrosamines JY/T 003-1996  GC-MS
Phthalates(6 Items) CPSC-CH-C1001-09.3 GC-MS
Phtalates (17 Items) GB/T 21911-2008 GC-MS
Total Lead CPSC-CH-E1003-09.1 ICP-OES
Heavy Elements US ASTM F963-11 ICP-OES

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

 
 

 

Appendix I

 

I f a conflict arises between the definitions contained in this Agreement and the formulas in Appendix I, the formulas contained in Appendix I shall govern.

 

With respect to Appendix I, the following definitions apply:

 

“AUTO” means a numerical value which is automatically calculated by the formulas in Appendix I. No entry of a numerical value is necessary or required.

 

“ENTER” means a numerical value which is entered to represent those numerical variables subject to change.

 

“FIXED” means a fixed numerical value which is a constant value and not subject to change.

 

 
 

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
ELECTRONIC CIGARETTE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This First Amendment to the Electronic Cigarette Distribution Agreement (the “Amendment”) is entered into this 15th day of May 2014, by and between Intrepid Brands, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Intrepid”), and VMR Products, LLC (d/b/a V2Cigs), a Florida limited liability company (“VMR”), (each a “Party” and collectively Intrepid and VMR may be referred to as the “Parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Intrepid and VMR entered into a certain Electronic Cigarette Distribution Agreement dated October 15, 2013 (the “Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Parties now wish to amend certain terms and provisions of the Agreement, as set forth in this Amendment; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties intend to have the terms of this Amendment prevail over any terms in the Agreement that are inconsistent, or in conflict, with the terms of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and obligations contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties do agree as follows:

 

AMENDMENT

 

1.      Incorporation Clause . The above recitals are incorporated herein and made an integral part of the Amendment.

 

2.      Definitions . Section A of the Agreement is amended and/or restated to include the following definitions:

 

a.     “ Nicotine Products ” means any bottled for consumer purchase US-sourced liquid or consumable containing nicotine at a variety of levels.

 

b.     “ Nicotine Vapor Products ” means Nicotine Vaporizers, Nicotine Products, and accessories reasonably related to and to be used in conjunction with Nicotine Vaporizers and Nicotine Products.

 

c.     “ Nicotine Vaporizer ” means any Open System electronic device that delivers tobacco-derived ingredients to the consumer via vapor.

 

d.     “ Open System ” means tank or cartridge based products which are designed to be refillable by the consumer.

 

e.     “ V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products ” means a Nicotine Vaporizer carrying the V2 Pro Trademark.

 

 
 

 

f.     “ V2 Product Prices ” means VMR’s price to Intrepid for the V2 Products. The V2 Product Prices shall be (i) FOB Intrepid-Designated Warehouse, and (ii) equal to the sum of the VMR Delivered COGS and the VMR Gross Margin as set forth on Appendix A (for V2 Products other than V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Products) or as provided under VMR Sale Price to Intrepid in Appendix A-1 (for V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products). The Parties shall create an Addendum in relation to any amendment of V2 Product Prices or the negotiated price of any V2 Product not subject to this Agreement on the Effective Date. With regard to any product not subject to this Agreement on the Effective Date, the Addendum shall also set forth all information needed to complete Appendix A or Appendix A-1, as applicable, and Appendix B for V2 Products other than V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products, as reasonably agreed by the Parties. The V2 Product Prices are inclusive and no additional charges, including for shipping, taxes, labeling, duties, storage and insurance shall be charged to Intrepid.

 

g.     “ VMR VapeWorld VaporNation Margin ” means the difference between VMR’s Wholesale Internet List Price to VapeWorld.com or VaporNation.com and VMR Landed COGS as defined on the Appendix A-1 attached to this Amendment.

 

3.      Grounds for Termination . Section C.2.a of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

a.      Grounds for Termination – VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

i.      Minimum Order Requirements. VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon the failure of Intrepid to order a minimum of $20,000,000 worth of V2 Products, based on VMR’s invoice price therefor, during 2014 and for each calendar year during the term of this Agreement; provided, however, that upon the satisfaction of both of the following conditions precedent, the annual minimum order amount for 2014 and all years thereafter shall be reduced to $10,000,000:

 

A.    Intrepid shall order no less than $10,000,000 worth of V2 Products, based on VMR’s invoice price therefor, in 2014 and pay for them as provided in subsections ii and iii below;

 

B.    Of the $10,000,000 worth of V2 Products described in subsection i above, Intrepid shall order that amount of V2 Products prior to June 30, 2014, that will result in payments, net of the applicable discounts, to VMR of (A) at least $1,500,000 on or before May 31, 2014, and (B) total payments to VMR under this subsection of at least $3,000,000 on or before June 30, 2014. Such order or orders shall be either (X) based on a 50% deposit on the amounts ordered, with a 5% discount on other than V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products, or (Y) based on 100% payment on the amounts ordered, with a 10% discount on other than V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products, at Intrepid’s option. The Parties agree that the dates for delivery of V2 Products subject to this subsection ii shall be mutually agreed to by the Parties, but the entire delivery of such V2 Products shall be delivered by November 15,2014 with no more than 25% of the total V2 Products ordered to be delivered to Intrepid in November 2014. Intrepid agrees to make the final payment for those orders subject to this subsection ii (a) within 15 days of the requested delivery date on the associated Purchase Order, or (b) within 15 days of the delivery of V2 Products subject to that Purchase Order, whichever is later.

 

2
 

 

C.    On or before November 15, 2014, Intrepid shall have cumulatively ordered at least $10,000,000 worth of V2 Products, based on VMR’s invoice price therefor. Notwithstanding the provisions of Appendix C to the contrary, the deposit on the final 2014 order shall be due on or before December 5, 2014, and payment in full for that order shall be due 90 days from December 5, 2014. The order limitation of Section B.12 shall not apply to the final order of 2014.

 

If Intrepid fails to satisfy its obligation under this Section C.2.a, VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by delivery to Intrepid of a written notice of termination no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such failure occurs. Any such termination notice shall also clearly state which course of action VMR intends to take under Section C.2.b.i., below, with respect to such termination. Failure to provide such a notice of termination by said date shall be deemed a waiver by VMR of the specific failure to meet the requirements of this subsection and shall constitute a termination of any further obligation on the part of Intrepid with respect to this subsection.

 

ii.      Material Breach. The following are Material Breaches under which VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement:

 

A.     Intrepid’s Failure to Pay - Should Intrepid fail to make any payment to VMR for the V2 Products within seven (7) Days after the date on which payment is due, VMR shall within the next forty-five (45) Days provide written notice to Intrepid regarding such failure. Intrepid shall then have seven (7) Days from the date on which Intrepid receives any such notice in which to cure such payment default and if it fails to cure such payment default within such seven (7) Day period, VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement; provided, however, that if as of the date upon which Intrepid fails to pay in a timely fashion it has within the past 12-month period from that date failed three other times to make a payment to VMR in a timely fashion, the current such failure may not be cured and VMR shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement upon Intrepid’s failure to make the payment within seven (7) Days after the date on which payment is due. Upon delivery by VMR of any such written notice of failure to Intrepid, VMR may suspend its performance under this Agreement until such time as the failure is cured.

 

3
 

 

B.     Bankruptcy of Intrepid – Should Intrepid have an involuntary proceeding in bankruptcy filed against it, which proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) Days of its filing, or seek protection by filing for bankruptcy, VMR shall have the right to terminate this Agreement.

 

C.     Other Breaches – In the event of any other breach by Intrepid of its obligations under this Agreement, VMR shall within the next thirty (30) Days provide Intrepid written notice of such breach. Upon receipt of any such notice, Intrepid shall have forty-five (45) Days in which either to cure such breach or, if it cannot be cured within that period, to so notify VMR, provide VMR with a plan reasonably acceptable to VMR for curing such breach as expeditiously as reasonably possible, and proceed to effectuate such cure. Failure by Intrepid to effectuate such a cure shall cause the underlying breach to become a Material Breach and give VMR a right to terminate this Agreement immediately upon such failure to cure.

 

In order to terminate in the case of a Material Breach, VMR must provide written notice to Intrepid of its intent to terminate within thirty (30) Days of the date upon which the Material Breach termination right accrues. Any such termination notice shall also clearly state which course of action VMR intends to take under Section C.2.b.ii, below, with respect to such termination. Failure to provide such notice termination by the date required shall constitute a waiver by VMR of its termination rights hereunder with respect to that particular Material Breach.

 

4.      VMR OEM Excluded Businesses . Section B.2.c. of the Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:

 

a.      OEM Business- VMR shall refrain from supplying, selling, sourcing on behalf of or otherwise providing Electronic Cigarettes to VMR OEM Excluded Businesses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, VMR shall be permitted to enter into a joint venture for the manufacturing of Nicotine Products and shall be permitted to bottle, cap, package, bag, fill, supply, or sell to VMR OEM Excluded Businesses such Nicotine Products.

 

5.      Consumer Marketing . The following sentence is added to the end of B.2.f:

 

VMR agrees to execute quarterly V2 Product coupon drops to its entire database of consumers (to the extent legally permitted) with a coupon value of not less than $0.75 and promoting retail availability of V2 Products, beginning in the second quarter of 2014.

 

4
 

 

6.      Inventory of V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vaporizers . Section B.2 is amended to include the following provision:

 

1)      Inventory of V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vaporizers – Shall use commercially reasonably best efforts to maintain in inventory at any given time on behalf of Intrepid the following V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vaporizers: (i) 5,000 units of V2 Pro Series 3 Nicotine Vaporizers; (ii) 500 units of V2 Pro Series 5 Nicotine Vaporizers; and (iii) 500 units of V2 Pro Series 7 Nicotine Vaporizers.

 

7.      V2 Product Orders, Fulfillment & Payment . Section B.l2 of the Agreement is amended and restated as follows:

 

Intrepid shall issue Purchase Orders (the terms and conditions of which, to the extent that they are in addition to or different from the terms set forth in this Agreement, shall not control) and shall pay for the V2 Products pursuant to the Product Order & Payment Process, with which VMR shall also comply. VMR shall fulfill Intrepid’s Purchase Orders for V2 Products on or before the Product Delivery Date. All risk of loss or damage arising during transportation and delivery shall lie solely with VMR, with the risk of loss transferring to Intrepid only upon its receipt of the products. Any orders for delivery during January through March of any year must be received by December 1 of the prior year. No Purchase Orders shall be submitted after January 1 of each year until February of that year for April or May delivery. Maximum orders shall be no more than 125% of the fourth month in the last forecast, except that for orders for delivery during Chinese New Year the maximum will be 250% of the total for the months of February and March in the most recent forecast. Intrepid agrees use commercially reasonable best efforts to implement monthly ordering based upon its inventory and forecasted demand.

 

8.      Nicotine Vapor Products . VMR shall design, develop, manufacture, and sell V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products; provided , however , the pricing of and margins relating to V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products shall be subject to Appendix A-1 attached hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, VMR appoints Intrepid as its exclusive distributor within the Bricks & Mortar Distribution Channel for V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products.

 

9.      VapeWorld.com, VaporNation.com. The Parties agree that VMR shall have the right to sell V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products to VapeWorld.com and VaporNation.com and shall pay Intrepid 50% of the VMR VapeWorld VaporNation Margin on such sales. Such payments by VMR to Intrepid shall be made within 15 days of the end of each month for all VMR sales of V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products delivered by VMR to VapeWorld.com and VaporNation.com. VMR agrees that it shall prohibit VapeWorld.com and VaporNation.com from (a) reselling to any distributor that sells into the Bricks & Mortar Distribution Channel and (b) pricing the V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products below the Intrepid Distributor Sale Price on Appendix A-1.

 

10.      GotVapes.net. Intrepid agrees to refrain from selling V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products to Got Vapes.net for a period of (a) 12 months from the date of the first sale by VMR of V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products to VapeWorld.com; or (b) November 15, 2015, which is earlier. VMR shall inform Intrepid in writing of the date of such first sale by VMR of V2 Pro-branded Nicotine Vapor Products to VapeWorld.com.

 

5
 

 

11.      Zig-Zag Nicotine Vaporizers . VMR agrees to manufacture for Intrepid VMR-designed, Zig Zag-branded “Stealth” and “EGO” Nicotine Vaporizers at the discretion of Intrepid. In the event that Intrepid requests VMR to manufacture such Nicotine Vaporizers, pricing shall be as set forth on Appendix A-2.

 

12.      Advance Deposit & Payment in Appendix C . The advanced deposit and payment provisions in Paragraphs 5 and 6 of Appendix C of the Agreement are amended as follows:

 

a.     The following paragraph is added to the end of Paragraph 5:

 

At Intrepid’s option, it may choose to make an advance deposit on any order of V2 Products other than Nicotine Vapor Products of 50% of the total of the Purchase Order. On any such order, it shall be entitled to a discount of 5% on the total value of the Purchase Order. The 5% discount shall be applied to the final payment on the Purchase Order. No additional discount shall be earned for deposits in excess of 50% except as provided in Section C.2.a.i.B. Payment terms for all Nicotine Vapor Products under the Agreement are 45% on Purchase Order issuance.

 

b.     Paragraph 6 is amended and restated as follows:

 

Within 15 Days after delivery of the V2 Products, Intrepid shall pay to VMR the balance of the Purchase Order Amount, but not sooner than (a) 75 days after issuance of the Purchase Order for all Purchase Orders placed on or before the Intrepid V2 Product Inventory Date; and (b) 55 days after issuance of the Purchase Order for all Purchase Orders placed after the Intrepid V2 Product Inventory Date.

 

13.    Excluded Customers . The Excluded Customers provision in Paragraph 1 of Appendix D of the Agreement is amended and restated as follows:

 

The following VMR retail customers are reserved for VMR and shall be excluded from Intrepid’s Bricks & Mortar Distribution Charmel exclusivity rights:

 

Casablanca Vapor 920.933.7808 180 North National Ave Fond Du Lac WI
CRG LLC 321.708.0713 1153 Malabar Road Palm Bay FL
Fresno-Discount.com 559.477.6328 4049 E. Ashlan Ave. Clovis CA
Majic Vapor Shop 606.682.1878 590 Payne Trail London KY
Paradise Vapors 918.808.4945 3318 S National Avenue Owasso OK
Safe Smoke 410.984.8680 807 Lucabaugh Mill Westminister MD
Smoke Healthier 240.508.8636 7701 Delano Road Clinton MD
The Vapor Blues 606.309.6293 209-D Saint George St. Richmond KY
Vapor Max 606.435.2100 117 Corporate Drive Hazard KY
Vapor Pit Stop, LLC 606.379.5252 81 W HWY 80, STE C Somerset KY
Vapor Stix 859.623.7553 620 Big Hill Ave # 1 Richmond KY
Nasa E-cigs 832.661.7163 194 Gulf Freeway south League City TX

 

6
 

 

14.      Sales of V2 Products Not Distributed by Intrepid . Appendix D of the Agreement is amended to include the following:

 

4.      Sales of V2 Products Not Distributed by Intrepid - Effective June 1, 2014, in the event that a Bricks & Mortar Distributor requests from VMR V2 Products not distributed by Intrepid, VMR shall be permitted to sell the requested products in conformity with the following process:

 

a.     Prior to processing the order, VMR shall inform Intrepid of the details of the requested order by the Bricks & Mortar Distributor.

 

b.     At Intrepid’s discretion, Intrepid shall either (i) stock, carry, and service the requested order and all future orders; or (ii) authorize VMR to drop ship the requested order and all future orders until such time as Intrepid chooses to stock, carry, and service such orders.

 

c.     To the extent that VMR drop ships requested orders, it shall provide Intrepid a detailed reconciliation by customer and by SKU on a monthly basis. The margin on such authorized sales shall be split 50-50 by the Parties with the margin payment to be received by Intrepid reduced by any applicable cost of shipping such orders. The margin shall be defined as net sales minus landed COGS minus commissions to VMR sales force.

 

15.      New Appendices . New Appendices A-1 and A-2 are hereby added to the Agreement.

 

16.      Miscellaneous. Any terms contained in the Agreement that are not expressly amended, or altered, by the terms of this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed and delivered this First Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

         
VMR PRODUCTS, LLC   INTREPID BRANDS, LLC
         
By:   /s/ Jan A. Verleur    By:   /s/ Larry Wexler 
Name:      Jan A. Verleur   Name:      Larry Wexler
Title:        CEO   Title:        CEO

 

7
 

 

(GRAPHIC)  

 

 
 

                           
APPENDIX A-2  
               
    DELIVERED PRICE
TO INTREPID
  VMR LANDED COGS 
(a)
  VMR MFG Margin   VMR MFG Margin %  
 

ZIG-ZAG NICOTINE VAPORIZERS:

                         
                           
 “Stealth” Vaporizer kit   $ 5.008   $ 4.508   $ 0.50     10.0 %
Kit Contents: Device, Charger, Liquid Cart                          
                           
Liquid Cart > 2-Pack   $ 2.803   $ 2.380   $ 0.42     15.1 %
Gel/Wax Cart   $ 2.767   $ 2.350   $ 0.42     15.1 %

 

(a) Raw COGS and Direct Labor including QC and Logistics which are capped at 7% of Raw COGS and Direct Labor

 

Future Zig-Zag Nicotine Vaporizer Products:   The Parties agree that the VMR MFG Margin % of Future Zig-Zag Nicotine Vaporizers shall be 15.1% except that Accessories and Products with an SRP greater than $99 shall be 20%

 

 

Exhibit 10.38

 

SUPPLY AGREEMENT

 

This Supply Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into and effective as of the 1st day of April, 2013, by and between (i) National Tobacco Company, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“NTC”), and (ii) JJA Distributors, LLC, a Virginia Limited Liability Company (“Supplier”).

 

Recitals:

 

A.           NTC wishes to purchase for sale and distribution in the United States certain tobacco products manufactured outside of the United States, including cigarillos, cigar wraps, and other products.

 

B.           NTC expects imported tobacco products to meet certain quality standards.

 

C.           NTC wishes to consolidate and streamline the importation of tobacco products to create cost and transportation efficiencies when commercially feasible.

 

D.           Supplier has expertise in sourcing and arranging for the importation of such products and desires to import and sell such products to NTC.

 

E.           Supplier desires to satisfy NTC’s specifications and to provide assurances to NTC regarding the quality of tobacco products that it imports.

 

Agreement:

 

Now, Therefore, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.  Products. Supplier shall acquire, import and supply NTC with certain tobacco products (the “Products”), as more particularly described on Appendix A attached hereto, procured from a manufacturer that Supplier has sourced and NTC has approved (“Manufacturer”). NTC and Supplier agree that the Products shall comply with the specifications for the Products and the packaging thereof (the “Product Specifications”), each as more particularly described on Appendix A, which the Parties agree to update and amend as required.

 

2.  Purchase Orders. NTC shall, from time to time, issue to Supplier purchase orders for the Products (each a “Purchase Order”), which shall set forth (i) the quantities of the ordered Products by SKU; (ii) the distribution center designated as the ship to destination; and, (iii) the required date of delivery for the Products. NTC shall provide Supplier with each Purchase Order at least 18 weeks prior to the delivery date specified therein.

 

3.  Purchase and Supply Obligations of the Parties; Performance Deposit.

 

3.1. NTC shall purchase and Supplier shall supply Products pursuant to NTC’s Purchase Orders and any terms and conditions set forth therein and in this Agreement. Every Purchase Order issued by NTC to Supplier shall be governed solely by such terms and conditions. Any and all terms and conditions proposed by Supplier that are different from or in addition to the terms and conditions of this Agreement are unacceptable to NTC, expressly rejected by NTC and shall not become part of this Agreement or any Purchase Order, unless expressly agreed to in writing and signed by both parties.

 

 
 

 

         
  JJA Initial: AKA NTC Initials JD

 

3.2. As a demonstration of its good faith and for the sole purpose of guarantying its performance under this agreement, NTC shall pay to JJA an initial deposit of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000), which sum JJA shall deposit and hold in a separate account. The Parties agree to review and in good faith to renegotiate the amount of this performance payment (“Performance Deposit”) on no less than a biannual basis. NTC shall maintain a Performance Deposit of not less than one-half of its average monthly order and not greater than its average monthly order. Only upon NTC’s failure to meet its financial obligations under this agreement may JJA access the Performance Deposit, and upon termination of this agreement JJA shall return to NTC the balance of the Performance Deposit, but only after NTC fully satisfies all of its financial obligations under this Agreement.

 

4. Purchase Price. NTC shall pay Supplier for the Products at the prices set out in Appendix B (“Purchase Price”).

 

4.1.  The Purchase Price shall be inclusive of

 

4.1.1 Finished goods product costs;

 

4.1.2  All taxes (including, but not limited to, federal excise tax (“FET”), Tobacco Buyout assessments, fees (including import fees), and duties levied by government entities (including, but not limited to, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (“TTB”), the U.S. Department of Agriculture, the U.S. Food & Drug Administration) imposed on or computed by reference to the Products (collectively, “Government Levies”); and,

 

4.1.3 All freight and shipping costs associated with bringing the Products into the United States.

 

4.2. The Purchase Price shall not include charges for the actual freight and shipping costs associated with transporting the Products from within the United States to the distribution center designated by NTC in each Purchase Order (“Inland Freight”).

 

4.3.  Unless negotiated and agreed in writing, the Purchase Price for each Product shall not exceed the amounts stated in Appendix B.

 

4.4.  Supplier warrants that the Purchase Price of the Products is currently and will remain at least as favorable as that paid by other purchasers of similar products of like construction and composition.

 

4.5.   Certain components of the Purchase Price are based, by necessity, on estimated costs; accordingly, the Parties agree to review and in good faith to renegotiate the Purchase Price on no less than a biannual basis.

 

NTC-JJA Supply Agreement (v. 032213) 2

 

 
 

 

         
  JJA Initial: AKA NTC Initials JD

 

5.  Invoicing. Supplier shall submit a written invoice (“Invoice”) to NTC for each Purchase Order and for Inland Freight, as described below.

 

5.1.   Supplier shall submit an Invoice for Products ordered by NTC promptly upon notice of clearance by U.S. Customs.

 

5.2.   Supplier shall separately submit an Invoice to NTC each month for the actual cost of Inland Freight for the prior month. 

 

6.  Payment. NTC’s payment on an invoice will be due and made upon being provided evidence of clearance of the Products by U.S. Customs, providing the Products conform with NTC’s requirements, including, but not limited to the requirements set forth in the Purchase Order and Product Specifications.

 

7.  Supplier Obligations. Supplier shall supply NTC with the Products pursuant only to an agreement between Supplier and a manufacturer approved in writing and in advance by NTC. The Products shall at all times strictly adhere to the Product Specifications. Supplier agrees to assure compliance of the Product with such Product Specifications and to ship to NTC only compliant Products. Supplier agrees to promptly certify same to NTC by issuing a certification of conformance and by providing any supporting documentation in a form and as requested by NTC from time to time. Supplier agrees that any Products not in conformance with Supplier’s obligations under this Agreement may not be transferred or assigned, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written approval of NTC. Supplier may not sell the Products, conforming or otherwise, to any party other than NTC without NTC’s prior written approval, which may be withheld for any reason.

 

8.  Government Taxes, Duties and Fees on the Products.

 

8.1.  Supplier Obligations for Government Levies. Supplier is the importer of record for the Products and is solely responsible for the payment of all Government Levies thereon.

 

8.2.  Refunds of Government Levies. Whenever NTC determines that Supplier has overpaid a Government Levy, as determined by NTC in its sole discretion, Supplier shall promptly, upon NTC’s request, take steps to secure refunds of payments of Government Levies on such Products. Upon receipt of a refund of a Government Levy, Supplier shall pay over the amount of same to NTC within five (5) days.

 

8.3.  Refunds of FET on Destroyed Products. Whenever Products are returned to NTC by its customers and when NTC notifies Supplier of returned Products, Supplier shall complete the applicable TTB returned goods claim form in order to recoup the FET paid on the returned Products. Supplier shall, at NTC’s sole discretion, either apply a credit for each such FET payment recouped on the Supplier’s immediately succeeding invoice to NTC, or reimburse NTC for all such FET recouped within thirty (30) days. Supplier will also be responsible for obtaining the permission of TTB or other applicable governmental agency to destroy any of the Products, and shall provide to NTC copies of all documents certifying such destruction. Supplier may request the assistance, which assistance may not be unreasonably withheld, of NTC or its agents in the destruction of products located at NTC distribution centers.

 

NTC-JJA Supply Agreement (v. 032213) 3

 

 
 

 

         
  JJA Initial: AKA NTC Initials JD

 

9.  Indemnification. Supplier shall indemnify, defend against and hold harmless NTC and its directors, officers, agents, partners, employees, affiliates, and their personal representatives, and their respective successors and assigns (collectively, “NTC Indemnified Parties”), from, and shall pay to the respective NTC Indemnified Parties the amount of any and all liability, claims, suits, including any claims or suits by governmental or regulatory authorities, losses, costs and legal fees, including without limitation attorneys’ fees (collectively, “Losses”), directly or indirectly arising out of or resulting from personal injury or property damage arising out of (a) the breach by Supplier of its obligations under this Agreement, (b) allegations of Supplier’s negligent or intentional conduct or (c) the design or manufacture of the Products. Supplier’s duty of indemnity under the Agreement shall be limited as follows: (1) Supplier shall enforce any and all indemnifications provided to it by the Manufacturer, provided that NTC shall be solely responsible for the expense of any litigation regarding that indemnification; and (2) Supplier shall, in turn, indemnify NTC to the extent of its indemnification by the Manufacturer.

 

10.  Retention of Title; Risk of Loss. Title to the Products transfers in the United States from Supplier to NTC, immediately subsequent to the withdrawal of such Products from the Customs territory of the United States. Supplier shall retain risk of loss until the Products have arrived at the distribution center designated by NTC in each Purchase Order as the ship to destination.

 

11.  Intellectual Property. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that a third party owns all right, title and interest in and to the trademarks, associated designs, packaging design, trade dress and any and all other proprietary material associated with the Products, and that it has been granted a limited license to utilize the same in order to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

 

12.  Term. Unless terminated sooner pursuant to Section 13, this Agreement shall have an initial term of three (3) years (“Initial Period”) and shall be automatically renewed for annual periods thereafter (“Renewal Period”), unless either party provides the other party with written notice of termination, with or without cause, at least one hundred eighty (180) days before the end of the Initial Period or the Renewal Period. The Initial Period and any Renewal Period are collectively referred to herein as the “Term.”

 

13.   Termination. Either party may immediately terminate this Agreement for material breach hereof that remains uncured following 30 days written notice of such breach. In the event of termination by either party, NTC shall purchase from Supplier (at the prices in effect at termination) Supplier’s finished goods inventory of the Products if said Products have been produced at NTC’s request by issuing a Purchase Order for any such inventory (a “Termination Purchase Order”). Notwithstanding any such termination, Supplier agrees to fulfill its obligations hereunder with respect to any Termination Purchase Order and any other outstanding Purchase Order pursuant to the terms of such order and this Agreement,

 

14.  Compliance with Regulations; Cooperation. The Parties recognize that the manufacture, marketing and sale of consumer products in general, and tobacco products in particular, are highly regulated, and agree that they shall abide by those laws and regulations. The Parties shall cooperate with each other as necessary to (1) comply with such laws, regulations, agreements and restrictions and (2) ensure proper application of relevant laws and regulations by government entities.

 

NTC-JJA Supply Agreement (v. 032213) 4

 

 
 

 

         
  JJA Initial: AKA NTC Initials JD

 

15.  Confidential and Proprietary Information. Supplier agrees that information concerning NTC’s or its affiliates’ business (including, without limitation, information regarding blends, formulas, customer and client contacts, financial information, the Product Specifications (including but not limited to blends and formulas), business plans and operations, and employee or personnel information) that is not in the public domain is confidential and proprietary information of NTC and its affiliates (collectively, “Confidential Information”) and shall not be disclosed, published, used and/or divulged to any other person (other than by Supplier employees who need to know such information for the reasonable performance of their obligations), unless specifically authorized in writing by NTC. In the event that Supplier is requested pursuant to, or required by, applicable law, regulation or legal process to disclose any Confidential Information, Supplier will notify NTC so that NTC may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or, in NTC’s sole discretion, waive compliance with Supplier’s confidentiality obligations under this Agreement with respect to such information. In the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained, or that NTC makes such waiver, Supplier will furnish only that portion of Confidential Information that Supplier is advised by its counsel is legally required and will exercise reasonable commercial efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such Confidential Information. The obligations of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement be binding for an additional period of two years alter the expiration or termination hereof.

 

16.  General Terms. 

 

16.1. Independent Contractors. The relationship of the parties is that of independent contractors, and neither party will incur any debts or make any commitments for the other party. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create or will be alleged or construed as creating between the parties the relationship of joint venturers, co-partners, employer and employee or principal and agent.

 

16.2. Force Majeure. The obligations of the parties hereto shall be excused during such time as and to the extent that performance is prevented by any natural disasters, terrorism, riots, embargoes, fire, military action, flood, labor strikes or work stoppages, acts of God, and any ruling, ordinance, law or regulation of any governmental body having or asserting jurisdiction over either party hereto, including governmental actions concerning content or specifications (each, a “force majeure”). Upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing that affect a party’s performance hereunder, such party shall provide written notice thereof to the other party, and such performance shall be extended by the time period of such force majeure.

 

16.3. Governing Law & Dispute Resolution. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky without regard to the conflicts of laws principles of such Commonwealth. In the event of any breach, dispute, claim, or disagreement arising from or relating to this Agreement, the Parties have agreed to use their best efforts to settle the dispute, claim or disagreement; they will consult and negotiate with one another in good faith and, recognizing their mutual interests, attempt to reach a just and equitable solution satisfactory to both Parties. If the Parties are unable to reach a mutually agreeable resolution within sixty (60) days, then, with notice by either Party to the other, the dispute, claim or disagreement will be finally settled by arbitration in Louisville, Kentucky, and administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the provisions of its Commercial Arbitration Rules.

 

NTC-JJA Supply Agreement (v. 032213) 5

 

 
 

 

         
  JJA Initial: AKA NTC Initials JD

 

16.4. Waiver. No term or provision hereof shall be deemed waived and no breach excused unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing, expressly stating that the writing is a “waiver” or “consent”, and signed by the other party claimed to have waived or consented. No previous waiver shall be construed to be a waiver of any right or obligation unless expressly so stated in writing.

 

16.5. Severability; Survival. Any invalidity of provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity of any other of its provisions. The provisions of any other term or provision that by its nature survives the expiration or termination of this Agreement, shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement and continue to be binding.

 

16.6. Entire Agreement. This document and its Appendices represents the full and complete agreement of Supplier and NTC and neither party is relying on any other representation, agreement or understanding not stated in this Agreement, and all such other representations, agreements or understandings, if any, are superseded by this agreement.

 

16.7. Notices. All notices, demands, requests or other communications given under this Agreement must be in writing and delivered by personal delivery, certified mail, return receipt requested, or national recognized overnight courier service to the address for each party set forth below, or such other address as provided by notice hereunder. If to NTC, National Tobacco Company, L.P., 5201 Interchange Way, Louisville, Kentucky 40229, attention James Dobbins/Law Department. If to Supplier, JJA Distributors, LLC, 10226 Doncastle Court, Mechanicsville, Virginia 23116, attention Kevin Altman.

 

16.8. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which, if both executed, will be an original, and which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

In Witness Whereof, the parties have entered into this Agreement as of the date first written above.

           
National Tobacco Company, L.P.   JJA Distributors, LLC  
           
By:  /s/ James Dobbins   By:  /s/ A. Kevin Altman  
           
Name:   James Dobbins   Name:   A. Kevin Altman  
           
Title:   SrVP, General Counsel & Secretary   Title:   Owner / Sole members  

  

NTC-JJA Supply Agreement (v. 032213) 6

 

 
 

   

APPENDIX A

 

PRODUCTS & SPECIFICATIONS

 

NTC-JJA Supply Agreement – Appendix A (v. 032213)

 

 
 

  

APPENDIX B

 

PRODUCT PRICES (US Dollars)

 

  Cigarillos Products  
1-pack 83.52
2-pack 102.92
3-pack 135.15

 

 Cigar Wrap Products   
Standard  329.84
X-Wide & XXL  349.86

 

  Slo-Burn Cigar Products  
1-pack 228.35

 

NTC-JJA Supply Agreement – Appendix B (v. 032213)

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.39

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

THIS EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 4, 2015 by and among North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the other signatories to this Agreement as set forth on the signature pages hereto (the “ Noteholders ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company intends to effect an initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has issued to the Noteholders, pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2014, by and between North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. and the purchasers of the 7% Senior Notes identified in the Note Purchase Agreement, 7% Senior Notes due December 31, 2023 (the “ Notes ”) in the respective principal amounts set forth opposite their names on Exhibit A hereto;

 

WHEREAS, each of the Noteholders has agreed to exchange all of such Noteholder’s Note(s) for Shares as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Company and each Noteholder hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
EXCHANGE OF NOTES

 

Section 1.1             Exchange of Notes for Exchange Shares .

 

(a)                 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each Noteholder hereby agrees to exchange (the “ Exchange ”) at the Closing (as defined below) all Note(s) held by such Noteholder for a number (rounded to the nearest whole share) of shares of Common Stock (the “ Exchange Shares ”) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the principal amount of such Note(s) plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Closing Date by (y) the initial public offering price per share of Common Stock in the IPO.

 

(b)                Upon the surrender by each Noteholder of such Noteholder’s Note(s) in exchange for the Exchange Shares, such Note(s) shall be cancelled and the Company’s oligation to pay any amounts on the Note(s) shall be terminated. Each Noteholder waives all rights to receive any future payments of principal of or interest on such Noteholder’s Notes from and after the Closing Date.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE II
CLOSING DATE; DELIVERY

 

Section 2.1             Closing . The closing (the “ Closing ”) of the Exchange shall take place at the offices of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005, contemporaneously with the closing of the IPO (the day on which the Closing occurs is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”).

 

Section 2.2             Delivery for the Exchange . At the Closing:

 

(a)                 Each Noteholder shall surrender such Noteholder’s Note(s) duly endorsed to the Company (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer documents) for cancellation; and such Note(s) shall be cancelled by the Company; and

 

(b)                The Company shall deliver the Exchange Shares issuable to each Noteholder by book entry deposit to an acount established for such purpose.

 

Section 2.3             Consummation of Closing . All acts, deliveries and confirmations comprising the Closing, regardless of chronological sequence, shall be deemed to occur contemporaneously and simultaneously upon the occurrence of the last act, delivery or confirmation of the Closing and none of such acts, deliveries or confirmations shall be effective unless and until the last of same shall have occurred.

 

Section 2.4             No Transfer of Exchanged Notes Prior to the Closing . Each Noteholder agrees that during the term of this Agreement, such Noteholder shall not sell, assign, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of, nor permit the sale, assignment pledge, transfer or other disposition (each, a “ Transfer ”) of, any beneficial ownership interest in such Noteholder’s Note(s) other than to exchange such Note(s) pursuant to the Exchange; provided, however, that the Noteholder may Transfer such Noteholder’s Note(s) to any of its affiliates that agrees in writing prior to such Transfer to be bound by the obligations of such Noteholder under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 3.1             Representations and Warranties of Each Party . The Company and each Noteholder hereby represents and warrants to the other parties that:

 

(i)               such party has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby;

 

(ii)                this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms;

 

2
 

 

(iii)             the execution, delivery and performance by such party of this Agreement and the consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (A) conflict with or violate any United States or non-United States statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, executive order, injunction, judgment, decree or other order applicable to such party, (B) other than the prior written consent of the board of directors of the Company to the transactions contemplated hereby, require any consent, approval or authorization of, declaration, filing or registration with, or notice to, any person or entity, (C) result in the creation of any encumbrance on the Notes or (D) conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any provision of any party’s governing documents; and

 

(iv)              as of the date hereof, no material action, suit or legal, administrative or arbitral proceeding or investigation by or against such party is pending, or to the knowledge of such party threatened in writing, which would affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 3.2             Representations and Warranties of the Noteholders . Each Noteholder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that it:

 

(i)                owns exclusively, beneficially and of record and has good, valid and marketable title to such Noteholder’s Note(s) free and clear of any security interest, lien, claim, pledge, proxy, option, right of first refusal, agreement, voting restriction, limitation on disposition, charge, adverse claim of ownership or use or other encumbrance of any kind and has the full right, power and authority to take the actions contemplated by this Agreement with respect to such Note(s);

 

(ii)               understands that shares of the Common Stock it will receive in the Exchange have not been registered under the Securities Act and are being or will be issued by the Company in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

(iii)              understands that shares of the Common Stock it will receive in the Exchange may not be offered or resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act;

 

(iv)              understands that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an “ Accredited Investor ”); it or its representative has had access to the same kind of information concerning the Company that is required by Schedule A of the Securities Act, to the extent that the Company possesses such information;  has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of utilizing the information that is available to it concerning the Company to evaluate the risks of investment in the Company including the risk that it could lose its entire investment in the Company; and consummating the Exchange for its own sole benefit and account for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, a public offering or distribution thereof;

 

3
 

 

(v)               understands that the Shares will bear the restrictive legend set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO NOTEHOLDER’S OBLIGATION

 

The obligation of each Noteholder to exchange such Noteholder’s Note(s) for the Exchange Shares is subject to the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by such Noteholder in its sole discretion):

 

Section 4.1           Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.2           Performance; No Default . The Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

 

Section 4.3             No Injunction . No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction preventing the closing of the IPO or the Exchange shall be in effect.

 

ARTICLE V
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION

 

The obligation of the Company to exchange the Notes for the Exchange Shares with any Noteholder is subject to the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by the Company in its sole discretion):

 

Section 5.1           Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of such Noteholder set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date.

 

Section 5.2          Performance; No Default . Such Noteholder shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by such Noteholder prior to or at the Closing.

 

Section 5.3          No Injunction . No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction preventing the closing of the IPO or the Exchange shall be in effect.

 

4
 

 

ARTICLE VI
CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

 

Section 6.1             Further Actions . Each party shall, at the written request of any other party, at any time and from time to time following the Closing, execute and deliver to such other party all such further instruments and take all such further action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to confirm or carry out its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.2             Best Efforts . Each party shall use its respective best efforts (subject to standards of commercial reasonableness) to consummate the transactions contemplated to be performed by it under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION

 

Section 7.1             Termination . In the event the S-1 is withdrawn by the Company for any reason before the closing of the IPO, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and become null and void without any further action by the parties.

 

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 8.1             Survival of Representations . The representations, warranties and agreements in this Agreement shall terminate on the Closing Date or upon the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.2             Entire Agreement; Assignment . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall not be assigned (whether pursuant to a merger, by operation of law or otherwise) except as permitted herein.

 

Section 8.3             Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

Section 8.4             Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the State of New York’s conflict of law principles to the extent such principles are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for such party and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims or causes of action (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.

 

5
 

 

Section 8.5             Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties hereto hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the parties hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce that foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, as applicable, by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 8.5 .

 

Section 8.6             Headings . The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.7             Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf) transmission) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 8.8             Waiver; Remedies . No delay on the part of any Noteholder or the Company in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a wavier thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any Noteholder or the Company of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege of such party under this Agreement, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.9             Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

Section 8.10          Amendment . This Agreement may be modified or amended only by written agreement of each of the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 8.11         Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

6
 

 

Section 8.12         Notice . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by facsimile or email or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested, provided that the facsimile or email is promptly confirmed by telephone or email confirmation thereof) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 8.12 ):

 

if to the Company:

 

North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc.

5201 Interchange Way

Louisville, Kentucky 40229

Attention: James Dobbins, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Email: JDobbins@Natcinc.net

 

with a copy to:

 

Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP

28 Liberty Street

New York, New York 10005

Attention: David E. Zeltner, Esq.

Email: DZeltner@milbank.com

 

If to any Noteholder, at the address set forth beneath such Noteholder’s signature on the signature pages hereto.

 

*                               *                               *

 

7
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers, as of the date first above written.

 

  NORTH ATLANTIC HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
       
  By: /s/ Kenneth Andreozzi
    Name: Kenneth Andreozzi
    Title: VP & Controller
       
  HELMS MANAGEMENT CORP.
       
  By: /s/ Thomas F. Helms, Jr.
    Name: Thomas F. Helms, Jr.
    Title: President
    Address:

75 Woods Lane

East Hampton, NY 11937

    Email: THelmsjr@Natcinc.net
       
       
  By: /s/ James Dobbins
    Name: James Dobbins
    Address:

1006 Monmouth Avenue

Durham, NC 27701

    Email: JDobbins@Natcinc.net
       
       
  By: /s/ Lawrence Wexler
    Name: Lawrence Wexler
    Address:

393 Carter Street

New Canaan, CT 06840

    Email: LWexler@NationalTobacco.com
       
       
  By: /s/ Graham Purdy
    Name: Graham Purdy
    Address:

1803 Sylvan Way

Goshen, KY 40026

    Email:  
       
       
  By: /s/ Michael Terry
    Name: Michael Terry
    Address:

9501 Gerardia Lane

Prospect, KY 40059

    Email:  

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement for Senior Notes to Equity]

  

 
 

 

Exhibit A

 

Principal Amounts of Notes

 

Noteholder Principal Amount of Note(s)
Helms Management Corp.

$4,259,418.33

 

James Dobbins

$5,000.00

 

Lawrence Wexler $180,000.00
Graham Purdy

$10,000.00

 

Michael Terry

$10,000.00

 

  

 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER:

 

a.              AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc., (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN EXCEPT:

 

i.                 TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

 

ii.                PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

 

iii.               PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER, THE COMPANY AND THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement for Senior Notes to Equity]

 

 
 

Exhibit 10.40

 

EXCHANGE AND SALE AGREEMENT

 

THIS EXCHANGE AND SALE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of _____________ ____, 2015 by and between Turning Point Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Standard NA Holdings I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Noteholder ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company intends to effect an initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of its voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ S-1 ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company issued to Standard General Master Fund L.P. (“ SG Master Fund ”) the Company PIK Toggle Note, dated as of January 13, 2014, in the aggregate principal amount of $45,000,000 (the “ Note ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated September 18, 2015, by and among SG Master Fund, the Noteholder and the Company, SG Master Fund assigned all of its rights and obligations in its capacity as payee under the Note to the Noteholder; and

 

WHEREAS, the Noteholder has agreed to (i) exchange 50% of the sum of the principal amount of the Note, plus all accrued interest on such principal amount to, but excluding, the Closing Date (the “ Exchanged Amount ”), for Common Stock and (ii) sell to the Company the remaining principal amount of the Note and accrued interest on such principal amount to, but excluding, the Closing Date (the “ Sold Amount ”), in each case as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Company and the Noteholder hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
EXCHANGE AND SALE OF NOTE

 

Section 1.1             Exchange and Sale of the Note .

 

(a)                 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Noteholder hereby agrees to exchange (the “ Exchange ”) at the Closing (as defined below) the Exchanged Amount for a number (rounded to the nearest whole share) of shares of Common Stock (the “ Exchange Shares ”) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the sum of the Exchanged Amount by (y) the initial public offering price per share (less any underwriting fees and commissions) of Common Stock in the IPO.

 

(b)                Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Noteholder hereby agrees to sell (the “ Sale ”) at the Closing the Sold Amount for a payment in an amount equal to the Sold Amount.

 

 
 

(c)                 Upon the Exchange and the Sale, the Exchanged Amount and the Sold Amount, respectively, shall be deemed satisfied in full and the Noteholder shall waive all rights to receive any future payments in respect thereof from and after the Closing.

 

ARTICLE II
CLOSING DATE; DELIVERY

 

Section 2.1             Closing . The closing (the “ Closing ”) of the Exchange and Sale shall take place at the offices of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005, contemporaneously with the closing of the IPO, but following receipt by the Company of the net proceeds therefrom (the day on which the Closing occurs is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”).

 

Section 2.2             Delivery for the Exchange and Sale . At the Closing:

 

(a)                 The Noteholder shall surrender the Note duly endorsed to the Company (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer documents) for cancellation; and the Note shall be cancelled by the Company;

 

(b)                The Company shall make a payment to the Noteholder in the amount of the Sold Amount, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Noteholder prior to the Closing; and

 

(c)                 The Company shall deliver the Exchange Shares issuable to each Noteholder by book entry deposit to an account established for such purpose.

 

Section 2.3             Consummation of Closing . All acts, deliveries and confirmations comprising the Closing, regardless of chronological sequence, shall be deemed to occur contemporaneously and simultaneously upon the occurrence of the last act, delivery or confirmation of the Closing and none of such acts, deliveries or confirmations shall be effective unless and until the last of same shall have occurred.

 

Section 2.4             No Transfer of Note Prior to the Closing . The Noteholder agrees that during the term of this Agreement, the Noteholder shall not sell, assign, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of, nor permit the sale, assignment pledge, transfer or other disposition (each, a “ Transfer ”) of, any beneficial ownership interest in the Note other than to exchange and sell the Note pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that the Noteholder may Transfer the Note to any of its affiliates that agrees in writing prior to such Transfer to be bound by the obligations of the Noteholder under this Agreement.

 

 
 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 3.1             Representations and Warranties of Each Party . Each of the Company and the Noteholder hereby represents and warrants to the other party that:

 

(i)                  such party has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby;

 

(ii)                this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms;

 

(iii)              the execution, delivery and performance by such party of this Agreement and the consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (A) conflict with or violate any United States or non-United States statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, executive order, injunction, judgment, decree or other order applicable to such party, (B) other than the prior written consent of the board of directors of the Company to the transactions contemplated hereby, require any consent, approval or authorization of, declaration, filing or registration with, or notice to, any person or entity, (C) result in the creation of any encumbrance on the Note or (D) conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any provision of any party’s governing documents; and

 

(iv)              as of the date hereof, no material action, suit or legal, administrative or arbitral proceeding or investigation by or against such party is pending, or to the knowledge of such party threatened in writing, which would affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 3.2             Representations and Warranties of the Noteholder . The Noteholder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that it:

 

(i)                  owns exclusively, beneficially and of record and has good, valid and marketable title to such Note free and clear of any security interest, lien, claim, pledge, proxy, option, right of first refusal, agreement, voting restriction, limitation on disposition, charge, adverse claim of ownership or use or other encumbrance of any kind and has the full right, power and authority to take the actions contemplated by this Agreement with respect to such Note;

 

(ii)                understands that shares of the Common Stock it will receive in the Exchange have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and are being or will be issued by the Company in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

(iii)              understands that shares of the Common Stock it will receive in the Exchange may not be offered or resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act;

 

 
 

(iv)              understands that it is Qualified Institutional Buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “ QIB ”); it or its representative has had access to the same kind of information concerning the Company that is required by Schedule A of the Securities Act, to the extent that the Company possesses such information;  has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of utilizing the information that is available to it concerning the Company to evaluate the risks of investment in the Company including the risk that it could lose its entire investment in the Company; and consummating the Exchange and Sale for its own sole benefit and account for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, a public offering or distribution thereof; and

 

(v)                understands that the shares of Common Stock will bear the restrictive legend set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO NOTEHOLDER’S OBLIGATION

 

The obligation of the Noteholder to effect the Exchange and Sale is subject to the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by the Noteholder in its sole discretion):

 

Section 4.1             Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.2             Performance; No Default . The Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

 

Section 4.3             No Injunction . No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction preventing the closing of the IPO or the Exchange or the Sale shall be in effect.

 

ARTICLE V
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION

 

The obligation of the Company to effect the Exchange and Sale is subject to the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by the Company in its sole discretion):

 

Section 5.1             Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of the Noteholder set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date.

 

Section 5.2             Performance; No Default . The Noteholder shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Noteholder prior to or at the Closing.

 

 
 

Section 5.3             No Injunction . No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction preventing the closing of the IPO or the Exchange or the Sale shall be in effect.

 

ARTICLE VI
CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

 

Section 6.1             Further Actions . Each party shall, at the written request of the other party, at any time and from time to time following the Closing, execute and deliver to the other party all such further instruments and take all such further action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to confirm or carry out its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.2             Best Efforts . Each party shall use its respective best efforts (subject to standards of commercial reasonableness) to consummate the transactions contemplated to be performed by it under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION

 

Section 7.1             Termination . In the event the S-1 is withdrawn by the Company for any reason before the closing of the IPO, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and become null and void without any further action by the parties.

 

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 8.1             Survival of Representations . The representations, warranties and agreements in this Agreement shall terminate on the Closing Date or upon the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.2             Entire Agreement; Assignment . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall not be assigned (whether pursuant to a merger, by operation of law or otherwise) except as permitted herein.

 

Section 8.3             Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

 
 

Section 8.4             Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the State of New York’s conflict of law principles to the extent such principles are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for such party and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims or causes of action (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.

 

Section 8.5             Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties hereto hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the parties hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce that foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, as applicable, by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 8.5 .

 

Section 8.6             Headings . The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.7             Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf) transmission) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 8.8             Waiver; Remedies . No delay on the part of the Noteholder or the Company in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a wavier thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of the Noteholder or the Company of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege of such party under this Agreement, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.9             Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

 
 

Section 8.10         Amendment . This Agreement may be modified or amended only by written agreement of each of the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 8.11         Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.12         Notice . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by facsimile or email or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested, provided that the facsimile or email is promptly confirmed by telephone or email confirmation thereof) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 8.12 ):

 

if to the Company:

 

Turning Point Brands, Inc. 

5201 Interchange Way 

Louisville, Kentucky 40229 

Attention: James Dobbins, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 

Email: JDobbins@Natcinc.net

 

with a copy to:

 

Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP 

28 Liberty Street 

New York, New York 10005 

Attention: David E. Zeltner, Esq. 

Email: DZeltner@milbank.com

 

if to the Noteholder:

 

Standard NA Holdings I LLC 

767 Fifth Avenue, 12th Floor 

New York, NY 10153 

Attention: Joseph Mause, CFO 

Email: JMause@standgen.com

 

 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers, as of the date first above written.

 

  TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  STANDARD NA HOLDINGS I LLC
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Exchange and Sale Agreement for PIK Notes to Equity] 

 

 
 

EXHIBIT A

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER:

 

a.                    AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC. , (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN EXCEPT:

 

i.                     TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

 

ii.                   PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

 

iii.                 PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER, THE COMPANY AND THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

 
 

Exhibit 10.41

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

THIS EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of ____________ ____, 2015 by and between Turning Point Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Standard NA Holdings I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Noteholder ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company intends to effect an initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of its voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ S-1 ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has issued to the Noteholder, pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2014, by and between North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. and the purchasers thereto (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) the principal amount of $8,191,941.57 of the Company’s 7% Senior Notes due December 31, 2023 (the “ Notes ”) ;

 

WHEREAS, the Noteholder has agreed to exchange the Notes for Exchange Shares as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Company and the Noteholder hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
EXCHANGE OF NOTES

 

Section 1.1             Exchange of Notes for Exchange Shares .

 

(a)                 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Noteholder hereby agrees to exchange (the “ Exchange ”) at the Closing (as defined below) all Notes held by such Noteholder for a number (rounded to the nearest whole share) of shares of Common Stock (the “ Exchange Shares ”) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Closing Date by (y) the initial public offering price per share of Common Stock in the IPO.

 

(b)                Upon the surrender by the Noteholder of the Notes in exchange for the Exchange Shares issuable to the Noteholder in the Exchange, the Notes shall be cancelled and the Company’s obligation to pay any amounts on the Notes shall be terminated. The Noteholder waives all rights to receive any future payments of principal of or interest on the Notes from and after the Closing Date.

 

ARTICLE II
CLOSING DATE; DELIVERY

 

Section 2.1             Closing . The closing (the “ Closing ”) of the Exchange shall take place at the offices of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005, contemporaneously with the closing of the IPO (the day on which the Closing occurs is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”).

 

 
 

 

Section 2.2             Delivery for the Exchange . At the Closing:

 

(a)                 The Noteholder shall surrender the Notes duly endorsed to the Company (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer documents) for cancellation; and the Notes shall be cancelled by the Company; and

 

(b)                The Company shall deliver the Exchange Shares issuable to the Noteholder by book entry deposit to an account established for such purpose.

 

Section 2.3             Consummation of Closing . All acts, deliveries and confirmations comprising the Closing, regardless of chronological sequence, shall be deemed to occur contemporaneously and simultaneously upon the occurrence of the last act, delivery or confirmation of the Closing and none of such acts, deliveries or confirmations shall be effective unless and until the last of same shall have occurred.

 

Section 2.4             No Transfer of Exchanged Notes Prior to the Closing . The Noteholder agrees that during the term of this Agreement, the Noteholder shall not sell, assign, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of, nor permit the sale, assignment pledge, transfer or other disposition (each, a “ Transfer ”) of, any beneficial ownership interest in the Notes other than to exchange the Notes pursuant to the Exchange; provided, however, that the Noteholder may Transfer the Notes to any of its affiliates that agrees in writing prior to such Transfer to be bound by the obligations of the Noteholder under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 3.1             Representations and Warranties of Each Party . Each of the Company and the Noteholder hereby represents and warrants to the other party that:

 

(i)                  such party has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby;

 

(ii)                this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms;

 

(iii)              the execution, delivery and performance by such party of this Agreement and the consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (A) conflict with or violate any United States or non-United States statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, executive order, injunction, judgment, decree or other order applicable to such party, (B) other than the prior written consent of the board of directors of the Company to the transactions contemplated hereby, require any consent, approval or authorization of, declaration, filing or registration with, or notice to, any person or entity, (C) result in the creation of any encumbrance on the Notes or (D) conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any provision of any party’s governing documents; and

 

 
 

 

(iv)              as of the date hereof, no material action, suit or legal, administrative or arbitral proceeding or investigation by or against such party is pending, or to the knowledge of such party threatened in writing, which would affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 3.2             Representations and Warranties of the Noteholder . The Noteholder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that it:

 

(i)                  owns exclusively, beneficially and of record and has good, valid and marketable title to such Notes free and clear of any security interest, lien, claim, pledge, proxy, option, right of first refusal, agreement, voting restriction, limitation on disposition, charge, adverse claim of ownership or use or other encumbrance of any kind and has the full right, power and authority to take the actions contemplated by this Agreement with respect to such Notes;

 

(ii)                understands that shares of the Common Stock it will receive in the Exchange have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and are being or will be issued by the Company in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

(iii)              understands that shares of the Common Stock it will receive in the Exchange may not be offered or resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act;

 

(iv)              understands that is Qualified Institutional Buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “ QIB ”); it or its representative has had access to the same kind of information concerning the Company that is required by Schedule A of the Securities Act, to the extent that the Company possesses such information;  has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of utilizing the information that is available to it concerning the Company to evaluate the risks of investment in the Company including the risk that it could lose its entire investment in the Company; and consummating the Exchange for its own sole benefit and account for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, a public offering or distribution thereof; and

 

(v)                understands that the shares of Common Stock will bear the restrictive legend set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO NOTEHOLDER’S OBLIGATION

 

The obligation of the Noteholder to exchange the Notes for the Exchange Shares is subject to the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by the Noteholder in its sole discretion):

 

 
 

 

Section 4.1             Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.2             Performance; No Default . The Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

 

Section 4.3             No Injunction . No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction preventing the closing of the IPO or the Exchange shall be in effect.

 

ARTICLE V
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION

 

The obligation of the Company to exchange the Notes for the Exchange Shares with the Noteholder is subject to the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by the Company in its sole discretion):

 

Section 5.1             Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of the Noteholder set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date.

 

Section 5.2             Performance; No Default . The Noteholder shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Noteholder prior to or at the Closing.

 

Section 5.3             No Injunction . No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction preventing the closing of the IPO or the Exchange shall be in effect.

 

ARTICLE VI
CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

 

Section 6.1             Further Actions . Each party shall, at the written request of the other party, at any time and from time to time following the Closing, execute and deliver to such other party all such further instruments and take all such further action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to confirm or carry out its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.2             Best Efforts . Each party shall use its respective best efforts (subject to standards of commercial reasonableness) to consummate the transactions contemplated to be performed by it under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION

 

Section 7.1             Termination . In the event the S-1 is withdrawn by the Company for any reason before the closing of the IPO, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and become null and void without any further action by the parties.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 8.1             Survival of Representations . The representations, warranties and agreements in this Agreement shall terminate on the Closing Date or upon the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.2             Entire Agreement; Assignment . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between the parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall not be assigned (whether pursuant to a merger, by operation of law or otherwise) except as permitted herein.

 

Section 8.3             Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

Section 8.4             Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the State of New York’s conflict of law principles to the extent such principles are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for such party and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims or causes of action (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.

 

Section 8.5             Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties hereto hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the parties hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of the other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce that foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, as applicable, by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 8.5 .

 

Section 8.6             Headings . The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

Section 8.7             Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf) transmission) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 8.8             Waiver; Remedies . No delay on the part of the Noteholder or the Company in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a wavier thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of the Noteholder or the Company of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege of such party under this Agreement, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.9             Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

Section 8.10         Amendment . This Agreement may be modified or amended only by written agreement of each of the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 8.11         Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.12         Notice . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by facsimile or email or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested, provided that the facsimile or email is promptly confirmed by telephone or email confirmation thereof) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 8.12 ):

 

if to the Company:

 

Turning Point Brands, Inc.

5201 Interchange Way

Louisville, Kentucky 40229

Attention: James Dobbins, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Email: JDobbins@Natcinc.net

with a copy to:

 

Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP

28 Liberty Street

New York, New York 10005

Attention: David E. Zeltner, Esq.

 

 
 

 

Email: DZeltner@milbank.com

 

If to the Noteholder:

 

Standard NA Holdings I LLC

767 Fifth Avenue, 12th Floor

New York, NY 10153

Attention: Joseph Mause, CFO

Email: JMause@standgen.com

 

*     *     *

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers, as of the date first above written.

 

  TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.  
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    
       
  STANDARD NA HOLDINGS I LLC  
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement for SG Senior Notes to Equity]

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER:

 

a.                    AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC. , (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN EXCEPT:

 

i.                     TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

 

ii.                   PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

 

iii.                 PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER, THE COMPANY AND THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 10.42

 

FORM OF WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of _______________ ______, 2015, by and between Turning Point Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ TPB ”), and each holder of Warrants (as defined below) listed on the signature pages hereto (each, a “ Holder ” and collectively, the “ Holders ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Holders collectively own warrants (the “ Warrants ”) to purchase in the aggregate 11,000,000 common units (the “ Common Units ”) of Intrepid Brands, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and indirect subsidiary of TPB (“ Intrepid ”) pursuant to that certain Warrant Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2014, by and among Intrepid and the holders of warrants thereunder (the “ Warrant Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, TPB proposes to effect an initial public offering of its common stock (the “IPO”) pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ S-1 ”); and

 

WHEREAS, substantially simultaneously with, but immediately following, the IPO, TPB wishes to purchase the Warrants from the Holders and the Holders wish to sell the Warrants to TPB, for the consideration and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Warrant Purchase ”); and

 

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Warrant Agreement, the board of managers of Intrepid has granted its prior written approval to the transfer of Warrants contemplated hereby.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                   Warrant Purchase . Substantially simultaneously with, but immediately following the IPO, each Holder shall irrevocably sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to TPB, and TPB shall purchase and accept from such Holder, all of such Holder’s right, title and interest in and to the Warrant set forth opposite such Holder’s name on Schedule 1 for the aggregate cash purchase price set forth opposite such Holder’s name on Schedule 1 (such purchase price being equal to $0.40 per Common Unit subject to such Warrant and the amount payable pursuant to Schedule 1 to any Holder in respect of such Holder’s Warrant is referred to herein as such Holder’s “ Purchase Price ”).

 

2.                   Closing . The closing of the Warrant Purchase shall occur contemporaneously with the closing of the IPO (the “ Closing ”) at the offices of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005. At the Closing, TPB shall pay to each Holder such Holder’s Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by such Holder to TPB at least three business days prior to the date of such Closing, and such Holder shall deliver to TPB at the Closing the certificate or certificates representing such Warrants together with an instrument of transfer (substantially in the form attached to the Warrant Agreement) duly endorsed in blank.

 

1
 

 

3.                   Representations and Warranties .

 

3.1               Representations and Warranties of Each Party . Each of TPB, on the one hand, and each of the Holders, on the other hand, hereby represents and warrants to the other party that:

 

(i)                  such party has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby;

 

(ii)                this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms;

 

(iii)              the execution, delivery and performance by such party of this Agreement and the consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (A) conflict with or violate any United States or non-United States statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, executive order, injunction, judgment, decree or other order applicable to such party, (B) other than the prior written consent of the board of managers of Intrepid to the transactions contemplated hereby, require any consent, approval or authorization of, declaration, filing or registration with, or notice to, any person or entity, (C) result in the creation of any encumbrance on any Warrants or (D) if such party is not a natural person, conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any provision of such party’s governing documents; and

 

(iv)              as of the date hereof, no material litigation, action or proceeding by or against such party is pending, or to the knowledge of such party threatened in writing, which would affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.2               Representations and Warranties of each Holder . Each Holder hereby represents and warrants to TPB that it owns exclusively, beneficially and of record and has good, valid and marketable title to the Warrant set forth opposite such Holder’s name on Schedule 1 free and clear of any security interest, lien, claim, pledge, proxy, option, right of first refusal, agreement, voting restriction, limitation on disposition, charge, adverse claim of ownership or use or other encumbrance of any kind and has the full right, power and authority to sell, transfer and deliver such Warrant, and such Holder does not own, directly or indirectly, any warrants to purchase common units of Intrepid other than such Warrant.

 

2
 

 

4.                   Additional Agreements .

 

4.1               No Sale or Transfer of Warrants . Each Holder covenants and agrees that, between the date hereof and the Closing, such Holder shall not (a) exercise any Warrants or (b) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder (each, a “ Transfer ”), with respect to any Warrants or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Warrants owned by him, her or it; provided, however, that the such Holder may Transfer any Warrants to any of its affiliates that agrees in writing prior to such Transfer to be bound by the obligations of the Holders under this Agreement.

 

4.2               General Release . In consideration of such Holder’s Purchase Price, each Holder, on behalf of himself or herself and each of his or her successors, executors, representatives, agents, estate, heirs, legatees, devisees, beneficiaries and assigns, hereby forever releases, remises, acquits, satisfies, and discharges TPB (and any successor thereto) and its affiliates, and the respective directors, officers, employees, partners, agents, advisors and representatives thereof, and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing (each, a “ Releasee ”), from any and all manner of actions, claims, causes of action, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, accounts, reckonings, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, damages, judgments, executions, and demands whatsoever, in law or in equity (collectively, “ Claims ”), which the undersigned ever had, now has, or which any successor or assign of the undersigned hereafter can, shall or may have, against any Releasee, for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, known or unknown, directly or indirectly, from the beginning of the world to the closing of the IPO including, without limitation, Claims arising out of or related to any (i) breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and claims in tort, and (ii) the Warrants and the Warrant Agreement; except for (x) the right to receive such Holder’s Purchase Price under this Agreement, (y) the right of employees to receive accrued compensation and benefits to which they are entitled from TPB, whether by written employment or bonus agreement or otherwise, and (z) any Claims arising out of or relating to any actual fraud of a Releasee.

 

5.                   Termination . In the event the S-1 is withdrawn by TPB for any reason, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and become null and void without any further action by the parties.

 

6.                   Miscellaneous .

 

6.1               Further Assurances . TPB and each Holder will take such actions as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

 

6.2               Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and the rights evidenced hereby shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors of TPB and the successors and permitted assigns of each Holder. Such successors and/or permitted assigns of each Holder shall be deemed to be a Holder for all purposes hereunder.

 

3
 

 

6.3               Governing Law; Jurisdiction; No Trial by Jury . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the State of New York’s conflict of law principles to the extent such principles are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims or causes of action (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT, OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 6.3 .

 

6.4               Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by telecopy or e-mail or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at their addresses as specified on the signature pages of this Agreement.

 

6.5               Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto. No waiver by TPB or any Holder of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

6.6               No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of TPB and the Holders and their respective successors and, in the case of each Holder, permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, governmental authority or other entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

4
 

 

6.7               Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

6.8               Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are for purposes of convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

6.9               Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.

 

6.10           Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

[ Signature page follows ]

 

5
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.

 

By:                                                                                         

Name:

Title:

 

Address for notice :

 

Turning Point Brands, Inc.
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, Kentucky 40229
Attention: James Dobbins
Telephone: (502) 778-4421
Email: jdobbins@natcinc.net 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Warrant Purchase Agreement]

 

 
 

 

Helms Management Corp.

 

By:                                                                                         

Name:

Title:

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

 

Daniel H. Fitzgerald

 

 

                                                                

(Signature)

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Peter A. Parent

 

 

                                                                

(Signature)

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Lawrence Wexler

 

 

                                                                

(Signature)

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Michael G. Terry

 

 

                                                                

(Signature)

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Graham A. Purdy

 

 

                                                                

(Signature)

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

James Dobbins

 

 

                                                                

(Signature)

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Standard General OC Master Fund L.P.

 

By:                                                                                         

Name:

Title:

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 

 
 

 

Standard General Focus Fund L.P.

 

By:                                                                                         

Name:

Title:

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Summit Partners Credit Fund, L.P.

 

By:                                                                                         

Name:

Title:

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Summit Partners Credit Fund A-1, L.P.

 

By:                                                                                         

Name:

Title:

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Summit Partners Credit Offshore Intermediate Fund, L.P.

 

By:                                                                                         

Name:

Title:

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Summit Investors I, LLC  

 

By:                                                                                         

Name:

Title:

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Summit Investors I (UK), LP

 

By:                                                                                         

Name:

Title:

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Standard General Master Fund L.P.

 

By:                                                                                         

Name:

Title:

 

Address for notice :

 

                                                  

                                                  

                                                  

Attention:                                                   

Telephone:                                                   

Facsimile:                                                   

Email:                                                   

 

 

 
 

 

Schedule 1

 

Holder Number of Common Units subject to Warrant Holder’s Purchase Price ($.040 per Common Unit subject to Warrant)
Helms Management Corp.               1,984,598 $793,839.21
Daniel H. Fitzgerald                     13,885 $5,554.00
Peter A. Parent                       3,589 $1,435.60
Lawrence Wexler                   180,000 $72,000.00
Michael G. Terry                     10,000 $4,000.00
Graham A. Purdy                     10,000 $4,000.00
James Dobbins                       5,000 $2,000.00
Standard General OC Master Fund L.P.               2,836,125.56 $1,134,450.22
Standard General Focus Fund L.P.                     90,511.06 $36,204.42
Summit Partners Credit Fund, L.P.                   909,383.84

$363,753.54 

Summit Partners Credit Fund A-1, L.P.                   396,845.53 $158,738.21
Summit Partners Credit Offshore Intermediate Fund, L.P.                     64,732.22 $25,892.89
Summit Investors I, LLC                         3,313.11 $1,325.24
Summit Investors I (UK), LP                           725.30 $290.12
Standard General Master Fund L.P.               4,491,290.89 $1,796,516.36

 

 

 
 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-207816) on Form S-1 of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (formerly known as North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc.) of our report dated September 25, 2015, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ McGladrey LLP

 

Greensboro, North Carolina

November 24, 2015

 

RSM US LLP, an Iowa limited liability partnership, is doing business as McGladrey LLP in the state of North Carolina and is a CPA firm registered with the North Carolina State Board of Certified Public Accountants under the name McGladrey LLP. Rules permitting the use of RSM US LLP have been published in the North Carolina Register and are pending final approval.